Basket 5 Engg Domain Courses - 2 PDF

CENTURION UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY & MANAGEMENT:: PARALAKHEMUNDI
ODISHA
CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM
COURSE STRUCTURE
BASKET V - Engineering & Technology

Domain Courses
School of Engineering & Technology

JUNE 2017
1
Domain D1 - Automobile Engineering
Sl. Course
Course Title Course Type Credits Pre-requisite
No. Code
Introduction to Automobile
1 DEAE0101 Theory 3
Engineering
2 DEAE0401 Subsystems of Automobile Theory + Practice 5
Design and Maintenance of Electric
3 DEAE0402 Theory + Practice 3
Vehicles
Entrepreneurship Opportunities in
4 DEAE0102 Theory 2
Automobile Trade
5 DEAE0201 Maintenance of 4 Wheeler Practice 5
Operation and Maintenance of Diesel
7 DEAE0203 Practice 3
Forklift and Hydraulic Equipments
8 DEET0300 Project Project 6
9 DEET0800 Internship Practice 4
Total 36
Domain D2 - Automotive Product Design
Sl. Course
Course Title Course Nature Credits Pre-requisite
No. Code
1 DEAP0601 Fundamentals of Vehicle Design & Practice + Project
5
Packaging
2 DEAP0602 Automotive Chassis System‟s Design Practice + Project 5
3 DEAP0603 Automotive Power Train Design Practice + Project 5
4 DEAP0604 Introduction to Automotive BIW Practice + Project
5
Design Process
5 DEAP0605 Automotive Interiors & Exterior Practice + Project
5
Design
6 DEAP0201 Parametric Solid modeling Practice 3
Total 38
Domain D3 - Biotechnology
[To be finalized]
2
Domain D4 - Conventional Machining & CNC
Sl. Course
No. Code
1 DECM0101 Jigs and Fixtures Theory 3
2 DECM0102 Process Planning and Cost Estimation Theory 3
3 DECM0201 Conventional Machining for Practice 3
Cylindrical Shape Component
4 DECM0202 Conventional Machining for Prismatic Practice 3
Shape Component
5 DECM0601 CNC Machining Practice + Project 5
6 DECM0602 Non-Traditional Machining and 3D Practice + Project 5
Printing
7 DECM0203 Wood Engineering Practice 2
Total 34
Domain D5 - Construction Planning & Project Management
Sl. Course
No. Code
Quality Control in Construction FCEN0406 Building
1 DECP0411 Theory + Practice 4
Industry Materials & Construction
CCCE0101 Geotechnical
2 DECP0412 Geotechnical Investigations Theory + Practice 5
Engineering - II
Safety & Risk Management in FCEN0406 Building
Construction Industry Materials & Construction
Construction Equipment FCEN0406 Building
Management Materials & Construction
5 DECP0211 Pre-Fabricated Structures Practice 4 Nil
Repairs, Renovation, FCEN0406 Building
6 DECP0611 Practice + Project 5
Rehabilitation of Buildings Materials & Construction
MS Project 7 Based Design
7 DECP0311 Project 4 Not before Semester 4
Project
8 DEET0300 Project Project 6 Not before Semester 4
9. DEET0800 Internship Practice 4 Not before Semester 4
Total 40
3
Domain D6 - Communication System
Sl. Course
No. Code
Mobile Communication:
1 DECS0431 Theory +Practice 5 Nil
MIMO-OFDM
Microwave Engineering and
2 DECS0432 Theory + Practice 5 Nil
Antenna Design
3 DECS0133 Optical Fiber Communication Theory 3 Nil
4 DECS0234 CCNA Routing and Switching Practice 2 Nil
4G LTE Communication DECS0431 Mobile
5 DECS0435 Theory + Practice 5
Technology Communication: MIMO-OFDM
Cell Site and BTS Operation
6 DECS0236 Practice 2 Nil
& Maintenance
7 DECS0237 RF Planning and Drive Test Practice 2 Nil
9. DEET0800 Internship Practice 4
Total 34
4
Domain D7 - Cloud Technology & Information Security (CTIS)
Sl. Course Course

Course Title Credits Pre-requisite
No. Code Nature
Theory + CCCS0407 Desktop Operating
1 DECT0441 Cloud Computing Solutions 5
Practice Systems
Fundamentals of Exchange CCCS0111 OSI Layer &
2 DEMA0155 Theory 3
Server Protocols
Advanced Linux Theory + FCEN0119 Operating System
3 DECT0442 5
Administration Practice Building Block
Advanced Installation and Theory + CCCS0408 Installation and
4 DECT0443 5
configuration of Server Practice Configuration of Server
CCCS0109 Fundamentals of
5 DECT0142 Advanced Storage Technology Theory 4
Storage
CCCS0111 OSI Layer &
6 DECT0143 Cloud Web Services Theory 4
Protocols
FCEN0119 Operating Sysem
7 DECT0144 Administration of server Theory 4
Building Block
Information Technology &
8 DECT0156 Theory 4 Nil
Infrastructure Library
FCEN0414 Information
Cyber Forensics – An Theory +
9 DECT0445 5 Security – I, CCCS0406 Ethical
Introduction Practice
Hacking FUndamentals
IT Governance, Risk and
DECT0146 Information
10 DECT0145 Information Security Theory 3
Security – II
Management
11 DECT0146 Information Security – II Theory 3
Security – I
Theory + DECT0445 Cyber Forensics –
12 DECT0446 Android Security 5
Practice An Introduction
Virtualization and Cloud Security – II, CCCS0108
13 DECT0147 Theory 4
Security Introduction to Cloud
Technology
Security in wireless, VOIP and
14 DECT0148 Theory 4 Security – II, CCCS0406
Mobile Apps
Ethical Hacking Fundamentals
15 DECT0149 Database Security Theory 4 Security – II, FCEN0404
Database Management System
16 DECT0141 Cobit VALIT RiskIT Theory 4
Security – II
17 DEET 0300 Project Project 6
Total 76
5
Domain D8 - Data Analytics
Sl.
Course Code Course Title Course Nature Credits Pre-requisite
No.
Advance Web Application FCCS0103
1 DEDA0411 Theory + Practice 5
Development using Java OOP Using Java
FCCS0104 /
Database Applications using
2 DEDA0211 Practice 3 FCEN0404
Postgres
DBMS
Basics of Business Intelligence
3 DEDA0412 Theory + Practice 3 Nil
& D/W
4 DEDA0413 ETL and Data Modelling Theory + Practice 5 Nil
5 DEDA0414 Unstructured Data Analytics Theory + Practice 3 Nil
Advanced Data Modelling &
Mining
Advanced Visualisation/BI
7 DEDA0212 Practice 2 Nil
Visualisation
Total 34
Domain D9 - Entrepreneurship Development
Sl.
No.
1 Orientation Program in
DEED1101 Workshop 3
Entrepreneurship
2 DEED1102 Basic Program in Entrepreneurship Workshop 3
3 Foundation Program in
DEED1103 Workshop 5
Entrepreneurship
4 Intermediate Program in
DEED1104 Workshop 5
Entrepreneurship
5 Advanced Program in
DEED1105 Workshop 3
Entrepreneurship
6 DEED1106 Expert Program in Entrepreneurship Workshop 3
8 Business Plan Execution
DEED0301 Project 4
Total 32
[Refer to ED Domain with Practicum]
6
Domain D10 - Embedded Systems
Sl. Course
No Code
FCEN0402/
Advanced C Programming & Data
FCCS0102
01 DEES0411 Structure Theory + Practice 5
Introduction to
Programming in C
Embedded C Programming
02 DEES0412 Theory + Practice 3 Nil
Real Time Operating System &
VXWORKS
04 DEES0414 Model Based System Design Theory + Practice 3 Nil
Linux: Kernel Programming and
Device Driver
06 DEES0416 Internet of Things Theory + Practice 5 Nil
Total 36
Domain D11 - Industrial Automation
Sl. Course
No Code
1 DEIA0111 General PLC Theory 2
Basic Electrical (Automation based)
2 DEIA0211 Practice 2
and Panel Designing
3 DEIA0212 Variable Frequency Drive Practice 2
4 DEIA0413 Allen Bradley SLC 500 Theory + Practice 5
5 DEIA0414 Siemens S7-300 Theory + Practice 5

SCADA Schneider Wonderware In
6 DEIA0415 Theory + Practice 5
Touch and Win CC Flexible
Schneider MODICON TSX-Micro, GE
Versamax- Microplus
8 DEIA0213 HMI-Allen Bradley-Panel View C600 Practice 2
Total 38
7
Domain D12: Internet Security
Sl. Course Pre-

Course Title Course Nature Credits
No Code requisite
1 DEIS0121 Introduction to IT Networking & Security Theory 3
2 DEIS0421 Advanced Networking Theory + Practice 5
3 DEIS0422 White Hat Hacking Techniques and Tools Theory + Practice 5
Information Technology Infrastructure
4 DEIS0122 Theory 3
Library
5 DEIS0221 Network Security Audit of an Organisation Practice 6
6 DEIS0222 CCNA Practice 4
Total 36
8
Domain D13 - Mobile Application & Cloud Technology (MACT)
S. Course Course Pre-requisite

Course Title Credits
No. Code Nature
FCEN0410 Introduction to Web
1 DEMA0151 Introduction to UI/UX Theory 4
Technology
2 DEMA0152 Mobile Security Theory 4 Nil
FCCS0109 OOP using JAVA,
Professional android Theory
DEST0432 Core JAVA,
3 DECT0451 application + 5
FCEN0402 Introduction to
development Practice
Programming in C
4 DEMA0153 Mobile business model Theory 3 Nil
Theory
DEST0432 Core JAVA,
5 DECT0452 Mobile Testing + 5
Practice
Programming in C
Cross platform DECT0446 Android Security,
6 DEMA0154 application Theory 4 FCEN0410 Introduction to Web
development Technology
Theory FCEN0410 Introduction to Web
Advanced Web
7 DECT0453 + 5 Technology
Technology
Practice
Theory FCCS0109 OOP using JAVA,
Enterprise Application
8 DECT0454 + 5 DEST0432 Core JAVA
Development
Practice
Theory
Cloud Computing CCCS0407 Desktop Operating
9 DECT0441 + 5
Solutions Systems
Practice
Fundamentals of CCCS0111 OSI Layer &
10 DEMA0155 Theory 3
Exchange Server Protocols
Theory
Advanced Linux FCEN0119 Operating Sysem
11 DECT0442 + 5
Administration Building Block
Practice
Advanced Installation Theory
CCCS0408 Installation and
12 DECT0443 and configuration of + 5
Configuration of Server
Server Practice
Advanced Storage CCCS0109 Fundamantals of
Technology Storage
Protocols
Administration of FCEN0119 Operating System
server Building Block
Information
16 DECT0156 Technology & Theory 4 Nil
Total 79
9
Domain D14 - Mining
[To be finalized]
Domain D15 - Operation and Maintenance of Transmission and Distribution Systems
S.
No.
1 DEOM0131 Overview of Transmission System Theory 2
2 DEOM0132 Overview of Distribution System Theory 3
Power and Distribution Transformer
3 DEOM0431 Theory + Practice 5
Operation and Testing
4 DEOM0432 System Protection and Auxiliaries Theory + Practice 5
Construction Details of HT and LT lines,
Cables and Testing
6 DEOM0231 Safety Practice and First Aid Practice 2
7 DEOM0232 Electrical System Layout and Drawing Practice 2
Power system market, economics and
8 DEOM0434 Theory +Practice 4
energy audit
Total 38
10
Domain D16 - Petro Chemical Engineering
S. Course Course
No. Code Nature
Health, Safety& Environment in Petroleum
1 DEPC0111 Theory 3
Industry
Regulatory and Policy Issues in Hydrocarbon
2 DEPC0112 Theory 3
Sector
3 DEPC0113 Well Test Analysis and enhanced oil recovery Theory 3
Onshore and Offshore Engineering and
4 DEPC0114 Theory 3
Technology
5 DEPC0115 Pipeline Engineering Theory 3
6 DEPC0116 Transport Phenomena Theory 3
7 DECM0117 City Gas Distribution Theory 3
Plant Design And Economics For Chemical
8 DEPC0118 Theory 3
Engineering
9 DEPC0119 Well Drilling Equipment and Operation Theory 3
10 DEPC0120 Chemical Process Technology Theory 3
11 DEPC0121 Transportation of Oil & Gas Theory 3
12 DEPC0122 Petrochemical and Refining Design Theory 3
Transport and Marketing of Petroleum and its
13 DEPC0123 Theory 3
Products
14 DEPC0124 Management in Hydrocarbon Industry Theory 3
15 DEPC0125 Unconventional Hydrocarbon Resources Theory 3
Integrated Reservoir Management and Oil and
Gas Field Development
17 DEPC0127 Petrochemicals Engineering Theory 3
18 DEPC0128 Natural Gas Engineering Theory 3
19 DEPC0129 Assessment of Petroleum Reserves Theory 3
20 DEPC0130 Hydrocarbon Based Fertilizer Industries Theory 3
21 DEPC0131 Reservoir Modelling and Simulation Theory 3
Total 73
11
Domain D17 - Planning, Design & Drawing
S. Course Course
Course Title Credits Prerequisite
No. Code Nature
FCEN0406 Building Materials &
1 DEPD0231 Computer Graphics Practice 6
Construction
2 DEPD0232 Architectural Design Practice 6
Construction
Computer Aided Design of Theory + CCCE0405 Analysis & Design of
3 DEPD0431 5
Advanced Concrete Structures Practice RCC Structures
4 DEPD0433 5
Advanced Steel Structures Practice Steel Structures
CCCE0405 Analysis & Design of
Design of Earthquake Resistant RCC Structures & CCCE0406
5 DEPD0132 Theory 4
Structures Analysis & Design of Steel
Structures
Project
6 DEPD0331 Design Project 4 Not before Semester 4

7 DEET0800 Internship Practice 4 Not before Semester 4
Total 40
Domain D18 - Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (RAC)
S. Course
Course Title Course Nature Credits Prerequisite
No. Code
1 DERC0101 Introduction to Refrigeration & HVAC Theory 3
2 Control System for Refrigeration & Air Practice 2
DERC0201
Conditioning
3 Design and Maintenance of Automobile Practice 2
DERC0202
Air Conditioning
4 DERC0203 Maintenance and Testing of Refrigerator Practice 2
5 Maintenance and Testing of Coolers, Practice 5
DERC0204
Window and Split AC
6 Design and Maintenance of Central Air Theory + 5
DERC0401
Conditioning Plant Practice
7 Design and Maintenance of Cold Theory 3
DERC0102
Storage
Total 32
12
Domain D19 - Renewable Energy
S. Course
No. Code
1 DERE0161 Renewable Energy Sources and Technology Theory 3
2 DERE0162 Solar Photovoltaic Technology Theory 3
3 DERE0163 Solar Thermal Technology Theory 3
4 DERE0464 Solar Systems for Buildings Th. + Pra. 5
5 DERE0465 Solar Power Plant Th. + Pra. 5
6 DERE0466 Decentralized and Smart Power Grids Th. + Pra. 5
7. DERE0267 Solar Photovoltaic Laboratory Practice 2
8. DERE0268 Solar Thermal Laboratory Practice 2
9. DEET0300 Project Project 6
Total 38
Domain D20 - Smart City Planning
S. Course Course
No. Code Nature
1 DESP0921 Remote Sensing and Image Processing 6 Nil
Theory + CCCE0407Advanced
2 DESP0922 Surveying for Civil Projects Practice + 6
Surveying
Project CCCE0407Advanced
3 DESP0923 GIS & Digital Cartography 6
Surveying
CCCE0407Advanced
4 DESP0221 LIDAR Application Practice 3
Surveying
Practice + DESP0923 GIS & Digital
5 DESP0621 Smart City Planning 5
Project Cartography
Design Project ( RS & GIS based
6 DESP0321 Project 4 Not before Semester 4
Natural Disaster management project)
7. DEET0300 Project Project 6 Not before Semester 4
Total 40
Domain D21 - Software Technology
Sl. Course Course Credit

Course Title Pre requisite
No. Code Nature s
FCEN0402 Introduction
1 DEST0231 Advanced Programing in C Practice 5
To Programming in C
Database Design and
2 DEST0431 FCEN0404 DBMS Th. + Pra 5
Implementation
3 DEST0432 Core Java Nil Th. + Pra 5
4 DEST0433 Advance JAVA Nil Th. + Pra 5
5 DEST0531 Web Services Using JAVA Nil Th. + Project 4
6 DEST0232 Python Programming Nil Practice 4
7 DEST0233 Dot Net Programming Nil Pracitce 4
8 DEET0300 Project Project Project 6
9 DEET0800 Internship Practice Internship 4
Total 42
13
Domain D22 - Design, Fabrication and Repair of Transformer up to 33KV
S. Course Course
No. Code Nature
1 DETD0121 Design of transformer core Theory 3
2 DETD0122 Design of transformer winding Theory 3
3 DETD0123 Design of transformer tank & Accessories Theory 5
4 DETD0421 Testing and Commissioning Theory 5
5 DETD0422 Safety and protection + 5
6 DETD0423 Transformer Repair & Maintenance Practice 5
Total 36
14
Domain D23 - VLSI DESIGN AND VERIFICATION
Total 34
Sl. Course Credit

Course Title Course Nature Pre-requisite
No Code s
DEVL042 Digital System Design using
01 Theory + Practice 5 Nil
1 VERILOG
DEVL012
02 FPGA Architecture and Design Theory 3 Nil
2
DEVL042 HDL Synthesis and System
3 Architecture
DEVL042 Introduction to Object Oriented
4 Programming Language
DEVL042 Verification using System
5 VERILOG
DEVL022
06 VLSI Verification Methodologies Practice 2 Nil
6
DEVL012 VLSI Test Principle and Testable
07 Theory 3 Nil
7 Design
Total 36
Domain D24 - Welding
Sl. Course Course

No. Code Nature
Theory +
1 DEWD0401 Joining Processes & Technology 5
Practice
Arc Welding, Gas Welding &
2 DEWD0201 Practice 3
Brazing
Metal Transfer & Weld Theory +
3 DEWD0402 5
Metallurgy Practice
4 DEWD0101 Design of Welded Joints Theory 3
Welding of Stainless Steel,
Practice +
5 DEWD0601 Aluminium, Copper, Cast Iron 5
Project
and Hard Surfacing
Testing of Welded Joints (DT, Practice +
6 DEWD0602 5
NDT & Microstructure) Project
DEET0800 Internship Practice 4
Total 36
15
Domain 25: AR VR Domain Using Unity Game Engine
Sl. Course Course Prerequisite
Course Title Credits Assessment
No. Code Nature
Introduction to Unity Game IPR : 50
1 DEAR0241 Practice 4 NIL
Engine EPR: 50
Practice + IPR : 50, IPRO : 50
2 DEAR0641 Game Assets & Object 5 NIL
Project EPR: 50, EPRO : 50
Game Animation & Practice + IPR : 50, IPRO : 50
3 DEAR0642 5 NIL
Scripting Project EPR: 50, EPRO : 50
4 DEAR0643 Building Game Environment 5 NIL
5 DEAR0644 Design & Deployments 5 NIL
IPRO : 50
6 DEET0300 Project Project 6 PROJECT
EPRO: 50
7 DEET0800 Internship Internship 4 Internship
Total 34
16
Domain D1 - Automobile Engineering
Sl. Course
No. Code
Introduction to Automobile
1 DEAE0101 Theory 3
Engineering
2 DEAE0401 Subsystems of Automobile Theory + Practice 5
Design and Maintenance of Electric
3 DEAE0402 Theory + Practice 3
Vehicles
Entrepreneurship Opportunities in
4 DEAE0102 Theory 2
Automobile Trade
Operation and Maintenance of Diesel
7 DEAE0203 Practice 3
Forklift and Hydraulic Equipments
Total 36
Domain Objectives:
 The students will gain knowledge about different systems and subsystems of automobile.
 Students will acquire basic skills in the maintenance of automobile.
 It will help them to explore the opportunities available in the industry or to start their own micro enterprises
with great results.
Importance:
Automobile Engineering is a branch of engineering which deals with designing, manufacturing and operating
automobiles that incorporates elements of mechanical, electrical, electronic, software and safety
engineering as applied to the design, manufacture and operation of automobiles and their engineering
subsystems. It also includes modification of vehicles. Automobile Engineering domain deals with the creation
and assembling the whole parts of automobiles. The automotive engineering field is research intensive and
involves direct application of mathematical models and formulas.
Employment Opportunities:
 The students can get jobs in automobile manufacturing companies in India and abroad.
 There are large number of job opportunities in automobile designing, research & development, sales &
service.
 The students can also successfully run their own business in this field.
Courses Covered: The students will be taught the basics of automobile in introduction to automobile course.
Then they will be exposed to different subsystems of automobile with requisite practices in subsystems of
automobile course. The students will know the design, manufacturing and maintenance of electric vehicle in
electric vehicle course. Students will be acquainted with various opportunities for business in entrepreneurship
opportunities in automobile trade subject. They will learn the basic, periodic and preventive maintenance of two
and four wheeler with trouble shooting in maintenance of two and four wheeler course. The students will be
taught the maintenance and operation of forklift in diesel forklift course. Finally they will do a project on
automobile and go for internship in automobile companies.
Approach of Delivery: The subjects in this domain will be taught either in „theory+ practice‟ mode or „practice‟
mode. After learning the theory, the students will do hands on practice. They will disassemble and assemble each
system of automobile and will learn the maintenance of each part which creates good opportunities for
employability in automobile industries.
17
SYLLABUS
DEAE0101 Introduction to Automobile Engineering
Subject Code Type of course Credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

(hrs)
Introduction to Automobile Engineering DEAE0101 Theory 3 Nil 3-0-0
Learning Objectives:
 To understand the fundamentals of automobile engineering.
 To perform theoretical calculations to obtain engine efficiencies.
 To learn the modern techniques used in automobile.
Learning Outcomes: Students will be able to:
 Learn the basic maintenance of automobile.
 Calculate performance parameters of engine.
MODULE - I (16 hours)
Automobile Architecture: Definition of automobile, Automobile layout, Chassis, Automobile body,
Automobile types: Front, Rear and Four wheel drive, Safety parameters, Regulatory bodies.
Various Units of an Automobile: Introduction to various units of automobile: Engine and its different systems
(Fuel system, Cooling system, Lubrication system), Air intake and exhaust system, Transmission system,
steering system, Suspension system, Brake system, Battery and ignition system, Electrical system.
Engine: Classification of engine, Engine nomenclature, Components of engine, Engine performance parameters,
Valve timing diagram of SI & CI Engines, Modern development of engines: CRDI, GDI, HCCI, Dual fuel
engine, Stratified charge engine.
MODULE - II (15 hours)
Thermodynamic Analysis of Cycles: Air Standard Cycles- Otto, Diesel and Dual Cycle, Actual cycles.
Carburetion: Factors affecting carburetion, Principle of carburetion, Modern carburetor, Additional systems in
carburetor, Vacuum type carburetor.
Fuel Injection: Classification of injection systems, Fuel feed pump, Injection pump, Injection pump governor,
Mechanical governor, Fuel injector, Nozzle, Electronic injection Systems, Multi-Point Fuel Injection (MPFI)
system, Injection timing.
MODULE - III (14 hours)
Transmission System: Layout of power flow from engine to wheels, Basics regarding clutch, gearbox, Propeller
shaft and differential, Automatic transmission system, Torque convertor, Overdrive.
Cooling and lubrication System: Air cooling & water cooling systems, Effect of cooling on power output &
efficiency, Properties of lubricants and different types of lubricating system.
Super Charging &Turbo Charging: Effect of super charging, Methods of super charging, Basic principle and
method of turbo charging.
Text Books:
1. A textbook of Automobile Engineering, R. K. Rajput, Laxmi Publication.
2. Automobile Engineering, K.M. Gupta, volume 1 & 2, Umesh Publications.
Reference Books:
1. Fundamentals IC Engines, J.B. Heywood, Tata McGraw Hill.
18
PEDAGOGY
Teaching Instructional
S. Topic Refernce/Tool
Method Hrs
No.
MODULE-I Th Video
Definition of automobile, Automobile layout, Chassis, **=c3CalfdYZYw&list=
10
1 Automobile body, Automobile types: Front, Rear and Four PLpe3qgeJLpB2wAoaRS 3
min
wheel drive, Safety parameters, Regulatory bodies. Y9_yAeOt7u0LTNd
Introduction to various systems of automobile: Engine and
CRT +
its different systems (Fuel system, Cooling system, **=wCu9W9xNwtI
Video
Lubrication system), Air intake and exhaust system, 20
2 6
Transmission system, Steering system, Suspension system, **=hAIzPYEQWLg min
Brake system, Battery and Ignition system, Electrical
system.
Classification of engine, Engine nomenclature, Components
3 of engine, Engine performance parameters, Valve timing CRT 3 0
diagram of SI & CI Engines.
Modern development of engines: CRDI, GDI, HCCI, dual CRT + 20
4 **=B8CnYljXAS0 3
fuel engine, Stratified charge engine. Video min
Module II
Air Standard Cycles- Otto, Diesel and Dual Cycle, Actual
5 CRT 4 0
cycles.
Factors affecting carburetion, Principle of carburetion,
CRT + 15
6 Modern carburetor, Additional systems in carburetor, **=odS7Ybe0VZU 5
Video min
Vacuum type carburetor.
Classification of Injection Systems, Fuel Feed Pump,
Injection Pump, Injection Pump Governor, Mechanical **=xG1w3l41lmQ
CRT + 25
7 Governor, Fuel Injector, Nozzle, Electronic Injection 5
Video min
Systems, Multi-Point Fuel Injection (MPFI) System, **=JocJWQzwmpM
Injection Timing.
MODULE-III
Layout of power flow from Engine to wheels, Basics
regarding clutch, gearbox, propeller shaft and differential, 10
8 6
Automatic transmission system, Torque convertor, **=u_y1S8C0Hmc min
Overdrive
Air cooling & water cooling systems, Effect of cooling on CRT +
10
9 power output & efficiency, Properties of lubricants and Video **=V7inC4lOpGs 5
min
different types of lubricating system.
Effect of super charging, Methods of super charging, Basic 10
10 **=_vaw5zwnhrA 3
principle and method of turbo charging. min
Total 43 2
**-Video link https://www.youtube.com/watch?v
19
DEAE0401 Subsystems of Automobile

(hrs)
Subsystems of Automobile DEAE0401 Theory + Practice 5 Nil 3-3-0
 To understand the construction and working principle of different components of automobile.
 To get overall idea about the different subsystems of automobile.
 Do part modelling using software.
 Do the basic maintenance of different systems of automobile.
Introduction: Identification and functions of different systems of automobile, Layout of automobile with
different systems,
Engine Emissions: Exhaust Emissions, Air pollution and their control: EGR and Catalytic Converters,
EURO/Bharat Stage Norms: I, II, III, IV and V.
Ignition System: Requirements of an ignition system, Conventional ignition systems, Modern ignition systems
(TCI and CDI), Firing order, Ignition timing, Spark advance mechanism.
Practice:
1. Identification of different systems of automobile.
2. Checking of different emission level for both petrol and diesel engines using Exhaust Gas Analyzer and
Smoke Meter.
3. Study of battery ignition system.
4. Study of Spark Advance Mechanism in ignition system.
MODULE – II (34 hours)
Transmission System:
Clutch System: Need, Types (Single & Multiple), Hydraulic clutch and working principle with sketch
Gear Box: Purpose of gear box, Construction and working of a 4-speed gear box, Concept of automatic gear
changing mechanisms
Propeller Shaft: Need, Constructional features, Universal/Hooks joints, Slip joint and working principle. Types
of propeller shafts
Differential: Need, Constructional features and working principle, Type.
Axles: Necessity, Constructional features and working principle. Front and rear axles: Constructional features
and types of rear axle.
Steering System: Components of steering system, Steering geometry (castor, camber, toe-in, toe-out, king pin
inclination), Steering gear mechanism.
Braking System: Need and types, Mechanical brake, Hydraulic brake, Air brake, Vacuum brake, Disc brake
Practice:
1. Design and assemble clutch using CATIA.
2. Design and assemble gearbox using CATIA.
3. Design and assemble differential using CATIA
4. Identifying the different components and working of Disc brake, Hydraulic brake, Air brake and
Vacuum brake.
Module- III (34 hours)
Auto Electric System: Wiring diagram of horn circuit, Lighting circuit, Cut-out circuit, Voltage current
regulator circuit and Flasher circuit (Sketch and description), State the common ignition troubles and its
remedies. Spark plugs: purpose, construction and specifications.
Suspension System: Description of the conventional suspension system for rear and front axle. Description of
independent suspension system used in cars (coil spring and tension bars), Constructional features and working
of a telescopic shock absorber.
20
Trouble Shooting and Maintenance: Engine and Vehicle Troubles: Diagnostic Information: Symptom
descriptions and their Causes and Remedies, Periodic, Preventive and Break down Maintenance: Engine tuning,
Fuel and air filters, Lubricants, Maintenance of battery, and tires. The motor vehicle act (India).
Checklist Preparation: Checklist for daily operator, Checklist for accident prevention, Safety precautions
Practice:
1. Identification of different circuit of automobile - Horn, Lighting, Cut-out, Voltage current regulator and
Flasher circuit.
2. Removal and checking of the gap between electrodes.
3. Identification of different types of suspension systems: Coil spring, Tension and telescopic suspension
system.
4. Identification of different engine troubles and its troubleshooting.
5. Practice on different periodic and preventive maintenance.
Text Books:
1. A textbook of Automobile Engineering, R. K. Rajput, Laxmi Publication.
2. Automobile Engineering, K.M. Gupta, Volume 1 & 2, Umesh Publications.
Reference Books:
1. Automobile Engineering, Kirpal Singh, Volume 1 & 2, Standard Publishers.
PEDAGOGY
S. Topic Teaching Reference / Instructional Hrs

No. MODULE-I Method Tool Th Pra video
1 Identification and functions of different systems of **=0btp9-
automobile, Layout of automobile with different axeGI 20
2 3
systems. **=XVdZj2E min
DmhM
2 Exhaust emissions, Air pollution and their control: EGR CRT+
20
and Catalytic Converters, EURO/Bharat Stage Norms: I, Video + **=w6disc_e 3 3
min
II, III, IV and V. Practice gbi
3 Requirements of an ignition system, Conventional **=omlsnwq
ignition systems, Modern ignition systems (TCI and iikg 20
4 6
CDI), Firing order, Ignition timing, Spark advance **=H2J0lST min
mechanism. YVhQ
Module-II
4 Clutch System: Need, Types (Single & Multiple),
Hydraulic clutch and Working principle with sketch. **=pqf-
Gear Box: Purpose of gear box, Construction and abttbny
working of a 4 speed gear box, Concept of automatic
gear changing mechanisms. 20
CRT+ 4 12
Propeller shaft: Need, Constructional Features, **=wcu9w9x min
Video +
Universal/Hooks Joints, Slip Joint, and Working nwti
Practice
Principle. Types of Propeller shafts,
Differential: Need, Constructional features and Working
principle, Type.
5 Necessity, Constructional Features and Working
Principle. Front and Rear Axles: Constructional Features ppt 2 3 0
and Types of Rear Axle.
6 Components of steering system, Steering geometry CRT+
(castor, camber, toe-in, toe-out, king pin inclination), Video + **=b0dkniqf 10
2 3
Steering gear mechanism. Practical uzg min
view
21
S. Teaching Reference / Instructional Hrs
Topic
No. Method Tool Th Pra video
7 Need and types, Mechanical Brake, Hydraulic brake, **=bmg_j5_
CRT+
Air brake, Vacuum Brake, Disc Brake. agmg 20
Video + 4 3
**=mauvdb- min
Practice
g-hq
MODULE-III
8 Wiring diagram of Horn circuit, Lighting circuit, Cut-
out circuit, Voltage current regulator circuit and Flasher
circuit (Sketch and description),State the common 4 6 0
ignition troubles and its remedies. Spark plugs: Purpose,
construction and specifications.
9 Description of the conventional suspension system for
Rear and Front axle. Description of independent **=5cjsi3hh
suspension system used in cars (coil spring and tension vmo 10
4 3
bars), Constructional features and working of a CRT+ min
telescopic shock absorber. Video +
Practice
10 Engine and Vehicle Troubles: Diagnostic Information:
Symptom descriptions and their Causes and Remedies,
Periodic, Preventive and Break down Maintenance:
3 9 0
Engine tuning, Fuel and Air filters, Lubricants,
Maintenance of Battery, and Tires. The Motor Vehicle
Act (India).
11 Checklist Preparation: Checklist for daily operator,
2 3 0
checklist for accident prevention, Safety Precautions.
Total 34 54 2
DEAE0402 Design and Maintenance of Electric Vehicles

(hrs)
Design and Maintenance of Electric DEAE0402 Theory+ Practice 3 Nil 1-3-0
Vehicles
 To study electric drive vehicles & its applications.
 To study component design of EVs based on requirements.
 To know vehicle dynamics, energy storage sources and electric propulsion systems.
 Understand Electric vehicles operation and it‟s framework.
 Understand the importance of EVs for environment, energy sustainability and climate change.
 Understand various underpinning technologies for modern EVs, including electric motor drives, energy
storage, batteries, charging methods, infrastructure and auxiliary systems.
MODULE-1 (20 hours)
Principles of Energy: Motion, Force, Power, Work, Energy, Efficiency, Units of Forces (drag, lift, inertia),
power and energy.
Introduction to Electric Vehicles: Commercially available electric vehicles, EV advantages and impacts, EV
market and promotion, Impact of modern drive-trains on energy supplies.
22
History Overview and Modern Applications: Ground vehicles with mechanical power train and reasons for
EV development.
Conventional Vehicles: Basics of vehicle performance, Vehicle power source characterization, Transmission
characteristics, vehicle performance.
Electric Vehicle Components and its Function: Main Components - Motor, Controller, Converter, Throttle
etc. and its functions (electrical and mechanical), Single vs. multiple motor drive, In-wheel drives, EV
parameters.
Practice:
1. Working of controllers associated with motors
2. Working of circuits in controllers with respect to current and voltage rating.
3. Specification, maintenance & working of different motors (Hub motors, BLDC motor, Switched
reluctant motors)
4. Different drive trains in electric vehicles.
MODULE-II (24 hours)
Electronic Components Types and Properties: Motor – Types and characteristics, Controllers, Batteries Types
and Convertor Characteristics, Wiring harness, Throttles, Meters.
Electric Drive-trains & Calculations: Power & Torque calculations - Basic concept of electric traction,
introduction to various electric drive-train topologies, Power flow control in electric drive-train topologies, fuel
efficiency analysis.
Batteries & Energy Storages: Battery monitoring and charging control, Combination of batteries. Fuel cells:
principles of operation, Regenerative braking system, Open circuit voltage and ampere-hour estimation, Battery
load leveling.
Vehicle Dynamics and Motor Drives: Vehicle kinetics: effect of velocity, acceleration and grade, EV drive
train and components, EV motor drive systems: BLDC (Brushless DC) Motor drives, Induction motor drives,
Permanent magnet synchronous motor drives, Switched reluctance motor drives. Control strategies.
Practice:
1. Maintenance of Working of lead acid batteries.
2. Wiring & Harnessing of Battery Circuit.
3. Determination of efficiency of electric vehicle.
4. Model on Regenerative Braking System.
5. Motor drives Working & Maintenance.
MODULE-III (16 hours)
EVs Maintenance & Safety: High voltage electrical safety, Electric shock, Tool and equipment usage, High
voltage safety rules, Electrical isolation, Service disconnect switch systems.
Vehicle Dynamics Fundamentals for EV Modeling & Computer Simulation: Various strategies for
improving vehicle energy/fuel efficiency.
Energy Management And Control Strategies: All electric range, Classification of different energy
management strategies.
Practice:
Maintenance & trouble shooting of different subsystems
a) Electric Circuit
b) Controller
c) Motors
d) Coupling Units
e) Dampers etc.
Case Study: Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV).
Reference Books:
1. K. T. Chau, Electric Vehicle Machines and Drives: Design, Analysis and Application, Wiley.
2. C.C. Chan and K.T. Chau, Modern Electric Vehicle Technology, London: Oxford University.
23
PEDAGOGY
Instructional Hrs
S. Topic Teaching Reference
No. Method / Tool
MODULE-I Th Pra video
Motion, Force, Power, Work, Energy, Efficiency,
1 Units of Forces (drag, lift, inertia), power and CRT 2 0 0
energy.
Commercially available electric vehicles, EV
CRT+ **=MWc
advantages and impacts, EV market and 15
2 Video + mUgKP1 2 3
promotion, impact of modern drive-trains on min
Practice GU
energy supplies.
Ground vehicles with mechanical power train and
3 1 2 0
reasons for EV development. CRT
Basics of vehicle performance, Vehicle power +Practica
4 source characterization, Transmission l view 2 2 0
characteristics, Vehicle performance.
Main Components –Motor, Controller, Converter,
CRT+
Throttle etc. and its Functions (Electricals and 15
5 Video + **=jFBuI 2 3
Mechanicals), Single- vs. Multiple-motor drive, min
Practice o_hEms
In-wheel drives, EV parameters.
MODULE II
Motor – Types and characteristics, Controllers,
15
6 Batteries Types and Convertor Characteristics, **=jAGT 2 3
min
Wiring harness, Throttles, Meters. EAtPEzY
Power & Torque calculations - Basic concept of
electric traction, Introduction to various electric
CRT+
7 drive-train topologies, power flow control in 2 3 0
Video +
electric drive-train topologies, Fuel efficiency
Practice
analysis.
Battery monitoring and charging control,
Combination of batteries. Fuel cells: principles of
**=BhOE 15
8 operation, Regenerative braking system, Open 3 3
oXfxHMc min
circuit voltage and ampere-hour estimation.
Battery load leveling.
CRT+
Vehicle kinetics: effect of velocity, acceleration Video +
9 1 1 0
and grade, EV drive train and components. Practical
view
EV motor drive systems: BLDC (Brushless DC)
Motor drives, Induction motor drives, Permanent- CRT+
10 2 3 0
magnet synchronous motor drives, Switched Practice
reluctance motor drives, Control strategies.
24
Topic Refere Instructional Hrs
S. Teaching
nce /
No. MODULE-III Method Th Pra video
Tool
High Voltage Electrical Safety, Electric shock, Tool
and equipment usage, High voltage safety rules, CRT+
1 3 0
11 Electrical isolation, Service disconnect switch Practice
systems.
Various strategies for improving vehicle energy/fuel CRT+
12 2 3 0
efficiency. Practice
All electric range, Classification of different energy
13 CRT 2 0 0
management strategies.
14 Design of a Battery Electric Vehicle (BEV). Practice 0 6 0
Sub total 24 35 1
DEAE0102 Entrepreneurship Opportunities in Automobile Trade
Subject Code Type of course credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

(hrs)
Entrepreneurship Opportunities in Automobile
DEAE0102 Theory 2 Nil 2-0-0
Trade
Course Objectives:
 To expose students to various opportunities in Automobile trade.
 To provide basic knowledge on Entrepreneurship.
 To expose them to business environment through Projects and Internship.
 Explore various opportunities in Automobile trade.
 Start their own business in Automobile sector.
MODULE -I (14 hours)
Opportunities in Trading: Opportunities in Trading - Battery, Lubricant, Spares, Tyres, Paints, Upholstery,
Welding & Machining Consumables, Hardwares, Oil Seals, Hoses, tools, Garage Equipment, Inventory
Management & Control.
Opportunities in Service & Repair Work Shops: Layout, Location, Water, Electricity, Drainage, Manpower
& HR , Financing, Reports & Records, Management Info Systems, Sales & Marketing, Customer Relationship
Management.
Opportunities in Operating Dealerships: Opportunities in Operating Dealerships in Sales, Service & Spare.
MODULE- II (16 hours)
Preparation of Project Report: Long Term Fund - Land, Building, Furniture & Fixtures, Machinery & Tools,
Working Capital - Stock, Work in Progress, Receivables, Advance to Suppliers, Investment - Debt Equity Ratio,
Debt Servicing Coverage Ratio, Break Even Point - Capacity & Capacity Utilization, Return on Investment -
Gestation Period.
Basic Accounting & Tally: Revenue expenditure, Capital Expenditure, Debit, Credit & Journal Entry, Heads of
Accounts, Trial Balance, Study of Balance Sheet, PL Account, Depreciation, Provisioning & Taxes.
MODULE-III (10 hours)
Banking: Current account, Savings Account, Loan Account, Term Loan, Cash Credit Loan, Bank Guarantee,
Letter of Credit, Demand Draft, NEFT, Negotiable Instrument Act, Primary Security, Collateral Security,
CGTMSE, Insurance.
Statutory Laws and Compliance: Shop & Establishment Act, Labour Laws, Pollution Control, GST, Income
Tax, Weight & Measure, Packaged Commodities Act.
25
Reference Books:
1. Entrepreneurship Development, Small Business Enterprises, Chavantimath, Pearson.
2. The Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development & Management, Vasant Desai, HPH. Entrepreneurship, Roy,
Oxford
PEDAGOGY
S. Teaching Instructional Hrs
Topic
No. Method Th. Project
Opportunities in Trading - Battery, Lubricant, Spares, Tyres,
Paints, Upholstery, Welding & Machining Consumables, CRT +
1 4 2@
Hardwares, Oil Seals, Hoses, tools, Garage Equipment, Project
Inventory Management & Control.
Layout, Location, Water, Electricity, Drainage, Manpower
& HR , Financing, Reports & Records, Management Info CRT +
2 4 0
Systems, Sales & Marketing, Customer Relationship PPT
Management.
Opportunities in Operating Dealerships in Sales, Service &
3 Spare. CRT 2 0
Long Term Fund - Land, Building, Furniture & Fixtures,

Machinery & Tools, Working Capital - Stock, Work in
Progress, Receivables, Advance to Suppliers, Investment - CRT +
4 6 0
Debt Equity Ratio, Debt Servicing Coverage Ratio, Break PPT
Even Point - Capacity & Capacity Utilization, Return on
Investment - Gestation Period.
Revenue expenditure, Capital Expenditure, Debit, Credit &
Journal Entry, Heads of Accounts, Trial Balance, Study of
5 6 0
Balance Sheet, PL Account, Depreciation, Provisioning &
Taxes.
Current account, Savings Account, Loan Account, Term
Loan, Cash Credit Loan, Bank Guarantee, Letter of Credit, CRT
6 4 0
Demand Draft, NEFT, Negotiable Instrument Act, Primary
Security, Collateral Security, CGTMSE, Insurance.
Shop & Establishment Act, Labour Laws, Pollution Control,
7 GST, Income Tax, Weight & Measure, Packaged 4 0
Commodities Act.
Total 30 0
@ To be done at home
DEAE0201 Maintenance of Four Wheeler

(hrs)
Maintenance of Four Wheeler DEAE0201 Practice 5 Nil 0-6-0
 To be aware with the basic maintenance of four wheeler.
 To learn the overhauling of each system of four wheeler.
 Disassemble and assemble each system of four wheeler.
 To detect faults in various systems of automobile.
26
List of Practice Sessions as given in Pedagogy
Reference Book:
Training Manual of Four wheeler maintenance (Ashok Leyland)
PEDAGOGY
S. Topic Pra
No. All except Sl. No 1 are Practice Sessions
1 Safety precautions in four wheeler maintenance. 1
2 Identification and functions of various tools and equipments used in automobile workshop. 3
3 Identification of Vehicle Chassis No. & Engine No, Identification of different parts of engine. 3
4 Disassembling and assembling of engine. 6
5 Engine troubleshooting. 6
Checking and replenishing lubricating oil, engine coolant, power steering hydraulic oil and wind
6 6
screen wiper water.
7 Replacing oil filter & fuel filter, Greasing of engine parts. 3
8 Method for fuel system service and maintenance. 6
9 Identification of components of air intake & exhaust systems, Inspection and Replacing air filters. 3
10 Disassembling and assembling of clutch, Clutch Troubles and Remedies. 6
11 Overhauling of gear linkages. 3
12 Disassembling and assembling of propeller shaft. 3
13 General defects in brake systems. 3
14 Working and service procedure of ABS. 3
15 Overhauling of suspension system 3
16 Disassembling and assembling of steering system and adjustment of drag link. 6
17 Carryout wheel alignment. 3
18 Dismantling and assembling starter motor. 6
19 Preparation of electrical circuits using switches and fuses. 6
20 Demonstrate the procedure for checking and charging of battery. 6
21 Procedure for detecting the problems in the ECU. 3
22 Checking of ignition system circuit & components. 3
23 Cleaning, Checking and Adjusting spark plug. 3
Total 95
DEAE0202 Maintenance of Two Wheeler

(hrs)
Maintenance of Two Wheeler DEAE0202 Practice 5 Nil 0-6-0
 Understand the need and function of braking system, steering system, transmission system, suspension
system, ignition system.
 To learn the basic maintenance of different systems of two wheeler.
 Disassemble and assemble different parts of two wheeler
 Do Periodic and preventive maintenance of two wheeler.

Reference Book:
Training Manual of Two wheeler maintenance (Yamaha).
27
PEDAGOGY
S. Topic Practice
No All except Sl. No 1 are Practice Sessions hrs
1 Safety precautions in two wheeler maintenance. 1
2 Identification of various tools used for two wheeler and their usage. 3
3 Dismantling and assembling of motorcycle engine assembly. 6
4 Engine troubleshooting. 3
5 Carburettor disassembling and assembling, cleaning and inspection 3
6 General faults, Diagnosis and remedy of ignition system 3
Nomenclature of a spark plug and spark plug reading, testing and cleaning of
7 3
spark plug.
8 Repairing and maintenance of suspension system. 6
9 Front and rear axle repair and maintenance. 3
10 Steering system repair and maintenance. 3
11 Inspection and adjustment of rake of front fork, Dismantling trailing link. 3
12 Repairing and adjustment of brake system. 3
13 Inspection and replacement of clutch plate. 3
14 Inspection of constant mesh gear box and CVT, Servicing of CVT 6
15 Inspection of different electrical circuits and ECU. 3
Tire change operation, Wheel balancing, Wheel alignment, Tire inspection
16 6
(Tubeless & tube) and inflation.
17 Overhauling and servicing of cooling system. 3
18 Overhauling and servicing of lubrication system 3
19 Overhauling and servicing of fuel system including air filter. 3
20 Overhauling and servicing of exhaust system. 3
21 Setting valve timing, engine remounting on two-wheeler. 3
22 Engine tuning using exhaust gas analyser check. 3
Practice on connection of wires soldering, Simple electrical circuits, Measurement
23 6
of current, voltage and resistance, Checking loose, open and short circuits.
24 Checking of battery terminal voltage, electrolyte level and specific gravity. 3
25 Usage of Electrolyte, battery capacity test. 3
Total 87
DEAE0203 Operation and Maintenance of Diesel Forklift and Hydraulic Equipment

(hrs)
Operation and Maintenance of Diesel DEAE0203 Practice Nil 1-3-0
Forklift and Hydraulic Equipments 3
Course Objectives:
 To provide students a thorough knowledge of engine, transmission, braking system and hydraulic system
of diesel forklift.
 To acquaint students with hydraulic equipments used in automotive industry.
 Do weight assessment in diesel forklift.
 Do troubleshooting in hydraulic system.
28
Reference Book:
Training Manual of Godrej Material Handling Technician Handbook.
PEDAGOGY
S. Teaching Instructional Hrs
Topic
No. Method
Teaching of all sessions are Lab Practice Theory Practice
The basic working principle of Forklift
1 &Identification of different components of Forklift Lab Practice 1 2
and operation.
Explain the different types of Inventory and its
2 Lab Practice 1 0
Importance
3 Forklift terminology & Pre-operational checks Lab Practice 1 3
4 Engine maintenance - Oil change, Filter change Lab Practice 1 3
Engine assembly, Head bolt torqueing, Tappet
5 setting, Compression check, Troubleshooting of Lab Practice 0 6
problems & its solution.
Dismantling of clutch unit, Transmission unit &
6 torque converter, Troubleshooting of problems & its Lab Practice 0 6
solution.
7 Brake System mechanism & its components. Lab Practice 0 3
Different Steering& axle mechanism & its
8 Lab Practice 0 3
components
9 Exercises on forward and reverse. Lab Practice 0 3
10 Exercises on Stacking & De-stacking. Lab Practice 0 3
11 Weight assessment and Lift truck stability. Lab Practice 0 3
12 Learning safe driving techniques in Forklift. Lab Practice 0 3
Working of different types of hydraulic equipments-
13 Hydraulic Pump, Hydraulic motor, Hydraulic Lab Practice 0 3
cylinder, Control valves and Accumulators.
14 Maintenance of hydraulic pump. Lab Practice 0 3
15 Maintenance of hydraulic motor. Lab Practice 0 3
16 Troubleshooting of hydraulic system. Lab Practice 0 3
17 Maintenance of hydraulic system of Diesel forklift. Lab Practice 0 3
18 Training Aids, checklists and documentation. Lab Practice 0 3
Total 4 56
29
Domain D2 - Automotive Product Design
Sl. Course
No. Code
1 DEAP0601 Fundamentals of Vehicle Design & Practice + Project
5
Packaging
2 DEAP0602 Automotive Chassis System‟s Design Practice + Project 5
3 DEAP0603 Automotive Power Train Design Practice + Project 5
4 DEAP0604 Introduction to Automotive BIW Practice + Project
5
Design Process
5 DEAP0605 Automotive Interiors & Exterior Practice + Project
5
Design
6 DEAP0201 Parametric Solid modeling Practice 3
Total 38
Objective:
1. The students will gain knowledge about different systems and subsystems of automobile.
2. Students will acquire advanced skills in design & manufacturing of vehicle on CATIA.
3. It will help them to evolve as Design Engineer and work in reputed Automotive and Technology companies.
Importance:
Automotive Product Design is one of the crucial part of Research & Development which allows engineers to use
computers and test thousands of designs before proceeding to manufacturing. It provides with power to shape the
product we experience with. From ergonomics to systems design it provide with you with data of shape, size,
form, fit, function and die lock. As automotive contains lot of complex systems and contacts we can manage the
interaction between different sub-assemblies.
1. The students can get jobs in product development companies as Design Engineers in different
specializations.
2. There are large number of job opportunities in technology companies & automotive companies.
Courses Covered:
The students will be taught the basics of automotive design and packaging in which they will know how to create
the architecture of vehicle and importance of subsystems which influence the form of vehicle. In Automotive
Chassis systems they will know how CATIA will be used to design and manufacture frame rails for
hydroforming, suspension subsystems and different steering systems depending about type of vehicle. Power
System design is mainly about assembly context of design and interaction between them. BIW design process
teaches about different ways to create the sheet metal structure and manufacturing of sheet metal. Automotive
Interiors & Exteriors is about plastic product design for injection molding and clearing the feature for draft
analysis.
Approach of Delivery:
The subjects in this domain will be taught in “Practice + Project “mode, because of the power created for
visualization we can easily teach theory using 3D Experience platform. The main focus is to know about
techniques in developing the product based on industrial practices and standards.
30
DEAP0601 Fundamentals of Vehicle Design & Packaging

(hrs)
Fundamentals of Vehicle Design &
DEAP0601 Practice + Project 5 Nil 0-3-3
Packaging
Course Objectives:The Fundamentals of Vehicle Design and Packaging course is intended to be a guide for
individuals through the advanced concept package development process. The main objective of the advanced
concept is to develop form, proportion, and architecture that pushes beyond current boundaries. This course will
cover functions and segments of automotive design, package ideation, size & proportion, occupant packaging,
interiors & cargo, powertrains, wheels & tires, suspension & chassis, and bodies.
Course Outcomes:
On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Understand the advance automotive design process.
2. How to make space analysisw.r.t human presence
3. Understands interconnection between different sub system like suspension, vehicle body , interiors, and
braking system.
SYLLABUS
MODULE - I (30 hrs)
History: Introduction, First Car, Front Engine, Alternate Propulsion, Truck, Design with passion, Passenger
Priority, Process advanced and Production, Factors that drive objectives and applying them to architecture,
Vehicle Positioning, Micro, Economy, Luxury & Specialty Cars, Minivans, SUV‟s, Pickup truck & Commercial
Vans.
MODULE - II (30 hrs)
Package Ideation: Introduction, Word picture, Sketches, Ideation and Unorthodox thinking, Size proportion,
Key Dimensions and product bench marking, Occupant Packaging, Manikin Anatomy and occupant
environment set up
Interiors & Cargo, Instrument panel & Control set-up, Interiors volumes & Cargo.
MODULE - III (30 hrs)
Power Trains: Power train Anatomy & Selection, Power Engine Size & Location, Power train Layouts 1-4,
Power train 5-8 & Fuel Storage,
Wheels & Tires: Tire Sidewall, Wheel Flange, & brakes, Tire Envelopes, Spare, Tire coverage, Tire- to body,&
Steering.
Suspensions & Chassis: Overview, Subsystems Bodies: Load Paths & type of body structures, Sections Design
for Impact, Safety & Materials selection, Body closure, Side aperture Design & Cut lines, Foot Swing , Door &
Aperture Design, & Dropping Glass, Windshield Aperture Design, Aerodynamics & Lighting, Bumper Design
Glazing & License Plate.
PEDAGOGY
Teaching Method of all sessions through Theory+ Practice+ Project
S. Topic Instructional Hrs

No. Module -I Th. Pra Proj.
History: Introduction, First Car, Front Engine, Alternate Propulsion,
Truck, Design with passion, Passenger Priority, Process advanced and
1 Production, Factors that drive objectives and applying them to 10 10 10
architecture, Vehicle Positioning, Micro, Economy, Luxury &
Specialty Cars, Minivans, SUV‟s, Pickup truck & Commercial Vans.
31
S. Topic Instructional Hrs
No. Module -II Th. Pra Proj.
Package Ideation: Introduction, Word picture, Sketches, Ideation and
Unorthodox thinking, Size proportion, Key Dimensions and product
bench marking, Occupant Packaging, Manikin Anatomy and occupant
2 10 10 10
environment set up
Interiors & Cargo, Instrument panel & Control set-up, Interiors
volumes & Cargo.
Module-III
Power Trains: Power train Anatomy & Selection, Power Engine Size
& Location, Power train Layouts 1-4, Power train 5-8 & Fuel Storage,
Wheels & Tires: Tire Sidewall, Wheel Flange, & brakes, Tire
Envelopes, Spare, Tire coverage, Tire- to body,& Steering.
Suspensions & Chassis: Overview, Subsystems Bodies: Load Paths &
3 type of body structures, Sections Design for Impact, Safety & 10 10 10
Materials selection, Body closure, Side aperture Design & Cut lines,
Foot Swing , Door & Aperture Design, & Dropping Glass, Windshield
Aperture Design, Aerodynamics & Lighting, Bumper Design Glazing
& License Plate.
Total 30 30 30
Projects:
1. Styling of existing to vehicle to customer desire.
2. Development of facelifts for New Vehicle development program.
3. Propose new concept for unique product positions.
4. Design vehicle architecture & proportions by taking aesthetics into consideration.
Career Opportunities:
1. Work as transportation designer in major automobile companies.
2. Work as design consultant for vehicle development program like (pinnifarina doing for Ferrari)
3. Create pc based gaming solutions for digitalizing the entire product into functional mode as creative
designer.
DEAP0602 Automotive Chassis System’s Design

(hrs)
Automotive Chassis System‟s Design DEAP0602 Practice + Project 5 Nil 0-3-3
Course Objectives:
This course is intended to allow you the opportunity to explore engine design fundamentals and learn what you
can do to help during the machining process. You will also learn about exhaust, suspension, steering, and frame
systems. Using real-world design problems presented by automotive manufacturers for case workers, you can
put into practice your newfound knowledge.
Course Outcomes:
1. Design &Analyze the simulation of Vehicle load extractions.
2. Study different chassis construction & Load simulation.
3. Apply GPS Structural Analysis, Sheet metal, Generative Sheet Metal.
.
32
MODULE - I (30hrs)
Design Principles:
Design Principle Introduction, Design Planning Stage, and Starting CAD model, Modeling Best Practices,
Creation Methodology, Settings and Rule.
Design Modeling Techniques:
Design Modeling Techniques, Modeling Creation Methods, Clean Edge modeling Technique, and Clean Edge
Approach Bracket, Shaping the part.
Draft:
Introduction, Part using taper draft, Taper creation- Faces, Edges, Tangent to faces, Split lines, Taper Editing
Parting Line Introduction:
Project, Project Parting line & Curve Editing, Intersect, Section, Subdivide Face.
Thin Walled Bodies:
Shell, Creating Shell, Thick Shell, Extracting Edges And Faces.

Chassis Design Fundamentals:
Chassis parts, Chassis Design Fundamentals, Creating Structural Darts, Creating Flanges, Frame Rail,
Cross Member Bracket, Body Mount Shapes, Pitman Arm, Suspension & Steering Fundamentals, Kinematics &
FEA, Joints, Motion Transfer, Rotating Joints, Complex Joints, Simulate Mechanism, Distance Band Analysis,
Finite Element Analysis.
MODULE - III (30hrs)
GPS/GAS Basics: Mesh Creation, Mesh Properties, Restraints, Loads, Results-Viewing, Analysis tools&
Results.
PEDAGOGY
Sl. Topic Instructional Hrs

No. MODULE - I Th Pra Pro.
Design Principles: Design Principle Introduction, Design Planning Stage, and Starting
CAD model, Modeling Best Practices, Creation Methodology, Settings and Rule.
Design Modeling Techniques: Design Modeling Techniques, Modeling Creation
Methods, Clean Edge modeling Technique, and Clean Edge Approach Bracket, Shaping
the part.
1 10 10 10
Draft: Introduction, Part using taper draft, Taper creation- Faces, Edges, Tangent to
faces, Split lines, Taper Editing
Parting Line Introduction: Project, Project Parting line & Curve Editing, Intersect,
Section, Subdivide Face.
Thin Walled Bodies: Shell, Creating Shell, Thick Shell, Extracting Edges And Faces.
Module -2: Chassis Design Fundamentals: Chassis parts, Chassis Design

Fundamentals, Creating Structural Darts, Creating Flanges, Frame Rail, Cross Member
2 Bracket, Body Mount Shapes, Pitman Arm, Suspension & Steering Fundamentals, 10 10 10
Kinematics & FEA, Joints, Motion Transfer, Rotating Joints, Complex Joints, Simulate
Mechanism, Distance Band Analysis, Finite Element Analysis
Module -3: GPS/GAS Basics: Mesh Creation, Mesh Properties, Restraints, Loads,
3 10 10 10
Results-Viewing, Analysis tools& Results.
Total 30 30 30
33
Projects:
1. Develop chassis like ladder frame, space frame & unitary or integrated frame and study in combination
of how BIW is developed.
2. Design according to different design attributes such as impact strength, torsional stiffness, crash
occurrence and roll over.
3. Simulating kinematic situation for chassis subsystems like suspension, steering & axle to make sure
those system work in integration.
Opportunities:
1. Profile vehicle design + integration
2. Multibody simulation engineer
3. Suspensions designer and analyst
DEAP0603 Automotive Power Train Design

(hrs)
Automotive Power Train Design DEAP0603 Practice + Project 5 Nil 0-3-3
Course Objectives:
This course allows you to explore engine design fundamentals and learn what you can do to help during the
machining process are the main topics. You also learn more about transmission, HVAC, and engine operations.
Using real-world design problems presented by automotive manufacturers for case workers, you put into practice
your newfound knowledge.
Course Outcomes:
4. Design &Analyze the simulation of combustion behaviour on different part
5. Study different load characteristics.
6. Apply technique‟s to enhance performance of engine virtually.
.
SYLLABUS
MODULE - I (20 hrs)
Engine Fundamentals:
Power train Fundamental Introduction, Engine Fundamental Overview, Engine Parts, Engine operation Function,
Valve cover rough shape, Creating Flanges, Piston Design, Tension Casting.
Transmission Fundamentals: Parts & Operations, HVAC design Fundamentals.

Design Principles:
Design Principle Introduction, Design Planning Stage, and Starting CAD model, Modeling Best Practices,
Creation Methodology, Settings and Rule.
Design Modeling Techniques:
Design Modeling Techniques, Modeling Creation Methods, Clean Edge modeling Technique, and Clean Edge
Approach Bracket, Shaping the part.
Draft: Introduction, Part using taper draft, Taper creation- Faces, Edges, Tangent to faces, Split lines, Taper
Editing
Parting Line Introduction:
Project, Project Parting line & Curve Editing, Intersect, Section, Subdivide Face.
Thin Walled Bodies: Shell, Creating Shell, Thick Shell, Extracting Edges And Faces.

GPS/GAS Basics: Mesh Creation, Mesh Properties, Restraints, Loads, Results-Viewing, Analysis tools&
Results.
34
PEDAGOGY

No. MODULE - I Th Pra Pro.
Engine Fundamentals: Power train Fundamental Introduction, Engine Fundamental
Overview, Engine Parts, Engine operation Function, Valve cover rough shape,
1 10 10 10
Creating Flanges, Piston Design, Tension Casting.
Transmission Fundamentals: Parts & Operations, HVAC design Fundamentals
MODULE - II
Design Principles: Design Principle Introduction, Design Planning Stage, and
Starting CAD model, Modelling Best Practices, Creation Methodology, Settings and
Rule.
Design Modelling Techniques: Design Modelling Techniques, Modelling Creation
Methods, Clean Edge modelling Technique, and Clean Edge Approach Bracket,
2 Shaping the part. 10 10 10
Draft: Introduction, Part using taper draft, Taper creation- Faces, Edges, Tangent to
faces, Split lines, Taper Editing
Parting Line Introduction: Project, Project Parting line & Curve Editing, Intersect,
Section, Subdivide Face.
Thin Walled Bodies: Shell, Creating Shell, Thick Shell, Extracting Edges And Faces
MODULE - III
GPS/GAS Basics: Mesh Creation, Mesh Properties, Restraints, Loads, Results-
3 10 10 10
Viewing, Analysis tools& Results.
Total 30 30 30
Projects:
1. Design engine and component for considered loading conditions.

2. Assemble all power train components and simulating its motion.
Opportunities:
1. CAE Powertrain simulation engineer.
2. Powertrain design engineer.
3. Testing engineer (for emissions).
DEAP0604 Introduction to Automotive Body in White Design Process

(hrs)
Introduction to Automotive Body in
DEAP0604 Project +Practice 5 Nil 0-3-3
White Design Process
Course Objectives:
1. Understand and execute DFMA principle according to situation of manufacturing.
2. Generate .CATproduct file which can be modified by downstream users.
3. This course demonstrates the fundamentals of the creation of automotive Body-in-White (BIW)
structures utilizing Dassault Systems‟ CATIA PLM tools. Common best practices are examined in order
to create a typical BIW design from start to finish.
35
Learning Outcomes:
1. Understand the product life cycle management.
2. Factors to consider before start of design.
3. Manufacturing Guidelines.
4. BIW modelling approaches using CATIAV5.

What is body-in- white design?, Common Terminology, Typical Body in white components, Vehicle Technical
specifications, Design Requirements, Styling Data, Designing from translated DATA, Examine geometry, GSD
tools.
MODULE - II (20 hours)
Typical Section and master interference data, creating pads and pockets, offset surface, relimitation tools like
split & trim, Creating Flanges, Creating Cut outs, Creating Darts, Creating fillets, Analysis for Die Lock
situations.
MODULE - III (35 hours)

Projects: C-pillar reinforcements, Wave linking the geometry, C-pillar reinforcement flanges, Draft analysis,
Surface repair, Fuel filler cut out, Roof Bow, creating a truck lid liner, Inner B-pillar, Stamped support bracket.
PEDAGOGY
Instructional
S. Topic Teaching
Hrs
No. Method
Module-I Th Pra Pro
What is body-in- white design?, Common Terminology, Typical Body in
white components, Vehicle Technical specifications, Design Requirements,
1 CATIA 10 10 10
Styling Data, Designing from translated DATA, Examine geometry, GSD
tools.
Module II
Typical Section and master interference data, creating pads and pockets,
2 offset surface, relimitation tools like split & trim, Creating Flanges, Creating CATIA 10 10 10
Cut outs, Creating Darts, Creating fillets, Analysis for Die Lock situations
Module-III
Projects: C-pillar reinforcements, Wave linking the geometry, C-pillar
reinforcement flanges, Draft analysis, Surface repair, Fuel filler cut out,
3 CATIA 10 10
Roof Bow, creating a trunck lid liner, Inner B-pillar, Stamped support 10
bracket
Total 30 30 30
1. The students can get jobs in Product Design companies in India and abroad.
2. There are large number of job opportunities in automobile designing, research & development.
36
DEAP0605 Automotive Interiors & Exterior Design

(hrs)
Automotive Interiors & Exterior Design DEAP0605 Project +Practice 5 Nil 0-3-3
Course Objectives:
The interior trim of an automobile consists of many different types of parts ranging from seating to plastic parts.
This course begins with an overview of the entire interior and then moves into focusing on the injected moulded
parts within the automobile. Candidates not only create features needed for plastic part design but they learn the
process behind the design
Course Outcomes:
1. Design plastic components as per master sections
2. Reverse Engineer dump to editable solid
3. Design mould cavity for Injection Moulding Machine.
.
SYLLABUS
MODULE - I (20 hrs)
Automotive Trim Introduction:

Overview, styled parts in Automotive Trim, Assemblies and parametric Linking
Injection Molding Machine, Wall thickness, Draft, Flow, Undercuts, Openings, Materials selection, Plastic part
CAD design process. Common Features: Ribs, Snaps, Living Hinges. Design Parts for Strength, Design parts for
temperature.
Prepare Model:
Tool consideration, Scaling, Translating data CAD, IGES to STEP files, Healing elements, Fixing translated
data. Creating drafts, drafted filleted pads and pockets.
Thin Walled Bodies:
Shell, Creating Shell, Thick Shell, Extracting Edges and Faces. Power copies – creation selection insertion,
Screw Boss Power Copy.
Surface Creations & Best Practices:

Extruded , Revolution, offsetting surfaces, Multi section surfaces, Sweep surfaces, Plastic part Assemblies.
Projects:
1. Door trim design , glove box, map pocket, Instrument panel with DFMA.
Opportunities:
1. Plastic Trim Designer
2. Interior Design Engineer
3. Trim Specialist for Automotive Plastic
37
PEDAGOGY
Instructional
Sl. Topic
Hrs
No.
MODULE - I Th Pra Pro
Automotive Trim Introduction: Overview, styled parts in Automotive
Trim, Assemblies and parametric Linking
Injection Molding Machine, Wall thickness, Draft, Flow, Undercuts,
1 10 10 10
Openings, Materials selection, Plastic part CAD design process.
Common Features: Ribs, Snaps, Living Hinges. Design Parts for
Strength, Design parts for temperature
MODULE - II
Prepare Model: Tool consideration, Scaling, Translating data CAD,
IGES to STEP files, Healing elements, Fixing translated data. Creating
drafts, drafted filleted pads and pockets.
2 10 10 10
Thin Walled Bodies: Shell, Creating Shell, Thick Shell, Extracting
Edges and Faces. Power copies – creation selection insertion, Screw
Boss Power Copy.
MODULE - III
Surface Creations & Best Practices: Extruded , Revolution, offsetting
3 10 10 10
surfaces, Multi section surfaces, Sweep surfaces, Plastic part Assemblies.
Total 30 30 30
Projects:
2. Door trim design , glove box, map pocket, Instrument panel with DFMA.
Opportunities:
4. Plastic Trim Designer
5. Interior Design Engineer
6. Trim Specialist for Automotive Plastic
DEAP0201 Parametric Solid modeling

(hrs)
Parametric Solid modeling DEAP0201 Practice 3 Nil 0-4-0
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce students to the CATIA V5 Part Design and Assembly Design workbenches.
2. The creation of Sketch-Based Features and best-practice methodology is stressed throughout the class.
3. The class will cover all areas for the Part Design Workbench while interacting with Sketcher and
Reference Elements to create modifiable parts.
4. To create a simple product structure, add existing components and position them correctly.
5. To analyse assemblies, design complex parts within an assembly environment and manage complex
product structures.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Part Design:
 Create and modify Sketch Based features
 Perform Boolean operations
 Manage profiles using the Sketcher workbench
38
 Apply Draft, Thickness and fillets to Sketch Based features
 Correctly organize the tree to enable maximum utilization of the Boolean Operation
2. Assembly Design:
 Create a new product and add components to it
 Move the components within a product by positioning them using assembly constraints
 Modify an existing product structure
 Design new parts in the context of a product
 Check the mechanical properties of a product and analyze its degrees of freedom
 Analyze interferences between parts and perform measurements
Practice Sessions as given in Pedagogy
REFERENCE BOOK:
1. MACHINE DRAWING text book by K.L NARAYANA

2. CATIA V5 R21 FOR DESIGNERS Book by SHAM TICKOO
PEDAGOGY
Sl. Topic Pra

No. Introduction Hrs
Introduction to sketcher workbench and save management with some sketch
1 3
practices.
Introduction to the part design workbench, tool bar explanation and creation of
2 3
soilds by using Boolean operations
Part design
To create the Angle rod by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5
3 3
4 To create the Beverage crate by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5 6

5 To create the Bohr Plate by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5 6
6 To create the Clutch Plate by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5 6
7 To create the Connecting Rod by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5 3
8 To create the Crank Shaft by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5 3
9 To create the Piston Rod by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5 3
10 To create the Sweep Cover by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5 3
11 To create the V8 Motor by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5 3
12 To create the Bottom Plate by using Boolean operations in CATIA V5 3
Assembly design
13 To Create Components of BENCH VICE And Assemble It. 3
14 To Create Components of MOTOR BLOWER And Assemble It. 3
15 To Create Components of FLANGE COUPLING And Assemble It. 3
Total 54
39
Domain D3 - Biotechnology
[To be finalized]
40
Domain D4 - Conventional Machining & CNC
Sl. Course Course

No. Code Type
1 DECM0101 Jigs and Fixtures Theory 3
2 DECM0102 Process Planning and Cost Estimation Theory 3
3 DECM0201 Conventional Machining for Cylindrical Shape Practice 3
Component
4 DECM0202 Conventional Machining for Prismatic Shape Practice 3
Component
5 DECM0601 CNC Machining Practice + 5
Project
6 DECM0602 Non-Traditional Machining and 3D Printing Practice + 5
Project
7 DECM0203 Wood Engineering Practice 2
Total 34
Domain Objectives:
The main objective of Conventional Machining and CNC domain is to expertise the students in the field of
manufacturing and to make the students ready for the industries. The domain is focused on to make a platform
for the students to enhance technical skills required for manufacturing like development of process planning
chart, use of jigs and fixture and cost estimation. The students will have a hands-on training during this session
on various conventional and non-traditional machining.
Importance:
Machining is one of the manufacturing processes, which is widely used throughout the world. This
manufacturing process is more accurate and reliable. Conventional machining and CNC domain emphasis on
machining of different components on different machines mostly CNC machines.Variety of work materials can
be machined frequently toproduce varietyof part shapes and special geometry features possible such as Screw
threads, Accurate round holes, Good dimensional accuracy and surface finish.
There are number of employment opportunities for the students in different industries like:
i. Automotive industries
ii. Production industries
iii. Heavy industries
iv. Aviation industries
v. Railways
vi. Defense etc.
Courses Covered: The students will be taught the details in theory plus practice mode. They will be made to
work on various conventional and non-conventional machines along with advance machines mostly CNC
machines. This will make them confident to work in industry environment. They will also do project and go for
internship to various industries.
Approach of Delivery: The subjects in this domain will be taught either in „theory + practice‟ mode or „project +
practice‟ mode. After learning the theory, the students will do hands on practice. They will be doing different
operations on different machines which will make them ready for the industries.
SYLLABUS
41
DECM0101 Jigs and Fixtures
Subject Code Type of course Prerequisite T-P-Pr (hrs)

Jigs and Fixtures DECM0101 Theory Nil 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
To comprehend fundamentals of Jigs and Fixtures and its application during manufacturing operation
Learning Outcomes:
 To identify the problem of setting a job.
 To choose desired Jigs and Fixtures for the desired constraint setting of a job.
MODULE- I (16 Hrs)

Concept and need of Jigs and Fixtures; Elements in Jigs and Locating Principle; Clamping and Guiding for
various Components; Tool Guiding Arrangements, Jigs and Fixtures Body Fabrication Methods.
MODULE- II (12 Hrs)

Fixtures for Turning, Shaping, Milling and Grinding Operations; Accessories Elements used in Fixtures;
Pneumatic and Hydraulic Fixtures: Construction and working principle.
MODULE- III (17 Hrs)

Design of Jigs for components made through Drilling, Reaming and Boring; Types of Jigs: Plate Jig, Leaf Jig
and Box Jig etc. Case study
Design of Fixtures for components made through Milling and Grinding
Text Books:
1. Production Technology by P.H. Joshi, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
2. Production Technology by HMT
3. Jigs and fixture Design by Edward G. Hoffman.
Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Technology: Vol. 2 by P. N. Rao
2. Tool Engineering & Design by G. H. Nagpal, Khanna Publishers
Online source: www.nptel.ac.in, google books
42
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Teaching Instructional Hours

Reference / Tool
No Jigs and Fixtures Method Th Pra video Pro
1. Video link 20
Concept and need of Jigs and Fixtures CRT + Video 3 1 0
@@=2_JjJ0-mStY min
CRT + Video
Video link 20
2. Elements in Jigs and Locating Principle PPT / 3 0 0
@@=C_vqMerH-oQ min
Blackboard
3 Clamping and Guiding for various PPT 15
CRT 2 0 0
Components min
4 Tool Guiding Arrangements and Jigs and PPT
CRT 5 0 0 0
Fixtures Body Fabrication Methods
5 Lab room @@=7eSVIX8SEv4
Fixtures for Turning, Shaping, Milling and teaching + 20
3 0 0
Grinding Operations Video min
animation
6 Lab room Lab Demonstration
Accessories Elements used in Fixtures 3 0 0 0
teaching
7 Pneumatic and Hydraulic Fixtures Video + @@=oC8OCiwHPy 20
3 3 0
Lab Practice E min
8 Design of Jigs for Components made PPT
CRT 3 0 0 0
through Drilling, Reaming and Boring
9 CRT Video link
Plate Jig, Leaf Jig and Box Jig etc. Case @@=60cc5DRw-Qg 25
+Practice+ 4 0 0
study @@=0USDj7hDJ0Q min
Video
Design of Fixtures for Components made
10 CRT PPT 4 0 0 0
through Milling and Grinding
11 Machine Practice
Case Study 6
Tool Lab
Total 33 10 2 0
@@ - https://www.youtube.com/watch?v
DECM0102 Process Planning and Cost Estimation

Process Planning and Cost Estimation DECM0102 Theory Nil 3-0-0
Learning Objectives: To comprehend fundamentals and execution of Process Planning and cost estimation for a
component need tobe manufactured
 Pick out best operational sequence with profitable outcome.
 Create appropriate process plan chart for manufacturing of a component.
MODULE- I (21 Hrs)

Process Planning: Definition, objective and approaches to process planning; process planning activities;
operating sequences, machine selection and material selection parameters; developing a manufacture logic and
knowledge; setup documents for process planning.
43
MODULE- 2 (13 Hrs)
Cost Estimation: Elements of cost and methods of estimates; data requirements and source of collection of cost;
estimation of material cost, labour cost and overheads cost.
MODULE-3 (11 Hrs)
Process sheets for machined components; Preparation of process plans – operation plan and flow diagram;
detailed process planning chart for components need to manufacture; case study
Text Books:
1. Product Design and Manufacturing by Chitale and Gupta.
2. Process Planning and Cost Estimation by R. Kesavan, New Age International Publication
Reference Books:
1. Tool Engineering & Design by G. H. Nagpal, Khanna Publishers.
Online source: www.nptel.ac.in, www.youtube.com
Pedagogy

Reference / Tool
No Process Planning and Cost Estimation Method Th Pra video
PPT
Definition, Objective and Approaches to CRT + https://www.yout
1. 3 0 0
Process Planning Video ube.com/watch?
v=g0vl0qn_RNE
2. CRT +
Process Planning Activities 3 1 0
Practice
3 Operating Sequences, Machine Selection
CRT 5 2 0
and Material Selection Parameters
4 Developing a Manufacture Logic and
CRT 2 1 0
Knowledge
5 Setup Documents for Process Planning 3 1 0
Lab room
6 Elements of Cost and Methods of
teaching PPT / 3 2 0
Estimates
7 Data Requirements and Source of Lab Blackboard
2 1 0
Collection of Costs Practice
8 Estimation of Material Cost, Labour Cost
CRT 3 2 0
and Overheads Costs
9 CRT &
Preparation of Process Plans – Operation
Lab 2 3 0
Plan and Flow Diagram
Practice
10 Detailed Process Planning Chart for Lab
0 6 0
Components need to Manufacture Practice
Total 26 19 0
44
DECM0201 Conventional Machining for Cylindrical Shape Component

Conventional Machining for Cylindrical
DECM0201 Practice Nil 0-4-0
Shape Component
Learning Objectives: To master in conventional machines

Learning Outcomes:
 Skilled to operate machine.
 Skilled to produce a component by performing various operations with desired tolerance limits.
Contents:
 Cylindrical Turning Operations ( both internal and external), knurling, thread cutting, stepped turning
 Kinematic Study of Centre Lathe
 Hole Making Operation in Turret Lathe
 Work Holding and Tool Holding Devices for Turning Operations
 Kinematic study of Pillar Drilling Machine, Radial Drilling Machine, Boring Machine
 Counter Boring , Counter Sinking and Threading Operations
 Trepanning Operation
 Finishing Operations: Kinematic Study of Cylindrical Grinding, Internal Cylindrical Grinding
 Centre-less grinding Machines.
 Study of Honing Operations and Lapping Operations
 Cylindrical Grinding Operations and Internal cylindrical Grinding Operations
Text Books:
1. Workshop Technology, Vol. 2 by Hazra Choudhary
2. All about Machine Tools by Gerling, New Age Publication.
Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Technology: Vol. 2 by P. N. Rao.
2. Production Technology by P. C. Sharma.
45
Pedagogy

Teaching
No Conventional Machining for Reference / Tool
Method Th Pra video
Cylindrical Shape Component
1. Cylindrical Turning Operations Practice +Video @@=8EsAxOnzEms 1 2 20 min
2. Kinematic Study of Centre Lathe CRT 1 2 0
3 knurling, thread cutting, stepped turning Machine Tool Lab
Practice 1 10 0
(Both Internal and External)
4 Hole Making Operation in Turret Lathe Machine Tool Lab
Practice +Video 1 2 20min
@@=gZAwt5lwRu8
5 Work Holding and Tool Holding
Machine Tool Lab
Devices for Turning Operations Practice +Video 0 6 20 min
@@=jP1-IzLtXRw
6 Kinematic study of Pillar Drilling
Lab room
Machine, Radial Drilling Machine, Machine Tool Lab 1 2 0
teaching
Boring Machine
7 Counter Boring , Counter Sinking and
Practice Machine Tool Lab 0 9 0
Threading operations
8 Trepanning Operation Practice Machine Tool Lab 1 1 0
9 Finishing Operations: Kinematic Study Machine Tool Lab
of Cylindrical Grinding, Internal @@=tMGEWg8Geh
Practice +Video 1 12 10 min
Cylindrical Grinding U
@@=GIZubRz706U
Centre-less grinding Machines
PPT
1 0 20 min
@@=I_yY_-REPQY
Study of Honing Operations and PPT

Lapping Operations @@=Hjzb7YGWfI8 2 0 15 min
CRT + Video @@=Z6togIVqC4M
Cylindrical Grinding Operations and Machine Tool
Internal cylindrical Grinding Operations Lab@@=NHqMc4z
Xph8 0 2 15 min
@@=E-MasoB2eQs
@@=uq01lIpg_F8
Total 10 48 2
DECM0202 Conventional Machining for Prismatic Shape Component

Conventional Machining for DECM0202 Practice Nil 0-4-0
Prismatic Shape Component
Learning Objectives: To master in Conventional machines

 Operate machine.
 Skilled to produce a component by executing various operations with desired tolerance limits.
Contents:
 Kinematic Study of Shaping Machines and Planing machine
 Work Holding and Tool Holding Devices used for Shapers, Planers and Grinders
 Machining Operations using Flat Grooves, Flat and Bevel surfaces, Dovetailed Surfaces
46
 Kinematic Study of Horizontal Milling Machine, Vertical Milling Machine
 Surface Grinding Machines
 Work Holding and Tool Holding Devices employed in Milling Machines
 Flats, Grooves, Slots and Keyways cutting using Milling Machine
 Gear cutting using Milling Machine
 Process Planning of Prismatic Components, Logical sequencing of Operations
 Estimation of Machining Operations time and cost
Text Books:
1. Workshop Technology, Vol. 2 by Hazra Choudhary.
2. All about Machine Tools by Gerling, New Age Publication
Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Technology: Vol. 2 by P. N. Rao
2. Production Technology by P. C. Sharma
Pedagogy
Topic Instructional Hrs

Sl. Teaching
Conventional Machining for Prismatic Reference / Tool
No Method Th Pra video
Shape Component
1. Kinematic Study of Shaping Machines and Practice+ @@=8EmuFlW5t1Q
Planing Machine Video @@=6DC1uUqlvOI 15
@@=X_BofN7_gsw
4 3
min
@@=-QpLlQlF1qU
2. Work Holding and Tool Holding Devices used Lab Machine Tool Lab
0 6 0
for Shapers, Planers and Grinders Practice
3 Machining Operations using Flat Grooves, Lab Machine Tool Lab
0 10 0
Flat and Bevel surfaces, Dovetailed Surfaces Practice
4 Kinematic Study of Horizontal Milling Practice+ Machine Tool Lab
15
Machine, Vertical Milling Machine Video @@=GowC2UQPWe8 1 0
@@=4e9GdRHZuNQ min
5 Surface Grinding Machines Practice+ Machine Tool Lab
Video https://www.youtube.co 15
m/watch?v=gT5VVdym
2 3
min
Quc
6 Work Holding and Tool Holding Devices Practice Machine Tool Lab
employed in Milling Machines 0 3 0
7 Flats, Grooves, Slots and Keyways cutting Practice Machine Tool Lab
0 10 0
using Milling Machine
8 Gear cutting using Milling Machine Practice Machine Tool Lab 15
@@=xRmQpSGUAY8 0 10
+ Video min
9 Process Planning of Prismatic Components, Practice Machine Tool Lab
0 3 0
Logical sequencing of Operations
10 Estimation of Machining Operations time and Practice Machine Tool Lab
cost 1 3 0
Total 8 51 1
DECM0601 CNC Machining

CNC Machining DECM0601 Practice + Project Nil 0-4-3
47
Learning Objectives: To acquire CNC operations skills and accomplish various jobs with desired dimensional
accuracy
 Proficient in manual part programing.
 Skilled in CNC machine to produce component with desired dimensional accuracy.
Contents:
 Introduction to CATIA, 2D-Drafting, Drawing sketch in Sketcher Workbench and Part Modelling
 Introduction to CNC Systems
 Fundamental aspects of Machine Control
 Types of CNC machine
 Constructional Features of CNC Machines: Structure, Tool magazines, ATC
 Different modes of CNC Control System
 Tool Inserts and Tool Holder Nomenclature
 Part Program Terminology-G and M Codes
 Manual Part Programming
 CNC Programming using FANUC Controller for Simple Components of Cylindrical and Prismatic
Components
 Simulation of Cutter Path Generation and usage of MASTER CAM,CATIA
Text Books:
1. NC Control by Rao, Kundra, Tiwari.
Reference Books:
1. CAD/CAM Computer-Aided Design and Manufacturing by M.P. Groover.
Online source: www.nptel.ac.in, google books.
Pedagogy
All Sessions are lab practice conducted in CNC Laboratory
Sl. Topic Instructional Hours

No CNC Machining Th Pra video Pro
1. Introduction to CNC Systems 0 1 0 0
2. Types of CNC machine and Fundamental aspects of Machine Control 0 2 0 0
3 Constructional Features of CNC Machines: Structure, Tool magazines, ATC 2 0 0 0
4 Different modes of CNC Control System 1 18 0 0
5 Tool Inserts and Tool Holder Nomenclature 0 2 0 0
6 Part Program Terminology-G and M Codes 0 2 0 0
7 Manual Part Programming
(Step Turning, Taper turning with fillet, Grooving and Threading , 1 18 0 18
Generating prismatic shape)
8 CNC Programming using FANUC Controller for Simple Components of
0 2 0 12
Cylindrical and Prismatic Components
9 Simulation of Cutter Path Generation and usage of MASTER CAM,CATIA 0 2 0 6
10 Project 0 3 0 15
Total 4 50 0 51
48
DECM0602 Non-traditional Machining and 3D Printing

Non-traditional Machining and 3D Printing DECM0602 Practice + Project Nil 0-4-3
Learning Objectives: To study alternative economical and effective ways of manufacturing componentsby
various Non-traditional Machining Processes
 Identify different Non-traditional machines and its working principle.
 Choose suitable non-traditional machine by identifying different man-machine-material limitations.
Contents:
 Need of Non Traditional Machining
 Classification of NTM: USM, WJM, AWJM and AFM
 Magnetic Pulse Forming
 Factors affecting MRR and its Applications.
 Chemical Machining
 Electrochemical Machining
 Laser Beam Machining
 Electric Discharge Machining
 Wire EDM
 Electron Beam Machining
 Plasma Arc Machining
 Addictive Manufacturing Concepts
 Rapid Prototyping Process
 Various Rapid Prototyping Technologies: SLA, LOM, SLS and FDM
 3D Printing for Plastics, Metals and Ceramics
Text Books:
1. Non-conventional machining by P. K. Mishra, Narosa Publication
2. Non-traditional machining by Pandey and Shan, Tata McGraw Hill Publication
Reference Books:
1. Machining Technology vol.1 by P. N. Rao, Tata McGraw Hill Publication.
49
Pedagogy

Reference / Tool
No Non-traditional Machining and 3D Printing Method Th Pra video Prot
1. Need of Non Traditional Machining CRT PPT / Blackboard 0
1 1 0
2. Classification of NTM: USM, WJM, AWJM CRT PPT / Blackboard
and AFM and Factors affecting MRR and its 2 5 0 0
Applications
3 Chemical Machining CRT + PPT
25
Video @@=yG_ZeAEiZ_g 1 1 0
min
@@=XTSXeuO7CCo
4 Electrochemical Machining CRT + PPT
25
Video @@=INulkP4w8b0 1 2 0
min
@@=Ej-GWNPYFVM
5 Laser Beam Machining CRT + PPT
25
Video @@=R_QOWbkc7UI 1 0 0
min
@@=aRvrqu-5aVM
6 Electric Discharge Machining CRT + Lab Demonstration
25
Video + @@=kSIFiWSRpBw 1 14 14
min
Practice @@=2W4xZYRkWGo
7 Wire EDM CRT + Lab Demonstration
30
Video + 1 12 10
min
practice @@=veemLdRDA_E
8 Electron Beam Machining CRT + PPT 25
1 0 0
Video @@=dP2m7-WAdos min
9 Plasma Arc Machining CRT + Video link
Video @@=eW5DsLGwIw8 25
1 0 0
min
10 Rapid Prototyping Process CRT + PPT

Video 25
2 0 0
@@=PDyEzdpnzFQ min
11 Various Rapid Prototyping Technologies: SLA, CRT + Video link

LOM, SLS and FDM Video @@=NM55ct5KwiI&list 35
2 0 0
=PL6ReneqBS2JDFuygm min
6Yta1iNBMaUds5fq
12 3D Printing for Plastics, Metals and Ceramics CRT + Lab Practice
0 10 0 18
Practice
Total 14 45 4 42
50
DECM0203 Wood Engineering

Wood Engineering DECM0203 Practice Nil 0-3-0
 To provide in-depth technical training & knowledge of latest processing technologies and machineries
used in wood science and engineering which strengthen the Industrial-Institutional partnership
 Develop manufacturing logic and knowledge.
 Operate machines and to use jigs-fixtures effectively.
 Build small-scale structures of wood having broader social and institutional context of sustainability.
Contents:
 Introduction, Safety and serviceability, Measurements & Marking
 Identification of Timber & Hand Tools
 Maintenance & Sharpening of Tools, Fasteners Carpentry hand tools and their maintenance.
 Wood joints and Structural assemblies
 Advanced Tools in Tool Engineering (Basic working principles and Operations)
 Product Development: Interior Designs, Furniture, Structures & construction.
Text Books:
1. Faherty, Williamson, Williamson, Wood Engineering and Construction Handbook, Tata McGrow Hill.
2. Miller, Carpentry: Tools, Materials, Practices, Amer Technical Publication.
3. Garg, Comprehensive Workshop Technology (Manufacturing Processes), Laxmi Publications
Reference Books:
1. Thelandersson, Larsen, Timber Engineering, Wiley.
2. Hasluck, Working with Hand Tools: Essential Techniques for Woodworking, Skyhorse Publishing.
3. John, Mechanical workshop practice, PHI.
Online source: www.nptel.ac.in
51
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Reference /

Topic Instructional Hrs
No Method Tool
Wood Engineering Th Pra video
1. Introduction, Safety and Serviceability, Measurements CRT PPT /
& Marking: The importance of Safety, The Standard Blackboard
0
Precautions for Maintaining Personal and Tool Safety, 1 3
different PPE equipment‟s used in Carpentry, like
Safety Helmet, Safety Gloves etc.
2. Introduction, Safety and Serviceability, Measurements Lab Wood Engg
&Marking: The cutting veneers process, as well as Practice Lab
0 3 0
Plywood concept, the uses of Steel Rule and will make
drawing by using Steel Rule.
3. Identification of Timber & Hand Tools: Hard Wood CRT+Pra Wood Engg
and Soft Wood, Grading of Timber, Indian Wood their ctice Lab
1 4 0
Properties like Teak, Rosewood, Rubber Wood, etc.
4. Identification of Timber & Hand Tools: Tri square, Hands on Wood Engg
Bevel, Sawhorse, saws, Tenon saw, Compass saw, Practice Lab
Dovetail saw, Bow saw, metal jack plane, wood 0 4 0
planners, marking Gauge, firmer chisel, mortise chisel,
mallet, claw hammer, hand drill.
5. Maintenance & Sharpening of Tools, Fasteners Hands on Wood Engg
Carpentry Hand Tools and their Maintenance: Practice Lab
Nails and their uses like diamond head nails, bullet 0 5 0
head nails, different types of screws and their uses like
Counter Sunk Head Screw, Round Head Screw
6. Maintenance & Sharpening of Tools, Fasteners CRT+ Lab
Carpentry Hand Tools and their Maintenance: Natural Lab Demonstrat
Adhesives, Binders and Matrices for Wood. Practice ion 0 5 0
7. Wood Joints and Structural Assemblies: Mortise, Hands on Wood Engg

0 5 0
Tenant, Dovetail, etc. Practice Lab
8. Jigs & Fixtures: Work Holding Devices, Carpentry Hands on Wood Engg
Vice, Work Bench, C-Clamp, Bar Clamp, Bench Practice Lab
0 4 0
Hook, Bench Stop, Various method of Location and
various method of Clamping.
9. Advanced Tools in Tool Engineering (Basic Working Hands on Wood Engg
Principles and Operations): Sliding Table Panel Saw, Practice Lab
Band Saw, Planer Thickness, Horizontal Mortise,
0 5 0
Edge Sander, Surface Belt Sander, Tilting Spindle
Moulder, Roller Press, Edge Bander, Hard-Held Edge
Bander and Drilling Machine.
10. Product Development: Interior Designs, Furniture, Hands on Wood Engg
0 5 0
Structures & Construction Practice Lab
Total 2 43 0
52
Domain D5 - Construction Planning & Project Management
Sl. Course
No. Code
Quality Control in Construction FCEN0406 Building
Industry Materials & Construction
CCCE0101 Geotechnical
2 DECP0412 Geotechnical Investigations Theory + Practice 5
Engineering - II
Safety & Risk Management in FCEN0406 Building
Construction Industry Materials & Construction
Construction Equipment FCEN0406 Building
Management Materials & Construction
5 DECP0211 Pre-Fabricated Structures Practice 4 Nil
Repairs, Renovation, FCEN0406 Building
6 DECP0611 Practice + Project 5
Rehabilitation of Buildings Materials & Construction
MS Project 7 Based Design
7 DECP0311 Project 4 Not before Semester 4
Project
Total 40
DECP0411 Quality Control in Construction Industry
Course T-P-Pr
Code Course Title Credits Pre-requisites
Type (hrs)
FCEN0406 Building
Quality Control in Construction Theory +
DECP0411 4 Materials & 2-3-0
Industry Practice
Construction
Course Objectives:
 To make the student realize the necessity of quality control and quality assurance in construction
industry.
 To impart the procedures involved in maintaining quality in construction industry and various
standards and practices prescribed therefor.
 To enlighten the student with the tools of total quality management process.
 To give hands on practice to the students in preparing quality assessment schedules and inspection
check lists.
 To make the student to take up laboratory and field tests for quality assurance for civil engineering
structures.
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course the students will be able to
 Generate quality control schedule for different projects in construction industry.
 Prepare quality control inspection check lists for selected civil engineering structures.
 Carryout the field and laboratory tests for quality assessment in construction industry.
53
Module I (Theory) [Both Internal & External Assessment)
Introduction: Quality Control and Quality Assessment - Construction Quality - Purpose & Scope Definition &
Evolution of Quality. Factors influencing Construction Quality Quality Circle. Establishing QC Requirements -
Setting up a Quality Management System - Total Quality Management - Deming‟s PDSA Quality Cycle, Juran‟s
Quality Triangle & Triple Role models. Concept of Quality ISO Standards. Quality Audit. Construction Quality
Assurance System (CONQUAS). Principles of Quality Control and Quality Assessment. Quality Management
System, Quality Control Inspection Process.
Quality Assurance & Control: Objective, Regularity Agent - Owner, Contract and Construction Oriented
Objectives & Methods. Techniques and Needs of QA / QC.
Module II (Class Room Practice) [Internal & External Practice Assessment. No written university
examination]
Practice Session on Quality Control Testing Procedure & Quality Control Schedule preparation Practice Session
on Generation of sample Quality Control inspection Check list for Design Standards and design
processes.Practice Session on Generation of sample Quality Control Inspection schedule Check list for form
work for a Building / Irrigation Structure.
Practice Session on Generation of sample Quality Control Inspection schedule Check list for concreting in a
Residential building / Irrigation Structure
Practice Session on Generation of sample Quality Control Inspection schedule Check list for various works
connected with a Highway project.
Module III (Laboratory & Field Practice) [Internal & External Practice Assessment. No written
university examination]
Study of laboratory and field tests for Quality Assurance. Study of QC standards for various construction
equipment including Concrete batch mixing / Bitumen batch mixing equipment. Practice Sessions on laboratory
tests, field tests and Field Visits
Resources List
1. Quality Control in Construction Industry
2. SDGC Contractor QC Plan Template
3. Common Mistakes in Construction Phase
4. Quality Control Process
5. Concrete Distress
6. Construction QC Inspection Report
7. Durability & Deterioration of Concrete
8. Health Assessment of RC Structures
9. Quality Inspection & Control
10. irc.gov.in.sp.011.1984
11. QA & QC Manual Dept of WS & Sanitation - Punjab
54
Pedagogy
Sl. Activity
Topic T P
No. through
Theory Session 1 - Quality Control and Quality Assessment
 Introduction to Quality Control
1. L 3
 Principles MS, QCIP
 Principles of QMS, QCIP
2. Theory Session 2 - QC Testing Procedure & QC Schedule preparation L 3
3. Practice Session 1 - QC Testing Procedure & QC Schedule preparation IS & RP 3
Practice Session 2 - Generation of sample QC inspection Check list for
4. GP & R P 3
Design Standards and design processes
Practice Session 3 - QC Inspection schedule, Check list generation of
5. sample inspection check list for form work for a Group 3
 Building / Irrigation Structure.
6. concreting in a GS & RP 3
 Residential building / Irrigation Structure
7. GS & RP 3
various works connected with a Highway project.
8. Theory Session 3 - Study of laboratory and field tests for QA L 3
Practice Session 6 - Field visit to a project site for observing the QC &
9. GS & RP 8
QA practices followed and submission of report
Practice Session 7 - Study of QC standards for various construction
10. IS & RP 3
equipment
Practice Session 8 - Field visit to
11. GS & RP 8
 Concrete batch mixing / Bitumen batch mixing unit.
12. Theory Session 4 - Principles of Total Quality Management (TQM) L 3
Theory Session 5 - Discussion on Total Quality Management in lieu of
13. GD 8
changing scenario and use of new materials
14. Practice Session 9 - Conducting laboratory and field tests for QA GP & RP 8
Total (62) 12 50
Legend: L - Lecture; IS - Individual Study; RP - Report Preparation; GD - Group Discussion; GS - Group Study;
GP - Group Practice; PPT - PPT Presentation; FV – Field Visit
55
DECP0412 Geotechnical Investigations
Course T-P-Pr
Type (hrs)
Theory + CCCE0101 Geotechnical
DECP0412 Geotechnical Investigations 5 2-3-0
Practice Engineering - II
Course Objectives:
 To make the student realize the importance of geotechnical investigations in construction industry.
 To enlighten the student with the subsurface geotechnical exploration methods and the processes.
 To appraise various impart the procedures of geotechnical investigations for varying soils.
 To give hands on practice to the students in carrying laboratory and field tests during the
geotechnical investigation process.
 To involve the student in the boring, drilling, trial pitting and preparation of geotechnical
investigation reports.
Course Outcomes:
 Plan geotechnical investigations before constructing a structure.
 Conduct the laboratory and field tests as a part of geotechnical investigations.
 Analyze the geotechnical investigation test data and prepare a report for selected categories of
structures.
Module I (Theory) [Both Internal & External Assessment]
Introduction: Importance of Geotechnical Investigations - Approaches to Site Investigation and Sequence of

Geotechnical Investigations
Planning of Geotechnical Investigations: Planning Trial Pitting, boring and drilling.
Subsurface Exploration Necessity & Objectives and Types of Subsurface Explorations.
Suitability of different investigation procedures for Shallow & Deep Investigations, Soft Marine Clays &
Expansive Soils and Liquefiable soils & Lateritic deposits
Module II (Class Room & Laboratory Practice) [Internal & External Practice Assessment. No written
Sampling and Sample Analysis: Study of Testing methods (laboratory tests) - Sample Sizes, equipment /
apparatus for different tests and Soil Disturbance during Sampling & its effect.
Undisturbed Sampling Techniques: Study of Standards available, relevant codes and Sampling, laboratory
testing, and in situ testing requirements.
Reporting Geotechnical Investigation Data: Preparation of Geotechnical Investigation Reports for Major Projects
- Dams, Hydroelectric Projects and Railway Projects.
Module III (Laboratory & Field Practice) [Internal & External Practice Assessment. No written
Field Visit for observing Boring, Drilling, Probing and Trial Pitting, Field Visit for Undisturbed Sampling and
Analysis of field test data.
Resources List
1. IGS-TC04-GI-Manual 2016
2. IS SP7 (NBC- 2005)
3. Site Investigation (Clayton, Matthews and Simons
4. Writing Geotech Investigation Report
56
Pedagogy
Sl. Activity
Topic T P
No. through
Instructional Session 1 - Importance of Geotechnical Investigations
1  Approaches to Site Investigation and L 4
 Sequence of Geotechnical Investigations
Instructional Session 2 - Planning of Geotechnical Investigations
 Planning Ground Investigations,
2.  Planning Trial Pitting, boring and drilling, L 6
 Study of Standards available, relevant codes and
 Sampling, laboratory testing, and in situ testing requirements.
Instructional Session 3 - Subsurface Exploration
3.  Necessity & Objectives and L 4
 Types of Subsurface Explorations.
Practice Session 1 - Field Visit for observing
4. 8
 Boring, Drilling, Probing and Trial Pitting.
Practice Session 2 - Sampling and Sample Analysis
 Study of Testing methods (laboratory tests), GS, GP &
5. 8
 Sample Sizes, equipment / apparatus for different tests and RP
 Soil Disturbance during Sampling & its effect.
Instructional Session 4 - Suitability of different investigation procedures
for
6.  Shallow & Deep Investigations L 8
 Soft Marine Clays & Expansive Soils
 Liquefiable soils & Lateritic deposits
7. Instructional Session 5 - Undisturbed Sampling Techniques L 6
Practice Session 3 - Field Visit for Undisturbed Sampling and Analysis of
8. GP & RP 8
field test data.
9. Practice Session 4 - Reporting Geotechnical Investigation Data GS & RP 8
Practice Session 5 - Discussion on Preparation of Geotechnical
Investigations for Major Projects
10.  Dams GD & PPT 8
 Hydroelectric Projects and
 Railway Projects.
Total (68) 28 40
57
DECP0413 Safety & Risk Management in Construction Industry
Course T-P-Pr
Type (hrs)
Safety & Risk Management Theory + FCEN0406 Building
DECP0413 4 1-3-0
in Construction Industry Practice Materials & Construction
Course Objectives:
 To appraise the student with the causes of risks involved in construction industry and the safety
provisions as per IS codes.
 To enlighten the student with Safety measures to be undertaken in construction industry.
 To appraise the need of various insurance schemes that are being operated in an industry.
Course Outcomes:
 Plan a set of constructional activities eliminating risk in execution of a constructional activity.
 Carry out the constructional activities in civil engineering works following prescribed safety
measures.
 Realize the necessity and significance of insurance in construction industry.
Introduction – Definition and Importance of Risk Management studies - Uncertainty Matrix - Importance of Risk
Management - Risk Classification and Risk Management Process - Risk causation theories - Risk Identification
Process - Preliminary Check List, Risk Events Consequences Scenario - Risk Mapping and Risk Classification -
Risk Analysis.
Evaluation of Safety Project - Accident causation Theories, Foundations of a Major Injury - Unsafe Conditions
and Unsafe Acts. Health and Safety Act and Regulations - Building & Other Construction Workers - Regulation
of Employment and Condition of Services Act, 1996, Central Rules 1998.
Module II (Class Room & Field Practice) [Internal & External Practice Assessment. No written university
examination]
Safety & Health Management System: Appraisal of construction safety management guidelines in Construction
Sector - Safety Policy & Organization - Safety Budget - Education & Training - Safety Plan, Safety Manual -
Safety Committee - Incentive Programmes - Accident Reporting, Investigation & Record Keeping. Safety
Inspection and Safety Audit - Workers‟ Health & First Aid & Facilities.
Preparation of reports for safety code provisions for some construction activities as per IS Codes.
Fire Prevention for different types of buildings
Safety precautions in Construction activities, Construction equipment usage. Managing electrical systems on site
housing for staff, site office etc
Safety Practices for material handling, Safety Practices for Equipment Operation - Material safety Data Sheets
Study on Occupational Safety and Health Administration
Study of Safety Provisions for selected organizations - National Power Corporation of India Limited, Atomic
Energy Regulation Board, NTPC, Godrej & Boyce.
Visit to a project site visit for observing and noting the safety provisions adopted.
58
Module III (Class Room & Field Practice) [Internal & External Practice Assessment. No written
Insurance in Construction Industry - Fundamental Principles of Insurance - Insurance Policies for Typical
Construction Organization - Project Insurance - Fire Policy, Plant & Machinery Insurance, Liquidity Damages
Insurance.
Code of Practice for Contractors on General Safety Requirements, IS Code Provisions for Construction Safety
Practices - SP 70 (2002), IS Safety Codes for: Excavation (3696 Parts 1 & 2, 3764-1992), Demolition of
Buildings (4130-1991), Construction involving Hot Bituminous (5916 -1970), Working with Construction
Machinery (7293 -1974), Erection of Structural Steel Work (7205-1974), Piling & Deep Foundations (5121-
1969)Erection of Concrete Structures (8989-1978), Construction, Operation and Maintenance of River Valley
Projects (10386 Parts 4, 7 and 10)
Resources List
1. P.M. Book
2. Project Risk Management - An Overview
3. Risk Management - Washington State DOT
4. Risk Management
5. Risk Management in Construction Project Networks - Finland
6. Case Studies
7. ABC of Construction Safety - Oregon
8. Handbook on Building Fire Codes
9. Health & Safety in Construction - UK
10. IS Codes for Safety Requirements
11. NTPC Safety Rules
12. Safety, Health & Environmental Issues - US
13. Insurance
Pedagogy
Sl. Activity
Topic T P
No. through
Instructional Session 1 - Importance of Risk Management studies
1.  Risk Analysis / Risk Mapping / Risk Classification and L 2
 Risk Management Process generally followed.
Instructional Session 2 - Risk causation theories
2.  Foundations of Major Injury, L 1
 Unsafe conditions and unsafe acts.
Practice Session 1 - Risk Identification in construction industry and Study
on risk identification process & preparing a preliminary check list / report
3. for different construction activities viz., L, IS & RP 1 3
 Multi-storied residential building / Commercial complex / Highway
project / Bridge over railway crossing.
Practice Session 2 - Understanding of safety precautions in
4.  Construction activity / Construction equipment usage L, IS & RP 1 3
 Managing electrical systems on site housing for staff, site office etc
5. Practice Session 3 - Material safety Data Sheets IS & RP 2
Practice Session 4 - Study on Occupational Safety and Health
6. IS & RP 3
Administration
59
Sl. Activity
Topic T P
No. through
Instructional Session 3 - Appraisal of construction safety management
guidelines
7. L 2
 Safety inspection and safety audit and
 Case studies of safety provisions w.r.t. selected organizations,
Practice Session 5 - Visit to a project site visit for observing and noting
8. GS & RP 8
the safety provisions adopted.
Practice Session 6 - Preparing reports for safety code provisions for some
9. IS & RP 3
construction activities as per IS Codes.
Practice Session 7 - Insurance in Construction Industry and various
Insurance Policies
10. L, IS & RP 2 3
 Project Insurance / Fire Policy / Plant & Machinery Insurance /
Liquidity Damage Insurance
Practice Session 8 - Fire Prevention for
 Group A Residential Buildings
 Group B Educational Buildings
 Group C Institutional Buildings
11.  Group D Assembly Buildings GD & PPT 8
 Group E Business Buildings
 Group F Mercantile Buildings
 Group G Industrial Buildings
 Group H Storage Buildings
12. Practice Session 9 - Safety Practices for material handling IS & RP 3
13. Practice Session 10 - Safety Practices for Equipment Operation GS & RP 3
Practice Session 11 - Insurance in Construction Industry and various
Insurance Policies
14. GS & RP 6
 Project Insurance / Fire Policy / Plant & Machinery Insurance /
Liquidity Damage Insurance
Total (51) 9 42
DECP0414 Construction Equipment Management
Course T-P-Pr
Type (hrs)
Construction Equipment Theory + FCEN0406 Building
DECP0414 4 1-3-0
Management Practice Materials & Construction
Course Objectives:
 To enlighten the student with various equipment used in construction industry including selection
criterion and economics of the same.
 To appraise the student with the aspects related to functioning, operation and maintenance of various
construction equipment.
Course Outcomes:
 Identify the particular equipment to be used in the construction project they will undertake.
 Prepare plans for economic management of the equipment in the projects they undertake.
60
Introduction: Planning & Selection of Equipment - Equipment classification - Selection criteria & Source of
Information
Economics of Equipment: - Down Time Cost & Obsolescence Cost - Equipment Value, Depreciation, Owning &
Operation Cost.
Time Factors & Equipment Life: Equipment Time - Down Time & Cycle Time. Equipment Life - Economic
Life, Useful Life, Operating Life and Working Life
Equipment Management & Procurement: Equipment Management Check List - Equipment Order and Invoice -
Equipment Maintenance sheets and Log Book.
Module II (Class Room & Field Practice) [Internal & External Practice Assessment. No written university
examination]
Practice based study on the functions, operational process, specifications for different constructional equipment
 Road Making Equipment, Material Handling Equipment and Grading Equipment
 Batching Plant, Concreting Equipment & Slip form Equipment
 Hauling, Tunneling and other Equipment
 Excavation & Embankment Making Equipment and Grading Equipment
 Batching & Mixing Equipment, Concreting Equipment & Slip form Equipment and Asphaltic Equipment
 Material Handling Equipment and Hauling & Hoisting Equipment
 Pile Driving Equipment and De-watering Equipment
Module III (Class Room & Field Practice) [Internal & External Practice Assessment. No written
Practice based study & discussion on Materials Management
 Basics of Materials Management
 Inventory Management
 MRP
Resources List
1. Construction Equipment-James E.Russel, Prentice Hall
2. Construction Planning and project management-Neeraj K.Jha
3. Construction Planning and project management-U.K.Shrivastava
4. Construction Planning and project management-P.S.Gahlot & B.M.Dhir
Pedagogy
Sl. Activity
Topic T P
No. through
Instructional Session 1 - Planning & Selection of Equipment
 Equipment classification
1. L 2
 Selection criteria
 Equipment criteria & Source of Information
Instructional Session 2 - Economics of Equipment
2.  Equipment costs - Down Time Cost & Obsolescence Cost L 3
 Equipment Value, Depreciation, Owning & Operation Cost
61
Sl. Activity
Topic T P
No. through
Instructional Session 3 - Time Factors & Equipment Life
 Equipment Time - Down Time & Cycle Time
3. L 3
 Equipment Life
o Economic Life , Useful Life, Operating Life and Working Life
Instructional Session 4 - Equipment Management & Procurement
 Equipment Management Check List
4. L 3
 Equipment Order and Invoice
 Equipment Maintenance sheets and Log Book.
Instructional Session 5 - Appraisal regarding Equipment for different purposes
 Road Making Equipment, Material Handling Equipment and Grading
5. Equipment L 3
 Batching Plant, Concreting Equipment & Slip form Equipment
 Hauling, Tunneling and other Equipment
Discussion cum Practice Session 1 - Study, Discussion and report preparation on
GS, GD, RP
6.  Excavation & Embankment Making Equipment and 3
& PPT
 Grading Equipment
GS, GD,
 Batching & Mixing Equipment
7. FV, RP & 8
 Concreting Equipment & Slip form Equipment and
PPT
 Asphaltic Equipment
Discussion cum Practice Session 3 - Study, Discussion and report preparation on GS, GD, RP
8. 8
 Material Handling Equipment and Hauling & Hoisting Equipment & PPT
GS, GD, RP
9.  Pile Driving Equipment and 3
& PPT
 De-watering Equipment
Discussion cum Practice Session 5 - Study & Discussion on Materials
Management
GS, GD, RP
10.  Basics of Materials Management 8
& PPT
 Inventory Management
 MRP
FV, GP, RP
11. Field Visit to construction site 8
& PPT
Total (52) 14 38
62
DECP0211 Pre-Fabricated Structures
Course T-P-Pr
Type (hrs)
DECP0211 Pre-Fabricated Structures Practice 4 Nil 0-4-0
Course Objectives:
 To enlighten the student with emerging technology of prefabrication in construction industry
including various processes involved there upon.
 To give hands on experience in planning some prefab elements in a simple units like that of a
compound wall construction.
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course the students will
 Become knowledgeable regarding the processes of planning, production, storage, transportation and
site installation of various prefabricated units pertaining to a civil engineering construction project.
Topics / Practice Sessions
Introduction: Need & Materials used in prefabrication. Advantages of Prefabrication Classification of

Precast methods based on Construction type, Character of elements and Structural Scheme.
- Prefab Components, Standardization of components.
Practice Session 1: Study and report generation on Formwork for prefabrication
 Requirements of good formwork and Types of formwork.
Practice Session 2: Study and report generation on Prefabrication of RCC structures
 Stages of manufacturing / Components / Curing,
 Demolding & lifting / Storage & Transportation.
Practice Session 3: Study and report generation on Methods of RC Building erection
 Box - Type Blocks / Large Block Building, Multi - story Frame Buildings,
 Different Erection methods of Roofs, Columns and Foundation slab.
Practice Session 4: Study and report generation on Steel fabrication
 Workshop layout / Template & Marking and
 Pressing & Forming.
Practice Session 5: Study and report generation on Erection of Steel Structures
 Elements of erection / Types of erection and
 Longitudinal & Unit methods of assembly.
Practice Session 6: Field Practice on Production of Prefab Units for Compound Wall Construction.
Practice Session 7: Field Visit to any prefab unit and prepare a report on various aspects of prefabrication
process followed.
Practice Session 8: Case study on low cost housing units.
Practice Session 9: Study and report generation on Modular Construction
Practice Session 10: Field Visit to Prefab unit of Hume Pipe Production
Resources List
1. Formwork
2. Industrialized Building
3. Prefab RCC Structures
4. Prefab Structures - Erection of RCC Structures
5. Prefab Structures - Erection of Steel Structures
6. Steel Fabrication
63
Pedagogy
Sl. Activity
Topic T P
No. through
Instructional Session 1 - Introduction
 Need & Materials,
1. L 2
 Prefab Components
 Standardization of components.
Instructional Session 2 - Advantages of Prefabrication Classification of Precast
methods based on
2.  Construction type, L 2
 Character of elements and
 Structural Scheme.
Practice Session 1 - Formwork for prefabrication
3. IS & RP 3
 Requirements of good formwork and Types of formwork
Practice Session 2 - Prefabrication of RCC structures
4.  Stages of manufacturing / Components / Curing, IS & RP 3
 Demolding & lifting / Storage & Transportation.
Practice Session 3 - Methods of RC Building erection
5.  Box - Type Blocks / Large Block Building, Multi - story Frame Buildings, GS & RP 3
 Different Erection methods of Roofs, Columns and Foundation slab.
Practice Session 4 - Steel fabrication
6.  Workshop layout / Template & Marking and GS & RP 3
 Pressing & Forming.
Practice Session 5 - Erection of Steel Structures
7.  Elements of erection / Types of erection and GS & RP 3
 Longitudinal & Unit methods of assembly.
8. Practice Session 6 - Production of Prefab Units for Compound Wall Construction. GP & RP 3
Practice Session 7 - Field Visit to any prefab unit and prepare a report on various FV, GP &
9. 8
aspects of prefabrication process followed. RP
FV, GS, RP
10. Practice Session 8 - Case study on low cost housing units. 8
& PPT
FV, GS, RP
11. Practice Session 9 - Modular Construction 8
& PPT
FV, GS, RP
12. Practice Session 10 - Field Visit to Prefab unit of Hume Pipe Production 8
& PPT
Total (54) 4 50
64
DECP0611 Repairs, Renovation, Rehabilitation of Buildings
Course Pre- T-P-Pr

Code Course Title Credits
Type requisites (hrs)
Repairs, Renovation, Rehabilitation of Practice +
DECP0611 5 Nil 0-2-3
Buildings Project
Course Objectives:
 To enlighten the student with emerging technology of prefabrication in construction industry
including various processes involved there upon.
 To give hands on experience in planning some prefab elements in a simple units like that of a
compound wall construction.
Course Outcomes:
After successful completion of the course the students will
 Become knowledgeable regarding the processes of planning, production, storage, transportation and
site installation of various prefabricated units pertaining to a civil engineering construction project.
Topics / Practice / Project Sessions

Introduction: Understanding the concepts of durability and degradation of concrete structures - Defect
identification / Action of chemical attack. Different types of damages to the concrete structures in normal and
marine environment.
Corrosion control methods: Material Selection, Improvements in material - Design procedure, Alteration of
environment, Cathodic & Anodic protection and Coatings
Strengthening concrete: Surface impregnation by vacuum methods / Slurry injection, Plate bonding, RCC
Jacketing / Propping and supporting, Fiber wrap technique and Chemical and electrochemical methods of
repair.
Conservation of Heritage Buildings: Brief History of Conservation - Criteria for listing of Heritage Building -
Grading of Heritage Buildings. Case Studies
Practice Session 1: Study session on Crack Diagnosis and its appraisal - Reasons for crack development / Crack
prevention, Monitoring & Measuring Crack propagation and preparing a report on crack repairing techniques.
Practice Session 2 (Practice cum Project): Study session on Natural hazards & Renovation - Natural Hazards,
Housing Vulnerability and Risk of Damage to House Types, Seismic Upgradation of Buildings, Damage Control
& Building Performance Levels and Structural & Non- structural Performance Levels
Practice Session 3 (Practice cum Project): Study session on Rehabilitation & Retrofitting and their necessity -
Leakage arrest & Water proofing and Termite treatment
Practice Session 4: Study and report preparation on strengthening of different structural elements - Columns,
Beams, Slabs and Foundation treatment.
Practice Session 5 (Practice cum Project): Visits to different buildings in JITM campus (or outside) and identify
the repairs needed and to prepare a report repair schedule.
Practice Session 6: Study and Report preparation Repair methods using Cement Mortars / Polymer Modified
Cement Mortars, Chemical & Electro-chemical Methods.
Practice Session 7 (Project): Special consideration in toilets, plumbing fittings, electrical drawings, choosing
interiors, aesthetics, false ceiling, partitions etc.
Practice Session 8: Discussion on Manual on Condition Assessment of Buildings for Repair & Upgrading.
Practice Session 9: Statutes and acts - Model Building Bye-laws, Ancient Monuments & Archeological Sites &
Remains Act 2010, Permissions in Prohibited and Regulated Areas
Practice Session 10: Study & Report preparation on Renovation Methodology for different elements of a
Building
65
Resources List
1. Chemical Action and Strengthening
2. Condition Assessment for Repair - NDM
3. Conservation Heritage Buildings
4. CPWD Handbook on R R of RCC Buildings
5. Fundamentals of Waterproofing
6. NDT Part I - Dr. Fixit
7. NDT Part II - Dr. Fixit
8. Preservation Rehabilitation, Restoration & Reconstruction of Heritage Buildings
9. Renovation of Buildings Maintenance Management - Dr. Fixit
10. Repair Practices and Materials
11. Seismic Retrofitting
12. Waterproofing.doc
Pedagogy
Sl. Activity
Topic T P Pr
No. through
Instructional Session 1 - Understanding the concepts of durability and
degradation of concrete structures
1.  Defect identification / Action of chemical attack and L 1
 Different types of damages to the concrete structures in normal and
marine environment.
Instructional Session 2 - Corrosion control methods
 Material Selection, Improvements in material
2.  Design procedure L 2
 Alteration of environment
 Cathodic & Anodic protection and Coatings
Practice Session 1 - Study session on Crack Diagnosis and its appraisal
 Reasons for crack development / Crack prevention,
3. IS & RP 3
 Monitoring & Measuring Crack propagation and
 Preparing a report on crack repairing techniques.
Practice Session 2 - Study session on Natural hazards & Renovation
 Natural Hazards
 Housing Vulnerability and Risk of Damage to House Types
4. IS & RP 3 6
 Seismic Upgradation of Buildings
 Damage Control & Building Performance Levels
 Structural & Non- structural Performance Levels
Practice Session 3 - Study session on Rehabilitation & Retrofitting and their
5. necessity. IS & RP 3 6
 Leakage arrest & Water proofing and Termite treatment
Practice Session 4 - Study and report preparation on strengthening of
6. different structural elements GS & RP 3
 Columns, Beams, Slabs and Foundation treatment.
Instructional Session 3 - Study and presentation of various methods of
strengthening concrete through
 Surface impregnation by vacuum methods / Slurry injection, L, GP, FV &
7. 2 3 8
 Plate bonding, RCC Jacketing / Propping and supporting, PPT
 Fiber wrap technique and
 Chemical and electrochemical methods of repair.
Practice Session 5 - Visits to different buildings in JITM campus and FV, GP &
8. 3 8
identify the repairs needed and to prepare a report repair schedule. RP
66
Sl. Activity
Topic T P Pr
No. through
Practice Session 6 - Study and Report preparation Repair methods using
9.  Cement Mortars / Polymer Modified Cement Mortars, IS & RP 3
 Chemical & Electro-chemical Methods.
Practice Session 7 - Special consideration in toilets, plumbing fittings,
FV, GP &
10. electrical drawings, choosing interiors, aesthetics, false ceiling, partitions 8
RP
etc.
Practice Session 8 - Discussion on Manual on Condition Assessment of
11. GD & PPT 3
Buildings for Repair & Upgrading.
Instructional Session 4 - Conservation of Heritage Buildings
 Brief History of Conservation
12.  Criteria for listing of Heritage Building L 1
 Grading of Heritage Buildings
 Case Studies
Practice Session 9 - Statutes and acts
 Model Building Bye-laws
13. IS & RP 3
 Ancient Monuments & Archeological Sites & Remains Act 2010
 Permissions in Prohibited and Regulated Areas
Practice Session 10 - Study and Report preparation on Renovation
14. GS & RP 3
Methodology for different elements of a Building
Total (72) 6 30 36
DECP0311 Design Project
Course Pre- T-P-Pr

Type requisites (hrs)
Not before
DECP0311 Design Project Project 4 1-3-3
Semester 4
Course objective:
 To enable the student understand the basic principles of Project Management
 Make the student familiarize with the activities involved in a civil engineering construction project
 To mold the student for taking up a major project through applying the M.S. Project 7 (or higher
version) software.
Course Outcomes:
 Identify various activities of a construction project and the critical path for executing the same.
 Carry out a major project and prepare a document that contains all aspects of a construction project.
Students shall take any one of the following projects for practice
a. Simple Residential Building with GF + FF
b. Auditorium with Gallery and Indoor Sports Building
c. Box Culvert / Pipe Culvert
d. Water Tank
e. Two lane highway.
Each of the projects are to be carried out using M. S. Project 7 software (or higher version) covering the
below listed tasks. One report on each of the listed activities to be submitted. However, in case of Highway
Project the appropriate Work Breakdown Structure is to be carried out.
67
Activities to be covered during the project
i. Work Breakdown Structure
a. Site Clearance, Foundations
b. Form work, Concreting
c. Superstructure construction
d. Plumbing and others
ii. Activities and Events Identification
a. Predecessor and Successor
b. Various Time Durations of Activities and Gant Chart
iii. Network Development & Critical Path Search
a. Network Diagram
b. Slack Times, Critical Events and Critical Path
iv. Resource Identification
a. Equipment and Human Resources
Note: The students take up other activities also related to Construction Project during their Major
Project.
DEET0300 Project
T-P-Pr
Code Course Title Course Type Credits Pre-requisites
(hrs)
DEET0300 Project Project 6 Not before Semester 4 0-0-6
Students take up group projects and deal the following activities during the course of their project. The project
Report should contain the reports of the activities and the explanation of the activity, how the same is taken up
and the outcome of the activity.
i. Functional Planning of the project,

ii. Preparation of documents and notices required for obtaining Environmental clearance,
iii. Preparing working drawings using Auto CAD, Revit & STAADPRO (for Reinforcement
Drawing),
iv. Listing of Specifications, Rate Analysis and Estimating using Estimator Software,
v. Resource Scheduling & Levelling,
vi. Preparing Quality Control checks and Quality Inspection sample reports specific to the project,
vii. Identifying the possible Risks involved (specific to the project) and listing the Safety Measures,
viii. Preparing sample M - book and Muster Role (Form 21),
ix. Tendering Process, and Development of Contract Agreement during their Major Project and
x. Project Closure.
DEET0800 Internship
T-P-Pr
(hrs)
DEET0800 Internship Practice 4 Not before Semester 4 --
Students to select a construction firm and obtain training (for about 8 to 10 months) on the works that are
being carried out there. They are required to prepare set of different reports on the activities in which
they received training. The activities should invariably involve the aspects related to planning and
design apart from the topics covered in various subjects of the domain. One report on each of the
activities is to be submitted individually even if a group of students work in the same site. The reports
should be certified by the authorized technical personnel of the organization.
68
Domain D6 - Communication System
Sl. Course
No. Code
Mobile Communication:
1 DECS0431 Theory +Practice 5 Nil
MIMO-OFDM
Microwave Engineering and
2 DECS0432 Theory + Practice 5 Nil
Antenna Design
3 DECS0133 Optical Fiber Communication Theory 3 Nil
4 DECS0234 CCNA Routing and Switching Practice 2 Nil
4G LTE Communication DECS0431 Mobile
5 DECS0435 Theory + Practice 5
Technology Communication: MIMO-OFDM
Cell Site and BTS Operation &
6 DECS0236 Practice 2 Nil
Maintenance
7 DECS0237 RF Planning and Drive Test Practice 2 Nil
9. DEET0800 Internship Internship 4
Total 34
DECS0431 Mobile Communication: MIMO-OFDM
Code Course Title Course Type Credits Pre-requisite T-P-Pr (hrs)

DECS0431 Mobile Communication: Theory + Practice 5 NIL 3-3-0
MIMO-OFDM
Course Objective:
The objectives of this subject are to:
1. Make understand the different cellular systems design and Generation (1G-5G).
2. Introduce the fundamental issues, concepts, and design principles of “multiple-input multiple-output”
(MIMO)-“Orthogonal Frequency division Multiplexing” (OFDM) technique.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this subject, students should be able to:
1. Analyze wireless communication system, Interferences, channel model, Modulation technique, equalization
and diversity technique for wireless communication system.
2. Analyze different channel model, Long Term Evolution (LTE), Performance analysis of the MIMO-OFDM
system for wireless communication.
Syllabus
Module- I (22 Hrs)
The Cellular System Concept:
Introduction to wire and wireless communication system, Generation Technology from 1G to 5G and frequency
Spectrum. Brief on Cellular concept, frequency reuse, Sectoring & splitting process, Roaming, LOS, Handoff,
Fading: AWGN, Rayleigh, Rician channel Model & Doppler shift, adjacent channel and co-channel
interferences, Concept on GSM, GSM architecture, Callflow & Signaling.
Module-II (37 Hrs)
Multi Input Multi Output (MIMO) System:
Introduction to SISO, SIMO, MISO and MIMO system, Types of MIMO system, Different antenna
configuration and channel model in MIMO system, single and multi-user MIMO system, Capacity, BER analysis
of MIMO system, MIMO spatial multiplexing, diversity technique and detection Algorithm. Algorithms; Space
Time Block and Trellis Codes, Space Time Block Codes for Fading Channel using MIMO-OFDM system.
Module-III (25 Hrs)
Orthogonal Frequency division Multiplexing (OFDM) system:
69
Introduction to OFDM system, OFDM transmitter and receiver channel model; BER, SNR Performance, OFDM
Issues-PAPRR-Frequency and Timing Offset Issues. MIMO-OFDM system model, advantages and Guard band
analysis. LTE vs. VoLTE & application.
Text Books:
1. “Wireless communication –Principles and Practices,” 2nd Ed, Theodore S, Rappaport, Pearson Education
Pvt.Ltd, 2003.
2. Gilsic, S.G., “Advanced Wireless Networks: 4G Technology”, John Wiley & Sons. 2006
3. MIMO-OFDM Wireless Communications with MATLAB, John Wiley and sons publications, Yong Soo
Cho, Jaekwon Kim, Won Young Yang, Chung G. Kang
Reference books:
1. “Principles of Mobile Computing” 2nd Edition, Hensmann, Merk&Stobes, Springer, International
Edition,2003.
2. Modern wireless communications, I/e Authors; Simon Haykin, Michael Moher.
3. “3G Wireless Networks” Smith & Collins, TMH, 2007.
4. MIMO-OFDM system model &MIMO-OFDM Simulation and LTE- by using MATLAB simulation or
H/W interface
70
Pedagogy
S. Topic Teaching Referenc Instr. Hrs
No. MODULE-1(22 Hrs) Method e / Tool Th Pra Tot
1 The Cellular System Concept: CRT PPT 5 0 5
Introduction to wire and wireless communication
system, Generation Technology from 1G to 5G and
frequency Spectrum
2 Brief on Cellular concept, frequency reuse, Sectoring CRT PPT 5 0 5
& splitting process, Roaming, LOS, Handoff
3 Fading: AWGN, Rayleigh, Rician channel Model & CRT PPT 6 0 6

Doppler shift, adjacent channel and co-channel
interferences
4 Concept on GSM, GSM architecture, Call flow CRT PPT 6 0 6
&Signalling.
MODULE-2 (37 Hrs)
5 Multi Input Multi Output (MIMO) System: CRT PPT 6 0 6
Introduction to SISO, SIMO, MISO and MIMO ,
system, Types of MIMO system.
6 Design & comparison of SISO, SIMO, MISO and CRT, Lab 2 6 8
MIMO system Practice
7 Different antenna configuration and channel model in Lab 0 6 6
MIMO system, single and multi-user MIMO system, Practice
MATLA
B
8 Capacity, BER analysis of MIMO system Lab 0 6 6
Practice
9 MIMO spatial multiplexing, diversity technique and CRT, Lab 0 6 6
Detection Practice
10 Algorithms; Space Time Block and Trellis Codes, CRT, PPT , 2 3 5
Space Time Block Codes for Fading Channel using Lab MATLA
MIMO-OFDM system. Practice B
MODULE III (25 Hrs)
11 Orthogonal Frequency division Multiplexing (OFDM) CRT, 2 6 8
system: Lab
Introduction to OFDM system, OFDM transmitter and Practice PPT &
receiver channel model; BER, SNR Performance, MATLA
12 OFDM Issues-PAPRR-Frequency and Timing Offset B 3 3 6
CRT,
Issues
Lab
13 MIMO-OFDM system model, advantages and Guard 2 6 8
Practice
band analysis.
14 LTE vs. VoLTE details & application. CRT PPT 3 0 3
TOTAL 42 42 84
71
DECS0432 Microwave Engineering and Antenna Design

DECS0432 Microwave Engineering Theory + Practice 5 NIL 3-2-0
and Antenna Design
Course Objective:
1. To make the student understand the function, design, and integration of the major components in
microwave engineering and antenna design using HFSS.
2. To analyze microwave link design.
Course Outcomes:
1. Analyze transmission lines and waveguides
2. Design and analyze microwave/RF component using HFSS.
3. Design and analyze microwave/RF filters using HFSS.
4. Design and analyze end-to-end microwave/RF communication links
5. Design and analyse dielectric resonator antenna for 5G technology
6. Design and analyse microstrip antenna using HFSS.
Syllabus
Module-I
Introduction: Basics of Transmission line and its parameter
Rectangular and Cylindrical waveguide: Design & working to support various modes. Field solution for TE and
TM modes for rectangular and cylindrical waveguide (only equation study, no derivation), Field patterns for
rectangular and cylindrical waveguide.
Power Dividers and Couplers: Basic Properties, T -Junction Power Divider, Waveguide Directional Couplers,
Ferrite Isolator. Rectangular Cavities Resonator, Resonant frequencies and of Cavity Supporting dominant mode
only
Module-II
Dielectric Resonator Antenna for 5G Technology: Dielectric Resonator Antenna- design procedure, Different
Feeding Structures, Circular Polarization the Cylindrical DRA-design procedure.
RF/Microwave in HFSS: Microwave Filter: Low pass filter- design, High pass filter- design, Band pass filter-
design, Tee junction: E Tee- design, H Tee- designand Magic Tee- design, Waveguide Circulator-design,
Coupler-design.
Module-III
Communication antenna: Basics of antenna, Different types of antenna, Dipole antenna-design procedure, Half
wavelength Dipole--design procedure, Loop Antenna--design procedure, Different types of Horn Antenna-
Design procedure. Gunn diode characteristic
Microstrip Antenna :Rectangular Patch- design procedure, Circular Patch- design procedure, feeding technique
to microstrip antenna- probe feed, microstrip line feed, and aperture feed,Microstrip Antenna Array structure -
design procedure, Slot patch antenna- design procedure.Application to biomedical and mobile communication.
Text Book:
1. Microwave Device and Circuit, Sammuel Y, Liao, Perason Education, 3rd Edition.
2. Antenna Theory Analysis and Design by Balanis
3. Antenna & wave propagation by R.L.Yadava
4. Microstrip Antenna Design Handbook - Garg, Bhartia, Bahl
References:
1. Antenna & wave propagation, G.S.N.Raju, Pearson Education, 1st Edition
2. Microwave engineering by G.S.N.Raju
3. Antenna Theory and Design 2nd Editionby Warren L. Stutzman, Gary A. Thiele
4. Microstrip Antenna Design Handbook - Garg, Bhartia, Bahl.
5. IEEE Journal on antenna design and measurement
72
Pedagogy
Teachin Instructional
S. Topic Reference /
g Hrs
No. Tool
MODULE-1 Method Th Pra Tot
1 Basics of Transmission line and its parameter CRT PPT 4 0 4
2 Rectangular and Cylindrical waveguide: Design & working to CRT PPT 3 0 3
support various modes.
3 Solution for TE and TM modes for rectangular and CRT PPT 3 0 3
cylindrical waveguide (only equation study, no derivation)
4 Field patterns for rectangular and cylindrical waveguide CRT PPT 2 0 2
5 Power Dividers and Couplers: Basic Properties, T -Junction CRT PPT 3 0 3
Power Divider, Waveguide Directional Couplers
6 Ferrite Isolator. Rectangular Cavities Resonator, Resonant CRT PPT 4 0 4
frequencies and of Cavity Supporting dominant mode only
MODULE-2
8 Dielectric Resonator Antenna for 5G Technology: Dielectric Lab (HFSS 0 3 3
Resonator Antenna- design procedure, Different Feeding Practice Software)
Structures.
Circular Polarization the Cylindrical DRA-design procedure. Lab (HFSS 0 3 3
Practice Software)
9 RF/Microwave in HFSS: Microwave Filter: Low pass filter- 2 6 8
design, High pass filter- design, Band pass filter- design. CRT, PPT, (HFSS
10 Tee junction: E Tee- design, H Tee- design and Magic Tee- Lab Software) 2 3 5
design. Practice
11 Waveguide Circulator-design, Coupler-design. 1 3 4
MODULE-3
13 Communication antenna: Basics of antenna, Different types 2 3 5

PPT, (HFSS
of antenna, Dipole antenna-design procedure, Half
Software)
wavelength Dipole--design procedure
14 Loop Antenna--design procedure 2 3 5
15 Different types of Horn Antenna-Design procedure, Gunn PPT, (Hard 3 3 6
diode characteristic Ware /HFSS
Software)
CRT,
16 Microstrip Antenna: Rectangular Patch- design procedure, 2 3 5
Lab
Circular Patch- design procedure, feeding technique to
Practice
microstrip antenna. (HFSS
17 Probe feed, microstrip line feed, and aperture feed, Software) 2 3 5
Microstrip.
18 Antenna Array structure - design procedure. 2 3 3
19 Slot patch antenna- design procedure. PPT, (HFSS 2 3 5
Software)
20 Application to biomedical and mobile communication. PPT, (HFSS 3 3 6
Software)
TOTAL 42 42 84
DECS0133 Optical Fiber Communication

DECS0133 Optical Fiber Communication Theory 3 NIL 3-0-0
73
Course Objective:
Objective of this course is
1. To introduce to students an overview of optical fiber communication devices and systems.
2. To hands on experience of using professional tools for the design of optical fiber communication systems.
3. To facilitate the knowledge about optical fiber sources and transmission techniques.
4. To Enrich the idea of optical fiber networks algorithm such as SONET/SDH and optical CDMA.
Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, students will be able to:
1. Discuss the various optical fiber modes, configurations and various signal degradation factors associated
with optical fiber.
2. Use the various optical sources and detectors and their use in the optical communication system.
3. Apply the Transmission Characteristics of fiber and Manufacturing techniques of fiber/cable.
4. Apply splicing techniques, passive optical components and explain noise in optical system.
5. Perform short haul and long haul Analog/ Digital optical communication system
Syllabus
Module-I
Overview of Optical Fiber Communication: Introduction, Historical development, general system, advantages,
disadvantages, and applications of optical fiber communication, Standards of optical fiber communication.
Optical Fiber: Nature of light, Definition of optical laws, Optical fiber modes and configuration, Step index and
Graded index fiber structure, Fiber material, Photonic crystal fibers, Fiber fabrication, Fiber optic cable.
Signal degradation in Optical fiber: Attenuation, Signal distortion in fiber, Characteristics of Single mode fiber,
Specialty fibers.
Module-II
Optical Sources and Detectors: Light Emitting Diodes, Laser diodes, Photo diodes, Photodetector noise, Detector
response time, Structures for InGaAs APDs, Comparisons of photo detectors.
Power Launching & Coupling: Source to fiber power launching, Coupling Power Calculation. Lensing Scheme
for improvement of coupling.Fiber-to-fiber Connectors, Fiber Splicing, Optical fiber connectors.
Optical Receiver: Receiver Operation, Digital receiver performance, Receiver Sensitivity, The quantum Limit,
Eye Diagram.
Module-III
Analog and Digital Links: Overview of analog links, Carrier to noise ratio, Point to Point Digital link, Link
power budget, Rise-Time budget, Power penalty, Modal Noise, Chirping.
WDM concepts and Components: Overview of WDM, Passive optical Coupler, Isolators and Circulators,
Optical Filters, Active optical components, MEMS technology, tunable light sources.
Optical Amplifiers & Network: Optical amplifiers, applications and types, Semiconductor optical amplifiers,
EDFA, Network concept and Topology, SONET/SDH, Optical switching, WDM network examples.
Text Books:
1. Optical Fiber Communications by G. Keiser. 3rd Edition McGraw Hill Book Co.
2. Fiber Optic Communications Technology by D. K. Mynbaev& Lowell L. Scheiner – Pearson Education.
74
Pedagogy
Instructional
Sl. Topic Teaching Reference / Hrs
No. Method Tool
MODULE-1(14Hrs) Theory
Overview of Optical Fiber Communication: Introduction,
Historical development, general system, advantages,
1. CRT PPT 1
disadvantages, and applications of optical fiber
communication, Standards of optical fiber communication.
Definition of optical laws: Refractive index, Reflection &
PPT
2. Refraction, Polarization of light, Polarization sensitive CRT 1
Animation
material, Step & Graded index fiber structure.
PPT
Optical fiber modes and configuration: Fiber types, Rays Chalk
3. CRT 2
and Modes, Ray Optics representation Board
Animation
Fiber material: Glass Fiber, Active glass fiber, Plastic PPT
4. CRT 1
Optical fiber.
Photonic crystal fibers (PCF): Index Guiding PCF, Photonic PPT
5. CRT 1
band gap fiber. Animation
Fiber fabrication: Outside vapor phase oxidation, Vapor
phase axial deposition, Modified chemical vapor PPT
6. CRT 2
deposition, Plasma activated chemical vapor deposition, Animation
Photonic crystal fiber fabrication
Fiber optic cable: Cable Structure, Indore cable designs-
Interconnect cables, Breakout or Fan-out cables,
7. CRT PPT 1
Distribution cables Outdoor cable designs-Aerial cables,
Armored cables, Underwater cables,
PPT
Signal degradation in Optical fiber:Attenuation: Attenuation CRT, Chalk
8. units, Absorption loss, Scattering loss, Bending Losses, Lab Board 2
Core and cladding losses. Practice Animation
PPT
Characteristics of Single mode fiber: Refractive index CRT, Chalk
9. profile, Cut-off wavelength, Dispersion calculation, Mode Lab Board 2
field diameter, bending loss, Practice Animation
Specialty fibers: Erbium-doped fiber, Photosensitive

PPT
10. sensitive fiber, Bend-insensitive fiber, Termination fiber, CRT 1
Animation
Polarization preserving fiber.
75
Sl. Topic Teaching Reference /
Th
No. Method Tool
MODULE-2 (14Hrs)
Optical Sources: Light Emitting Diodes: LED structure, Light source
11. 2
materials, quantum efficiency and LED power, Modulation of LED.
Laser diodes:Laseraction, Laser diode modes and Threshold Conditions, CRT,
12. Laser diode rate equation, Laser diode Structures and Radiation patterns, Practice 2
Single Mode Lasers, Modulation of Laser diode, External Modulation.
Photo diodes: Physical principles of Photodiodes, The pin
13. 2
photodetector,Avalanche Photodiodes.
Double-Hetero structure Photodiodes, Structures for InGaAs APDs, and
14. CRT 1
Comparisons of photo detectors.
PPT
Power Launching & Coupling: Source to fiber power launching: Source Chalk Board
15. output pattern, Power coupling calculation, Power launching vs wave Animation 2
length, Equilibrium Numerical Aperture. Coupling Power Calculation.
Fiber-to-fiber Connectors: Mechanical misalignment, Fiber related
16. 1
losses, Fiber end face preparation
CRT,
17. Fiber Splicing: Splicing Techniques, Splicing single mode fiber. 1
Practice
Optical fiber connectors: Connector types, Single mode fiber connector,
18. 1
Connector return loss.
Optical Receiver: Receiver Operation, Digital receiver performance:
19. probability error, Receiver Sensitivity, The quantum Limit. Eye 2
Diagram
MODULE-3 (14Hrs)
Analog link: Overview of analog links, Carrier to noise ratio- Carrier
20. CRT 2
power, Photo detector and Preamplifier noise, Relative intensity noise. PPT
Digital Links: Point to Point Digital link, Link power budget, Rise-Time Chalk Board
21. CRT 2
budget, Power penalty, Modal Noise, Chirping.
WDM concepts and Components: Overview of WDM: Operational
22. CRT 1
Principle of WDM, WDM Standards.
Passive optical Coupler: The 2x2 Fiber coupler, Scattering Matrix
representation, 2x2 wave guide Coupler, Star coupler, Mach-Zehnder
23. PPT 2
Interferometer Multiplexer, Optical Isolators, Optical Circulators,
CRT, Chalk Board
Optical Filters, Tunable light Sources
Practice Animation
Active optical components: Variable Optical Attenuator, Tunable
24. Optical filters, Dynamic Gain equalizers, Optical add/ drop Multiplexer, 1
Polarization Controller, Chromatic Dispersion Compensator.
Optical Amplifiers: Optical amplifiers, applications and types,
25. CRT 2
Semiconductor optical amplifiers, EDFA.
Optical Network: Network concepts: Network terminology, Network
PPT
26. Category, Network Layers, Network Topology, SONET/SDH rings. 2
Chalk Board
SONET/SDH networks. CRT,
Practice PPT
Optical switching: Optical cross connect, Wavelength conversion,
27. Chalk Board 2
Wavelength Routing, Optical Packet switching, Optical Burst switching. Animation
WDM network examples: Wide Long-Haul WDM networks, PPT
28. CRT 1
Narrowband Metro WDM Networks, Passive Optical Networks. Chalk Board
TOTAL 42
76
DECS0234 CCNA Routing and Switching

CCNA Routing and
DECS0234 Practice 2 NIL 0-2-0
Switching
Course Objective:
1. Learn the fundamentals of network theory and the TCP/IP Protocol Stack.
2. Learn data networking fundamentals and network device functionality (includes
configuring the network devices on LANs).
3. Learn all of the most important aspects of the Internetwork Operating System.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand and describe the importance of addressing and naming schemes at various layers of data
networks in IPv4 and IPv6 environments.
2. Design, calculate, and apply subnet masks and addresses to fulfill given requirements in IPv4 and IPv6
networks
3. Explain fundamental Ethernet concepts such as media, services, and operations
4. Build a simple Ethernet network using routers and switches
5. Use Cisco command-line interface (CLI) commands to perform basic router and switch configurations
Syllabus
Module-I (12 Hrs)
Internetworking: Internetworking Basics, Internetworking Models, The Layered Approach, Advantages of
Reference Models, The OSI Reference Model.
TCP/IP:TCP/IP and the DoD Model, The Process/Application Layer Protocols, The Hierarchical IP Addressing
Scheme, Private IP Addresses, Broadcast Addresses
Sub netting, Variable Length Subnet Masks, (VLSMs): Subnetting Basics, How to Create Subnets, Subnet
Masks, Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR), Variable Length Subnet Masks (VLSMs) , Troubleshooting IP
Addressing.
Cisco‟s Internetworking Operating System (IOS): The IOS User Interface, Cisco Router IOS, Connecting to a
Cisco Router, Bringing Up a Router, Command-Line Interface (CLI).
Module-2 (9 Hrs)
IP Routing: Routing Basics, The IP Routing Process, Testing Your IP Routing Understanding, Configuring IP
Routing, The debug IPRIP Command, Enabling RIPv2 on Our Internetwork.
Enhanced IGRP (EIGRP) and Open Shortest: Path First (OSPF), EIGRP Features and Operation, Configuring
EIGRP, Troubleshooting OSPF.
Layer 2 Switching and Spanning Tree: Protocol (STP) Before Layer 2 Switching, Spanning Tree Protocol
(STP) and Spanning Tree Terms. Spanning Tree Operations and Configuration.
Module-3 (21 Hrs)
Virtual LANs (VLANs) : VLAN Basics, Configuring Trunk Ports, Troubleshooting VTP.
Telephony: Configuring Voice VLANs, Configuring the Voice VLAN, Configuring IP Phone Voice Traffic,
Using the CNA to Configure VLANs and Inter-VLAN Routing.
Network Address Translation (NAT): When Do We Use NAT? Static NAT Configuration, Dynamic NAT
Configuration, PAT (Overloading) Configuration.
Cisco‟s Wireless Technologies :Introduction to Wireless Technology , The 802.11 Standards , Comparing
802.11 , Cisco‟s Unified Wireless Solution, Split-MAC Architecture , MESH and LWAPP , AWPP , Wireless
Security , Configuring Our Wireless Internetwork .
Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6): Why Do We Need IPv6? Configuring Cisco Routers with IPv6, DHCPv6,
ICMPv6, IPv6 Routing Protocols, RIPng, EIGRPv6, OSPFv3.47
77
Text Books:
1. CCNA 200-125 Official Cert Guide Library, Wendell Odom Published May 23, 2013 by Cisco Press.
2. CCNA Routing and Switching Study Guide by Todd Lammle, Wiley.
3. CCNA Routing and Switching Portable Command Guide, Scott Empson, Cisco press, 3rd Edition, 2014.
Pedagogy
S. Topic Teaching Reference Pra
No. MODULE-1(12 Hrs) Method / Tool Hrs
1 1.Internetworking Lab PPT& 3
Internetworking Basics, Internetworking Models , The Layered Practice Packet
approach, Advantages of Reference Models , The OSI Reference Tracer
Model
2 Introduction to TCP/IP Lab PPT& 3
The Host-to-Host Layer Protocols , The Internet Layer Protocols , Practice Packet
IP Addressing , IP Terminology , The Hierarchical IP Tracer
Addressing Scheme , Private IP Addresses , Broadcast Addresses
3 Subnetting Basics , How to Create Subnets , Subnet Masks , Lab PPT& 3
Classless Inter-Domain Routing (CIDR) , Classless Inter-Domain Practice Packet
Routing (CIDR) , Variable Length Subnet Masks (VLSMs) , Tracer
VLSM Design, Implementing VLSM Networks , Troubleshooting
IP Addressing , Determining IP Address Problems
4 Cisco‟s Internetworking Operating System (IOS) Lab PPT & 3
, The IOS User Interface, Cisco Router IOS, Command-Line Practice Packet
Interface (CLI) , Router and Switch Administrative Tracer,
Configurations Router
MODULE-2 (9 Hrs)
5 IP Routing Lab PPT & 3
Routing Basics, Configuring IP Routing, The debug Practice Packet
iprip Command, Enabling RIPv2 on Our Internet work . Tracer,
Router
6 Enhanced IGRP (EIGRP) and Open Shortest Lab PPT 3
Path First (OSPF), EIGRP Features and Operation, Using EIGRP Practice &Packet
to Support Large Networks , Multiple Access , VLSM Support and Tracer
Summarization ,
7 Layer 2 Switching and Spanning Tree Lab PPT, 3
Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) , Spanning Tree Terms , Spanning Practice &Packet
Tree Operations, Configuring Catalyst Switches , Catalyst Switch Tracer
Configuration
78
S. Topic Teaching Reference Pra
No. MODULE-3 (21 Hrs) Method / Tool Hrs
8 Virtual LANs (VLANs) Lab PPT, 3
VLAN Basics, Broadcast Control , Security , VLAN Practice &Packet
Memberships, Static VLANs , Dynamic VLANs, Configuring Tracer
Trunk Ports , Configuring Inter-VLAN Routing, Configuring VTP
, Troubleshooting VTP
9 Telephony: Configuring Voice VLANs, Configuring the Voice Lab PPT, 3
VLAN, Configuring IP Phone Voice Traffic , Using the CNA to Practice &Packet
Configure VLANs and Inter-VLAN Routing . Tracer
10 Network Address Translation (NAT) Lab PPT, 3
When Do We Use NAT? Static NAT Configuration, Dynamic Practice &Packet
NAT Configuration, PAT (Overloading) Configuration , Simple Tracer
Verification of NAT , Testing and Troubleshooting NAT
11 Cisco‟s Wireless Technologies PPT, 3
Introduction to Wireless Technology , The 802.11 Standards , Lab &Packet
MESH and LWAPP , AWPP , Wireless Security , Configuring Practice Tracer
Our Wireless Internetwork .
12 Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6) Lab PPT, 3
Why Do We Need IPv6? The Benefits and Uses of IPv6 , IPv6 Practice &Packet
Addressing and Expressions Tracer
13 Auto configuration , Configuring Cisco Routers with Lab PPT, 3
IPv6 , DHCPv6, ICMPv6 , IPv6 Routing Practice &Packet
Protocols, RIPng, EIGRPv6, OSPFv3 , Tracer
14 Configuring RIPng , Configuring OSPFv3 . Lab IPv6 3
Practice
TOTAL 42
DECS0435 4G LTE Communication Technology

DECS0435 4G LTE Theory + 5 DECS0431 Mobile 3-2-0
Communication Practice Communication: MIMO-OFDM
Technology
Course Objective:
1. To make students familiar with fundamentals of 4G.
2. To choose system (TDMA/FDMA/CDMA) according to the complexity, installation cost, speed of
transmission, channel properties etc.
3. To identify the requirements of mobile communication as compared to static communication
4. To identify the limitations of 2G and 2.5G and 3G wireless mobile communication and use design of
3G and beyond mobile communication systems
Course Outcomes
1. To make students familiar with various network planning, propagation model of mobile
communications
2. To understand the concept of cellular communication
3. Knowledge of GSM mobile communication standard, its architecture, logical channels, advantages and
limitations.
4. Knowledge of communication standard, its architecture, logical channels, advantages and limitations.
5. Knowledge of 4GLTE mobile standards and their comparison with 2G and 3G technologies.
79
Syllabus
Module-I (37 Hrs)
Introduction to 4G, Why 4G?, spectrum regulation and standardization from 3G to 5G, Frequency standard for
4G, 3GPP LTE,LTE Basic technology, Transmission scheme, spectrum and bandwidth flexibility, LTE
Evolution, Radio access network interfaces, Radio protocol architecture, LTE- Radio link control, Time –
Frequency structure. Introduction to 5G,5G Agencies, Aim, Goal, Technologies & Spectrum.
Modulation and demodulation scheme of LTE(QPSK and QAM Technology), BER Analysis of LTE.
Video over Wireless: Video compression basics, Video coding standards.
Content analysis for communication: Low level feature extraction, Image segmentation, Video object
segmentation.
Module-II (16 Hrs)
Network planning, Frequency planning; Modes, TDD mode, FDD mode, FDD planning TDD planning concept,
TDD bands. Coverage planning, LTE Capacity planning; Capacity, aim of capacity planning,
Propagation process
LTE Propagation parameters,LTE Propagation parameters, Channel model, Values for Multipath & Doppler.
Module-III (31 Hrs)
Propagation Model: LTE propagation model : Free space model, Cost 231 Hata model.
LTE Propagation losses: LTE Propagation losses , Penetration loss, Propagation parameters,. LTE guard band
analysis and Guard band requirements.LTE Link budget; DL link budget, UL link budget.
LTE cell edge rate planning; LTE cell edge rate planning , Cell edge rate, Interference margin, System
reliability.
Text-Book:
1. 4G, LTE-Advanced Pro and The Road to 5G,3rd Edition Authors: Erik Dahlman Stefan Parkvall Johan
Skold,Hardcover ISBN: 9780128045756.
2. 4G wireless video communications by HaohongWang,Lisimachos P. Kondi, Ajay Luthra, Song Ci, A
John Wiley and Sons, Ltd., Publication
Reference Books:
1. An Introduction To LTE, Lte-Advanced, Sae And 4G Mobile Communications, Christopher Cox,
Director, Chris Cox Communications Ltd, UK.
2. Understanding LTE with MATLAB, Author: Houman Zarrinkoub, A John Wiley and Sons, Ltd.,
Publication
Pedagogy
S. Topic Teachin Referen Instructional Hrs
No. MODULE-1(37 Hrs) g ce / Tool Th Pra Tot
Method
1 Introduction to 4G, Why 4G? CRT PPT 1 0 1
2 Spectrum regulation and standardization from 3G to 5G CRT 1 0 1
3 Frequency standard for 4G CRT 1 0 1
4 LTE Basic technology, Transmission scheme CRT 2 0 2
5 Spectrum and bandwidth flexibility, LTE Evolution CRT 1 0 1
6 Radio access network interfaces, Radio protocol architecture. CRT 2 0 2
7 LTE- Radio link control, Time –Frequency structure. CRT 2 0 2
8 Introduction to 5G,5G Agencies, Aim, Goal, Technologies & CRT 2 0 2
Spectrum.
9 Modulation and demodulation scheme of LTE(QPSK and CRT PPT, 2 3 5
QAM Technology), BER Analysis of LTE, MATLA
10 Video over Wireless: Video compression basics CRT B 1 3 4
11 Video coding standards. CRT 1 3 4
12 Content analysis for communication: Low level feature CRT 1 3 4
extraction,
13 Image segmentation CRT 1 3 4
14 Video object segmentation. CRT 1 3 4
80
S. Topic Teaching Referenc Instructional Hrs
No. MODULE-2(16Hrs) Method e / Tool Th Pra Tot
15 Network planning, Frequency planning; Modes, TDD CRT TEMS 2 3 5
mode, FDD mode, FDD planning TDD planning concept, Software
TDD bands.
16 Coverage planning, LTE Capacity planning; Capacity, aim CRT TEMS 2 3 5
of capacity planning, Software
17 Propagation process CRT PPT 4 0 4
LTE Propagation parameters, Channel model, Values for
Multipath & Doppler.
18 Channel model, Values for Multipath & Doppler. CRT PPT 2 0 2
MODULE-3 (31 Hrs)
19 LTE propagation model : Free space model, Cost 231 Hata CRT PPT 4 0 4
model.
20 LTE Propagation losses: LTE Propagation losses , CRT PPT, 2 6 8
Penetration loss, Propagation parameters,. TEMS
21 LTE guard band analysis and Guard band requirements. CRT Software 2 3 5
22 LTE Link budget; DL link budget, UL link budget. CRT PPT 2 0 2
23 LTE cell edge rate planning; LTE cell edge rate planning CRT TEMS 1 6 7
, Cell edge rate, Interference margin, System reliability. Software
24 LTE Link budget; DL link budget, UL link budget. CRT PPT 2 0 2
25 LTE guard band analysis and Guard band requirements. CRT TEMS 0 3 3
Software
TOTAL 42 42 84
DECS0236 Cell Site, BTS Operation &Maintenance

DECS0236 Cell Site, BTS Operation Practice 2 NIL 0-2-0
&Maintenance
Course Objective:
1. To make student understand details about Telecom mobile towers; maintain tower sites and repair
faults/issues, which are live 24x7 Hrs.
Course Outcomes:
1. Maintain site hygiene of AC, DG, PIU, LCU, CPU, SMPS and battery bank, as per organization‟s
norms.
2. Adhere and conduct site PM (preventive maintenance) and Task Reporting planes, as per organization‟s
norms.
Syllabus
Module-I (10 Hrs)
The Wireless Communication Concept and Mobile Tower Elements: Cellular concept (GSM/CDMA/LTE),
Types and height of different Towers, antennas used and need of Mobile tower. Basic concept on mains (AC),
DG, Battery bank, Solar supply system to a cell site,
Module-II (22 Hrs)
Equipment used in the Shelter (Only PIU, LCU, CPU, FCU):
Power Interface Unit (PIU) indoor & outdoor; Block diagram & working Principle of PIU, Components of PIU,
Physical wiring diagram, Power flow of PIU, Function test of PIU.
81
Line Conditioning Unit (LCU): Working Principle of LCU, Components of LCU, Physical wiring diagram,
Power flow of LCU, Function test of LCU, Fault finding within LCU.
Power Interface Unit(PIU): Working principle of PIU, Components, current flow and fault finding of PIU.
Free Cooling Unit (FCU):Working Principle of FCU, Components and fault finding of FCU.
Module-III (10 Hrs)
(Preventive Maintenance (PM), Task Reporting, Site management& BTS:
Adhere and Ensure PM activities plan at the tower site, conduct & fill the site PM, Operational maintenance of
the site; Basic functioning of alarm box and the interface, identify the reasons for site lock.
BTS/RBS hardware (both indoor & outdoor), node B (in 3G Networks), concept on TRX, PA, Combiner,
Multiplexer, Antenna, Control function, &Baseband receiver unit (BBxx).
Text book:
1. “Telecom Tower Maintenance” Vol. 1, Navkar Center for Skills, 2014.
Pedagogy
S. Topic Teaching Reference/Tool Instructional
No. Method Hrs
MODULE-1(10 Hrs) Practice
1 Cellular concept (GSM/CDMA/LTE) Practice 2
2 Types and height of different Towers, antennas, need of Practice 4
Mobile tower.
3 Basic concept on mains (AC), DG, Battery bank, Solar Practice PIU 4
supply system to a cell site,
MODULE-2 (22 Hrs)
5 PIU indoor & outdoor; Block diagram & working Practice PIU 4
Principle of PIU, Components of PIU
6 Physical wiring diagram, Power flow of PIU, Function Practice PIU 3
test of PIU
9 Line Conditioning Unit (LCU); Working Principle of Practice LCU 3
LCU, Components of LCU, Physical wiring diagram,
Power flow of LCU
10 Function test of LCU, Fault finding within LCU. Practice LCU 4
11 Working principle of PIU, Components, current flow Practice PIU 4
and fault finding of PIU.
12 Free Cooling Unit (FCU); Working Principle of FCU, Practice FCU 4
Components and fault finding of FCU.
MODULE-3 (10 Hrs)
13 Adhere and Ensure PM activities plan at the tower site, Practice Expt. On site 1
conduct & fill the site PM, Perform unique site down visit
PM,
14 Operational maintenance of the site; Basic functioning Practice Expt. On site 4
of alarm box and the interface, visit
15 BTS/RBS hardware (both indoor & outdoor), node Practice Expt. On site 5
B (in 3G Networks), concept on TRX, PA, Combiner, visit
Multiplexer, Antenna, Control function, &Baseband
receiver unit (BBxx).
TOTAL 42
82
DECS0237 RF Planning and Drive Test

DECS0237 RF Planning and Drive Test 2 NIL 0-2-0
Practice
Course Objective:
1. The main focus of the subject is how to improve, optimize and maintain network performances.
2. The course explains network possible problems that may arise on the radio and BSS and the core
network side.
3. To discusses how to detect problems and proposes solutions.
Course Outcomes:
1. RF Planning at cell site.
2. Hands on practice on GSM RF Planning tool.
3. Use of mapping software‟s like Map info/Google KLM.
4. Use of drive test tool TEMS for 3G,4G optimization with field exposure.
5. Use of NEMO TOOL for 4G LTE optimization with field exposure.
Syllabus
Module-I
RF Planning
RF Propagation path loss, different industry used propagation models ,GSM RF Planning Tool, RF link budget,
GSM RF Planning Tool practicing: RF Survey, Frequency Planning, Coverage Planning, and Reports &
Analysis.
RF Optimization
Use of mapping software‟s like Map info/Google KLM, use of wireless network coverage optimization using
drive test tool TEMS, Pre optimization Site Audit.GSM RF Optimization &Study of drive key RF parameters,
GSM RF Drive Test Tool – TEMS, Overview, Drive test practice using TEMS, RF Optimization and Post
Processing Tools.
Module-II
3G Optimization
Introduction to 3G networks, 3G Network Architecture, WCDMA Concepts, WCDMA Drive test and
optimization. IRAT Handover.3G Drive KPI analysis. Network Performance indicator analysis.
Module-III
4G Optimization
Drive test of LTE network using NEMO, LTE Propagation model( cost 231, Okumura Hata model, space
propagation model) and Propagation loss analysis, Parameter analysis of LTE Networks.
Text-Book:
1. Advanced cellular network planning and optimization 2G/2.5G/3G. . .evolution to 4G by Ajay R Mishra,
Nokia Networks, John Wiley & Sons Ltd, The Atrium, Southern Gate, Chichester, West Sussex PO19
8SQ, England
Reference Books:
1. Radio Network Planning and Optimisation for UMTS,SecondEdition,JaanaLaiho and Achim Wacker,
Nokia Group, Finland, Toma´ sˇ Novosad,Nokia Networks, Nokia Group, USA, John Wiley & Sons Ltd,
The Atrium, Southern Gate, Chichester, West Sussex PO19 8SQ, England
2. Material: E1-E2 Up gradation Course –Consumer Mobility, RF Planning and Drive TestMaterial:
GTL ,RF Optimization
83
Pedagogy
S. Topic Teaching Reference/Tool Instructional

No. Method Hrs
MODULE-1 (14 Hrs ) Practice
1 RF Planning Practice 2
RF Propagation path loss, different industry used
propagation models
2 GSM RF Planning Tool Practice TEMS Software 2
3 RF link budget Practice 2
4 GSM RF Planning Tool practicing: RF Survey Lab Practice TEMS Software 2
5 Frequency Planning, Coverage Planning, and Practice 1
Reports & Analysis
6 Use of mapping software like Map info/Google Lab Practice Map info/Google 2
KLM, use of wireless network coverage KLM
optimization using drive test tool TEMS
7 GSM RF Drive Test Tool – TEMS, Overview, Lab Practice TEMS Software 3
Drive test practice using TEMS, RF Optimization
and Post Processing Tools.
MODULE-2 (13 Hrs )
8 Introduction to 3G networks, 3G Network CRT, PPT 1
Architecture
9 WCDMA Drive test and optimization. Network Lab Practice WCDMA tool 4
10 IRAT Handover.3G Drive KPI analysis. Practice KPI tool 4
11 Performance indicator analysis.. Practice KPI tool 4
MODULE-3 (15 Hrs )
12 Drive test of LTE network using NEMO. Practice NEMO Tool 3
13 Parameter analysis of LTE Networks. 4
14 LTE Propagation model( cost 231, Okumura Hata 4
model, space propagation model)
15 Propagation loss analysis, Parameter analysis of 4

LTE Networks.
Total 42
84
Domain D7 - Cloud Technology & Information Security (CTIS)
Sl. Course
No. Code
CCCS0407 Desktop
1 DECT0441 Cloud Computing Solutions Theory + Practice 5
Operating Systems
2 DEMA0155 Fundamentals of Exchange Server Theory 3
Protocols
FCEN0119 Operating
3 DECT0442 Advanced Linux Administration Theory + Practice 5
System Building Block
Advanced Installation and CCCS0408 Installation and
4 DECT0443 Theory + Practice 5
configuration of Server Configuration of Server
CCCS0109 Fundamentals
5 DECT0142 Advanced Storage Technology Theory 4
of Storage
Protocols
FCEN0119 Operating
7 DECT0144 Administration of server Theory 4
Sysem Building Block
8 DECT0156 Theory 4 Nil
Security – I, CCCS0406
9 DECT0445 Cyber Forensics – An Introduction Theory + Practice 5
Ethical Hacking
FUndamentals
IT Governance, Risk and DECT0146 Information
Information Security Management Security – II
11 DECT0146 Information Security – II Theory 3
Security – I
DECT0445 Cyber Forensics
12 DECT0446 Android Security Theory + Practice 5
– An Introduction
Security – II, CCCS0108
13 DECT0147 Virtualization and Cloud Security Theory 4
Introduction to Cloud
Technology
Security in wireless, VOIP and Security – II, CCCS0406
Mobile Apps Ethical Hacking
Fundamentals
Security – II, FCEN0404
15 DECT0149 Database Security Theory 4
Database Management
System
16 DECT0141 Cobit VALIT RiskIT Theory 4
Security – II
Total 76
85
DECT0441 Cloud Computing Solutions

DECT0441 Cloud Computing Solutions Th. + Pra. 5 CCCS0407 Desktop Operating Systems 3-2-0
Windows Azure is a cloud computing platform and infrastructure, for building, deploying and managing
applications and services through a global network of Microsoft-managed data centers
Learning Outcomes:
Students will learn the basics of cloud technology in Windows Azure services like computer service, network service, data
service and App service. Programming with windows azure is also covered in depth.
Unit 1: Introduction
Introductionto MS. Azure, Virtual Machines: Creating Virtual Machines, Difference Between Basic and
Standard VMs, Logging in to a VM and Working, Attaching an empty Hard Disk to VM, Hosting a Website in
VM, Configuring End Points, Scaling up and Down, Creating a custom Image from VM, Creating a VM from a
custom Image, Shut down VM without Getting Billed, VM Pricing
Unit 2: Managing Infrastructure in Azure
Managing Infrastructure in Azure: Azure Virtual Networks, Highly Available Azure Virtual Machines, Virtual
Machine Configuration Management, Customizing Azure Virtual Machine Networking. Load Balancing:
Creating Cloud Services, Adding Virtual Machines to a Cluster, Configuring Load Balancer.
Unit 3: Windows Azure
Azure Storage: What is a Storage Account, Advantages, Tables, blobs, queues and drives, Azure Appfabric:
Connectivity and Access control Automation: Introduction Windows Power Shell, Creation of Run books,
Uploading a Shell Script, Authoring a Shell Script, ,
Unit 4: SQL Azure
SQL Azure: Creating a SQL Server, Creating a SQL DB, Creating Tables, Adding Data to the Tables, View
Connection Strings, Security Configurations, Migrating on premise DB to SQL Azure.
Unit 5: Websites
Websites: Creating a Website, Setting deployment credentials, Choosing a platform, Setting up Default page for
website, Scaling, Auto Scaling by Time, Auto Scaling by Metric, Difference between Free, Shared, Basic and
Standard websites, Creating a website using Visual studio
Text Books:
Cloud Computing Bible, Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley-India, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms, Editors: Rajkumar Buyya,
James Broberg, Andrzej M. Goscinski, Wiley, 2011
2. Windows Azure Step By step by Roberto Brunetti.
Lab Programs:
1. Create and document the process of creating a windows azure account
2. Create a virtual machine from the gallery of windows server 2008 R2
3. Create a virtual machine using the option “quick Create”
4. Create a custom VM and Capture the image
5. Create a VM from a captured image
6. Add a VMs to a cluster and deploy load balancer on the same
7. Create and publish / host a webpage in windows azure
8. Create a website using Visual studio
9. Create a SQL server DB, Create tables and add data to the table
10. Test basic SQL commands on the table created in the previous step.
11. Migrate an on premise DB to Azure
12. Create a storage account in Azure
86
Pedagogy
Sl. T Pr
Topic Pedagogy
No. h a
Creating Virtual Machines, Difference Between Basic and Standard
CRT +
1. VMs, Logging in to a VM and Working, Logging in to a VM and 4 3
Lab Practice
Working, Attaching an empty Hard Disk to VM
CRT +
2. Hosting a Website in VM Lab Practice 3 6
+ PPT
3. Configuring End Points, Scaling up and Down 4 0

Creating a custom Image from VM,Creating a VM from a custom Image,
4. CRT + 3 3
Shut down VM without Getting Billed,VM Pricing
PPT
5. Azure Virtual Networks, Highly Available Azure Virtual Machines 2 0
Virtual Machine Configuration Management, Customizing Azure Virtual
6. 3 0
Machine Networking.
CRT +
Load Balancing: Creating Cloud Services, Adding Virtual Machines to
7. Lab Practice 3 6
a Cluster, Configuring Load Balancer.
+ PPT
Azure Storage: What is a Storage Account, Advantages, Tables, blobs,
8. 2 0
queues and drives, Azure Appfabric: Connectivity and Access control
CRT +
Automation: Introduction Windows Power Shell ,Creation of Run
9. PPT 3 0
books, Uploading a Shell Script, Authoring a Shell Script,
SQL Azure: Creating a SQL Server, Creating a SQL DB, Creating
10. Tables, Adding Data to the Tables, View Connection Strings, Security 4 6
Configurations, Migrating on premise DB to SQL Azure
CRT +
Websites: Creating a Website, Setting deployment credentials, Choosing
Lab Practice
11. a platform, Setting up Default page for website, Scaling ,Auto Scaling by 5 12
+ PPT
Time, Auto Scaling by Metric,
Difference between Free, Shared, Basic and Standard websites, Creating
12. 3 3
a website using Visual studio
Total 39 39
DEMA0155 Fundamentals of Exchange Server

Fundamentals of CCCS0111 OSI
DEMA0155 Theory 3 3-0-0
Exchange Server Layer & Protocols
Updating and supporting a reliable, secure messaging infrastructure used for creating, Storing, and sharing
information by using Exchange Server. Includes a Significant amount of hands-on practices, discussions, and
assessments to assist students in becoming proficient in the skills necessary to update and support Exchange
Server.
Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Perform a clean installation of Exchange Server and verify its success. Configure and manage Exchange Server.
87
Manage public folders, address lists, client configuration and connectivity, and hardware resources and manage
client access with Internet protocols. How Virtualization is implemented for Exchange Servers. Plan for disaster
and disaster recovery. Perform back-up and restore procedures. Perform preventive maintenance. Understanding
of Power Shell and Management Shell. Migrate users from Exchange Server 2010 to Exchange Server 2013.
Unit 1: Putting Exchange Server 2013 into context, Introducing Change in Exchange Server 2013
Significance of e-mail communication Importance of Email, Messaging Services, Exchange Server, Many modes
of access, The Universal Inbox, Architecture Overview. Controlling Mailbox growth, Personal folders or PST
files, Email archiving, Public Folders, Things every Email-administrators should know, Tools.
Exchange Server 2013
Getting to know Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server Architecture, x64 processor requirement, Windows
Server 2008 R2 and Widows Server 2012 Installer, Service Pack and Patching Improvements Server roles, Edge
Transport Services, Unified Messaging and Client Connectivity.
The managed store, High-Availability Features Content Storage, Exchange Server Management, Improved
Message and Content Control, Built-in Archiving, Message Transport Rules, Message Classifications, Rights
Management, Service Message Protection Programming Interfaces, New and Improved Outlook Web App,
Mobile Clients and Improved Security.
Unit 2: Understanding Availability, Recovery, Compliance, and Virtualization Server Exchange 2013
Technology to Business Viewpoint
What‟s in a Name, Backup and Recovery, Disaster Recovery, Management Frameworks, A Closer Look at
Availability, Storage Availability , An Overview of Exchange Storage, Direct Attached Storage, Storage Area
Networks, Compliance and Governance, The Bottom Line.
Virtualization Overview, Understanding Virtualized Exchange, Understanding Your Exchange Environment
Effects of Virtualization, Environmental Impact, Space Impact, Complexity Impact, Additional Considerations,
Virtualization Requirements, Hardware Requirements, Software Requirements, Operations, Deciding What to
Virtualized, Exchange Roles ,Testing, Possible Virtualization Scenarios, Small Office/Remote or Branch Office ,
Site Resilience, Mobile Access.
Unit 3: Introducing Power Shell, Exchange Management Shell and Getting Exchange Server Running.
Why Use Power Shell, Understanding the Command Syntax, Verbs and Nouns, The -Identity Parameter, Camlet
Parameters, Alias, Object-oriented Use of Power Shell, Filtering Output, Formatting Output, Directing Output to
Other Camlets, Power Shell v3 , Remote Power Shell, Tips and Tricks, Managing Output, Running Scripts,
Running Scheduled Power Shell Scripts, Debugging and Troubleshooting from Power Shell, Auto discover
Concepts, What Auto discover Provides , How Auto discover Works.
Hardware, Operating Systems, Configuring Windows, Understanding Server Role and Configuration, Active
Directory Requirements, Installing Exchange Server 2013, GUI-based Installation, Command-line Installation,
Post-installation Configuration Steps, Final Configuration.
Unit 4: Understanding Server roles, configuration, Exchange server 2013 requirement and Installation.
Server Roles, exchange server 2013 server roles, mailbox server, client access server, possible role
configurations, combined-function server, scaling exchange server 2013 roles.
Selecting the right server hardware, the typical user, CPU recommendations, memory recommendations,
network recommendations, disk recommendations, software recommendations, operating recommendations,
windows 7/windows 8 management consoles, additional requirement, active directory requirement, installation
and preparation permission.
Unit 5:
Preparing for exchange 2013, existing exchange organization, preparing the schema, preparing the active
directory forest, preparing additional domains, GUI Setup, Command-Line Setup, Command-Line installation
option, Command-Line Server-recovery option, Command-Delegated server installation, installing language
packs.
Reference Books:
1. Mastering Exchange server 2013 by David Elfassy
88
2. “Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Unleashed “ By Rand Morimoto, Michael Noel, Guy
Yardeni, Chris Amaris, Andrew Abbate, Technical Edit by Ed Crowley, 2012 ed
Pedagogy (All sessions through CRT + PPT)
Sl. Topic
Th
No.
Importance of Email, Messaging Services, Exchange Server, Many modes of access, The
1 3
Universal Inbox, Architecture Overview
Controlling Mailbox growth, Personal folders or PST files, Email archiving, Public Folders,
2 3
Things every Email-administrators should know, Tools
Getting to know Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server Architecture, x64 processor
requirement, Windows Server 2008 R2 and Widows Server 2012 Installer, Service Pack and
3 4
Patching Improvements Server roles, Edge Transport Services, Unified Messaging and Client
Connectivity.
The managed store, High-Availability Features Content Storage, Exchange Server Management,
Improved Message and Content Control, Built-in Archiving, Message Transport Rules, Message
4 3
Classifications, Rights Management, Service Message Protection Programming Interfaces, New
and Improved Outlook Web App, Mobile Clients and Improved Security
What‟s in a Name, Backup and Recovery, Disaster Recovery, Management Frameworks, A
5 3
Closer Look at Availability, Storage Availability
An Overview of Exchange Storage, Direct Attached Storage, Storage Area Networks,
6 3
Compliance and Governance, The Bottom Line.
Virtualization Overview, Understanding Virtualized Exchange, Understanding Your Exchange
7 2
Environment Effects of Virtualization
Environmental Impact, Space Impact, Complexity Impact, Additional Considerations,
8 Virtualization Requirements, Hardware Requirements, Software Requirements, Operations, 3
Deciding What to Virtualized,
Exchange Roles ,Testing, Possible Virtualization Scenarios, Small Office/Remote or Branch
9 2
Office , Site Resilience, Mobile Access.
Why Use Power Shell, Understanding the Command Syntax, Verbs and Nouns, The -Identity
10 Parameter, Camlet Parameters, Alias, Object-oriented Use of Power Shell, Filtering Output, 3
Formatting Output, Directing Output to Other Camlets
Power Shell v3 , Remote Power Shell, Tips and Tricks, Managing Output, Running Scripts,
11 Running Scheduled Power Shell Scripts, Debugging and Troubleshooting from Power Shell, 3
Auto discover Concepts, What Auto discover Provides , How Auto discover Works
Hardware, Operating Systems, Configuring Windows, Understanding Server Role and
Configuration, Active Directory Requirements, Installing Exchange Server 2013, GUI-based
12 3
Installation, Command-line Installation, Post-installation Configuration Steps, Final
Configuration
Server Roles, exchange server 2013 server roles, mailbox server, client access server, possible
13 3
role configurations, combined-function server, scaling exchange server 2013 roles
Selecting the right server hardware, the typical user, CPU recommendations, memory
recommendations, network recommendations, disk recommendations, software
14 3
recommendations, operating recommendations, windows 7/windows 8 management consoles,
additional requirement, active directory requirement, installation and preparation permission.
Preparing for exchange 2013, existing exchange organization, preparing the schema, preparing
the active directory forest, preparing additional domains, GUI Setup, Command-Line Setup,
15 4
Command-Line installation option, Command-Line Server-recovery option, Command-Delegated
server installation, installing language packs.
Total 39
89
90
DECT0442 Advanced Linux Administration

Advanced Linux Theory + FCEN0119 Operating
DECT0442 5 3-2-0
Administration Practice Sysem Building Block
RHEL is a high performing operating system that. RHEL 6 is the sixth generation of the long term and
predictable operating platform. With the flexibility to deploy on physical hardware, as a virtual host, as a virtual
guest or in the cloud, Red hat Enterprise Linux 6 is the ideal foundation for next-generation datacenters. The
fresh system administrators need to have a strong functional knowledge of RHEL 6 in any current IT work
environment. The unit explores the security and network access controls in Linux, organizing network system
and Mail Services, Securing Data and Account Management.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will attain skills required to manage and administer systems and servers using Linux
Operating System. The operating system used for this unit is Red hat Enterprise Linux 6 (RHEL
6). Students may also appear for RED HAT Certification
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Linux

Development of Linux, Linux Distributions. Structure of Linux Operating System, Logging In and General
Orientation, The X Window System, KDE, GNOME. Navigating the File Systems, Managing Files, File
Permission and Access, Shell Basics, Shell Advanced Features, File Name Generation. Common UNIX
commands
Unit 2: Administration of Linux OS

Installing Linux, Configuring Disk Devices, Creating and Managing File Systems, File System Backup,
Kickstart Installation, Linux Boot Loaders, Linux Kernel Management, Managing User Accounts,
Understanding File Listing, Ownership and Permission, Managing Software using RPM, Connecting to
Network, Linux Network Services, Setting up a Printer
Unit 3: Input and Output Redirection

Input Redirection, Output Redirection, Error Redirection, Filter, Pipes. Networking in Linux: Network
Connectivity, IP address, Accessing Remote system, Transferring files, and Internet configuration. Process
Control: Identifying Process, Managing Process, Background Processing, Putting jobs in Background. Offline
File Storage: Storing files to Media Booting process and User.
Unit 4: Linux Basic networking and naming service

Introduction to Networking, Networking, Internet Network Services, Dynamic DNS,Electronic Messaging,
Apache , NIS and Network File Sharing: NIS, Network File Sharing, SAMBA. Security: Defining System
Security Policies, System Authentication Services and Security, Securing Services, Securing Data and
Communication
Unit 5: The Unix File System

Inodes - Structure of a regular file – Directories - Conversion of a path name to an inode - Super block - Inode
assignment to a new file - Allocation of disk blocks. System calls for the file System: Open – Read - Write -
Lseek – Close - File creation - Creation of special files - Changing directory and root - changing owner and
mode – stat and fstat - pipes - Dup - Mounting and Un mounting file systems - Link and Un link.
Books for Reference:

1. Red hat Linux Administration By Michael Turner and Steve Shah-McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc Publisher, 2010
91
2. Redhat Fedora linux for Dummies By NabaBarkakati-Wiley Publishing, Inc, 2011
3. RHCSA/RHCE Red Hat Linux Certification Study Guide (Exams EX200 & EX300),
6th Edition (Certification Press) [Paperback], Michael Jang, McGraw-Hill Osborne
Media; 6 edition (June 17, 2011)
List of Programs
1) Configure the following tasks & verify it. (Hint - use grep/cut/tr/sed)
a) List the lines containing "/sbin/nologin" from the /etc/passwd file.
b) List only lines of output from ps, which lists running processes that contain the string "init".
c) Display the list of GIDs from /etc/passwd file.
d) Alter all the letters that starts from range "a-f" to "A-F" in /etc/passwd file.
2) Create an alias named eth0:0 using below credentials in RHEL 5 and verify it.
(a) IP ADRESS = 172.16.0.1 (b) 255.255.0.0
(c) Default Gateway = 172.16.0.254 (d) DNS 1 = 4.2.2.1
3) Configure password policy for user john with below arguments in RHEL 5. After configuration verify
the policy applied.
(a) Minimum password age = 4 days
(b) Maximum password age = 15 days
(c) Inactive days = 2 days
(d) Account Expiration date = 6 months from today
4) Configure the following tasks:
(a) Add user accounts to your system: Joshua, alex, dax, bryan, zak, ed and manager.
Assign each user this password: 123@iMs.
(b) Add the groups to your system: sales with GID: 1000, HR with GID: 1100 and
web with GID: 1200.
(c) Add Joshua and alex to the sales group, dax and bryan to the HR group, zak and ed to the web
group and add manager to all of these groups.
(d) Login with each user & verify using id command that they are in the appropriate groups.
5) Use ACL to accomplish these tasks:

(a) Create groups named Admin and Web.
(b) Create users named John and Jimmy.
(c) Create a new directory named /depts/tech/. Change the permission so that root is the owner and
Admin is the group owner.
(d) Use ACL to give full permission for /depts/tech/ to the Web group.
(e) Allow John read/execute but not write permission on the /depts/tech/ directory.
(f) Allow Jimmy full permission on the /depts/tech/ directory.
6) You are tasked with finding all SUID & SGID files under the / directories.
7) Configure your system that boots to run level 3 by default. Configure X server using command in run
level 3.
8) Devise a ps command that does the following. (Hint: sort/ps/top)
(a) List all processes.
(b) For each process, prints the information which displays the percentage of CPU usage, the
process ID & name of the command that created it.
(c) The output is sorted by the %cpu value from highest to lowest
9) Explain the suid, sgid& sticky bit permission with example.

10) Customize the Bash prompt as per given tasks (Hint - PS1).
(a) Display the current value of primary prompt string.
(b) Changes prompt to print a static string "ITIMS -'".
(c) Restore the original prompt.
92
(d) Insert the bash history prompt special character "\!" between the hostname and dollar-sign.
11) Configure given tasks for package management: (Hint: use rpm command)
(a) Check whether ftp package is installed or not.
(b) If it is not installed, install it & verify it.
(c) Display the configuration files available through this package.
(d) Be sure that ftp service must be enabled at startup.
12) Use rpm queries to answer the following questions.

(a) What files are in the "initscripts" package?
(b) Which installed packages have "gnome" in their names?
(c) Which RPM provides /etc/inittab?
13) Prepare a cron job that take the backup of /home at 5:00pm on every Saturday.
14) Change your system date to 1:00pm March 1990.
15) Copy /etc/fstab file to /tmp directory as newfstab file. The user owner is Jack and group owner is admin.
Give full permission to user owner and read, write permission to group owner. No permission to others.
16) Configure your system such that SELinux must be in enforcing mode and firewall is enables and ssh
service is not allowed through your firewall.
17) Configure ftp server such that anonymous can download and upload the data to ftp server. Deny users
John and Carel to access the ftp server. Note that your ftp server must be accessible in your private
network only. It can't be accessible in another network.
18) Create a RAID level 1 on /dev/md0 device by creating two equal partitions of 100MB size and mount it
on /data. The RAID device must be mounted at the time of system startup.
19) Configure LVM in volume group named volgrp by creating 2 partitions of 100MB size and mount it on
/exam directory. The initial size of LVM is approximately 40MB and after extending the size of LVM is
80MB.
21) Configure the DHCP server such that your DHCP server will able to provide IP configuration to 65
systems in your network.
22) Configure the station as NFS server such that /share directory is shared & only accessible in your
network. This NFS share should be automatically mounted on remote client using autofs. On remote
client system, NFS share should be mounted on /data/share directory.
23) Configure stationx.example.com for quota such that when user neo type dd if=/dev/zero
of=/quota/somefilebs=1024 count=30, he succeed. When he type dd if=/dev/zero
of=/quota/somefilebs=1024 count=70 he fails.
93
Pedagogy
Sl.
Topic Pedagogy Th Pra
No.
Development of Linux, Linux Distributions. Structure of Linux
Operating System, Logging In and General Orientation, The X Window 4 6
System, KDE, GNOME CRT +
Navigating the File Systems, Managing Files, File Permission and PPT +
2 Access, Shell Basics, Shell Advanced Features, File Name Generation. Lab 4 3
Common UNIX commands Practice
Installing Linux, Configuring Disk Devices, Creating and Managing File
3 Systems, File System Backup, Kickstart 2 3
Installation, Linux Boot Loaders, Linux Kernel Management, Managing

4 2 6
User Accounts, Understanding File Listing, Ownership and Permission CRT +
Managing Software using RPM, Connecting to Network, Linux PPT
5 3 0
Network Services, Setting up a Printer
Input Redirection, Output Redirection, Error Redirection, Filter, Pipes.
6 CRT + 2 6
Networking in Linux: Network Connectivity,
PPT +
IP address, Accessing Remote system, Transferring files, and Internet
Lab
configuration. Process Control: Identifying Process, Managing Process,
7 Practice 5 3
Background Processing, Putting jobs in Background. Offline File
Storage: Storing files to Media Booting process and User.
Introduction to Networking, Networking, Internet Network Services, CRT +
8 4 0
Dynamic DNS,Electronic Messaging, Apache ppt
NIS and Network File Sharing: NIS, Network File Sharing, SAMBA.
Security: Defining System Security Policies, System Authentication
9 5 3
Services and Security, Securing Services, Securing Data and
Communication
Inodes - Structure of a regular file – Directories - Conversion of a path
10 name to an inode - Super block - Inode assignment to a new file - 3 3
Allocation of disk blocks.
System calls for the file System: Open – Read - Write - Lseek – Close -
11 File creation CRT + 2 3
PPT +
Creation of special files - Changing directory and root - changing owner Lab
12 2 3
and mode – stat and fstat - pipes Practice
13. Dup - Mounting and Un mounting file systems - Link and Un link. 2 3
Total 39 39
DECT0443 Advanced Installation and Configuration of Server

DECT0443 5 3-2-0
Configuration of Server Practice Configuration of Server
This course helps to gain the necessary and advanced information and skills needed to successfully install and
configure Server, perform basic administration tasks, & manage data storage systems, Focus on configuring
access to files and folders in Servers, learn the skills required to configure and manage the Hyper-V role when
deploying virtual machines along with the components, technologies, and server configurations associated with
virtualization, learn the skills to deploy and configure core network services, gain a better understanding about
94
the difference between IPv4 and IPv6, and how to install DHCP and DNS, gain the knowledge and skills
necessary to begin implementing Active Directory in various environments including the domain controller's
role in Active Directory, and how to install it, understand what Group Policy is and how it operates by look at
the different abilities of Group Policy in an Active Directory environment.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will attain skills to successfully install and configure Server, perform basic administration tasks, &
manage data storage systems ,Creating and Configuring Virtual Machine Setting,Configuring IPV4 and IPV6
addressing,Deploying and configuring DHCP server,Installing Domain Controller, Creating and Managing
Active Directory Groups and Organizational Units
Unit-1: Creating and Configuring Virtual Network in Windows

What is Virtual Networking, how to create New Virtual Switch, configuration of MAC Addresses, how to create
Virtual Network Adapters, Synthetic Adaptors and Emulated Adapters, Configuration of Hardware Acceleration
Setting and Advanced Network Adapter Features, Configure Virtual Network, Extending a Production Network
into Virtual Space, creating an Isolated Network.
Unit-2: Configuring IPv4 and IPv6 Addressing in Windows
IPv4 Classful Addressing, Subnetting, Classless Inter-Domain Routing with Example, Public and Private IPv4
Addressing, Using Network Address Translation and Proxy Server, IPv4 Subnetting and Supernetting, Assigning
IPv4 Addressing and Configuration, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, Automatic Private IP
Addressing(APIPA), Introducing IPv6, IPv6 Address types, Global Unicast Addresses, Link-Local Unicast
Addresses, Unique Local Unicast Addresses, Special, Multicast, Anycast Addresses, Assigning IPv6 Addresses,
Manual IPv6 Address Allocation, Stateless IPv6 Address Auto configuration, Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol.
Unit-3: Deploying and Configuring the DHCP, DNS Service
Understanding DHCP, DHCP Packets, DHCP message types option, pad option, option overload option,
Vendor-Specific information Option, DHCP Communications and Lease Negotiation, DHCP Lease Renewal,
Designing a DHCP Infrastructure, a Distributed DHCP and Centeralized DHCP Infrastructures, a Hybrid DHCP
Infrastructure and DHCP Network Traffic,
How to create DNS Standard, how to create DNS Domain Hierarchy, Understanding DNS
Communications, Comprehending DNS Server Caching, Understanding DNS Referrals and Queries, function of
DNA Forwarders and Reverse Name Resolution, Designing DNS Deployment, Resolving Internet Names,
Hosting internet Domains, Hosting Active Directory Domain, Integrating DHCP and DNS, Separating DNS
Services.
Unit-4: Installing Domain Controllers
Understanding Active Directory and Active Directory Architecture Functions, function of Objects and
Attributes, Understanding Domains, Zooming in: Organizational Units, Zooming in: Groups, Zooming out:
Domain Trees, Zooming out: Forests, Introducing LDAP, function of Replication, Installing the Active Directory
Domain Services Role, Creating a New Forest, Adding a Domain Controller to an Existing Domain, Creating a
New Child Domain in a Forest, Installing AD DS on Server Core, install from media(IFM), Upgrading Active
Directory Domain Services, Removing a Domain Controller, configuring the Global Catalog.
Unit-5: Creating and Managing Active Directory Groups and Organizational Units
Designing an Internal Domain Structure, how Inheritance works, how organizational Units and Group objects,
Working with Organizational Units, creating OUs, using OUs to Delegate Active Directory, Management Tasks,
Working with Groups, function of Group types and group scopes, Domain Local Groups, Global Groups and
universal Groups, Nesting groups, Creating groups from the command line, Managing Group Memberships,
Managing Group Membership using Group Policy, Managing group objects with Dsmod.exe, converting
Groups, Deleting a Group.
Text Book:
1. Windows Server 2012: A Handbook for Professionals by Aditya Raj (Author)
2. MCSA 70-410 Cert Guide R2: Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 (Certification Guide)
Hardcover – Import, 12 Sep 2014 by Don Poulton (Author), David Camardella (Author)
95
Reference Book:-
1. Installing and Configuring Widows Server 2012 by Craig Zacker
2. Mastering Windows Server 2012 R2 by Mark Minasi, Kevin Greene, Christian Booth, Robert Butler.
Lab Programs:
1. Creating and Configuring Virtual Machine Setting.
2. Creating Virtual Network.
3. Configuring Virtual Network.
4. Configuring IPv4 and IPv6 Addressing.
5. Deploying and Configuring the DHCP Service
6. Deploying and Configuring the DNS Service
7. Installing Domain Controllers
8. Creating and Managing Active Directory Groups and Organizational Units.
Pedagogy
Sl. Pedago T P
Topic
No. gy h ra
What is Virtual Networking, how to create New Virtual Switch, CRT +
1 2 3
configuration of MAC Addresses, how to create Virtual Network Adapters Practice
Synthetic Adaptors and Emulated Adapters, Configuration of Hardware CRT +
2 Acceleration Setting and Advanced Network Adapter Features, Configure PPT + 3 6
Virtual Network Practice
Extending a Production Network into Virtual Space, creating an Isolated
3 2 0
Network.
IPv4 Classful Addressing, Subnetting, Classless Inter-Domain Routing with CRT +
Example, Public and Private IPv4 Addressing, Using Network Address PPT
4 3 0
Translation and Proxy Server, IPv4 Subnetting and Supernetting, Assigning
IPv4 Addressing and Configuration,
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, Automatic Private IP
Addressing(APIPA), Introducing IPv6, IPv6 Address types, Global Unicast
Addresses, Link-Local Unicast Addresses, Unique Local Unicast Addresses,
5 4 3
Special, Multicast, Anycast Addresses, Assigning IPv6 Addresses, Manual
IPv6 Address Allocation, Stateless IPv6 Address Auto configuration,
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.
Understanding DHCP, DHCP Packets, DHCP message types option, pad
option, option overload option, Vendor-Specific information Option, DHCP
CRT +
6 Communications and Lease Negotiation, DHCP Lease Renewal, Designing a 4 3
PPT +
DHCP Infrastructure, a Distributed DHCP and Centeralized DHCP
Lab
Infrastructures, a Hybrid DHCP Infrastructure and DHCP Network Traffic
Practice
How to create DNS Standard, how to create DNS Domain Hierarchy,
Understanding DNS
Communications, Comprehending DNS Server Caching, Understanding DNS
7 Referrals and Queries, function of DNA Forwarders and Reverse Name 4 6
Resolution, Designing DNS Deployment, Resolving Internet Names, Hosting
internet Domains, Hosting Active Directory Domain, Integrating DHCP and
DNS, Separating DNS Services.
Understanding Active Directory and Active Directory Architecture
8 2 6
Functions, function of Objects and Attributes, Understanding Domains,
Zooming in: Organizational Units, Zooming in: Groups, Zooming out: CRT +
9 Domain Trees, Zooming out: Forests, Introducing LDAP, function of ppt 2 0
Replication,
96
Sl.
No.
Installing the Active Directory Domain Services Role, Creating a New Forest, CRT +
10 Adding a Domain Controller to an Existing Domain, Creating a New Child PPT + 2 6
Domain in a Forest, Practice
Installing AD DS on Server Core, install from media(IFM), Upgrading Active
11 Directory Domain Services, Removing a Domain Controller, configuring the 2 0
Global Catalog
Designing an Internal Domain Structure, how Inheritance works, how
12 organizational Units and Group objects, Working with Organizational Units, CRT + 2 0
creating OUs, using OUs to Delegate Active Directory, PPT
Management Tasks, Working with Groups, function of Group types and group
13 2 0
scopes
Domain Local Groups, Global Groups and universal Groups, Nesting groups,
14 2 0
Creating groups from the command line,
Managing Group Memberships, Managing Group Membership using Group CRT +
15 Policy, Managing group objects with Dsmod.exe, converting Groups, Deleting a PPT + 3 6
Group. Practice
Total 39 39
DECT0142 Advance Storage Technology

Advanced Storage CCCS0109
DECT0142 Theory 4 4-0-0
Technology Fundamantals of Storage
The requirements to store the data as it grow. Different storage topologies and devices used to store the data.
Protocols used to access the data from storage devices. How to implement the fault tolerance and redundancy
for data. How to secure the data and maintaining the data
Learning Outcomes:
Understanding advantages and limitations of DAS, NAS and SAN.Learning the characteristics of different
storage devices. Understanding iSCSI and Fibre channel
Unit 1: Introduction to Data-Storage

Importance of Data, Data Growth and Demands on Data, Storage Evolution, Storage Topologies, DAS –
Advantages and Limitation, NAS – Advantages and Limitation, SAN – Advantages and Limitation, Comparing
DAS, NAS and SAN
Unit 2: Storage Hardware & Ecosystem

Host Bus Adapters, SFPs, FC Cables and Connectors, SCSI/SATA/SAS Cables and, Connectors, Disk Drive,
Host Bus Adapters, JBODs, External Storage Boxes, Tape Drive, Tape Library, Fiber Channel, Switches,
Bridges, FC Appliances
Unit 3: Storage Protocols

ATA and SATA, SPI – Parallel SCSI, Limitations of Parallel SCSI, SAS – Serial Attached, SCSI, SAS
Topology, SAS Devices, Benefits of SAS
97
Unit 4: iSCSI , RAID , Fibre Channel
iSCSI Topology, iSCSI Initiators and Targets, iSCSI Names and Addresses, Speeding Up, iSCSI, iSCSI
Advantages, iSCSI Limitation, Comparing Storage Protocols
RAID, why RAID, RAID Levels, RAID 0 – 6, DP, Nested RAID Terminology, Comparison of RAID Levels,
RAID Characteristics, RAID Performance, RAID in Software, RAID in Hardware
Fiber Channel:
FC Topologies, FC Ports, FC Protocol Layers, FC WWNs, FC Addresses, FC Frame, FC Flow Control, Zoning,
LUN Masking, FC Strength and Limitation
Unit 5: Storage Security and Managing the Storage infrastructure

Storage Security framework, Risk Triad, storage security domains, security implementation in storage
networking
Managing the Storage Infrastructure: Monitoring the storage infrastructure, storage management activities,
storage infrastructure management challenges and developing an ideal solution.
Text Books:
1. Storage Networks: The Complete Reference, Robert Spalding, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2003
Reference Books:
1. Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing, and Protecting Digital Information, EMC
Education Services, Wiley; 1 edition (April 6, 2009)
S.
Topic Th
No.
1 Importance of Data, Data Growth and Demands on Data, Storage Evolution 5
Storage Topologies, DAS – Advantages and Limitation NAS – Advantages and
2 5
Limitation
3 SAN – Advantages and Limitation, Comparing DAS, NAS and SAN 5
Host Bus Adapters, SFPs, FC Cables and Connectors, SCSI/SATA/SAS Cables and,
4 5
Connectors
Disk Drive, Host Bus Adapters, JBODs, External Storage Boxes, Tape Drive, Tape
5 3
Library, Fiber Channel, Switches, Bridges, FC Appliances
ATA and SATA, SPI – Parallel SCSI, Limitations of Parallel SCSI, SAS – Serial
6 5
Attached, SCSI, SAS Topology, SAS Devices, Benefits of SAS
iSCSI Topology, iSCSI Initiators and Targets, iSCSI Names and Addresses, Speeding
7 3
Up, iSCSI, iSCSI Advantages, iSCSI Limitation, Comparing Storage Protocols
why RAID, RAID Levels, RAID 0 – 6, DP, Nested RAID Terminology, Comparison of
8 RAID Levels, RAID Characteristics, RAID Performance, RAID in Software, RAID in 5
Hardware
FC Topologies, FC Ports, FC Protocol Layers, FC WWNs, FC Addresses, FC Frame,
9 5
FC Flow Control, Zoning, LUN Masking, FC Strength and Limitation
Storage Security framework, Risk Triad, storage security domains, security
10 5
implementation in storage networking
11 Monitoring the storage infrastructure, storage management activities, 3
12 Storage infrastructure management challenges and developing an ideal solution. 4
Total 52
98
DECT0143 Cloud Web Services

CCCS0111 OSI
DECT0143 Cloud Web Services Theory 4 4-0-0
Layer & Protocols
To make students able to understand about the cloud environment and different web services. It aims to provide
the students with the fundamental knowledge, understanding, and skills required for designing and building
applications to exploit cloud computing and web service paradigm.
Learning Outcomes:
After completing this seminar, participants will be able to discuss, with confidence, what is cloud computing and
what are key security and control considerations within cloud computing environments, identify various cloud
services, assess cloud characteristics and service attributes, for compliance with enterprise objectives, explain the
four primary cloud categories, contrast the risks and benefits of implementing cloud computing and weight the
impact of improperly controlled cloud computing environments on organizational sustainability.
Unit 1: Introduction to Cloud Computing and Amazon Web Services
Introduction to Cloud Computing, Cloud Service Delivery Models (IAAS, PAAS, SAAS), Cloud Deployment
Models (Private, Public, Hybrid And Community), Cloud Computing Security, Case Study
Introduction to Amazon Web Services, Why Amazon? Use Cases, AWS Storage Options, AWS Compute
Options, AWS Database Options, AWS Workflow Automation And Orchestration Options, AWS Systems
Management And Monitoring Options, AWS Virtual Private Cloud Introduction, Pricing Concepts
Unit 2: Introduction to EC2

Introduction To EC2, Instance Types And Uses, Autoscaling Instances, Amazon Machine Images (AMIS),
Modifying Existing Images, Creating New Images Off Of Running Instances, Converting An Instance Store
AMI To An EBS AMI, Instances Backed By Storage Types, Creating A Web Server Using Ec2, Elastics Block
Storage (EBS), Elastic IPS, Route 53 DNS System, Cloud front SNS Pricing
Unit 3: S3, Cloud watch, Elastic Beanstalk and Security

Introduction To S3, Buckets And Objects, Security, Creating A Web Server Using S3 Endpoints, Introduction
To Cloud watch, Creating Alarm Notifications, Auto scaling Instances, Deploying Scalable Application On
AWS, Selecting And Launching An Application Environment, Provisioning Application Resources with Cloud
formation.
Describe Amazon Dynamo, Understand key aspects of Amazon RDS, Launch an Amazon RDS instance,
Identify what is Cloud Formation, Describe Amazon Cloud Watch metrics and alarms, Describe Amazon
Identity and Access Management (IAM). Security In AWS, IAM (Identity And Access Management), Access
Control Lists (ACLs). Securing Data at Rest and In Motion, Security Groups.
Unit 4: AWS Storage, Elasticity and AWS Networking

Amazon Storage, S3 Storage Basics, Managing Voluminous Information with EBS, Glacier Storage Service,
AWS Networking: Networking Basics, VLAN Basics, Basics of AWS VLANs, AWS Network IP Addressing
and Mapping.
Unit 5: VIRTUAL PRIVATE CLOUD (VPC)

Load Balancers And Availability Zones, Elastic Network Interfaces (ENI), Setting Up VPC And Internet
Gateway, Setting Up a Security Group, Launching And EC2 Instance And Assigning An ENI, Setting Up A
VPN, Setting Up A Customer Gateway For VPN, Setting Up Dedicated Hardware For VPC, Scenario 1:VPC
With A Public Subnet Only (Standalone Web), Scenario 2: VPC with Public And Private Subnets (3 Tier App),
Scenario 3:VPC With Public And Private Subnets And Hardware VPN Access (Web On The Cloud, Database
and App On Prem) Scenario 4: VPC With A Private Subnet Only And Hardware VPN Access. (Extension of
Your Corporate Network), Case Study
99
Text Books:
1. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms, RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg, Andrzej M. Goscinski,,
John Wiley and Sons Publications, 2011
Reference Books:
1. Brief Guide to Cloud Computing, Christopher Barnett, Constable & Robinson Limited, 2010
2. Amazon Web Services for Dummies, Bernald Golden, John Wiley & Sons, 2013
S.
Topic Th
No.
Introduction to Cloud Computing, Cloud Service Delivery Models (IAAS, PAAS,
1 SAAS), Cloud Deployment Models (Private, Public, Hybrid And Community), Cloud 3
Computing Security, Case Study
Introduction to Amazon Web Services, Why Amazon? Use Cases, AWS Storage
2 Options, AWS Compute Options, AWS Database Options, AWS Workflow Automation 3
And Orchestration Options.
AWS Systems Management And Monitoring Options, AWS Virtual Private Cloud
3 3
Introduction, Pricing Concepts
Introduction To EC2, Instance Types And Uses, Auto scaling Instances, Amazon
4 3
Machine Images (AMIS), Modifying Existing Images.
Creating New Images Off Of Running Instances, Converting An Instance Store AMI To
5 3
An EBS AMI, Instances Backed By Storage Types
Creating A Web Server Using Ec2, Elastics Block Storage (EBS), Elastic IPS, Route 53
6 3
DNS System, Cloud front SNS Pricing
Introduction To S3, Buckets And Objects, Security, Creating A Web Server Using S3
7 Endpoints, Introduction To Cloud watch, Creating Alarm Notifications, Auto scaling 3
Instances,
Deploying Scalable Application On AWS, Selecting And Launching An Application
8 3
Environment, and Provisioning Application Resources with Cloud formation.
Describe Amazon Dynamo, Understand key aspects of Amazon RDS, Launch an
9 Amazon RDS instance, Identify what is Cloud Formation, Describe Amazon Cloud 4
Watch metrics and alarms,
Describe Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM). Security In AWS, IAM
10 (Identity And Access Management), Access Control Lists (ACLs). Securing Data at 4
Rest and In Motion, Security Groups.
Amazon Storage, S3 Storage Basics, Managing Voluminous Information with EBS,
11 2
Glacier Storage Service,
AWS Networking: Networking Basics, VLAN Basics, Basics of AWS VLANs, AWS
12 3
Network IP Addressing and Mapping.
Load Balancers And Availability Zones, Elastic Network Interfaces (ENI), Setting Up
13 VPC And Internet Gateway, Setting Up a Security Group, Launching And EC2 Instance 4
And Assigning An ENI
Setting Up A VPN, Setting Up A Customer Gateway For VPN, Setting Up Dedicated
14 3
Hardware For VPC,
Scenario 1:VPC With A Public Subnet Only (Standalone Web), Scenario 2: VPC with
15 3
Public And Private Subnets (3 Tier App)
3:VPC With Public And Private Subnets And Hardware VPN Access (Web On The
16 Cloud, Database and App On Prem) Scenario 4: VPC With A Private Subnet Only And 5
Hardware VPN Access. (Extension of Your Corporate Network), Case Study
Total 52
100
DECT0144 Administration of Server

Administration of FCEN0119 Operating
Server System Building Block
RHEL is a high performing operating system. RHEL 6 is the sixth generation of the long term and predictable
operating platform.. With the flexibility to deploy on physical hardware, as a virtual host, as a virtual guest or in
the cloud, Red hat Enterprise Linux 6 is the ideal foundation for next-generation datacenters. The fresh system
administrators need to have a strong functional knowledge of RHEL 6 in any current IT work environment. The
course explores the security and network access controls in Linux, organizing network system and Mail Services,
Securing Data and Account Management.
Learning Outcomes:
After undergoing this course students will be able to install and configure the WDS servers. They will also get
familiar with Wdsutil, WSUS, MMC and DSC. Students will get knowledge about distributed file system (DFS)
and file server resource manager (FSRM).
Unit-1: Deploying and Managing Server Images

How to Install the Windows Deployment Service Role, How to Configure the WDS Server, Configuring the
WDS Properties, Starting WDS, Configuring the Custom DHCP Option, Configuring and Managing Boot,
Install, and Discover Images, How to Add Boot Images, Adding Image Files, Creating an Image File with WDS,
Creating a Discover Image, Using Wdsutil, performing an Unattended Installation, How to Install Features for
Offline Image, Deploying Driver Packages with an Image.
Unit-2: Implementing Patch Management and Monitoring Servers

Understanding windows Updates and Automatic Updates, Deploying Windows Server Update Services(WSUS),
How to Install and Configure WSUS, Configuring WSUS Synchronization, Configuring WSUS Computer
Groups, Configuring Group Policies for Updates, Configuring Client-Side Targeting, Approving Updates,
Viewing Reports, Administrating WSUS with Commands, Troubleshooting Problems with Installing Updates,
Introducing the Microsoft Management Console(MMC), Using Server Manager, Using Event Viewer,
Understanding Logs and Events, Adding and Filtering Events, Managing Performance, Using Task Manager,
Using Resource Monitor, Configuring Data Collector Sets(DCS), Monitoring the Network using Netstat and
protocol analyzers.
Unit-3: Configuring Distributed File System (DFS) and Configuring File Server Resource Manager
(FSRM)
Using Distributed File System, Installing and Configuring DFS Namespace, Managing Referrals, Managing DFS
Security, Installing and Configuring DFS Replication, Scheduling Replication, Configuring Remote Differential
Compression, Configuring Staging, Configuring Fault Tolerance Using DFS, Installing File Server Resource
Manager, Using, creating, changing Quotas, Managing Files with File Screening, Creating File Groups, Creating
a File Screen Creating a File Screen Exception, Creating a File screen Template, Using Storage Reports
Enabling SMTP.
Unit-4: Configuring File Services, Disk Encryption and Configuring Advance Audit Policies
How to Securing Files, Encryption files with EFS, Configuring EFS, Using the Cipher Command, Sharing Files
Protected with EFS with others, Configuring EFS with Group Policies, Configuring EFS Recovery Agent,
Managing EFS Certificates, Encrypting Files with BitLocker, Configuring BitLocker Encryption, configuring
BitLocker to Go, Configuring BitLocker Policies, Managing BitLocker Certificates, Configuring the Network
Unlock Features, Enabling and configuring Auditing, Implementing Auditing Using Group Policies,
101
Implementing and Audit Policy, Implementing Object Access Auditing Using Group Policies, Implementing
Advance Audit Policy Setting.
Unit-5: Configuring DNS Zones and Records

Understanding DNS, Understanding DNS Names and Zones, Understanding the Address Resolution Mechanism,
configuring and Managing DNS Zones, Installing DNS, Configuring Primary and Secondary Zones, Configuring
Active Directory-Integrated Zones, configuring Zone Delegation, configuring Stub Zones, configuring Caching-
Only Servers, Configuring Forwarding and Conditional Forwarding, Configuring DNS Record types, creating
and Configuring DNS Resource Records, Start of Authority(SOA) Records, Name Server(NS) Records, Host(A
and AAAA) Records, Canonical Name(CNAME) Records, Pointer(PTR) Records.
Text Books:
1. Windows Server 2012: A Handbook for Professionals by Aditya Raj
2. Administering Windows Server 2012 (Certification Guide) by Orin Thomas
Reference Books:-
1. Administering Widows Server 2012 by Patrick Regan
Server Operating System LAB

1. Installing and configuring windows Deployment Services.
2. Creating windows Deployment Images.
3. Deployment a Windows Image.
4. Updating a Windows Image.
5. How to Install WSUS.
6. How to Configure WSUS.
7. How to Install DNS and Creating Primary and Secondary Zones.
8. Creating an Active Directory Integrated Zones.
9. Configuring Zone Delegation.
10. Configuring a Stub Zone, and configuring Forwarding and Conditional Forwarding Zones.
S.
Topic Th
No.
Deploying and Managing Server Images: How to Install the Windows Deployment
1 Service Role, How to Configure the WDS Server, Configuring the WDS Properties, 3
Starting WDS, Configuring the Custom DHCP Option,
Configuring and Managing Boot, Install, and Discover Images, How to Add Boot
2 Images, Adding Image Files, Creating an Image File with WDS, Creating a Discover 3
Image,
Using Wdsutil, performing an Unattended Installation, How to Install Features for
3 3
Implementing Patch Management and Monitoring Servers:Understanding windows
Updates and Automatic Updates, Deploying Windows Server Update Services(WSUS),
4 3
How to Install and Configure WSUS, Configuring WSUS Synchronization, Configuring
WSUS Computer Groups.
Configuring Group Policies for Updates, Configuring Client-Side Targeting, Approving
Updates, Viewing Reports, Administrating WSUS with Commands, Troubleshooting
5 4
Problems with Installing Updates, Introducing the Microsoft Management
Console(MMC), Using Server Manage
Using Event Viewer, Understanding Logs and Events, Adding and Filtering Events,
Managing Performance, Using Task Manager, Using Resource Monitor, Configuring
6 4
Data Collector Sets(DCS), Monitoring the Network using Netstat and protocol
analyzers.
102
S.
Topic Th
No.
Configuring Distributed File System (DFS) and Configuring File Server Resource
Manager (FSRM):
7 Using Distributed File System, Installing and Configuring DFS Namespace, Managing 3
Referrals, Managing DFS Security, Installing and Configuring DFS Replication,
Scheduling Replication,
Configuring Remote Differential Compression, Configuring Staging, Configuring Fault
8 Tolerance Using DFS, Installing File Server Resource Manager, Using, creating, 3
changing Quotas
Managing Files with File Screening, Creating File Groups, Creating a File Screen
9 Creating a File Screen Exception, Creating a File screen Template, Using Storage 3
Reports Enabling SMTP.
Configuring File Services, Disk Encryption and Configuring Advance Audit
Policies:
10 How to Securing Files, Encryption files with EFS, Configuring EFS, Using the Cipher 3
Command, Sharing Files Protected with EFS with others, Configuring EFS with Group
Policies,
Configuring EFS Recovery Agent, Managing EFS Certificates, Encrypting Files with
11 BitLocker, Configuring BitLocker Encryption, configuring BitLocker to Go, 4
Configuring BitLocker Policies, Managing BitLocker Certificates,
Configuring the Network Unlock Features, Enabling and configuring Auditing,
12 3
Implementing Auditing Using Group Policies,
Implementing and Audit Policy, Implementing Object Access Auditing Using Group
13 3
Policies, Implementing Advance Audit Policy Setting.
Configuring DNS Zones and Records
Understanding DNS, Understanding DNS Names and Zones, Understanding the Address
14 3
Resolution Mechanism, configuring and Managing DNS Zones, Installing DNS,
Configuring Primary and Secondary Zones,
Configuring Active Directory-Integrated Zones, configuring Zone Delegation,
15 configuring Stub Zones, configuring Caching-Only Servers, Configuring Forwarding 4
and Conditional Forwarding, Configuring DNS Record types,
Creating and Configuring DNS Resource Records, Start of Authority(SOA) Records,
16 Name Server(NS) Records, Host(A and AAAA) Records, Canonical Name(CNAME) 3
Records, Pointer(PTR) Records.
Total 52
103
DECT0156 Information Technology & Infrastructure Library

DECT0156 Theory 4 Nil 2-2-0
ITIL-compatible tools offer better integration, interaction and compatibility with your global partners, and in
addition, sticking to strict ITIL standards from a single vendor can help process integrations go seamlessly and
ensure all parties are speaking the same technical language.
It is always an advantage to understand what types of ITIL tools your global partners are working with and how
they rate them. ITIL frameworks provide a homogenous IT environment and eases interactions with other global
companies using similar pre approved tools. Managing staff, providing services to customers and creating
efficiencies for less money can be daunting tasks for any IT organization.
Learning Outcomes:
After undergoing this subject students will be able to understand the ITIL service strategy, design, and transition.
They will also be familiar about service improvement and service operation.
Unit 1: ITIL Overview and Service Strategy

ITIL History, Components of the ITIL Library, IT Service Management, Organizing for IT Service
Management, Technology and Architecture, Overview of HPSM and OTRS as service management tool, Service
Strategy: Service Strategy Lifecycle Stage, Service Portfolio Management, the Demand Management Process,
the IT Financial Management Process, Introduction to ISO 20000 Standards
Unit 2: Service Design

Service Design Lifecycle Stage, The Service Catalog Management Process, The Service Level Management
Process, The Availability Management Process, The Capacity Management Process, The Information Security,
Management Process, The IT Service Continuity, Management Process, The Supplier Management Process
Unit 3: Service Transition

Service Transition Lifecycle Stage, the Change Management Process, the Release and Deployment Management
Process, the Service Asset and Configuration Management Process, Knowledge Management
Unit 4: Service Operation, Continual Service Improvement
Service Operation Functions : Service Operation Lifecycle Stage, The Service Desk Function, The Technical
Management Function, The Application Management Function, The IT Operations Management Function
Service Operation Processes :The Event Management Process, The Incident Management Process, The Request
Fulfilment Process, The Access Management Process, The Problem Management Process.
Unit 5: Continual Service Improvement
Continual Service Improvement principles - CSI and organizational change, Ownership, Role definitions ,
External and internal drivers , Service Level Management , The Deming Cycle, Service
measurement ,Knowledge Management, Benchmarks , Governance ,Frameworks, models, standards and quality
systems .Continual Service Improvement processes : 7step improvement process, Service reporting, Service
management, return on in investment for CSI, business questions for CSI, Service level management.
Books for References:

1. Introduction to ITIL, Jan van Bon Stationery Office Books, The Stationery Office, 2010
2. HP operation Manual from HP, 2010
3. A Guide to Service Desk Concepts Donna Knapp From Cengage Learning, 2010
104
4. The Shortcut Guide to Virtualization and Service Automation, Greg Shield Real-time Publishers,
2008
5. Service automation and dynamic provisioning techniques in IP/MPLS environments - Christian
Jacquenet, Gilles Bourdon, Mohamed Boucadair John Wiley and Sons, 2008
S.
Topic Th Pra
No.
ITIL Overview and Service Strategy:
1 ITIL History, Components of the ITIL Library, IT Service Management, 3
Organizing for IT Service Management, Technology and Architecture
Overview of HPSM and OTRS as service management tool, Service Strategy: 3
2 3
Service Strategy Lifecycle Stage, Service Portfolio Management
Demand Management Process, the IT Financial Management Process,
3 3
Introduction to ISO 20000 Standards
Service Design:
Service Design Lifecycle Stage, The Service Catalog Management Process,
4 3
The Service Level Management Process, The Availability Management
Process. 3
The Capacity Management Process, The Information Security, Management
5 3
Process, The IT Service Continuity
6 Management Process, The Supplier Management Process 3
Service Transition:
7 Service Transition Lifecycle Stage, the Change Management Process, the 4
Release and Deployment Management Process 1
The Service Asset and Configuration Management Process, Knowledge
8 2
Management
Service Operation, Continual Service Improvement:
Service Operation Functions : Service Operation Lifecycle Stage, The Service
9 Desk Function, The Technical Management Function, The Application 3
Management Function, The IT Operations Management Function
3
Service Operation Processes :The Event Management Process, The Incident
Management Process, The Request Fulfilment Process, The Access
10 3
Management Process, The Problem Management Process
.
Continual Service Improvement:
Continual Service Improvement principles - CSI and organizational change,
Ownership, Role definitions , External and internal drivers , Service Level
11 5
Management , The Deming Cycle, Service measurement ,Knowledge
Management, Benchmarks , Governance ,Frameworks, models, standards and 3
quality systems
Continual Service Improvement processes : 7step improvement process,
12 Service reporting, Service management, return on in investment for CSI, 4
business questions for CSI, Service level management.
Total 39 13
105
DECT0445 Cyber Forensics –An Introduction

Cyber Forensics –
DECT0445 Theory 5 Security – I, CCCS0406 3-2-0
An Introduction
Ethical Hacking Fundamentals
Course Objective To professionalize and the science of cyber security, digital and computer forensics and other
areas of forensics.Providing an understanding of the technical know-how of hackers and the counter measures
against such malicious attacks.
Learning Outcomes:
After undergoing this course students will be able to interpret and appropriately apply the laws and procedures
associated with identifying, acquiring, examining and presenting digital evidence, create a method for gathering,
assessing and applying new and existing legislation and industry trends specific to the practice of digital
forensics, adhere to the ethical standards of the profession and apply those standards to all aspects of the study
and practice of digital forensics, identify the culture of white-collar crime and the methods used by white-collar
criminals and employ this knowledge to guide economic crime investigations, explain the role of digital
forensics in the field of information assurance and cyber security and recognize the opportunities to benefit from
and support the goals of those fields.
Unit-1: Computer Forensics

Introduction to Computer Forensics, Forms of Cyber Crime, First Responder Procedure- Non-technical staff,
Technical Staff, Forensics Expert and Computer Investigation procedure.
Unit-2: Storage Devices & Data Recovery Methods

Storage Devices- Magnetic Medium, Non-magnetic medium and Optical Medium. Working of Storage devices-
Platter, head assembly, spindle motor. Data Acquisition, Data deletion and data recovery method and techniques.
Unit-3: Forensics Techniques

Windows forensic, Linux Forensics, Mobile Forensics, Steganography, Application Password cracking-Brute
force, Dictionary attack, Rainbow attack. Email Tacking – header option of SMTP, POP3, IMAP.
Unit-4: Cyber Law

Corporate espionage, Evidence handling procedure, Chain of custody, Main features of Indian IT Act 2008
(Amendment).
Unit-5: Forensic Analysis of Web Server

Developing, administering and managing a remotely hosted web site, Use of HTML browsers on ports other than
80, Control Panel – Forensics traces left on web site admin machine, traces left on hosting servers. Anti-
Forensics Techniques – Methods used to thwart subsequent forensics analysis, Forensics traces left, Approaches
that may be used to reduce the effectiveness of these methods. Internet and Web attack forensics.
Text Books:
1. B. Nelson, et al, - Cengage, “Guide to Computer Forensics and Investigations”, 3 rd
Edition –, 2010 BBS.
Reference Books:
1. Aaron Philipp, David Cowen, Chris Davis ,”Hacking Exposed Computer Forensics”,
Pub: McGraw hill-2011
106
Lab Programs:
1. Physical Collection of electronic evidence using forensic standards
2. Dismantling and re-building PCs in order to access the storage media safely
3. Boot sequence and Power OnSelf-Test mode analysis
4. Examination of File systems of Windows, Linux and Mac
5. Analysing Word processing and Graphic file format
6. Network data sniffing and analysing
7. Password and encryption techniques
8. Internet forensic and Malware analysis
9. Data recovery techniques for hard drive
10. Data recovery techniques for Pen drive and CD
Pedagogy (All sessions through CRT + Lab)
S.
Topic Th Pra
No.
Computer Forensics:
1 2
Introduction to Computer Forensics, Forms of Cyber Crime.
9
First Responder Procedure- Non-technical staff, Technical Staff, Forensics
2 4
Expert and Computer Investigation procedure
Storage Devices & Data Recovery Methods:
3 Storage Devices- Magnetic Medium, Non-magnetic medium and Optical 3
9
Medium. Working of Storage devices-Platter, head assembly, spindle motor.
4 Data Acquisition, Data deletion and data recovery method and techniques. 5
Forensics Techniques:
5 3
Windows forensic, Linux Forensics, Mobile Forensics.
Steganography, Application Password cracking-Brute force, Dictionary attack,
6 4 9
Rainbow attack.
Email Tacking – header option of SMTP, POP3, IMAP.
7 3
Cyber Law:
8 3
Corporate espionage, Evidence handling procedure, Chain of custody 6
9 Main features of Indian IT Act 2008 (Amendment). 3
Forensic Analysis of Web Server:
10 Developing, administering and managing a remotely hosted web site, Use of 3
HTML browsers on ports other than 80
Control Panel – Forensics traces left on web site admin machine, traces left on
6
11 hosting servers. Anti-Forensics Techniques – Methods used to thwart 3
subsequent forensics analysis,
Forensics traces left, Approaches that may be used to reduce the effectiveness
12 3
of these methods. Internet and Web attack forensics.
Total 39 39
107
DECT0145 IT Governance, Risk and Information Security Management
Pre- T-P-Pr (hrs)

Code Course Title Course Type Credits
requisite
IT Governance, Risk and DECT0146
DECT0145 Information Security Theory 3 Information 3-0-0
Management Security – II
To make understand the compliance part of Information security and also to understand importance of
information Technology governance in business perspective.
Learning Outcomes:
After undergoing this subject students will be able to explain, analyse the role of governance in information
security and Compare system development and project governance. Analyse the role of strategy committee in IT
governance. Explain the importance of steering committee in IT governance and Outline the common factors
between strategy committee and steering committee.
It will also help analyse and discuss risk management process. Discuss information security management
system; Outline the benefits of performance optimisation, Identify the role of senior management in information
security.
108
Unit 1: IT Governance
Introduction & Concepts, Role of Governance in Information Security, Best Practices for IT Governance
Role of IT Strategy Committee, Standard IT Balanced Scorecard. Val-IT framework of ISACA
Unit 2: Information Systems Strategy

Role of Strategic Planning for IT, Role of Steering committee, Policies and Procedures
Unit 3: Risk Management Program

Develop a Risk Management Program. Risk Management Process, Risk Analysis methods. Risk-IT Framework
of ISACA
Unit 4: Information Security Management

Introduction, Performance Optimization, IT Security roles & responsibilities, Segregation of Duties, Description
of COBIT and other Frameworks

1. Information Systems Security: Security Management, Metrics, Frameworks and Best Practices by Nina
Godbole
S. No. Topic Th
IT Governance :
1 Introduction & Concepts, Role of Governance in Information Security, Best Practices 4
for IT Governance.
2 Role of IT Strategy Committee, Standard IT Balanced Scorecard. 3
3 Val-IT framework of ISACA. 3
Information Systems Strategy:
4 3
Role of Strategic Planning for IT, Role of Steering committee
5 Policies and Procedures 3
Risk Management Program:
6 4
Develop a Risk Management Program. Risk Management Process
7 Risk Analysis methods 5
8 Risk-IT Framework of ISACA 3
Information Security Management:
9 4
Introduction, Performance Optimization, IT Security roles & responsibilities
10 Segregation of Duties 3
11 Description of COBIT and other Frameworks. 4
Total 39
DECT0146 Information Security -II
Code Course Title Course Type Credits Pre-requisite T-P-Pr

DECT0146 Information Security - II Theory 3 FCEN0414 Information Security – I 3-0-0
The course primarily covers the Information Security, Access Control and Authentication, Identifying TCP/IP
security, Attacks and Malicious Codes, Basic Cryptographic Concepts, Computer Forensics, Network
Infrastructure and Connectivity, Monitoring Network and Intrusion Detection, Maintaining a Secure Network
and System Hardening
109
Learning Outcomes:
Student will attain the knowledge about Access Control,TCP security,Attacks,Encryption and Decryption,
Security Management, Device Based Security, Monitoring Control, Network Security and Policies
Unit 1: General Security Concepts

Information Security, Access Control and Authentication. Identifying TCP/IP Security and Attacks: Identifying
TCP/IP Security, Attacks and Malicious Codes. Basics of Cryptography: Understanding Cryptography,
Understanding Public Key Infrastructure.
Unit 2: Understanding Security Policies and Procedures

Security Policies and Procedures. Managing Security: Understanding Security Management, Computer
Forensics.
Unit 3: Network Infrastructure Security and Connectivity

Understanding Infrastructure Security, Device-Based Security, Media-Based Security, Monitoring and
Diagnosing.
Unit 4: Monitoring Network and Intrusion Detection

Monitoring Network and Intrusion Detection: Monitoring Network, Intrusion Detection, Wireless Security and
Instant Messaging.
Unit 5: Maintaining A Secure Network And System Hardening

OS and Network Hardening, Application Hardening. Securing the Network Environments: Physical and
Network Security, Policies, Standards and Guidelines.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Information security: Principles and Practice - Mark Stamp, 2nd Edition, Pub: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
2011
REFERENCE BOOKS:
1. Information Security Risk Analysis - Thomas R. Peltier, Third Edition, Pub: Auerbach , 2012
2. Operating System Concepts, 8th Edition by Abraham Silberschatz, Peter B. Galvin, Greg Gagne, Pub:
John Wiley & sons, Inc., 2009.
S. No. Topic Th
1 Information Security, Access Control and Authentication. Identifying TCP/IP 3
2 Attacks: Identifying TCP/IP Security, Attacks and Malicious Codes 4
Basics of Cryptography: Understanding Cryptography, Understanding Public Key
3
Infrastructure. 3
4 Security Policies and Procedures 3
5 Managing Security: Understanding Security Management 3
6 Computer Forensics. 4
Understanding Infrastructure Security, Device-Based Security, Media-Based Security,
7 5
Monitoring and Diagnosing.
8 Monitoring Network and Intrusion Detection 5
9 Wireless Security and Instant Messaging 3
10 OS and Network Hardening, Application Hardening. 3
Securing the Network Environments: Physical and Network Security, Policies,
11 3
Standards and Guidelines.
Total 39
110
DECT0446 Android Security

Android DECT0445 Cyber Forensics –
DECT0446 Th + Pra 3 3-2-0
Security An Introduction
In today‟s world, where mobiles and smart phones have caught mankind completely owing to their extended
features and convenience, it is important to understand the functioning of these devices. Android is a mobile OS
based on Linux Kernel and currently developed by Google. Many applications are being developed and
downloaded for use by consumers around the world every day. On one hand Android offers endless applications
to meet all your needs from basic to complex, but it is exposed to threats and vulnerabilities. In this course, the
students will learn about Security concepts pertaining to Android.
Learning Outcomes:
Explain the basic concepts of Android. Explain about terminologies of Security design and risk management in
Android Security. Explain about Android Security Framework and ded Decompiler. Describe about
Vulnerabilities And Exploits Of Android. List the best and worst practices while installing Android Application.
To explore and list the Career options in Android Security.
UNIT 1: Fundamentals of Android

Understand Android platform, File system, Virtual Machine Concept, User and Group permission, Google Play,
Remote Application Management, Patch Process, SEAndroid, Apps and Native codes. Understand Application
layer, Application framework, Android Runtime, Libraries and Linux Kernel.
Understand Calls and Flows, Binder Call, Java Native Interface (JNI), Socket Call, Function call, Dynamic Load
Call, Dalvik Virtual Machine, Application structure, Registe
Architecture, Constant pool structure, Control Flow Structure, Ambiguous primitive types, Null references,
Comparison of object references, Storage of primitive types in arrays.Understand „ded‟ Decompiler, Application
retargeting, Type reference, Constant pool conversion, Method code retargeting. Understand Optimization and
Decompilation, Source Code Recovery Validation
UNIT 2: Security in Android

Understand Android security in data storage, Internal Storage, External Storage, Content Providers, Android
Sandboxes Applications, Resource sharing through permission, Creating permission.
Understand Input validation, handling Users data, web view, handling credentials, Cryptography, Inter Process
Communication.
Understand Binder and Messenger Interfaces, Broadcast Receivers, Dynamic Loading Codes, Secure Virtual
machine and security in Native Code.
UNIT 3: Security Framework

Understand Zygote Vulnerabilities, Standard flow, Building a Malicious flow, Patching the Android Security
Framework (ASF), Understand Information leakages through Phone Identifiers. Understand Misuse of Interface,
Telephony services, Background recording of audio and video, Sockets, and Accessing the installed application
Unit 4: Vulnerabilities of Android

Understand vulnerabilities of Advertisement and Analytics Libraries, Vulnerabilities of developer toolkits,
Android specific vulnerabilities, and Leaking information to logs and via IPC, Unprotected Broadcast Receivers,
Intent Injection Attack, Delegating Control, Null checks of IPC Input, SDcard use, Java Native Interface use.
111
UNIT 5: Exploits Of Android
Understand Public Exploits, Exploit Execution framework, Google Service Authentication Tokens, Malicious
Apps, Device-to-device Infection, Infection via Rouge wireless networks, Mobile Botnets, GSM-based pivot
attacks.
Text Books:
1. Android Security : Attacks and Defences by by AbhishekDubey
2. Android Apps Security by Sheran Gunasekera
3. Application Security for Android Platform by Jeff Six
List of Programs:
1. Explore the APK Terminal Emulator and produce reports
2. Run the installed APKs in the Terminal Emulator and report on the app experience in terms of its features,
purpose and utility with relevant screenshots
3. Use IDE to build simple APK “Hi-I am a Centurion” and run it within the emulator – provide a report along
with screenshots and app files
4. Install Android Debug Bridge APK such as ADB Master – run this APK after connecting the device with the
emulator to the PC and collect relevant reports
5. Explore Android Permission System of Marshmallow OS and compare it with L and N OS (one version down
and one higher)
6. Install Ping and DNS related APKs and explore their features and possibility of using them in preventing a
network attack on an Android device
7. Install newly developed APK on a rooted device and study at least 1 APK that protect a rooted device from
ARP attacks
8. Install any 2 spy Key Logger tools and explore and compare their features and enumerate potential dangers of
availability of such tools in the Play Store
9. Identify and install any 2 APK available in the market that provides spy camera features and can use GPS
location details without authorization
10. In the lab, study Android Shell Shock, Heart Bleed and Stage Fright
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Pedago T Pr

No. gy h a
Understand Android platform, File system, Virtual Machine Concept, User
1 3 3
and Group permission, Google Play, Remote Application Management
Patch Process, SEAndroid, Apps and Native codes. Understand
2 Application layer, Application framework, Android Runtime, Libraries and 3 3
Linux Kernel.
Understand Calls and Flows, Binder Call, Java Native Interface (JNI), CRT +
3 Socket Call, Function call, Dynamic Load Call, Dalvik Virtual Machine, PPT+ 3 3
Application structure, Registe Practice
Architecture, Constant pool structure, Control Flow Structure, Ambiguous
primitive types, Null references, Comparison of object references, Storage
of primitive types in arrays.Understand „ded‟ Decompiler, Application
4 3 3
retargeting, Type reference, Constant pool conversion, Method code
retargeting. Understand Optimization and Decompilation, Source Code
Recovery Validation
112
Sl. Topic Pedago Pr
Th
No. gy a
Understand Android security in data storage, Internal Storage, External
5 Storage, Content Providers, Android Sandboxes Applications, Resource 3 3
sharing through permission, Creating permission
Understand Input validation, handling Users data, web view, handling
6 3 3
credentials, Cryptography, Inter Process Communication
Understand Binder and Messenger Interfaces, Broadcast Receivers, Dynamic
7 3 3
Loading Codes, Secure Virtual machine and security in Native Code.
Understand Zygote Vulnerabilities, Standard flow, Building a Malicious CRT +
8 3 3
flow, Patching the Android Security Framework (ASF), PPT+
Understand Information leakages through Phone Identifiers. Understand Practice
9 Misuse of Interface, Telephony services, Background recording of audio and 4 3
video, Sockets, and Accessing the installed application
Understand vulnerabilities of Advertisement and Analytics Libraries,
10 Vulnerabilities of developer toolkits, Android specific vulnerabilities, and 4 6
Leaking information to logs and via IPC
Unprotected Broadcast Receivers, Intent Injection Attack, Delegating CRT +
11 PPT 3 0
Control, Null checks of IPC Input, SDcard use, Java Native Interface use.
Understand Public Exploits, Exploit Execution framework, Google Service CRT +
Authentication Tokens, Malicious Apps, Device-to-device Infection, PPT+
12 4 6
Infection via Rouge wireless networks, Mobile Botnets, GSM-based pivot Practice
attacks.
Total 39 39
DECT0147 Virtualization and Cloud Security
Course T-P-Pr
Code Course Title Credits Pre-requisite
Type (hrs)
Virtualization DECT0146 Information Security
DECT0147 and Cloud Theory 4 – II, CCCS0108 Introduction to 4-0-0
Security Cloud Technology
Server virtualization is today‟s most rapidly-evolving and widely-deployed technologies. Highly beneficial to
organizations in terms of cost and ease of deployment and management of virtualized servers, deploying
desktop, application and network virtualization is in demand. Beginning from basics of virtualization and Cloud
Security, students proceed to more detailed topics in Cloud like Cloud Trust Protocol & Transparency and Cloud
Controls Matrix.
Learning Outcomes:
Beginning from basics of virtualization and Cloud Security, students proceed to more detailed topics in Cloud
like Cloud Trust Protocol & Transparency and Cloud Controls Matrix.
Unit 1: Introduction to Virtualization & Cloud

Virtualization and Cloud computing concepts, Private cloud Vs Public cloud, IAAS, PAAS & SAAS concepts,
Virtualization security concerns, Hypervisor Security, Host/Platform Security, Security communications,
Security between Guest instances, Security between Hosts and Guests
Unit 2: Cloud Security
Cloud Security vulnerabilities and mitigating controls, Cloud Trust Protocol, Cloud Controls Matrix. Complete
Certificate of Cloud Security Knowledge (CCSK)
113
Unit 3: Cloud Trust Protocol & Transparency
Introduction to Cloud Trust Protocol & Transparency, Cloud Trust Protocol and Transparency, Transparency as
a Service, Concepts, Security, Privacy & Compliance aspects of cloud
Unit 4: Cloud Controls Matrix &Top Cloud Threats
Introduction to Cloud Controls Matrix & Top Cloud Threats, Cloud Controls Matrix, Trusted Cloud Initiative
architecture and reference model, requirements of Security as a Service (Saas) model and Top Security threats to
the cloud model
Reference:
Cloud Security – A comprehensive Guide to Secure Cloud Computing by Ronald L. Krutz and Russel Dean
Vines.
Pedagogy (All sessessions through CRT + PPT)
Sl. T
Topic
No. h
1 Virtualization and Cloud computing concepts 3
2 Private cloud Vs Public cloud 3
3 IAAS, PAAS & SAAS concepts 3
4 Virtualization security concerns 4
5 Hypervisor Security 3
6 Host/Platform Security, Security communications, Security between Guest instances 4
7 Security between Hosts and Guests 2
8 Cloud Security vulnerabilities and mitigating controls 3
9 Cloud Trust Protocol, Cloud Controls Matrix. 3
10 Complete Certificate of Cloud Security Knowledge (CCSK) 4
11 Introduction to Cloud Trust Protocol & Transparency 2
12 Cloud Trust Protocol and Transparency 2
Transparency as a Service, Concepts, Security, Privacy & Compliance aspects of
13 4
cloud
14 Introduction to Cloud Controls Matrix & Top 2
15 Cloud Threats, Cloud Controls Matrix 4
16 Trusted Cloud Initiative architecture and reference model, 2
17 Requirements of Security as a Service (Saas) model 2
18 Top Security threats to the cloud model 2
Total 52
DECT0148 Security in Wireless, VOIP and Mobile Apps

Security in Wireless,
DECT0148 Theory 4 Security – II, CCCS0406 4-0-0
VOIP and Mobile Apps
Ethical Hacking FUndamentals
Learning Objectives
Basic understanding of security in wireless world is very important for any IT Security Professional. As
organizations are increasingly adapting VoIP for converged messaging, call centres and interactive multimedia
collaboration, implementing security principles is vital for maintaining confidentiality and privacy. This course
114
covers the basics of mobile communication, security in wireless communication, VoIP security and mobile
forensics.
Learning Outcome
Outline the fundamental terminology, principles, architecture and working of mobile and wireless
communication. Identify VoIP security features,summarize on VoIP security issues and threats. Interpret the
threats and security holes with VoIP call. List the fundamentals of mobile forensics. Outline the security features
of mobile communication. Understand the concepts of Mobile communication Outline the future scope of digital
forensics
Unit 1: Introduction to Mobile communication

Mobile & Telecommunication protocols and their vulnerabilities, Gain knowledge of managerial, technical and
procedural controls to address Mobile & Telecommunication vulnerabilities
Unit 2: Wireless Security
Wireless protocols and their vulnerabilities, Gain knowledge of managerial, technical and procedural controls to
address Wireless vulnerabilities.
Unit 3: Voice over Internet Protocol (VOIP) Security
VOIP concepts, protocols and vulnerabilities, Gain knowledge of managerial, technical and procedural controls
to address VOIP vulnerabilities
Unit 4: Mobile Forensics & Data Extraction
Mobile forensics process including seizure, data acquisition types like Physical, Logical, Manual, External &
Internal memory, storage, analysis using tools & techniques
Books for Reference

1. Information Systems Security: Security Management, Metrics, Frameworks and Best Practices by Nina
Godbole
2. Network Security Bible by Eric Cole – Second Edition
Pedagogy (All sessessions through CRT + PPT)
Sl. No. Topic Th

1 Mobile & Telecommunication protocols and their vulnerabilities 4
2 Gain knowledge of managerial 4
Technical and procedural controls to address Mobile & Telecommunication
3 5
vulnerabilities
4 Wireless protocols and their vulnerabilities 4
5 Gain knowledge of managerial 4
6 technical and procedural controls to address Wireless vulnerabilities. 5
7 VOIP concepts, protocols and vulnerabilities 4
8 Gain knowledge of managerial, 4
9 technical and procedural controls to address VOIP vulnerabilities 5
10 Mobile forensics process including seizure 3
11 Data acquisition types like Physical, Logical, Manual, 3
12 External & Internal memory, 2
13 Storage, analysis using tools & techniques 5
Total 52
DECT0149 Database Security

DECT0149 Database Theory 4 DECT0146 Information 4-0-0
115
Security Security – II, FCEN0404
Database Management System
Master the security architecture. Master virtual private databases.• Master multilevel secure relational model.•
Master auditing in relational databases • Understand XML access control and enforcement.• Understand
administration of users.• Understand the databases security models
Learning Outcomes:
Explain the different models in the Security Architecture. Describe Virtual Private Databases. Discuss in detail
about multilevel secure relational model. Illustrate auditing in relational database. Discuss in detail about XML
access control and enforcement
Unit 1: The Database and DBMS Architecture

Introduction to Database & DBMS Architecture, Hierarchical Database Management Systems, Network
Database Management Systems, Relational Database Management Systems, Object-Oriented Database
Management Systems, End-User Database Management Systems, Spreadsheets
Unit 2: Concepts of Database Security
Concept of Least Privilege in User ID for databases. Concept of NoSQL databases Differences from classical
DBMS concepts with NoSQL, Advantages of NoSQL like Elastic Scaling, Big Data, Goodbye DBAs‟,
Economics/Cost, Flexible Data models.
Unit 3: Concepts of NoSQL
Non/ partial applicability of ACID (Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, Durability) guarantees in NoSQL
databases as compared to traditional RDBMS databases. Horizontal scalability benefits of NoSQL Databases
compared to traditional Databases, Protecting Database - Understanding permissions, Creating and using
database roles, using schemas for security, configuring cross-database security
Unit 4: Concepts of Key Value & Tuple Store Databases
Concept of UnSQL or Unstructured Query Language, Concept of Key Value & Tuple Store Databases, Concept
of Graph Databases, Concept of Multi-model Databases, Code and Data Encryption- Using service and database
master keys, creating and using symmetric and asymmetric keys, creating and storing hash values,
Authenticating stored procedure by signature
Unit 5: SQL Server & Concepts
Concept of Object Databases, Concept of Grid & Cloud Databases, Concept of XML databases, Concept of
Multidimensional and Multi-value Databases
Unit 6: SQL Server Auditing
Auditing – Using the profiler to audit SQL server access, using DML trigger for auditing data
modification, Using DDL triggers for auditing structure modification, configuring SQL server
auditing.
Text Books:
1. Database security bySilvanaCastano, 2nd Edition, Pub: Addison-Wesley Professional , 2008
2. Microsoft SQL server 2012 Security Cookbook by Rudi Bruchez, Pub: PACKIT publishing, 2012
Reference Books:
1. Handbook of database security: Applications and Trends Michael Gertz, SushilJajodia, Pub: Springer,
Lib. Of congress. 2008
2. Implementing database security and auditing: a guide for DBAs, ...Ron Ben-Natan, Pub: Elsevier, 2005
116
Sl. No. Topic Th

Introduction to Database & DBMS Architecture, Hierarchical Database Management
1 3
Systems,
2 Network Database Management Systems, Relational Database Management Systems 3
Object-Oriented Database Management Systems, End-User Database Management Systems,
3 3
Spreadsheets
4 Concept of Least Privilege in User ID for databases 3
5 Concept of NoSQL databases Differences from classical DBMS concepts with NoSQL 3
Advantages of NoSQL like Elastic Scaling, Big Data, Goodbye DBAs‟, Economics/Cost,
6 3
Flexible Data models.
Non/ partial applicability of ACID (Atomicity, Consistency, Isolation, Durability) guarantees
7 3
in NoSQL databases as compared to traditional RDBMS databases.
8 Horizontal scalability benefits of NoSQL Databases compared to traditional Databases 3
Protecting Database - Understanding permissions, Creating and using database roles, using
9 4
schemas for security, configuring cross-database security
Concept of UnSQL or Unstructured Query Language, Concept of Key Value & Tuple Store
10 4
Databases
11 Concept of Graph Databases, Concept of Multi-model Databases 3
Code and Data Encryption- Using service and database master keys, creating and using
12 symmetric and asymmetric keys, creating and storing hash values, Authenticating stored 4
procedure by signature
13 Concept of Object Databases, Concept of Grid & Cloud Databases 3
14 Concept of XML databases, Concept of Multidimensional and Multi-value Databases 3
Auditing – Using the profiler to audit SQL server access, using DML trigger for auditing
15 3
data modification
Using DDL triggers for auditing structure modification, Configuring SQL
16 4
server auditing.
Total 52
DECT0141 COBIT VALIT AND RISK IT

COBIT VALIT DECT0146 Information
AND RISK IT Security – II
(COBIT) is a framework created for supporting toolset by which managers could bridge the gap between
control requirements, technical issues and business risks. ValIT is a governance framework used to create
business value from IT investments. At the root of Val IT is a set of guiding principles, processes and best
practices to support and help executive management and boards at an enterprise level. The objective of
RiskIT is to provide an end-to-end, comprehensive perspective of all risks pertaining to use of IT and deals
with thorough treatment of risk management. Its principles can be customized to suit the environment in your
organization and is definitely an encouraging aspect for individuals to contribute their skills to the growth of
the organization.
Learning Outcomes:
117
Students will understand to how to manage bridge the gap between control requirements, technical issues and
business risks. their business perspective.
Part-A
Unit -I: Introduction to COBIT
COBIT 5 – Its importance and relevance - 5 Principles of COBIT
a) Meeting Stakeholders needs
b) Covering the Enterprise End-to-End
c) Applying a Single Integrated Framework
d) Enabling a Holistic approach
e) Separating the Governance from the Management.
Unit -II: Enablers of COBIT

a) Processes
b) Organizational Structures
c) Culture, Ethics & Behaviour
d) Principles, Policies & Frameworks
e) Information
f) Services Infrastructure Applications
g) People, Skills & Competencies
Unit -III: Risk IT – its Importance and Relevance

Interlink ages between Risk IT with COBIT & VALIT,Three domains of Risk IT with their sub processes.
Unit -IV: Risk Governance Risk Evaluation, Risk Response

a) Establish and Maintain a Common Risk view
b) Integrate with Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)
c) Make Risk-aware Business Decisions
Risk Evaluation
a) Collect data
a) Maintain Risk Profile
Risk Response
a) Articulate Risk
b) Manage Risk
c) React to Events
Part-B
Unit -V: VAL IT and its importance
Val IT, its importance and relevance
Key Val IT terms, Principles and Domains
Unit -VI: Introduction to Information Security Governance (ISG)

Importance of ISG, Benefits of ISG, monitoring ISG through metrics
Unit -VII: Applying COBIT 5 principles

Overview of COBIT 5, Principles and Processes for ISG.
Unit-VIII: Risk IT IN Information Security Governance

Applying Risk IT in ISG, separating Governance and management in ISG
Web References:
1. ISACA Publications on COBIT, ISACA Knowledge Centre
2. ISACA Publications on ValIT and Risk IT, ISACA Knowledge Centre
118
Sl.
Topic Th
No.
Introduction to COBIT:COBIT 5 – Its importance and relevance - 5 Principles of
1. 3
COBIT: Meeting Stakeholders needs, Covering the Enterprise End-to-End
Applying a Single Integrated Framework, Enabling a Holistic approach, Separating
2. 3
the Governance from the Management.
Enablers of COBIT: Processes, Organizational Structures, Culture, Ethics &
3. 3
Behaviour
Principles, Policies & Frameworks, Information, Services Infrastructure
4. 4
Applications, People, Skills & Competencies
Risk IT – its Importance and Relevance:Interlink ages between Risk IT with
5. 2
COBIT & VALIT
6. Three domains of Risk IT with their sub processes 2
Risk Governance Risk Evaluation, Risk Response: Risk Governance
7. :Establish and Maintain a Common Risk view, Integrate with Enterprise Risk 5
Management (ERM), Make Risk-aware Business Decisions
8. Risk Evaluation: Collect data, Maintain Risk Profile 2
9. Risk Response: Articulate Risk, Manage Risk, React to Events 3
10. VAL IT and its importance: Val IT, its importance and relevance 3
11. Key Val IT terms, Principles and Domains 3
Introduction to Information Security Governance (ISG):Importance of ISG,
12. 3
Benefits of ISG
13. monitoring ISG through metrics 4
Applying COBIT 5 principles: Overview of COBIT 5, Principles and Processes
14. 6
for ISG.
Risk IT IN Information Security Governance:Applying Risk IT in ISG,
15. 6
separating Governance and management in ISG
Total 52
119
Domain D8 - Data Analytics
Sl.
No.
Advance Web Application FCCS0103
1 DEDA0411 Theory + Practice 5
Development using Java OOP Using Java
Database Applications using FCCS0104 / FCEN0404
2 DEDA0211 Practice 3
Postgres DBMS
& D/W
4 DEDA0413 ETL and Data Modelling Theory + Practice 5 Nil
5 DEDA0414 Unstructured Data Analytics Theory + Practice 3 Nil
Advanced Data Modelling &
Mining
Advanced Visualisation/BI
7 DEDA0212 Practice 2 Nil
Visualisation
Total 34
DEDA0411 Advance Web Application Development Using Java

Advance Web Application Theory + FCCS0103
DEDA0411 5 3-3-0
Development using Java Practice OOP Using Java
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the industry oriented coding on Core Java fundamental with web application development using
Java.
Learning Outcome:
1. This will able to make candidates industry ready java programmer in web applications.
Module-I (45Hrs)
Overview of object oriented programming: object oriented concepts (Class, object, Abstraction, Encapsulation,
Inheritance, and polymorphism).Web Application Basics, Architecture and challenges of Web Application.
Tomcat web server, UI design & Development (Introduction to html5, css3.0, jQuery).
Introduction to Java and Java programming Environment , String Handling, Packages, Interfaces,Exception
Handling, Synchronization, Serialization, Multi-Threading, Event Handling, Remote Method Invocation
Exploring java.io, Swing, Applets, Generics & Collections.
Module-II (30Hrs)
Introduction to JDBC: JDBC Drivers & Architecture. Database Programming using JDBC. Studying Javax.sql.*
package, Accessing a Database, Servlets: Introduction to Servlets: Lifecycle of a Servlet, The Servlet API, and
The javax. Servlet Package, Initializing a Servlet, Reading Servlet parameters, Reading Initialization parameters.
Text Books:
1. Java, The complete Reference, 7th Edition, Herbert Schildt, TMH

2. Server Programming, Black Book
3. Ed Roman, ―Mastering Enterprise Java Beans‖, John Wiley & Sons Inc., 1999.
120
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Pr
Topic Th
No. Method a
Overview of object oriented programming: object oriented concepts
1. (Class, object, Abstraction, Encapsulation, Inheritance, 4 2
polymorphism). CRT +
ppt
Web Application Basics, Architecture and challenges of Web
2. 3 0
Application.
CRT +
Tomcat web server, UI design & Development (Introduction to
3. ppt + 2 2
html5, css3.0, jQuery).
Lab Practice
CRT +
4. Introduction to Java and Java programming Environment 2 0
ppt
5. String Handling programs 3 2
6. Programs on Packages, Interfaces 2 2
7. Exception Handling, Synchronization, Serialization, Multi-Threading 2 3
8. Event Handling, Remote Method Invocation Exploring java.io 3 4
9. Swings in Java 2 3
CRT +
10. Applets in Java, Generics & Collections. ppt 3 4
11.
Introduction to JDBC: JDBC Drivers & Architecture. Database Lab Practice 3 3
Programming using JDBC.
12. Use of Javax.sql.* package, Accessing a Database 3 3
Servlets: Introduction to Servlets: Lifecycle of a Servlet, The Servlet
13. API, and The javax. Servlet Package, Initializing a Servlet, Reading 10 15
Servlet parameters, Reading Initialization parameters.
14. Total 32 43
DEDA0211 Database Application Using Postgres

Database Application FCCS0104 /
DEDA0211 Practice 3 0-4-0
using Postgres FCEN0404 DBMS
Learning Objective:
1. Cover the complete understanding on Relational Database & Star Schema

2. Learn write advance Query writing techniques on Postgres.
3. Get the hands on knowledge on Postgres open source database
Learning Outcome:
1. Able to be a strong database developer
2. Will be ready to work on BI tools
Syllabus
Module-I (20 Hrs)
Introduction to database Systems; Basic concepts & Definitions; File oriented system vs. Database System Vs
XLS, Database Concurrent Access, Security, Data Dependencies. Database Queries Concept and Overview,
121
Select, order by, distinct, Constraints, Conditions, Aggregations, Computations, Subtotals, Various joins (equi,
inner, left outer, right outer, Full outer, Hints, Views).
Module-II (15 Hrs)

DML High-level(alter table , commit , index, create table , create view , delete , drop , insert , grant, revoke ,
rollback, select into , update ).
Module-III (20Hrs)
String Operations, Nested Queries, Inters elect, SQL Divisions, Index Vs Sorting, Various Index comparison,
and Surrogate key, Performance tuning, Store procedures, Database monitoring & Administration.
Text Books:
1. Database Systems by Thomas Connolly and Carolyn Begg-Pearson Education-3rd , edition ( Chapters: 1-2,
4,6,7, 9.1-9.3,13,20,19.1-19.3,22.1-22.3,25.1-25.4,30.1-30.3, 32)
2. Fundamentals of Database System By Elmasari&Navathe-Pearson Education-5th, Edition.(Chapters:
1,2,3,5,6,7.1,8,10,11,15,17,18,19,20,22,25,28,29)
Reference Books:
1. An introduction to Database System –Bipin Desai, Galgotia Publications
2. Database System: concept, Design & Application by S.K.Singh (Pearson Education)
3. Database management system by leon & leon (Vikas publishing House).
4. Fundamentals of Database Management System –Gillenson, Wiley India
5. Database System Concepts by Sudarshan, Korth (McGraw-Hill Education)
Pedagogy (All sesdsions are Laboratory practice)
Sl. Pra
Topic
No. Hrs
1. Introduction to database Systems; Basic concepts & Definitions. Commands 1
2. DDL Commands 2
3. DML Commands 2
4. Queries and commands 4
5. Data Dependencies 1
6. Database Queries Concept and Overview, Select, 4
7. order by, distinct, Constraints, Conditions, 6
8. Aggregations, Computations, Subtotals, 4
9. Various joins (equi, inner, left outer, right outer, Full outer, Hints, Views). 10
10. DML High-level(alter table , commit , index, create table) 3
DML High-level (create view, delete, drop, insert, grant, revoke, rollback, select
11. 3
into, update).
12. String Operations, Nested Queries, Inters elect, SQL Division 5
13. Index Vs Sorting, Various Index comparison, and Surrogate key 5
14. Performance tuning, Store procedures, Database monitoring &Administration. 5
Total 55
122
DEDA0412 Basics of Business Intelligence & D/W

DEDA0412 Th + Pra 3 Nil 2-2-0
& D/W
Course Objectives:
1. Learn the basics in business intelligence (BI), data mining (DM), and knowledge discovery in databases;
2. Learn the role that software tools/applications play in BI and DM, with emphasis on industrial case studies
and practical applications;
3. Have an overall understanding of the major issues and applications in business intelligence and data mining,
including a basic grasp of the algorithm classes and best practices for building successful BI projects.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the concepts of BI and Data Analytics A to Z
2. Understand the operation procedures of BI projects in an organization;
3. Able to develop Sample analytics in xls
Module-I(20Hrs)
What is BI & DW, Data to Information Lifecycle, Brief History of Accessing, Reporting And Analyzing
Data,Business Intelligence (BI) defined, Data Warehousing (DW) defined, DM VS EDW, Where is BI & DW
being used today, Business Drivers For BI, Business and IT Drivers For DW, Applications that use BI And DW,
Data Shadow Systems, Industry terminology, BI & DW - The Architectures, How do BI & DW fit together?,
Components of D/W OLAP Architectures (OLAP Vs OLTP), Staging layer, core layer & semantic layer
Technology maps to various layers.
Module-II(15Hrs)
BI & DW - The Architectures, Data Integration & transformations (ETL Vs ELT), Core layer (star schema
/snowflake), Data visualisations, Predictive modelling, Data Integration & Transformations, Overview Data
modelling concepts, Data Integration Framework (DIF), Transforming data to information, Process management,
Data staging options, D/W & Data Modelling, Data Stores, Data Warehouse, Data Marts,Operational Data
Stores, Cubes, Star Schema, Nosql databases, Bigdata/Hadoop overview.
Module-III(15Hrs)
A. Planning and requirement
B. Architecture and design
C. DW TESTING: Unit, IT, ST, Data volume, ETL and other test techniques. B. IMPLEMENTATION AND
MAINTENANCE: The Physical Design Process, Physical Design Steps, Physical Design
Considerations,Physical Storage, Indexing the Data Warehouse, Performance Enhancement Techniques, Data
Warehouse Deployment, Major Deployment Activities, Considerations for a Pilot, Security, Backup
and Recovery, Growth and Maintenance, Monitoring the Data Warehouse, User Training and
Support, Managing the Data Warehouse, Scoping, Estimation, proposal writing and Risk planning.
Module-IV(10Hrs)
KPI, Data Visualisations, Prepare the data for Visualization, Various visualisation techniques.
Standardized reporting & compliances, Decision Models Pivot grid & chat Analytics Descriptive vs Real-time vs
predictive analytics Usage of R.
Text Books:
1.Building the Data Warehouse-Inmon, Bill, Wiley Publication
2. The Data Warehouse Toolkit-Kimball, Ralph, Wiley Publication
3. Information-Driven Business-Hillard Robert Wiley Publication
4. Introduction to Information Systems: Enabling and Transforming Business-Rainer, R. Kelly, Wiley
Publication
5. Business Intelligence: Data Mining and Optimization for Decision Making-Carlo Vercellis, Wiley Publication
123
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Instr.Hrs

Teaching
No BASICS OF BUSINESS INTELLIGENCE & D/W Method Th Pra
.
What is BI & DW, Data to Information Lifecycle,
1. CRT 2 0
Brief History of Accessing, Reporting &Analyzing Data,
Business Intelligence (BI) defined, Data Warehousing (DW) defined ,
2. 2 0
DM VS EDW, Where is BI & DW being used today
Business Drivers For BI, Business and IT Drivers For DW,
3. CRT + 2 1
Applications that use BI And DW
ppt
Data Shadow Systems, Industry terminology, BI & DW - The
4. 3 0
Architectures, How do BI & DW fit together?, Components of D/W
OLAP Architectures (OLAP Vs OLTP), Staging layer, core layer &
5. 2 0
semantic layer Technology maps to various layers.
BI & DW - The Architectures, Data Integration & transformations
6. (ETL Vs ELT), Core layer (star schema /snowflake), Data CRT + 2 2
visualisations ppt, lab
Predictive modelling, Data Integration & Transformations, Overview practice
7. 3 3
Data modelling concepts
Data Integration Framework (DIF), Transforming data to information,
8. 2 0
Process management, Data staging options. CRT +
D/W & Data Modelling, Data Stores, Data Warehouse, Data Ppt
9. 2 0
Marts,Operational Data Stores, Cubes, Star Schema
CRT + Ppt,
10. Nosql databases, Bigdata/Hadoop overview. 2 1
Practice
11. Planning and requirement Lab 0 1
12. Architecture and design Practice 0 2
DW TESTING: Unit, IT, ST, Data volume, ETL and other test CRT +
13. 3 0
techniques ppt
IMPLEMENTATION AND MAINTENANCE: The Physical Design
14. Process, Physical Design Steps, Physical Design Considerations, CRT + 4 1
Physical Storage, Indexing the Data Warehouse Ppt, lab
Performance Enhancement Techniques, Data Warehouse Deployment, practice
15. 2 1
Major Deployment Activities, Considerations for a Pilot
CRT +
16. Security, Backup and Recovery, Growth and Maintenance 3 0
Ppt
Monitoring the Data Warehouse, User Training and CRT +
17. 2 2
Support, Managing the Data Warehouse, Scoping, Estimation ppt
18. Proposal writing and Risk planning. practice 1 2
CRT +
19. KPI, Data Visualisations, Prepare the data for Visualization 1 2
ppt
Various visualisation techniques. Standardized reporting &
20. lab practice 0 1
compliances
CRT +
Decision Models Pivot grid & chat Analytics Descriptive vs Real-time
21. Ppt + 1 2
vs predictive analytics Usage of R.
practice
Total 39 21
124
DEDA0413 ETL And Data Modelling

DEDA0413 ETL & Data Modelling Theory + Practice 5 Nil 3-3-0
Course Objectives:
1. Data modelling & Star Schema development
2. Understand ETL, ELT
3. Understand source data identification and Data profiling
4. Hands-on experience on Pentaho
5. Big data integration
Course Outcomes:
1. Industry ready ETL developer
Syllabus
Module-I (25Hrs)
Installing Pentaho, Transformations, Jobs, Transformation or Job Metadata, Database Connections, Tools and
Utilities, Repositories, Virtual File Systems , Parameters and Variables, Visual Programming, Installation and
Configuration, Kettle Software Overview, Installation, Java Environment, Installing Kettle, Configuration, The
Rental Star Schema, Prerequisites and Some Basic Spoon Skills, Setting Up the ETL Solution, Working with
Spoon, The Sample ETL Solution, The Sample ETL Solution, Recurring Load.
EXTRACTION, CLEANSING AND CONFORMING: Kettle Data Extraction Overview, File-Based Extraction,
Database-Based Extraction, Web-Based Extraction, Stream-Based and Real-Time Extraction, Working with ERP
and CRM Systems, Data Profiling Using eobjects.org Data Cleaner, CDC: Change Data Capture, Data
Cleansing, Data-Cleansing Steps, Using Reference Tables, Data Validation, Error Handling, Auditing Data and
Process Quality, Deduplicating Data, Scripting.
Module-II (30Hrs)
HANDLING DIMENSION TABLES & LOADING FACT TABLES: Managing Keys: Managing Business
Keys, Generating Surrogate Keys, Loading Dimension Tables, Snowflake Dimension Tables, Star Schema
Dimension Tables, Slowly Changing Dimensions, Generated Dimensions, Junk Dimensions, Recursive
Hierarchies, Loading in Bulk, STDIN and FIFO, Kettle Bulk Loaders, Dimension Lookups, Maintaining
Referential Integrity, Late-Arriving Data, Fact Table Handling
Module-III(20Hrs)
Scheduling, Operating System–Level Scheduling, Using Pentaho‟s Built-in Scheduler, Monitoring, Version
Control Systems, Lineage, Logging and Operational Metadata, Performance Tuning, Transformation
Performance: Finding the Weakest Link, Improving Transformation Performance, ETL in Big data/Hadoop
scenario.
Text Books:
1. Pentaho Kettle Solutions: Building Open Source ETL Solutions with Pentaho-Matt Casters, Roland Bouman,
Jos van Dongen, Wiley Publication.
2. Pentaho Data Integration 4 Cookbook-Adrian Sergio Pulvirenti, Packt Publication.
3. Instant Pentaho Data Integration Kitchen- Sergio Ramazzina, Packet Publication.
4. Pentaho Data Integration Beginner's Guide: Second Edition- Maria Carina Roldan, Packt Publication.
5. Pentaho Solutions: Business Intelligence and Data Warehousing with Pentaho-Roland Bouman, Jos van
Dongen, Wiley Publication.
125
Pedagogy
Instructional
Sl. Topic Teaching
Hours
No. Method
ETL and Data Modelling The Pra
Installing Pentaho, Transformations, Jobs,
1. practice 0 2
Transformation or Job Metadata.
Database Connections, Tools and Utilities, Repositories, CRT +
2. 1 1
Virtual File Systems, Parameters and Variables. Ppt, lab
Visual Programming, Installation and Configuration, Kettle practice
3. 1 3
Software Overview, Installation.
Java Environment, Installing Kettle, Configuration, The
CRT +
4. Rental Star Schema, Prerequisites and Some Basic Spoon 1 2
ppt
Skills, Setting Up the ETL Solution.
Working with Spoon, The Sample ETL Solution, The Sample
5. 1 1
ETL Solution, and Recurring Load.
Kettle Data Extraction Overview, File-Based Extraction,
6. Database-Based Extraction, Web-Based Extraction, Stream- CRT + 1 2
Based and Real-Time Extraction ppt
Working with ERP and CRM Systems, Data Profiling Using lab
7. 1 1
eobjects.org Data Cleaner, CDC: Change Data Capture. practice
Data Cleansing, Data-Cleansing Steps, Using Reference
8. Tables, Data Validation, Error Handling, Auditing Data and 1 3
Process Quality, Deduplicating Data, Scripting.
HANDLING DIMENSION TABLES & LOADING FACT
9. CRT + 2 0
TABLES: Managing Keys: Managing Business Keys
ppt
Generating Surrogate Keys, Loading Dimension Tables,
10. 2 2
Snowflake Dimension Tables, Star Schema Dimension Tables
Slowly Changing Dimensions, Generated Dimensions, Junk
11. Dimensions, Recursive Hierarchies, Loading in Bulk, STDIN 3 2
and FIFO.
Kettle Bulk Loaders,Dimension Lookups, Maintaining
12.
Referential Integrity, Late-Arriving Data, Fact Table 2 3
CRT +
Handling
ppt
Scheduling, Operating System–Level Scheduling, Using
13. lab 3 2
Pentaho‟s Built-in Scheduler
practice
Monitoring, Version Control Systems, Lineage, Logging and
14. 3 2
Operational Metadata, Performance Tuning
Transformation Performance: Finding the Weakest Link,
15. 2 1
Improving Transformation Performance
16. ETL in Bigdata/Hadoop scenario. 2 3
Total 45 30
126
DEDA0414 Unstructured Data Analytics

DEDA0414 Unstructured Data Analytics Theory + Practice 3 Nil 2-2-0
1. Learn tips and tricks for Big Data use cases and solutions.
2. Learn to build and maintain reliable, scalable, distributed systems with Apache Hadoop.
3. Able to apply Hadoop ecosystem components.
Learning Outcomes:
1. Industry ready Big Data Analytics with Hadoop.
Syllabus
Module-I(20Hrs)
Introduction, distributed file system, Big Data and its importance, Four Vs Drivers for Big data, Big data
analytics, Big data applications. Algorithms using map reduce, Matrix-Vector Multiplication by Map Reduce. D.
Big Data, Apache Hadoop & Hadoop Eco System, Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and
outputs of MapReduce - Data Serialization.
Module-II(20Hrs)
Hadoop Architecture, Hadoop Storage: HDFS, Common Hadoop Shell commands , Anatomy of File Write and
Read., Name Node, Secondary Name Node, and Data Node, Hadoop MapReduce paradigm, Map and Reduce
tasks, Job, Task trackers - Cluster Setup, SSH & Hadoop Configuration, HDFS Administering –Monitoring &
Maintenance. B. Hadoop ecosystem components - Schedulers - Fair and Capacity, Hadoop 2.0 New Features
Name Node High Availability, HDFS Federation, MRv2, YARN, Running MRv1 and YARN.
Module-III(20Hrs)
Hive Architecture and Installation, Comparison with Traditional Database, HiveQL - Querying Data -Sorting
And Aggregating, Map Reduce Scripts, Joins and Subqueries, HBase concepts Advanced Usage, Schema
Design, Advance Indexing - PIG, Zookeeper - how it helps in monitoring a cluster, HBase uses Zookeeper and
how to Build Applications with Zookeeper. Integrating Pentaho to Hadoop file structure, Integration Relation
DB with No SQL.
Text Books:
1. Big Data Analytics with R and Hadoop-Vignesh Prajapati, Packt Publication.
2. Big Data Analytics beyond Hadoop: Real-Time Applications with Storm, Spark-Vijay Srinivas Agneeswaran.
3. Understanding Big Data: Analytics for Enterprise Class Hadoop and Streaming-Paul Zikopoulos, Chris Eaton,
McGraw-Hill Publication.
4. Big Data Analytics: Turning Big Data into Big Money-Frank J. Ohlhorst, Wiley Publication.
5. High-Performance Big-Data Analytics: Computing Systems and Approaches-Pethuru Raj, Anupama Raman,
Dhivya Nagaraj, Siddhartha Duggirala, Springer Publication.
127
Pedagogy
Sl. Pedago
Topic Th Pra
No. gy
Introduction, distributed file system, Big Data and its importance, Four
1. CRT+ 2 1
Vs Drivers for Big data
ppt
2. Big data analytics, Big data applications. Algorithms using map reduce 3 0
3. Matrix-Vector Multiplication by Map Reduce. 2 0
4. Big Data, Apache Hadoop & Hadoop Eco System 3 2
Moving Data in and out of Hadoop Understanding inputs and outputs of
5. 4 1
MapReduce - Data Serialization
6. Hadoop Architecture, Hadoop Storage: HDFS 3 1
Common Hadoop Shell commands , Anatomy of File Write and Read., CRT+
7. ppt 2 3
NameNode, Secondary NameNode, and DataNode
Hadoop MapReduce paradigm, Map and Reduce tasks, Job, Task lab
8. practice 2 1
trackers - Cluster Setup
SSH & Hadoop Configuration, HDFS Administering –Monitoring &
9. 1 1
Maintenance.
Hadoop ecosystem components - Schedulers - Fair and Capacity,
10. 1 2
Hadoop 2.0 New Features NameNode High Availability
11. HDFS Federation, MRv2 0 2
12. YARN, Running MRv1 and YARN 0 3
Hive Architecture and Installation, Comparison with Traditional
13. 2 2
Database, HiveQL - Querying Data -Sorting And Aggregating
lab
Map Reduce Scripts, Joins and Subqueries, HBase concepts Advanced
14. practice 2 3
Usage,Schema Design, Advance Indexing – PIG
Zookeeper - how it helps in monitoring a cluster, HBase uses Zookeeper
15. 2 4
and how to Build Applications with Zookeeper
Integrating Pentaho to Hadoop file structure,Integration Relation DB
16. 1 4
with No SQL
Total 30 30
DEDA0415 Advanced Data Modelling & Mining
DEDA0415 Advanced Data Modelling & Mining Th + Pra 3 Nil 2-2-0
Course Objectives:
1. Understanding the basic concepts of R Programming.
2. Preparing and pre-processing data.
3. Understanding the data aggregation and grouping concepts.
4. Leveraging web scraping.
5. Visualizing the results of analytics effectively.
Learning Outcomes:
1. Industry ready data modelling through R and Python.
128
Syllabus
Module-I (18Hrs)
Starting with R, R Objects, Vectors, Factors, Generating Sequences, Sub-Setting, Matrices and Arrays, Data
Frames, Creating New Functions, Objects, Classes, and Methods, Managing Your Sessions, Loading the Data
into R, Data Visualization and Summarization, Unknown Values, Obtaining Prediction Models, Model
Evaluation and Selection, Predictions for the Seven Algae, The Available Data, Defining the Prediction Tasks,
The Prediction Models, From Predictions into Actions, Model Evaluation and Selection.
Module-II (20Hrs)
Detecting Fraudulent Transactions & Classifying Microarray Samples: Problem Description and Objectives, the
Available Data, the Available Data, Obtaining Outlier Rankings, Semi-Supervised Approaches, Brief
Background on Microarray Experiments, Gene (Feature) Selection, Predicting Cytogenetic Abnormalities, the
Modelling Techniques, Random Forests, k-Nearest Neighbours, Comparing the Models. B. Python Concepts,
Data Structures & Data Wrangling: Interpreter – Program Execution – Statements – Expressions – Flow Controls
– Functions - Numeric Types – Sequences - Strings,Tuples, Lists and - Class Definition – Constructors –
Inheritance – Overloading – Text & Binary Files -Reading and Writing, Combining and Merging Datasets –
Reshaping and Pivoting – Data Transformation– String Manipulation, Regular Expressions.
Module-III (20Hrs)
Data Aggregation, Group Operations ,Time series, Web Scraping: Group By Mechanics – Data Aggregation –
Group wise Operations and Transformations – Pivot Tables and Cross Tabulations – Date and Time Date Type
tools – Time Series Basics – Data Ranges, Frequencies and Shifting, Data Acquisition by Scraping web
applications –Submitting a form - Fetching web pages – Downloading web pages through form submission –
CSS Selectors.
Text Books:
1. Modelling Techniques in Predictive Analytics with Python and R- Thomas W. Miller, FT Press Publication.
2. Marketing Data Science: Modelling Techniques in Predictive Analytics with R-Thomas W. Miller, FT Press.
3. Python for Data Analysis: Data Wrangling with Pandas- Wes McKinney, O'Reilly Publication.
4. Data Mining Applications with R- Yanchang Zhao, Yonghua Cen, Elsevier Publication
5. Data Mining and Business Analytics with R-Johannes Ledolter, Wiley Publication
Pedagogy
Sl.
No.
1. Starting with R, R Objects, Vectors, Factors, Generating Sequences CRT 2 0
Sub-Setting, Matrices and Arrays,Data Frames, Creating New
CRT+
2. Functions, Objects, Classes, and Methods, Managing Your 3 0
ppt
Sessions, Loading the Data into R
CRT+
Data Visualization and Summarization, Unknown Values,
3. Ppt + 2 2
Obtaining Prediction Models
lab practice
Model Evaluation and Selection, Predictions for the Seven Algae,
4. 3 0
The Available Data, Defining the Prediction Tasks CRT+
The Prediction Models, From Predictions into Actions, Model ppt
5. 3 0
Evaluation and Selection.
6. Starting with R, R Objects, Vectors, Factors, Generating Sequences CRT 2 0
Sub-Setting, Matrices and Arrays,Data Frames, Creating New
CRT+
7. Functions, Objects, Classes, and Methods, Managing Your 3 0
ppt
Sessions, Loading the Data into R
129
Sl. Pedago T Pr
Topic
No. gy h a
Sub-Setting, Matrices and Arrays,Data Frames, Creating New Functions, Objects, CRT+
8. 3 0
Classes, and Methods, Managing Your Sessions, Loading the Data into R ppt
CRT+
Data Visualization and Summarization, Unknown Values, Obtaining Prediction
9. Ppt + 2 2
Models
practice
Model Evaluation and Selection, Predictions for the Seven Algae, The Available
10. 3 0
Data, Defining the Prediction Tasks CRT+
The Prediction Models, From Predictions into Actions, Model Evaluation and ppt
11. 3 0
Selection.
Detecting Fraudulent Transactions & Classifying Microarray Samples: Problem
12. CRT+ 2 3
Description and Objectives, the Available Data, the Available Data
Ppt +
Obtaining Outlier Rankings, Semi-Supervised Approaches, Brief background on practice
13. 2 3
Microarray Experiments, Gene (Feature) Selection
Predicting Cytogenetic Abnormalities, the Modelling Techniques, Random CRT+
14. 4 0
Forests, k-Nearest Neighbours,Comparing the Models Ppt
Python Concepts, Data Structures & Data Wrangling: Interpreter – Program CRT+
15. Execution – Statements – Expressions – Flow Controls – Functions - Numeric Ppt + 2 2
Types – Sequences - Strings, practice
Tuples, Lists and - Class Definition – Constructors – Inheritance – Overloading –
16. 0 3
Text & Binary Files -Reading and Writing
Combining and Merging Datasets – Reshaping and Pivoting – Data lab
17. practice 0 3
Transformation– String Manipulation, Regular Expressions.
18. Data Aggregation, Group Operations ,Time series 0 2
Web Scraping: Group By Mechanics – Data Aggregation – Group wise
19. Operations and Transformations – Pivot Tables and Cross Tabulations – Date and CRT+ 2 2
Time Date Type tools Ppt +
Time Series Basics – Data Ranges, Frequencies and Shifting, Data Acquisition by practice
20. 1 2
Scraping web applications
Submitting a form - Fetching web pages – Downloading web pages through form lab
21. 0 3
submission – CSS Selectors practice
Total 32 26
DEDA0212 Advanced Visualisation / Bi Visualisation

Advanced Visualisation /
DEDA0212 Practice 2 Nil 0-3-0
Bi Visualisation
Course Objectives:
1. Understand importance of data visualization in industry
2. Hands on expertise on various graphical and charting tools
3. Implement advanced geographic mapping techniques and use custom images and geo coding to build spatial
visualizations of non-geographic data
4. Build better dashboards using techniques for guided analytics, interactive dashboard design and visual best
practices
5. Understand the basics of Tableau Server and other options for sharing your results
130
Learning Outcomes:
1. Industry ready data visualisation developer and expert in Tableau
Module (46hrs)
Installing Tableau Server: The Reasons to Deploy Tableau Server, Configuring Tableau Server for the First
Time, Deploying Tableau Server in Multi-National Entities, Using Performance Recorder to Improve
Performance, Managing Tableau Server in the Cloud, Monitoring Activity on Tableau Server, Creating Visual
Analytics with Tableau Desktop: The Tableau Software Ecosystem, Introducing the Tableau Desktop
Workspace, Connecting to Your Data, Knowing When to Use a Direct Connection or a Data Extract, Joining
Database Tables with Tableau, How to Deal with Data Quality Problems
Building Your First Visualization Fast and Easy Analysis via Show Me, How Show Me Works, Trend Lines and
Reference Lines, Sorting Data in Tableau, Enhancing Views with Filters, Sets, Groups, and Hierarchies,
Creating Calculations to Enhance Your Data, Using Table Calculation Functions, Adding Flexibility to
Calculations with Parameters Using Maps to Improve Insight Creating a Standard Map View, How Tableau Geo
codes Your Data, Plotting Your Own Locations on a Map, Replacing Tableau‟s Standard Maps, Using Custom
Background Images to Plot Spatial Data, Providing Self-Service Ad Hoc Analysis with Parameters, Editing
Views in Tableau Server.
Advanced Chart Types, Bringing It All Together with Dashboards, How Dashboard Facilitates Analysis and
Understanding, How Tableau Improves the Dashboard-Building Process, The Wrong Way to Build a Dashboard,
The Right Way to Build a Dashboard, Best Practices for Dashboard Building, Building Your First Advanced
Dashboard, Sharing Your Dashboard with Tableau Reader, Sharing Dashboards with Tableau Online or Tableau
Server, Designing for Mobile Consumption, Using the Tableau Performance Recorder to Improve Load Speed
Introduction to Power BI and Power Pivot, Basic visualization using Power BI, Introduction to Power BI
Gateway and Content Packs.
131
Pedagogy (All sessions through lab practice)
Sl.
Topic Pra
No.
1. Installing Tableau Server,Deploy Tableau Server 2
Configuring Tableau Server for the First Time, Deploying Tableau Server in
2. 2
Multi-National Entities
3. Performance Recorder to Improve Performance 1
4. Managing Tableau Server in the Cloud, Monitoring Activity on Tableau Server 2
Creating Visual Analytics with Tableau Desktop: The Tableau Software
5. 4
Ecosystem, Introducing the Tableau Desktop Workspace
Connecting to Your Data, Knowing When to Use a Direct Connection or a Data
6. 2
Extract
7. Joining Database Tables with Tableau, How to Deal with Data Quality Problems 2
Building Your First Visualization Fast and Easy Analysis via Show Me, How
8. 3
Show Me Works
Trend Lines and Reference Lines, Sorting Data in Tableau, Enhancing Views
9. 4
with Filters, Sets, Groups, and Hierarchies
Using Table Calculation Functions, Adding Flexibility to Calculations with
10. Parameters Using Maps to Improve Insight Creating a Standard Map View, How 6
Tableau Geo codes Your Data
Plotting Your Own Locations on a Map, Replacing Tableau‟s Standard Maps,
11. Using Custom Background Images to Plot Spatial Data, Providing Self-Service 5
Ad Hoc Analysis with Parameters, Editing Views in Tableau Server.
Advanced Chart Types, Bringing It All Together with Dashboards, How
12.
Dashboard Facilitates Analysis and Understanding, How Tableau Improves the 5
Dashboard-Building Process
The Wrong Way to Build a Dashboard, The Right Way to Build a Dashboard,
13. Best Practices for Dashboard Building, Building Your First Advanced 4
Dashboard, Sharing Your Dashboard with Tableau Reader
Designing for Mobile Consumption, Using the Tableau Performance Recorder to
14. 1
Improve Load Speed
Introduction to Power BI and Power Pivot, Basic visualization using Power BI,
15. 3
Introduction to Power BI Gateway and Content Packs.
Total 46
132
Domain D9 - Entrepreneurship Development
Sl.
No.
1 Orientation Program in
DEED1101 Workshop 3
Entrepreneurship
2 DEED1102 Basic Program in Entrepreneurship Workshop 3
3 Foundation Program in
DEED1103 Workshop 5
Entrepreneurship
4 Intermediate Program in
DEED1104 Workshop 5
Entrepreneurship
5 Advanced Program in
DEED1105 Workshop 3
Entrepreneurship
6 DEED1106 Expert Program in Entrepreneurship Workshop 3
8 DEED0301 Business Plan Execution Project 4
Total 32
[Refer to ED Domain with Practicum]
133
Domain D10 - Embedded Systems
Sl. Course
No Code
Advanced C Programming & FCEN0402/ FCCS0102
01 DEES0411 Data Structure Theory + Practice 5 Introduction to
Programming in C
02 DEES0412 Embedded C Programming Theory + Practice 3 Nil
Real Time Operating System &
VXWORKS
04 DEES0414 Model Based System Design Theory + Practice 3 Nil
Linux: Kernel Programming
and Device Driver
06 DEES0416 Internet of Things Theory + Practice 5 Nil
Total 36
DEES0411 Advanced C Programming & Data Structure

DEES0411 Advanced C Theory + 5 FCEN0402 / FCCS0102 3-3-0
Programming & Data Practice Introduction to
Structure Programming in C
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce techniques for representation of the data in the real world.
2. Implementation of Algorithms and Procedures using C
3. Understand the use of Data structure in Embedded System
Course Outcomes:
1. Apply concepts learned in various domains like DBMS, Compiler construction etc.
2. Choose appropriate data structure as applied to specified problem definition.
3. Handle operations like searching, insertion, deletion, traversing mechanism etc on various data structure.
4. Use linear and nonlinear data structures like Stacks, Queues, and Linked List etc.
Syllabus
Module I (26 Hrs)
Advanced Pointer: Array of pointers, passing array of pointers to function, accessing elements of matrix using
pointer, dynamic memory allocation, memory leaks, detecting memory leakage using valgrind, command line
arguments and converting string to integer using atoi.
Conditional Compilation & Recursion: Restricting multiple header file inclusion using conditional compilation.
Calling same function, testing for based condition, single branch recursion: Factorial, Multiple branch recursion:
Fibonacci.
Structure: declaration of structure and structure variable, Accessing structure members, passing structure to
function by value. Passing structure to function by address, accessing structure member using pointers, advanced
structure, array of structures, self referential structure, structure padding using # pragma, passing array of
structure to function. union, bit fields, enum.
134
Module II (28 Hrs)
File I/O: test, binary files, opening, closing files, character I/O- fgetc, fputc, string I/O-fgets, fputs, Block I/O-
fread and fwrite, Random Access- fseek, ftell, rewind, Reading /Writing Structure to file.
Introduction to Data Structures, Stack, Queue, Linked List: Abstract Data Types, Selecting a Data Structure to
Match the Operation. Development of Algorithms: Notations and Analysis. Complexity of Algorithms (Time
Complexity - Big O notation& Space Complexity).Storage Structures for Arrays - Sparse Matrices, Structures
and Arrays of Structures, Dynamic Arrays.
Stacks: Definition, Representation & Operations on Stack: Infix, Prefix and Postfix Notations Conversion of an
Arithmetic Expression from Infix to Postfix, Applications of Stacks.
.Module III (30 Hrs)
Queues: Definition, Operations and applications - Simple Queue, Circular Queue, Priority Queue, Deque.
Linked Lists: Definition, Advantages and Disadvantages, Types of linked list: Singly Linked List, Doubly
Linked List, Circular Linked List and Circular Doubly Linked List. Operations on Lists: Creation, Insertion,
Deletion, Search and Display
Binary Trees: Binary Trees: Definition of Tree, Binary Tree - General Trees - Tree Traversing - Operations on
Binary Trees - Expression Manipulations - Binary Search Trees
Searching: Basic Search Techniques: Search Algorithm Searching Techniques: Sequential search, Binary search:
Iterative and Recursive methods, Comparison between Sequential and Binary Search.
Text Books:
1. Data Structures by Seymour Lipschutz, Tata McGraw Hill publications.
2. An Introduction to Data Structures with Applications by Tremblay and Sorenson, Tata McGraw Hill
publications.
Reference Books:
1. Data Stucture Using C by Reema Thareja, Oxford publications.
2. Data Structure and Algorithms Made Easy by Narasimha Karumanchi, Career Monk Publications.
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Instr. Hrs

No. MODULE-1(26hrs) Th Pra Tot
Advanced Pointer: Array of pointers, passing array of pointers to function, accessing
1 2 2 4
elements of matrix using pointer, dynamic memory allocation
memory leaks, detecting memory leakage using valgrind, command line arguments,
2 2 2 4
converting string to integer using atoi
Conditional Compilation &Recursion: Restricting multiple header file inclusion using
3 conditional compilation. Calling same function, testing for based condition, single 3 3 6
branch recursion: Factorial, Multiple branch recursion: Fibonacci
Structure: declaration of structure and structure variable, Accessing structure members,
4 passing structure to function by value. Passing structure to function by address, 3 3 6
accessing structure member using pointers.
Advanced structure, array of structures, self referential structure, structure padding using
5 3 3 6
# pragma, passing array of structure to function. union, bit fields, enum.
MODULE-2(28hrs)
File I/O: test, binary files, opening, closing files, character I/O- fgetc, fputc, string I/O-
6 fgets, fputs, Block I/O-fread and fwrite, Random Access- fseek, ftell, rewind, Reading 3 3 6
/Writing Structure to file.
Introduction to Data Structures: Abstract Data Types, Selecting a Data Structure to
7 3 3 6
Match the Operation. Development of Algorithms: Notations and Analysis
Complexity of Algorithms (Time Complexity - Big O notation& Space
8 Complexity).Storage Structures for Arrays - Sparse Matrices, Structures and Arrays of 3 3 6
Structures, Dynamic Arrays.
135
No. Th Th Th
Stacks: Definition, Representation & Operations on Stack: Infix, Prefix and Postfix
9 Notations Conversion of an Arithmetic Expression from Infix to Postfix, Applications of 5 5 10
Stacks
MODULE-3(30hrs)
Queues: Definition, Operations and applications - Simple Queue, Circular Queue, Priority
10 3 3 6
Queue, Deque.
Linked Lists: Definition, Advantages and Disadvantages, Types of linked list: Singly
11 Linked List, Doubly Linked List, Circular Linked List and Circular Doubly Linked List. 4 4 8
Operations on Lists: Creation, Insertion, Deletion, Search and Display.
Binary Trees: Binary Trees: Definition - Tree, Binary Tree - General Trees - Tree
12 Traversing - Operations on Binary Trees - Expression Manipulations - Binary Search 4 4 8
Trees
Searching: Basic Search Techniques: Search Algorithm Searching Techniques: Sequential
13 search, Binary search: Iterative and Recursive methods. Comparison Between Sequential 4 4 8
and Binary Search.
Total 42 42 84
Note: Teaching Method of all sessions through - CRT, PPT, Lecture, Practice.
Tools to be used for all sessions - Turbo C, Dev C++ (for Windows), GCC (for Linux)
DEES0412 Embedded C Programming

DEES0412 Embedded C Programming Theory + Practice 03 NIL 1-3-0
Course Objectives:
1. Make the student understands the application area of 8bit Microcontroller in Embedded System.
2. Make the students familiar with Programming Microcontroller using C
Course Outcomes:
1. Learn the Working of different interfacing modules like sensors & actuators which can be interfaced to
AT89s51.
2. Implement projects using AT89S51Microcontroller
Syllabus
Module: I (21 Hrs)
Introduction of Embedded System: Definition of Embedded System, Characteristics, Applications, Examples
Language used in Embedded System, Embedded Programming using C, Difference between C & Embedded C-
Build Process Components -Assembler & Compiler.
Keil C: Cross Compiler, keywords, Memory Models, Pointers in Keil C: Generic Pointers and Memory Specific
Pointers, functions in Keil C.
Microcontroller (89C51 & 89S51 & 89S52): Difference between CISC & RISC, Difference between
Microprocessor and Microcontrollers, Complete Pin description of 89s51, Difference between 8031, 8051, 8052.
Timer Port Programming using C: Introduction to timers, programming 8051 timers, counter programming,
Programming timers 0 and 1 in 8051 in c.
Serial Port Programming using C: Introduction to Serial Communication, RS232 standard, MAX232, PC-
Microcontroller & Microcontroller-PC communication, serial Programming using 8051 in C.
136
Module: II (17 Hrs)
Interrupts Programming in C:Definition for Interrupt, Interrupt types, Handling interrupts, Polling sequences,
Interrupt sequences, External interrupts, Internal interrupts, Programming for interrupt based applications using
8051 in C.
Peripheral Devices Interfacing: Difference types of display units: 7 Segments & its types, Principle of Operation-
Common Anode mode-Common Cathode mode, 16x2 LCD: Applications-Hardware interfaces-Interfacing
Circuits for LCD & LED, Switch: types of switch, Programming Seven Segment Display, LCD, LED, Switch in
c with 8051 Microcontroller,
Keypad Interfacing- Applications using keyboard interfacing with 8051.
Module: III (18 Hrs)
Motors Interfacing: Types of motors: DC Motor, Servo Motor, and Stepper Motor interfacing in c with 8051.
Analysing Analog & Digital Signal: Working Principle of ADC-Critical factors in ADC -Method used in ADC -
Different types of ADC (Serial and Parallel ADC), Programming ADC, DAC with 8051 Microcontroller in C.
Encoders/Decoders: Introduction of Encoders & Decoders: HT12E/HT12D, Interfacing circuits, Real time
implementation using encoder/decoder Programming, Communication between two systems using RF module.
Text Book:
1. Introduction to Embedded Systems by Shibu K V, McGraw Hill.
2. The 8051 Microcontroller and Embedded Systems using assembly and C by M.A. Mazidi, J.G. Mazidi,
Pearson.
Reference Book:
1. Programming and Interfacing the 8051 Microcontroller in C and Assembler by Helen Emery, Rigel
Press.
2. Embedded C by Michael J Pont,Pearson education.
3. https://www.8051projects.net/wiki/Keil_Embedded_C_Tutorial.
Pedagogy

No. MODULE-1(21Hrs) Th Pra Tot
1 Introduction of Embedded System: Definition of Embedded System, 2 2 4
Characteristics, Applications, Examples Language used in Embedded System,
Embedded Programming using C, Difference between C & Embedded C-Build
Process Components -Assembler & Compiler.
2 Keil C: Cross Compiler, keywords, Memory Models, Pointers in Keil 1 2 3
C:Generic Pointers and Memory Specific Pointers, functions in Keil C.
3 Microcontroller 89C51 & 89S51 & 89S52):Difference between CISC & RISC, 1 3 4
Difference between Microprocessor and Microcontrollers, Complete Pin
description of 89s51, Difference between 8031, 8051, 8052.
4 Timer Port Programming using C: Introduction to timers, programming 8051 1 3 4
timers, counter programming, Programming timers 0 and 1 in 8051 in c.
Memory organization.
5 Serial Port Programming using C: Introduction to Serial Communication, 1 5 6
RS232 standard, MAX232, PC- Microcontroller & Microcontroller-PC
communication, serial Programming using 8051 in C.
Tools to be used for all sessions - KeiluVision4, Proteus, 8051 Microcontrollers Hardware
137
No. MODULE-2(17 Hrs) Th Pra Tot
6 Interrupts Programming in C:Definition for Interrupt, Interrupt types, Handling 1 5 6
interrupts, Polling sequences, Interrupt sequences, External interrupts, Internal
interrupts, Programming for interrupt based applications using 8051 in C.
7 Peripheral Devices Interfacing: Difference types of display units: 7 Segments & 1 6 7
its types, Principle of Operation-Common Anode mode-Common Cathode
mode, 16x2 LCD: Applications-Hardware interfaces-Interfacing Circuits for
LCD & LED, Switch: types of switch, Programming Seven Segment Display,
LCD, LED, Switch in c with 8051 Microcontroller,
8 Keypad Interfacing- Applications using keyboard interfacing with 8051. 0 4 4
MODULE-3 (18 Hrs)
9 Motors Interfacing: Types of motors: DC Motor, Servo Motor, and Stepper 2 4 6
Motor interfacing in c with 8051.
10 Analysing Analog& Digital Signal: Working Principle of ADC-Critical factors 2 4 6
in ADC -Method used in ADC -Different types of ADC (Serial and Parallel
ADC), Programming ADC, DAC with 8051 Microcontroller in C.
12 Encoders/Decoders: Introduction of Encoders & Decoders: HT12E/HT12D, 2 4 6
Interfacing circuits, Real time implementation using encoder/decoder
Programming, Communication between two systems using RF module.
Total 14 42 56
Tools to be used for all sessions - KeiluVision4, Proteus, 8051 Microcontrollers Hardware
DEES0413 Real Time Operating System & VXWORKS

DEES0413 Real Time Operating Theory + 5 NIL 3-3-0
System & VXWORKS Practice
Course Objectives:
1. Meet the students with basic of real time systems and to give participant Knowledge and skill necessary
to design and develop embedded applications by means of real time operating system.
2. Understands the fundamental concepts of real time operating systems and appreciate how application
area impact on real time operating system facilities.
Course Outcomes:
1. Use the multitasking techniques in real time system.
2. Design applications based on Real Time Operating Systems.
Syllabus
Module-I (29 Hrs)
Introduction to RTOS: Operating System basic, the kernel, Real-Time system-Definitions and examples, The
Characteristics of RTOS, Difference between GPOS and RTOS, The Real time kernel. Real-Time Operating
Systems Architecture: RTOS Functionality, RTOS Characteristics, Layering and OS typical structure.
Introducing to Tasks handling: Definition of Tasks or Process, Task Vs Thread, Multiprocessing and
Multitasking, Task Scheduling, Non-Preemptive Scheduling, Preemptive scheduling, Task Communication:
shared memory, message passing, remote procedure call and sockets.
138
Lab Practice: Study of Creation of Tasks and display the Task ID, Perform suspension of task from ready state to
delay state through delay operation, Study of suspend and resume of task, showing status of current task Perform
the Deletion of task.
Module-II (33 Hrs)
Task synchronization: Task Synchronization Issue, Priority inversion, Deadlocks, starvation, livelock, Dining
Philosopher‟s problem, producer-consumer problem, Reader Writer problem, Priority Inversion, Priority
inheritance, priority ceiling, Task synchronization techniques: Mutual Exclusion, Semaphore, Mutex, Critical
Section.
Lab Practice: Study of un-authorize delete of task through task safe and unsafe, Create a pipe and perform the
write and read operation, Perform sending and receiving of message by creating a message queue, Perform
sending and receiving message by creating a message queue urgent priority, Create a binary semaphore and
perform the giving and taking of semaphore.
Introducing ISR: ISR Overview, RTOS Interrupt architecture, ISR implementation, ISR under RTOS, ISR to
task communication, Resources and restrictions, How to choose an RTOS.
Module-III (22 Hrs)
Embedded system Design with MicroC/OS-II: Task creation and Management, kernel functions and
initialization, Task scheduling, Inter Task Communication, Task Synchronization and Mutual Exclusion,
Memory Management, Interrupt Handling MicroC/OS-II development environment.
Embedded system Design with VxWorks: Basic Features, Task creation and Management, Task scheduling,
kernel services, inter task communication, task synchronization and mutual exclusion, Interrupt handling,
watchdog for task execution Monitoring. The VxWorks development environment.
Lab Practice: Perform the sequential call of semaphore through different task, Perform the deadlock operation,
Perform the priority inversion operation.
Text Books:
1. Embedded Systems Architecture, Programming and Design by Raj Kamal.
2. Introduction to embedded system by K.V Shibu.
139
Pedagogy (Tools used for sessions 3 onward Tornado, Vx Works simulator)
Sl.
Topic Th Pra
No.
Module I Introduction to RTOS : Operating System basic, the kernel, Real-Time
1 system-Definitions and examples, The Characteristics of RTOS, Difference between 4 0
GPOS and RTOS, The Real time kernel
Real-Time Operating Systems Architecture: RTOS Functionality, RTOS
2 3 0
Characteristics, Layering and OS typical structure.
Introducing to Tasks handling: Definition of Tasks or Process, Task Vs Thread,
3 Multiprocessing and Multitasking, Task Scheduling. Non-preemptive Scheduling, 5 6
Preemptive scheduling,
Task Communication: shared memory, message passing, remote procedure call and
4 5 6
sockets.
Module II Task synchronization: Task Synchronization Issue,Priority inversion,
Deadlocks, starvation, livelock, Dining Philosopher‟s problem, producer-consumer
5 5 6
problem, Reader Writer problem, Priority Inversion, Priority inheritance, priority
ceiling
Task synchronization techniques: Mutual Exclusion, Semaphore, Mutex, Critical
6 5 6
Section.
Introducing ISR: ISR Overview, RTOS Interrupt architecture, ISR implementation,
7 ISR under RTOS, ISR to task communication, Resources and restrictions, How to 5 6
choose an RTOS.
Module III Embedded system Design with MicroC/OS-II: Task creation and
Management, kernel functions and initialization, Task scheduling, Inter Task
8 5 6
Communication, Task Synchronization and Mutual Exclusion, Memory Management,
Interrupt Handling MicroC/OS-II development environment.
Embedded system Design with VxWorks: Basic Features, Task creation and
Management, Task scheduling, kernel services, inter task communication, task
9 5 6
synchronization and mutual exclusion, Interrupt handling, watchdog for task execution
Monitoring. The VxWorks development environment.
Total 84 42 42
DEES0414 Model Based System Design

DEES0414 Model Based System Design Theory + Practice 3 NIL 1-3-0
Course Objective:
1. Develop Programming and Design Skill in MATLAB and Simulink.
2. Provide a platform for the students to deal with real time applications.
3. Provide an environment for the students for research works as well as some opportunity to hands on
with Real Time Model designing using MATLAB and Simulink.
Course Outcomes:
1. Learn Basic of MATLAB and Simulink, with Modelling.
2. Perform the Interfacing of Hardware with the software.
3. Perform the real time Designing and Modelling of Systems.
4. Perform the work as software developer engineer, Software Engineer in the IT sector as well as
application developer.
140
Syllabus
Module-I (19 Hrs)
Introduction to MATLAB: Introduction, History and Installation, MATLAB Interactive Sessions, Menus and
the toolbar, Programming in MATLAB
Arrays: Matrix and Array Operation, Indexing & Standard Matrix generation
MATLAB Operator: Relational Operators and Logical Variables, Logical Operators and Standard Functions,
Character Strings;
Programming Techniques: Saving Loading data, Loop Branches & Control Flow, Conditional Statements,
Loops, The Switch Structure, Interactive Input;
Graphics: Basic 2D Plot, Subplots and Multiple Graphs, Plotting Specifier,
Errors& Help: Errors, Built-in Function & Online Help
Module-II (19 Hrs)
Fundamental of Simulink: Introduction to Simulink, Commonly used block
Data Visualization: Port Value Displays, Scopes and Other Display Blocks.
Embedded Coder: Generate C and C++ code
Incorporating External Code: Integrate C Code Using the MATLAB Function Block
State-flow: General Application, Automotive Application, Zero crossing and Derivative in State-flow
Targeting Hardware: Targeting support Packages
Module-III (18 Hrs)
Communication: Signal Generation, Analog Pass band Modulation, Digital Baseband Modulation
Electronics: Signals & Amplifier, Generic Circuits
Signal Processing: Spectral Analysis, Audio Processing.
Video and Image Processing: Display and Graphics, Enhancement, Segmentation, Image Compression,
Detection and Recognition, Live Video Processing.
Text Books:
1. Getting Started with MATLAB 7 by Rudra Pratap, Oxford University Press
2. MATLAB and Simulink for Engineers by Agam Kumar Tyagi, Oxford University Press
3. Digital Image Processing using MATLAB by R.C. Golzalez, R.E. Woods and S.L. Eddins, PEARSON
Education.
Reference
1. Online Help: Help Browser MATLAB Software
2. Web Help: http://in.mathworks.com/help/simulink/
141
Pedagogy
Instructional
Sl. Topic
Hours
No.
MODULE I (19Hrs) Th Pra Tot
Introduction to MATLAB: Introduction, History and Installation, MATLAB
1 2 2 4
Interactive Sessions, Menus and the toolbar, Programming in MATLAB;
2 Arrays: Matrix and Array Operation, Indexing & Standard Matrix generation; 2 2 4
MATLAB Operator: Relational Operators and Logical Variables, Logical
3 1 2 3
Operators and Standard Functions, Character Strings;
Programming Techniques: Saving Loading data, Loop Branches & Control
4 0 3 3
Flow, Conditional Statements, Loops, The Switch Structure , Interactive Input;
5 Graphics: Basic 2D Plot, Subplots and Multiple Graphs, Plotting Specifier 0 3 3
6 Errors& Help: Errors, Built-in Function & Online Help 0 2 2
MODULE II (19 Hrs)
8 Fundamental of Simulink: Introduction, Commonly used block. 1 2 3
9 Data Visualization: Port Value Displays, Scopes and Other Display Blocks 1 2 3
10 Embedded Coder: Generate C and C++ code 2 2 4
Incorporating External Code: Integrate C Code Using the MATLAB Function
11 2 2 4
Block
Stateflow: General Application, Automotive Application, Zero crossing and
12 0 3 3
Derivative in Stateflow.
13 Targeting Hardware: Targeting support Packages 0 2 2
MODULE III (18 Hrs)
Communication: Signal Generation, Analog Pass band Modulation, Digital
14 1 3 4
Baseband Modulation
15 Electronics : Signals & Amplifier, Generic Circuits 1 3 4
16 Signal Processing: Spectral Analysis, Audio Processing. 1 4 5
Video and Image Processing: Enhancement, Display and Graphics,
17 Segmentation, Image Compression, Detection and Recognition, Live Video 0 5 5
Processing
TOTAL 14 42 56
Note: Teaching Method of all sessions through CRT & Practice.

Tools to be used for all sessions - MATLAB & Simulink
DEES0415 Linux: Kernel Programming and Device Driver

Linux : Kernel Programming
DEES0415 Theory + Practice 5 NIL 3-3-0
and Device Driver
Course Objective:-
1. Understanding the Linux kernel.
2. Developing Linux device driver
3. To understand Linux kernel debugging.
Course Outcomes:-
142
1. Develop Linux device driver
2. Do Linux kernel debugging
3. Working with the kernel development community
Module-I (30 Hrs)
Introduction to the Linux kernel: kernel features, development process, kernel user interface, Kernel source code,
coding standards, retrieving kernel sources, kernel source code browsers Configuring, compiling and booting the
kernel Linux kernel MODULE, programming constraints, loading and unloading MODULEs, LAB Practice
Module-II (26 Hrs)
Introduction to Linux Device Driver, MODULE dependencies and hardware management, Character Device
Driver, File operations, IOCTL, Interrupt handling, Work queue and Time management, LAB Practice
Module-III (28 Hrs)
Kernel recompilation, Memory Management: physical and virtual address spaces. Linux memory management
implementation, Processes, scheduling, sleeping and interrupts, Power management, Block drivers, LAB
Practice
Text Books:
1. Linux Device Drivers, by Jonathan Corbet, Alessandro Rubini, and Greg Kroah-Hartman.
2. Linux Kernel Development, Michael Beck, Harald Bohme, MirkoDziadzka, Ulrich Kunitz, Robert
Magnus and Dirk Verworner.
3. Understanding the Linux Kernel, Daniel P. Bovet
Reference Books:
1. The Linux Programming Interface: A Linux and Unix System Programming Handbook, Michael Kerrisk
2. Embedded Linux Primer: A Practical Real World Approach, CHoursistopherHallinan
3. Linux System Programming, Robert Love, O‟Reilly, SPD.
Pedagogy

No. To
MODULE-I (30 Hrs) Th Pra
t
Introduction to the Linux kernel: kernel features, development process, kernel user
01 3 0 3
interface,
Kernel source code, coding standards, retrieving kernel sources, kernel source code
02 4 5 9
browsers
03 Configuring, compiling and booting the kernel 4 5 9
Linux kernel MODULE, programming constraints, loading and unloading
04 4 5 9
MODULEs,
MODULE II (26 Hrs)
Introduction to Linux Device Driver, MODULE dependencies and hardware
05 4 4 8
management
06 Character Device Driver, File operations, IOCTL, Interrupt handling 5 5 10
07 Work queue and Time management 4 4 8
MODULE III (28 Hrs)
08 Kernel recompilation 5 5 10
09 Linux memory management implementation 4 4 8
10 Power management, Block drivers 5 5 10
Total 42 42 84
Note: Teaching Method of all sessions through CRT, PPT & Practice.
Tools to be used for all sessions – Linux OS
143
DEES0416 Internet of Things

DEES0416 Internet of Things Theory + Practice 5 NIL 3-3-0
Course Objective:-

1. Understand the concept of IOT
2. Understand open source hardware like Arduino and Raspberry pi
Course Outcomes:-

1. Develop IOT Projects
2. Work with Peripheral devices
Syllabus
Module-I (27 Hrs)
Introduction to Internet of Things: Introduction-Definition & Characteristics of IoT , Physical Design of IoT-
Things in IoT, IoT Protocols, Logical Design of IoT- IoT Functional Blocks, IoT Communication Models, IoT
Communication APIs , IoT Enabling Technologies- Wireless Sensor Networks , Cloud Computing, Big Data
Analytics , Communication Protocols ,Embedded Systems, IoT Levels & Deployment Templates.
Introduction to Arduino, Introduction to raspberry Pi.
Module-II (27 Hrs)

Home Automation: Smart Lighting, Smart Appliances, Intrusion Detection, Smoke/Gas Detectors, relay
operation, Ethernet shields, interfacing and working with Ethernet shields with Arduino.
Sending Email: ESP8266 Wi-Fi module interfacing with Arduino, AT commands, HTLM and Web page
Creation, How to send data from Arduino to webpage, design IOT Notice board.
Robotics: knowledge of python programming language, design of web controlled robots using Ethernet module
using raspberry pi/ Arduino.
Module-III (30 Hrs)

Surveillance: Web camera, motion (surveillance software), Design of surveillance camera, design of surveillance
camera with motion capture.
Environment: Air Pollution Monitoring: LPG detector using MQ6 sensor using wifimoulde, smoke detector
using MQ2 sensor.Weather Monitoring: humidity, temperature and pressure measurement over internet.
Agriculture-Smart Irrigation: dc motor, pump, soil moisture sensor,
Health Monitoring: heart beat,blood pressure, temperature, body abnormality
Text Books:
1. Internet of Things, A Hands on Approach, by Arshdeep Bahga& Vijay audisetti, University Press.
Reference Books:
1. The Internet of Things, by Michael Millen, Pearson Publications.
144
Pedagogy
Instructional
Sl.No. Topic Pedagogy Details
Hrs
MODULE I (27 Hrs)
Th Pra To
Introduction-Definition & Characteristics of IoT ,

1 2 0 2
Physical Design of IoT- Things in IoT, IoT Protocols, CRT +
Logical Design of IoT- IoT Functional Blocks, IoT PPT
2 2 0 2
Communication Models, IoT Communication APIs
IoT Enabling Technologies- Wireless Sensor Networks , CRT+
3 Cloud Computing, Big Data Analytics , Communication PPT+ 3 3 6
Protocols ,Embedded Systems Practice
IoT Levels & Deployment Templates. CRT+
4 3 0 3
PPT
Arduino
Introduction to Arduino- flavors of Arduino, its uses,
IDE+
5 programming syntax, introduction to interfacing with CRT+ 3 4 7
Arduino
different interfacing devices, PPT+
Leonardo
Practice
Introduction to Raspberry pi- Introduction to python Raspberry Pi
6 language, introduction to interfacing with different +Linux 3 4 7
interfacing devices, platform
MODULE-II (27 Hrs)
Home Automation: Smart Lighting, Smart Appliances,
CRT+
Intrusion Detection, Smoke/Gas Detectors, relay Raspberry Pi
7 PPT+ 4 5 9
operation, Ethernet shields, interfacing and working with /Arduino
Practice
Ethernet shields with Arduino
Sending Email: ESP8266 Wi-Fi module interfacing with
CRT+
Arduino, AT commands, HTLM and Web page Raspberry Pi
8 PPT+ 4 5 9
Creation, How to send data from Arduino to webpage, /Arduino
Practice
design IOT Notice board.
Robotics: knowledge of python programming language, CRT+
Raspberry Pi
9 design of web controlled robots using Ethernet module PPT+ 4 5 9
/Arduino
using raspberry pi/ Arduino. Practice
MODULE-III (30 Hrs)
Surveillance: Web camera, motion (surveillance
CRT+ Raspberry Pi
10 software), Design of surveillance camera, design of 3 4 7
Practice /Arduino
surveillance camera with motion capture.
Environment: Air Pollution Monitoring : LPG detector
using MQ6 sensor using wifi module, smoke detector CRT+ Raspberry Pi
11 4 4 8
using MQ2 sensor. Weather Monitoring: humidity, Practice /Arduino
temperature and pressure measurement over internet.
Agriculture-Smart Irrigation: dc motor, pump, soil CRT+ Raspberry Pi
12 3 4 7
moisture sensor, Practice /Arduino
Health Monitoring: heart beat, blood pressure, CRT+ Raspberry Pi
13 4 4 8
temperature, body abnormality Practice /Arduino
TOTAL 42 42 84
145
Domain D11 - Industrial Automation
Sl. Course
No Code
1 DEIA0111 General PLC Theory 2
Basic Electrical (Automation based)
2 DEIA0211 Practice 2
and Panel Designing
3 DEIA0212 Variable Frequency Drive Practice 2
4 DEIA0413 Allen Bradley SLC 500 Theory + Practice 5
5 DEIA0414 Siemens S7-300 Theory + Practice 5

SCADA Schneider Wonderware In
Touch and Win CC Flexible
Schneider MODICON TSX-Micro, GE
Versamax- Microplus
8 DEIA0213 HMI-Allen Bradley-Panel View C600 Practice 2
Total 38
Course Objective:
Recognizing the need to cultivate an industry and institution interaction, value addition and perpetual need to
keep abreast with latest development in the field of Automation Technology.
Course Outcomes:
Students will be updated on the latest happenings on the industrial automation sector which include
 Popular hardware and software worldwide
 The technical advancement
 Automation solution providers in India
 Job prospects for the students
Students will be able to identify and implement industry level projects.
DEIA0111General PLC
Subject Code Type of course Prerequisite Credits T-P-Pr (hrs)
General PLC DEIA0111 Theory Nil 2 2-0-0
Contents
 What is PLC: History, Definition of PLC Brief description about Compact and modular, chassis etc. ,
how to choose a PLC.
 PLC types:Block Diagram, Brief description of each components; Power Supply, Input & Output
Modules and their role, Memory and types of them, CPU & its role, components.
 PLC operation:Wiring, signal flow, internal structure.
 PLC brands:Leading brands of plc Programming
 Device:Importance of programming device
 Communication:Brief discussion on serial & parallel, description about protocol, standard, baud rate
with example.
146
 Programming language:Programming standards by IEC, programming software examples.
 Number systems:Brief discussion on number systems and their conversions.
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Th Pra

Topic
No. Method
1 History, Definition of PLC CRT, PPT 2 0
2 Brief description about Compact and modular, chassis etc. , how to CRT, PPT 4 0
choose a Plc
3 Block Diagram, Brief description of each components; Power CRT, PPT 4 0
Supply,Input& Output Modules and their role, Memory and types of
them, CPU & its role
4 Wiring, signal flow, internal structure CRT 3 0
5 leading brands of plc CRT 1 0
6 Brief discussion on serial & parallel, description about protocol, CRT 4 0
standard, baud rate with example PPT
7 Programming standards by IEC, programming software examples. CRT 3 2
8 Brief discussion on number systems and their conversions. CRT, PPT 5 3
Total 26
DEIA0211Basic Electrical (Automation Based) and Panel Designing
Subject Code Type of course Prerequisite credits T-P-Pr (hrs)

Basic Electrical (Automation DEIA0211 Practice Nil 2 0-2-0
Based) and Panel Designing
Contents
 Introduction:Fundamental electrical quantities, voltage, current, Ohm's Law

 Basic Electronic:Active Components(Diode, Transistor, MOSFETS, TRIAC, IGBT),
 Components: Passive Components(Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor)
 Power Supply: Supply Systems, Conversion of 230 Vac to 24 V dc and vice-versa with circuit
description.
 Basic Industrial Switches: Pushbuttons, toggle switches, Limit switch etc
 Relay: Types of Relay, Practical description of relay, Latching using relay, How to switch a 230Vac
load using 24Vdc
 Contactor:Basic description of contactors and auxiliary contacts, Holding(latching) circuit &
interlocking with Aux contacts practical
 Panel Designing: Introduction to Control & Power Circuit, Working Principle of contactor and relay
 DOL Starter: Control Wiring with PLC Hands-on practical DOL starter & Connecting PLC output to
contactor
 Control Wiring with PLC: Connecting PLC output to contactor
 Fwd Rev circuit: Wiring
147
Pedagogy
All sessions through Practice
Sl Pra
No Topic
1 INTRODUCTION Fundamental electrical quantities, voltage, current, Ohm's Law 3

2 BASIC ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS:Active Components(Diode, Transistor, 3
MOSFETS, TRIAC, IGBT), Passive Components(Resistor, Capacitor, Inductor)
3 POWER SUPPLY Supply Systems, Conversion of 230 Vac to 24 Vdc and vice- 3
versa with circuit description
4 Basic Industrial Switches Pushbuttons, toggle switches, Limit switch etc 3
5 Relay Types of Relay, Practical description of relay, Latching using relay, How to 4
switch a 230Vac load using 24Vdc
6 Contactor Basic description of contactors and auxiliary contacts, Holding(latching) 3
circuit & interlocking with Aux contacts
7 Introduction of Panel Designing Introduction to Control & Power Circuit, Working 3
Principle of contactor and relay
8 DOL Starter Control Wiring with PLC Hands-on practical DOL starter & Connecting 4
PLC output to contactor
9 Control Wiring with PLC Connecting PLC output to contactor 3
10 Stardelta starter Wiring with hardware timer and PLC 3
11 Fwd Rev circuit Wiring 2
Total: 34 Hours 34
DEIA0212Variable Frequency Drive
Subject Code Type of course Prerequisite credits T-P-Pr (hrs)

Variable Frequency Drive DEIA0212 Practice Nil 2 0-2-0
Content:
 INTRODUCTION TO DRIVES(VFD) Applications of VFD, Features, inside components of VFD,
Block Diagram and Architecture.
 INTRODUCTION TO AB POWERFLEX 4M Parameters in AB Power flex 4M, Display group
parameters, parameter commissioning, local control, Ramp time, DC Brake, Skip Frequency, Freqn
control. Remote mode control, connecting with pushbuttons and sensors, PLC VFD integration.
 INTRODUCTION TO SIEMENS MICROMASTER 440 Parameters in Siemens Micro master
440, Display group parameters, parameter commissioning, local control, Ramp time, DC Brake, Skip
Frequency, Freqn control. Remote mode control, connecting with pushbuttons and sensors, PLC VFD
integration.
148
Pedagogy
All sessions through Practice
S. Pra
Topic
No.
1 INTRODUCTION TO DRIVES(VFD) Applications of VFD, Features, inside 10
components of VFD, Block Diagram and Architecture
2 INTRODUCTION TO AB POWERFLEX 4M Parameters in AB Power flex 4M, Display 12
group parameters, parameter commissioning, local control, Ramp time, DC Brake, Skip
Frequency, Freqn control. Remote mode control, connecting with pushbuttons and
sensors, PLC VFD integration
3 INTRODUCTION TO SIEMENS MICROMASTER 440 Parameters in Siemens 12
Micromaster 440, Display group parameters, parameter commissioning, local control,
Ramp time, DC Brake, Skip Frequency, Freqn control. Remote mode control, connecting
with pushbuttons and sensors, PLC VFD integration.
Total - 34 Hrs 34
DEIA0413 Allen Bradley SLC 500

Allen Bradley SLC 500 DEIA0413 Theory + Practice Nil 5 3-3-0
Content:
 Introduction: Controller Family
 Architecture: Rack, slot, channel, etc. full structure description and max expansion
 SLC 500 features: Details about CPUs, Memory Organisation, Program files and Data files
 Addressing: Physical I/O addressing (both Digital &Analog), Memory Instructions Addressing like
Timer, Counters, Binary, Integers etc.
 Hardware linking: Using RSLinx, details about protocols AB_DF1-1, TCP-1, EMU-500
 Programming Basics: Using RSLogix 500, Basics of Ladder Programming(rung, rail, rules etc.)
 NO-NC concept, Logic Gates Implementation using Ladder diag.
 User section: New rung, Rung branch, IC, XIO, OTE, OTL, OUT
 Bit Logic: OSR
 Timers: Timer basics, Detail programming of TON, TOF, RTO, RES with applications
 Counters: Basics of Counter, Detail Programming of CTU, CTD, RES with applications
 Comparators: Implementation of LIM, MEQ, EQU, NEQ, LES, GRT, LEQ, GEQ in ladder diag.
 Compute: Implementation of CPT for linear equation solving in ladder diag
149
Pedagogy
Sl. T Pr
Topic Pedagogy
No. h a
1 INTRODUCTION Controller Family ,Architecture Rack, slot, channel, etc. CRT 2 0
full structure description and max expansion
2 SLC 500 FEATURES Details about CPUs, Memory Organisation, Program CRT 3 0
files and Data files Addressing Physical I/O addressing (both Digital
&Analog), Memory Instructions Addressing like Timer, Counters, Binary,
Integers etc.
3 HARDWARE LINKING Using RSLinx, details about protocols AB_DF1-1, CRT 2 2
TCP-1, EMU-500 PPT
4 PROGRAMMING BASICS UsingRSLogix 500, Basics of Ladder 3 2
Programming(rung, rail, rules etc.) Basics NO-NC concept, Logic Gates
Implementation using Ladder diag.
5 USER SECTION New rung, Rung branch, IC, XIO, OTE, OTL, OUT 2 3
BIT LOGICLogic gates and OSR
6 TIMERS: Timer basics, Detail programming of TON, TOF, RTO, RES with CRT 2 2
applications
7 COUNTERS Basics of Counter, Detail Programming of CTU, CTD, RES CRT 2 2
with applications
8 COMPUTE Implementation of CPT for linear equation solving in ladder diag CRT 2 2
9 MATH Implementation of ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, SQR, NEG, TOD, FRD CRT 2 3
instructions in ladder diag., Advance Math LN, LOG, DEG, RAD, XPY, ABS
9 MOVE MOV, MVM operations CRT 2 2
10 LOGICAL AND, OR, XOR, NOT, CLR CRT,PPT 1 2
11 FILE/MISC. COP, FLL, DDV ,File Shift BSL, BSR CRT 3 3
SEQUENCER SQL & SQO, FFL & FFU, LFL & LFU
12 PROGRAM CONTROL Implementation of JMP & LBL, JSR & SBR,RET CRT 3 3
and TND, MCR using ladder PPT
13 TRIG FUNCTIONS SIN, COS, TAN, ASN, ACS, ATN CRT 2 3
14 ANALOG OPERATION Description of analog standards for field signals 3 3
and SCP instruction implementation in ladder
15 ADDITIONAL STUDIES Forcing of I/Os, Uploading, simulation Device 3 3
Connectivity with SCADA
Total : 72 Hours 37 35
DEIA0414 Siemens S7-300

Siemens S7-300 DEIA0414 Theory + Practice Nil 5 3-2-0
Content:
 Introduction: Siemens Family controllers, S7-200, s7-300, S7-400 etc.
 PLC Components: PLC components like Power Supply, CPU, rail, IM, SM, CP etc.
 Architecture: S7-300 architecture, multi rail configuration.
 Addressing: Physical I/O addressing, byte assignment for digital &analog SMs
 Config: Memory Mapping, Communication & Hardware configuration, Linking with PG using MPI and
simulation
 Programming: with SIMATIC MANAGER, basics about the editor, networks, etc.
150
 Bitlogic: NO, NC, NOT, MIDLINE OP, SET & RESET COIL, POSITIVE & NEGATIVE COIL, RS &
SR FLIPFLOPS, POS & NEG BLOCKS
 Timers: Implementation of Block type ( S_PULSE, S_PEXT, S_ODT, S_ODTS, S_OFFDT) & Coil type
TIMERS, application
 Counters: Implementation of Block type ( S_CTU, S_CTD, S_CTUD) & Coil type COUNTERS,
application
 Comparators( _I, _DI & _R ) types: EQ, NE, GT, LT, GE, LE for all types of data(Integer, Double
Integer, Real), Use of Variable Tables for Value modification
 Integer Functions: ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, MOD for both integer & double integer types ofdata
 Floating-point functions: ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, ABS, LOG, LN, SIN, COS, TAN, ASIN, ACOS,
ATAN, EXP for real types of data
 Move: Implementation of MOVE instruction in ladder
 Jumps: JMP, JMPN, LBL
 Program control: MCR, CALL, RET
 Converters: BCD_I, I_BCD, BCD_DI, DI_BCD, INV_I, INV_DI, NEG_I, NEG_DI, NEG_R, ROUND,
TRUNC, CEIL, FLOOR
 Word Logic: AND, OR, XOR ( for both word and double word data types)
 Shift/Rotate: SHR, SHL, ROL, ROR ( for integer, double integer and real data types)
 Function block &Data block: develop an application using these two blocks
 DB call: Open
 LIFO & FIFO operations: TI-S7 converting blocks- FC84, FC85, FC87
 Scale &Unscale: use of FC105 & FC106
 Device connectivity: Linking with In Touch SCADA
151
Pedagogy
Sl. Pedag
Topic Th Pr
No. ogy
1 Siemens Family controllers, S7-200, s7-300, S7-400 etc. CRT 2 0
2 PLC components like Power Supply, CPU, rail, IM, SM, CP etc. Architecture S7-
300 architecture, multi rail config., Addressing Physical I/O addressing, byte CRT 4 0
assignment for digital &analog SMs Memory Mapping
3 COMMUNICATION &CONFIG Hardware configuration, Linking with
CRT
PG using MPI and simulation Programming with SIMATIC MANAGER, basics 3 2
PPT
about the editor, networks, etc.
4 BITLOGIC NO, NC, NOT, MIDLINE OP, SET & RESET COIL, POSITIVE CRT,
3 4
& NEGATIVE COIL, RS & SR FLIPFLOPS, POS & NEG BLOCKS PRAC
5 TIMERS Implementation of Block type ( S_PULSE, S_PEXT, S_ODT, S_ODTS,
CRT 3 3
S_OFFDT) & Coil type TIMERS, application
6 COUNTERS Implementation of Block type ( S_CTU, S_CTD, S_CTUD) & Coil
type COUNTERS, application Comparators( _I, _DI & _R ) types EQ, NE, GT,
CRT 3 3
LT, GE, LE for all types of data(Integer, Double Integer, Real), Use of Variable
Tables for Value modification
7 INTEGER FUNCTIONS ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, MOD for both integer &
double integer types of data Floating-point ADD, SUB, MUL, DIV, ABS, LOG, CRT 3 4
LN, SIN, COS, TAN, ASIN, ACOS, functions ATAN, EXP for real types of data
8 MOVE Implementation of MOVE instruction in ladder ,Jumps JMP, JMPN, LBL
CRT 3 3
PROGRAM CONTROL MCR, CALL, RET
9 CONVERTERSBCD_I, I_BCD, BCD_DI, DI_BCD, INV_I, INV_DI, NEG_I,
CRT 3 3
NEG_DI, NEG_R, ROUND, TRUNC, CEIL, FLOOR
10 WORD LOGIC AND, OR, XOR ( for both word and double word data types)
CRT
Shift/Rotate SHR, SHL, ROL, ROR ( for integer, double integer and real data 3 3
PPT
types)
11 FUNCTION BLOCK & DATA BLOCK develop an application using these two
CRT 3 3
blocks
12 DB call Open, LIFO & FIFO operations TI-S7 converting blocks- FC84, FC85, CRT,P
3 3
FC87 PT
13 SCALE & UNSCALE use of FC105 & FC106, Device connectivity Linking
CRT 3 3
with InTouch SCADA
TOTAL: 73 Hours 39 34
DEIA0415 SCADA - Schneider-Wonder ware In Touch

SCADA -Schneider- DEIA0415 Theory + Practice Nil 5 3-2-0
Wonder ware In Touch
Content:
 Introduction and SCADA Basics: General SCADA theory, Importance of SCADA in Industrial
Automation, Benefit of SCADA, DATA ACQUISTION, Features of SCADA, SCADA Cost Analysis - Tag
& Tag types & Packages of SCADA, Leading SCADA Vendors, Architecture of SCADA ( Open &
Proprietary)
 Introduction to In-Touch: Basic operations related to InTouch Editor, types of windows, How to Open
window, windows property,
 General toolbar: New window, Open window, close window, save window, save all, duplicateselection, cut
to clipboard, copy, paste, undo and redo.
152
 Wizard ActiveX toolbar: Alarm display, Buttons, clock, lights, meter, runtime tools( for alarm monitor),
slider, switches, SYMBOL FACTORY, Text Display, Trend, Value Display Fonts, Bold/Italic/Underline,
Enlarge/ reduce font, Left/Centre/Right
 Format toolbar: Justification, Line colour /fill colour / text colour / window colour
 Draw object toolbar: Select mode, rectangle, rounded rectangle, ellipse, line, H/V line, poly line, polygon,
text, bitmap, real-time trend/ hist trend, button
 View toolbar: classic view, project view, hide/restore all, full screen, snap to grid, ruler
 Arrange toolbar: Align left/centre/right/top/middle/button, align CenterPoint, send to back, bring to front,
space horizontal/ vertical, Make/break symbol, Make/break cell rotate clockwise/counter clockwise, flip
horizontal/vertical
 Pan & Zoom: Zoom in/out, zoom normal, hand tool
 Status bar: XY co-ordinate, height/width
SCADA Features
 Dynamic representation: Discrete properties-User Inputs, Line Colour, fill Colour, touch push button,
user defined object, system defined objects, blink property with different types of conditions, Key
equivalent, value display, text Colour, discrete alarm( for alarm), examples: Analog properties- User
Inputs, Line Colour, fill Colour, text Colour, Percentage fill ( vertical/ horizontal), Location (vertical/
horizontal), Object size(height/ width), Slider(vertical/horizontal), Misc. ( blink, orientation, value
display, user defined/ predefined object, analog alarm, example: String properties- User Inputs, value
display, tooltip Additional properties- Action, show window, hide window, visibility, disable Develop
some applications
 Alarm: Alarm Basics, types, Priorities, alarm generation, alarm printing
 Trends: Trend Basics, types, formula for time setting, Real time & Historical trend, historical scooter,
trend zoom/control panel , 16 - pen trend
 Scripts: Basics, types, conditions, Details about Window, Application, Key, Condition, Data change &
Quick Function scripts with examples
 Recipe: Basics, Template definition, recipe definition, unit definition and some application with
procedures
 Data connectivity: with MS excel by using Memory & IO tag
 Device Connectivity: SCADA to PLC Communication with applications
 Networking: SCADA to SCADA 2 pc application
 Security Report: Basics of security, access level, application development using InTouch security
 Generation: in Excel
Pedag Th Pra
Sl.
Topic ogy
No.
1 INTRODUCTION AND SCADA BASICS General Scada theory , Importance of CRT 4 2
Scada , Benefits of Scada ,Features of Scada , Scada cost Analysis - tag, types of
tags and Package of Scada ,LeadindScada vendors , Architecture of Scada
2 INTRODUCTION TO INTOUCH AND GENERALTOOLBAR: CRT 4 3
Basics,Operation related to Intouch in Editor,types of windows,How to open
window and properties
3 DYNAMICREPRESENTATION Discrete properties- Predefined object, CRT 5 4
user defined object, blinking property with different types of condition, value PPT
display, line colour, fill colour, button, Analog properties- User Inputs, Line
colour, fill colour, text colour, Percentage fill ( vertical/ horizontal), Location
(vertical/ horizontal), Object size(height/ width), Slider(vertical/horizontal), Misc.
( blink, orientation, value display, user defined/ predefined object, analog alarm,
example
4 DYNAMIC REPRESENTATION String properties- User Inputs, value CRT 4 4
display, tooltip, Additional properties- Action, show window, hide window
visibility, disable , applications development
153
5 ALARM Alarm Basics, types, Priorities, alarm generation, alarm printing CRT 3 3
Pedagogy
Sl. Pedag
Topic Th Pra
No. ogy
6 TRENDS Trend Basics, types, formula for time setting, Real time & CRT 4 4
Historical trend, historical scooter, trend zoom/control panel , 16 - pen trend
7 SCRIPTS Basics, types, conditions, Details about Window, Application, CRT 4 5
Key, Condition, Data change & Quick Function scripts with examples
8 RECIPE Basics, Template definition, recipe definition, unit definition and CRT 3 4
some application with procedures PPT
9 DATA CONNECTIVITY AND DEVICE CONNECTIVITY with MS excel CRT 3 4
by using Memory & IO tag and SCADA to PLC Communication with
applications
10 SECUITRYAND REPORT GENERATION CRT 4 4
Basics of security, access level, application development using InTouch security PPT
and report generation in Excel
Total: 75 Hours 38 37
DEIA0416 Schneider MODICON TSX-Micro, GE Versamax – MicroPlus

Schneider MODICON TSX-Micro, DEIA0416 Theory + Nil 5 3-2-0
GE Versamax – Micro Plus Practice
Content
Schneider MODICON TSX-Micro
 Introduction: History and basics

 Family: Details about all the controllers from MODICON family
 Architecture: Details about controller TSX micro series, wiring
 Addressing: Both Physical and Memory I/O addressing
 Programming, Bit Logic: Hardware linking with X-way driver Manager, Programming with PL7 Pro
 v3.4 and gets familiar with the editor, Mouse selection mode, Normally Open Contact, Normally Closed
contact,
 Instructions: Rising Edge, Falling Edge, Horizontal Connection, Vertical connection, Horizontal
connections, Direct/Transition condition coil, Negated coil, Set coil, Reset coil
 Timers: Introduction, Software configuration for total no of timers & assigning timers, Use of application
browser & predefined function block, Details on Timer (TM), Monostable (MN), Series7 (T) and their
usage.
 Counters: Basics of counter, Operation of UPDOWN counter
 Comparator: Use of both Horizontal & Vertical comparators with syntaxes, use of <, >, <>,=, >=, <=
 Math operations: Use of Operate block with its syntax, +, -, *, /, :=, SQRT & trigonometry, functions,
move
 Converters, Bit movement operation, Program control: BCD_TO_INT, INT_TO_BCD, SHL, SHR,
ROL, ROR, Jump & Label, creation & Call of subroutine
 Registers, Sequencer: Basics and Use for LIFO & FIFO operation, Use of DRUM controller and
Runtime Screen( PL7 Visualisation ) for sequencer out and Implementation of seven segment display
with it.
154
GE Versamax–MicroPlus
 Introduction: History and basics

 Family: Details about all the controllers from GE family
 Architecture: Details about controller GE Versamax - MicroPlus, wiring
 Addressing: Both Physical and Memory I/O addressing
 Programming: Hardware linking with driver, Programming
 Bit Logic: Selection mode, Normally Open Contact, Normally Closed contact, Rising
 Instructions: Edge, Falling Edge, Horizontal Connection, Vertical connection, Horizontal connections,
Direct/Transition condition coil, Negated coil, Set coil, Reset coil
 Timers: Introduction, Software configuration for total no of timers & assigning timers, Use of application
browser & predefined function block, Details on Timer, Programming with timers.
 Counters: Basics of counter, Operation of UPDOWN counter
 Comparator: Horizontal & Vertical comparators with syntaxes, use of <, >, <>, =, >=, <=
 Math operations: Use of Operate block with its syntax, +, -, *, /, :=, SQRT & trigonometry
 functions, move
 Converters, Bit movement, operation, Program control: BCD_TO_INT, INT_TO_BCD, SHL, SHR,
ROL, ROR, Jump & Label, creation & Call of subroutine
 Registers : Basics and Use for LIFO & FIFO operation
155
Pedagogy
Sl. Th Pra
Topic (All topics through CRT + Practice)
No.
1 INTRODUCTION, Family, Architecture, Addressing, Programming, Bit Logic 3 3
instructions History and basics, Details about all the controllers from MODICON
family, Details about controller TSX micro series, wiring, Both Physical and Memory
I/O addressing, Hardware linking with X-way driver Manager, Programming with PL7
Pro v3.4 and gets familiar with the editor, Mouse selection mode, Normally Open
Contact, Normally Closed contact, Rising Edge, Falling Edge, Horizontal Connection,
Vertical connection, Horizontal connections, Direct/Transition condition coil, Negated
coil, Set coil, Reset coil
2 TIMERS Introduction, Software configuration for total no of timers & assigning 3 4
timers, Use of application browser & predefined function block, Details on Timer
(TM), Monostable (MN), Series7 (T) and their usage.
3 COUNTERS, Comparator, Math operations Basics of counter, Operation of UPDOWN 3 3
counter, Use of both Horizontal & Vertical comparators with syntaxes, use of <, >, <>,
=, >=, <=, Use of Operate block with its syntax, +, -, *, /, :=, SQRT& trigonometry
functions, move
4 CONVERTERS, Bit movement operation, Program control BCD_TO_INT, 3 3
INT_TO_BCD, SHL, SHR, ROL, ROR, Jump & Label, creation & Call of subroutine
5 REGISTERS AND SEQUENCER Basics and Use for LIFO & FIFO operation, 3 3
Use of DRUM controller and Runtime Screen( PL7 Visualisation ) for sequencer out
and Implementation of seven segment display with it.
GE Versamax–MicroPlus
1 Introduction : History and basics 1 1
2 Family: Details about all the controllers from GE family 1 1
3 Architecture: Details about controller GE Versamax - MicroPlus, wiring 2 2
4 Addressing: Both Physical and Memory I/O addressing 3 2
Programming: Hardware linking with driver, Programming
5 2 2
Bit Logic: Selection mode, Normally Open Contact, Normally Closed contact, Rising
Instructions: Edge, Falling Edge, Horizontal Connection, Vertical connection,
Horizontal connections, Direct/Transition condition coil, Negated coil, Set coil, Reset
6 3 3
coil
Introduction, Software configuration for total no of timers & assigning timers,
Timers: Use of application browser & predefined function block, Details on Timer,
7 2 2
Programming with timers.
8 Counters: Basics of counter, Operation of UPDOWN counter 1 1
Comparator: Horizontal & Vertical comparators with syntaxes, use of <, >, <>, =, >=,
9 3 3
<= Use of Operate block with its syntax, +, -, *, /, :=, SQRT & trigonometry
10 Math operations: functions, move 1 1
11 Converters, Bit movement : BCD_TO_INT, INT_TO_BCD 2 2
12 Operation: SHL, SHR, ROL, ROR, 1 1
13 Program control: Jump & Label, creation & Call of subroutine 1 1
14 Registers: Basics and Use for LIFO & FIFO operation 1 1
156
DEIA0213 HMI – Allen Bradley- Panel View C600

HMI – Allen Bradley- Panel DEIA0213 Practice Nil 2 0-2-0
View C600
Content
 Introduction Details of PanelView: HMI Basics, Difference between SCADA & HMI, Requirements,
Leading Vendors, Specification of Panel view family, Features, Communication settings in HMI & PC
 Application Development: New application development, HMI Screen development, Dashboard,
Terminal setting, file transfer
 Introduction to software: tag declaration, tag type, screen type, control, screen, property
 Controls window: Entry, display, Drawing tools, Advance, Library
 Property window: Appearance, Common, Navigation, Connections, Screen,
 Application Development: Discrete type, Analog type
 Alarm, Trend, Security, Recipe, Device Connectivity: example with application
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Teaching Instr. Hrs

No. Method Th Pra
1 HUMAN MACHINE INTERFACE: Introduction to HMI, Introduction to CRT 2 8
panel view C600, HMI Basics, Difference between SCADA & HMI,
Requirements, Leading Vendors, Specification of Panelview family,
Features, Communication settings in HMI & PC
2 New application development, HMI Screen development, Dashboard, CRT 3 6
Terminal setting, file transfer.
3 CRT 2 5
Tag declaration, tag type, screen type, control, screen, property PPT
Total : 26 Hours 7 19
157
Domain D12: Internet Security
Sl. Course Pre-

Course Title Course Nature Credits
No Code requisite
1 DEIS0121 Introduction to IT Networking & Security Theory 3
2 DEIS0421 Advanced Networking Theory + Practice 5
3 DEIS0422 White Hat Hacking Techniques and Tools Theory + Practice 5
Information Technology Infrastructure
4 DEIS0122 Theory 3
Library
5 DEIS0221 Network Security Audit of an Organisation Practice 6
6 DEIS0222 CCNA Practice 4
Total 36
DEIS0121 Introduction To It Networking & Security

Introduction to IT
DEIS0415 Theory 3 Nil 3-0-0
Networking & Security
Course Objective:
1. The concepts of computer security, cryptography, digital money, secure protocols, detection and other
security techniques can be understood.
2. The Students have a comparision of OSI,TCP/IP Models.
Course Outcome:
Upon the completion of this course, students will be able to
1. understand, design and implement appropriate security technologies and policies to protect computers
and digital information
Module-1 (20hrs)
Networking Concepts :Compare the layers of the OSI and TCP/IP models. Classify how applications, devices,
and protocols relate to the OSI model layers Explain the purpose and properties of IP addressing Explain the
purpose and properties of routing and switching Identify common TCP and UDP default ports Explain the
function of common networking protocols Summarize DNS concepts and its components Given a scenario,
implement the network troubleshooting methodology Identify virtual network components. Advanced
Networking :Internetworking overview Router Fundamentals Basic Router Configuration IP Routing Routing
Protocols Basic IP Traffic management with ACL Establishing Serial point to point connection Network
Address Translation/Port Address Translation Switch operation & Switching Virtual LAN IP V6 Wireless LAN.
Module-2 (18Hrs)
Given a scenario, install and configure routers and switches. Given a scenario, install and configure a wireless
network Given a scenario, troubleshoot common wireless problems Given a scenario, troubleshoot common
router and switch problems Given a set of requirements, plan and implement a basic SOHO network Categorize
standard media types and associated properties Categorize standard connector types based on network media
Compare and contrast different wireless standards Categorize WAN technology types and properties Describe
different network topologies, Given a scenario, troubleshoot common physical connectivity problems Compare
and contrast different LAN technologies Identify components of wiring distribution Explain the purpose and
features of various network
158
appliances Given a scenario, use appropriate hardware tools to troubleshoot connectivity issues Given a scenario,
use appropriate software tools to troubleshoot connectivity issues Given a scenario, use the appropriate network
monitoring resource to analyze traffic
Module-3 (14Hrs)
Describe the purpose of configuration management documentation Explain different methods and rationales for
network performance optimization VPN IPSec and SSL Given a scenario, implement appropriate wireless
security measures Explain the methods of network access security Explain methods of user authentication,
Explain common threats, vulnerabilities, and mitigation techniques Categorize different types of network
security appliances and methods Given a scenario, install and configure a basic firewall Network Device
Hardening techniques Implement security configuration parameters on network devicesUsing secure network
administration principles Secure network design elements and components Understanding Wireless Security
concepts.
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Th
Pedagogy
No. Introduction to IT Networking and security +Tu
1 Compare the layers of the OSI and TCP/IP models. 1
2 Classify how applications, devices, and protocols relate to the OSI model layers 1
3 Explain the purpose and properties of IP addressing 1
4 Explain the purpose and properties of routing and switching CRT + PPT 1
5 Identify common TCP and UDP default ports 1
6 Explain the function of common networking protocols 1
7 Summarize DNS concepts and its components 1
LAB Hands
8 Given a scenario, implement the network troubleshooting methodology 1
on Practical
9 Identify virtual network components 1
10 Internetworking overview CRT + PPT 1
11 Router Fundamentals 1
LAB Hands
12 Basic Router Configuration 1
on Practical
13 IP Routing 1
14 Routing Protocols 1
15 Basic IP Traffic management with ACL 1
16 Establishing Serial point to point connection 1
17 Network Address Translation/Port Address Translation CRT + PPT 1
18 Switch operation & Switching 1
19 Virtual LAN 1
20 IP V6 1
21 Wireless LAN 1
Subtotal 21
159
Sl. Th
Topic Pedagogy
No. +Tu
1 Given a scenario, install and configure routers and switches 1
2 Given a scenario, install and configure a wireless network 1
LAB Hands
3 Given a scenario, troubleshoot common wireless problems 1
on Practical
4 Given a scenario, troubleshoot common router and switch problems 1
5 Given a set of requirements, plan and implement a basic SOHO network 1
6 Categorize standard media types and associated properties 1
7 Categorize standard connector types based on network media 1
8 Compare and contrast different wireless standards CRT + PPT 1
9 Categorize WAN technology types and properties 1
10 Describe different network topologies 1
Classroom
11 Given a scenario, troubleshoot common physical connectivity problems 1
Hands On
12 Compare and contrast different LAN technologies 1
13 Identify components of wiring distribution CRT + PPT 1
14 Explain the purpose and features of various network appliances 1
Given a scenario, use appropriate hardware tools to troubleshoot connectivity
15 1
issues
Given a scenario, use appropriate software tools to troubleshoot connectivity Classroom
16 1
issues Hands On
Given a scenario, use the appropriate network monitoring resource to analyze
17 1
traffic
Subtotal 17
1 Describe the purpose of configuration management documentation 1
2 Explain different methods and rationales for network performance optimization CRT + PPT 1
3 VPN IPSec and SSL 1
Classroom
4 Given a scenario, implement appropriate wireless security measures 1
Hands On
5 Explain the methods of network access security 1
6 Explain methods of user authentication 1
CRT + PPT
7 Explain common threats, vulnerabilities, and mitigation techniques 1
8 Categorize different types of network security appliances and methods 1
Classroom
9 Given a scenario, install and configure a basic firewall 1
Hands On
10 Network Device Hardening techniques 1
11 Implement security configuration parameters on network devices 1
12 Using secure network administration principles CRT + PPT 1
13 Secure network design elements and components 1
14 Understanding Wireless Security concepts 1
Subtotal 14
Total 53
160
DEIS0421 Advanced Networking

DEIS0421 Advanced Networking Theory + Practice 5 Nil 3-3-0
Course Objective:
1. Build an understanding of the fundamental concepts of computer networking.
2. The basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area will be known.
3. The advanced networking concepts can be understood.
Course Outcome:
1. Understand and explain Data Communications System and its components and Identify the different
types of network topologies and protocols.
2. Enumerate the layers of the OSI model and TCP/IP and explain the functions of each layer,identify the
different types of network devices and their functions within a network
Syllabus
Module-1 (25Hrs)
Network Principles: CEF, General network challenges, IP, TCP, UDP Operations.
LAN Switching Technologies: Configure, verify, and troubleshoot (Layer 2/Layer 3) Ether Channel
a. Static
b. PAGP
c. LACP
Describe the benefits of switch stacking and chassis aggregation .
Routing Technologies: Configure and verify single-homed branch connectivity using eBGP IPv4 (limited to
peering and route advertisement using Network command only)
Module-2 (25Hrs)
WAN Technologies : Describe WAN topology options - Point-to-point, Hub and spoke, Full mesh,Single vs
dual-homed
Describe WAN access connectivity options
a. MPLS,
b. Metro Ethernet,
c. Broadband PPPoE,
d. Internet VPN (DMVPN, site-to-site VPN, client VPN)
Describe basic QoS concepts –
a. Marking,
b. Device trust,
c. Prioritization,
c. [i] Voice, c. [ii] Video, c. [iii] Data, d. Shaping, e. Policing, f. Congestion management
Infrastructure Services: Describe SLA architecture ,Configure and verify IP SLA
a. ICMP. Configure and verify tracking objects a. Tracking objects
b. Tracking different entities (for example, interfaces, IPSLA results)
Infrastructure Security: Describe common access layer threat mitigation techniques
a. 802.1x
b. DHCP snooping
c. Nondefault native VLAN , Verify ACLs using the APIC-EM Path Trace ACL analysis tool
161
Module-3 (25Hrs)
Infrastructure Management: Describe network programmability in enterprise network architecture
a .Function of a controller
b. Separation of control plane and data plane
c. Northbound and southbound APIs
Describe Cloud Deployment Models, Describe Internet Of Things (IOT)
Apply troubleshooting methodologies to resolve problems
a .Perform and document fault isolation b. Resolve or escalate c .Verify and monitor resolution
Use Cisco IOS tools to troubleshoot and resolve problems
a. Ping and traceroute with extended option b. Terminal monitor c. Log events d. Local SPAN
Sl. Topic Pedagogy Instructional Hrs

No. Adv. Networking Th + Tut Pra
CEF, General network challenges, IP, TCP, UDP
1 0 2
Operations
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot layer2 Ether LAB Hands on
2 0 2
Channel Practical
Configure, verify, and troubleshoot layer3 Ether
3 0 2
Channel
4 CRT Through
benefits of switch stacking and chassis aggregation 1 0
PPTs
LAB Hands on
Configure and verify single-homed branch
5 Practical 0 2
connectivity using eBGP IPv4
6 Describe WAN topology options - Point-to-point, CRT Through
4 0
Hub and spoke, Full mesh, Single vs dual-homed PPTs
CRT through
WAN access connectivity options a. MPLS, b.
PPTs +
7 Metro Ethernet, c. Broadband PPPoE, d. Internet 2 5
LAB Hands on
VPN
Practical
basic QoS conceptsa. Marking, b. Device trust, c. LAB Hands on
8 0 5
Prioritization Practical
basic QoS conceptsd. Shaping, e. Policing, f.
9 0 5
Congestion management
Configure and verify IP SLA
10 0 3
a. ICMP
Configure and verify tracking objects
11 0 5
a. Tracking objects b. Tracking different entities
common access layer threat mitigation techniques
12 a. 802.1x b. DHCP snooping 0 5
c. Nondefault native VLAN
Verify ACLs using the APIC-EM Path Trace ACL
13 0 6
analysis tool
network programmability in enterprise network CRT Through
architecture a .Function of a controller b. PPTs
14 2 4
Separation of control plane and data plane c. LAB Hands on
Northbound and southbound APIs Practical
162
Sl. Topic Pedagogy Instructional Hrs
No. Th + Tut Pra
LAB Hands on
Practical and
15 Cloud Deployment Models 5 0
CRT through
PPT
16 Internet Of Things (IOT) 0 5
Apply troubleshooting methodologies to resolve
problems a .Perform and document fault isolation
17 0 10
b. Resolve or escalate
LAB Hands on
c .Verify and monitor resolution
Practical
Use Cisco IOS tools to troubleshoot and resolve
problems a. Ping and traceroute with extended
18 0 10
option b. Terminal monitor c. Log events d.
Local SPAN
Total 14 61
DEIS0422 White Hat Hacking Technique & Tools

White Hat Hacking Theory +
DEIS0422 5 Nil 3-3-0
Technique & Tools Practice
Course Objective:
1. Information technologies concepts like vulnerabilities, defense-in-depth, penetration testing, the
methodology for pen testing/ethical hacking, vulnerability management, incident management, and
creating and implementing a security policy will be understood.
2. The basic taxonomy and terminology of the computer networking area will be known to identify SQL
injection along with the different wireless types.
Course Outcome:
1. Have a basic introduction to ethical hacking and its various concepts.
Syllabus
Module-1 (25Hrs)
Computer Network and Defense Fundamentals, Foot Printing & Reconnaissance Scanning Networks
Enumeration System Hacking System Hacking Trojans & Backdoors.
Introduction to Ethical Hacking, Foot printing & Reconnaissance, Scanning Networks. Tools / Systems
/Programs.
Module-2 (25Hrs)
Viruses & Worms Sniffers, Social Engineering, Denial of Service, Session Hijacking, Hijacking, Web servers,
Enumeration, System Hacking, Trojans and Backdoors, Viruses and worms, Sniffers, Social Engineering, Denial
of service, Session Hijacking, Hijacking Web servers, Hacking Web Applications. Security Analysis and
Penetration Testing Methodologies
Module-3 (25Hrs)
Hacking Web Applications SQL Injection Hacking Wireless Networks Evading IDS, Firewalls & Honey
pots, Buffer Overflow Penetration Testing Hacking tools, cryptography.
163
Pedagogy
Instructional Hrs
Sl. Topic
Pedagogy
No. Th + Tut Pra
Module-1
Foot Printing & Reconnaissance, Scanning Networks
1 2 1
Trojans & Backdoors
Tools / Systems /Programs:
A. network/host based intrusion
B. network/wireless sniffers (e.g., WireShark,Airsnort)
C. access control mechanism(e.g., smart cards )
D. cryptography techniques (e.g. IPsec, SSL, PGP)
E. programming languages (e.g. C++, Java, C#, C)
F. scripting languages (e.g., PHP, Java script)
G. boundary protection appliances CRT
H. network topologies Through
I. sub netting PPTs or on
J. port s canning (e.g., NMAP) board
2 2 20
K. domain name system (DNS) LAB Hands
L. routers /modems /switches on Practical
M. vulnerability s canner (e.g., Nessus, Retina)
N. vulnerability management and
protection systems (e.g., Foundstone, Ecora)
O. opera ng environments (e.g., Linux, Windows , Mac)
P. antivirus systems and programs
Q. log analysis tools
R. security models
S. exploitation tools
T. database structures
Module-2 & 3
Viruses & Worms, Sniffers, Social Engineering, Denial of
3 5 5
Service, Session Hijacking
Security Analysis and Penetration Testing
Methodologies.TCP IP Packet Analysis, Pre-penetration
Testing Steps, Information GatheringMethodology,
CRT
Vulnerability Analysis, External Network Penetration
Through
Testing Methodology, Internal Network Penetration
PPTs or on
Testing Methodology, Firewall Penetration Testing
board &
4 Methodology, IDS Penetration Testing Methodology, 10 30
LAB Hands
Web Application Penetration Testing Methodology, SQL
on Practical
Penetration Testing Methodology, Database Penetration
Testing Methodology, Wireless Network Penetration
Testing Methodology, Mobile Devices Penetration
Testing Methodology, Cloud Penetration Testing
Methodology, Report Writing and Post Test Actions
Total 19 56
164
DEIS0122 Information Technology Infrastructure Library

Information Technology
DEIS0122 Theory 3 Nil 3-0-0
Course Objective:
1. Learn about IT Service Management best practices, generic concepts, key principles, gain a
comprehensive understanding of the purpose and scope of service strategy, service design, service
transition, service operations, and Continual Service Improvement.
2. Learn how to apply ITIL tools, techniques and concepts to improve efficiency and effectiveness in
business changes to optimize customer experience.
Course Outcome:
1. Know how to apply principles and automate standard tasks, to improve efficiency of ITSM processes.
2. Save costs by centralizing activities and teams using well defined fit-for purpose and fit-for-use
processes
Syllabus
Module-1(15Hrs)
Service management as a practice:
Describe the concept of best practices in the public domain, Describe and explain why ITIL is successful ?
Define and explain the concept of a service,internal and external customers, internal and external services,
servicemanagement, IT service management ,stakeholders in service management.Define processes and
functions;Explain the process model and the characteristics of processes .
The ITIL service lifecycle:
Describe the structure of the ITIL service lifecycle , Account for the purpose, objectives and scope of service
strategy ,Briefly explain what value service strategy provides to the business , Account for the purpose,
objectives and scope of service design , Briefly explain what value service design provides to the business ,
Account for the purpose, objectives and scope of service transition ,Briefly explain what value service transition
provides to the business ,Account for the purpose, objectives and scope of service operation ,Briefly explain
what value service operation provides to the business,Account for the main purpose, objectives and scope of
continual service improvement , Briefly explain what value continual service improvement provides to the
business
Module-2(15Hrs)
Generic concepts and definitions:
Utility and warranty ,Assets, resources and capabilities , Service portfolio , Service catalogue (both two-view
and three-view types) ,Governance , Business case , Risk management , Service provider , Supplier , Service
level agreement ,Operational level agreement , Underpinning contract , Service design package Availability
Service knowledge management system,Configuration item (CI) Configuration management system (ST).
Definitive media library (DML) , Change ,Change types (standard, emergency and normal) , Event , Alert ,
Incident, Impact, urgency and priority , Service request , Problem , Workaround ,Known error , Known error
database , The role of communication in service operation , Release policy , Types of services, Change proposals
, CSI register , Outcomes , Patterns of business activity , Customers and users
The Deming Cycle (plan, do, check, act)
Key principles and models :
Service strategy:Describe value creation through services
Service design:Understand the importance of people, processes, products and partners for service management,
165
Understand the five major aspects of service design
 Service solutions for new or changed services, Management information systems and tools, Technology
architectures and management architectures, The processes required,Measurement methods and metrics
Continual service improvement:

Explain the continual service improvement approach
Understand the role of measurement for continual service improvement and explain the following key elements:
 Relationship between critical success factors (CSF) and keyperformance indicators (KPI)
 Baselines
 Types of metrics (technology metrics, process metrics, service metrics)
Module-3(15Hrs)
Processes: Service strategy
State the purpose, objectives and scope for: Service portfolio management (The service portfolio)
Financial management for IT services (Business case),Business relationship management
Processes: Service Design
Explain the purpose, objectives, scope, basic concepts, process activities and interfaces for:
Service level management (SLM)
The following list must be covered:
 Service-based SLA ,Multi-level SLAs ,Service level requirements (SLRs) ,SLA monitoring (SLAM)
chart ,Service review ,Service improvement plan (SIP) ,The relationship between SLM and BRM
State the purpose, objectives and scope for:
Service catalogue management,Availability management -Service availability ,Component availability
,Reliability ,Maintainability, Serviceability ,Vital business functions (VBF)
Information security management (ISM) :Information security policy.
Supplier management:Supplier categories
Capacity management: Capacity plan,Business capacity management ,Service capacity management ,Component
capacity management.IT service continuity management: Purpose of business impact analysis (BIA) ,Risk
assessment,Design coordination
Service transition
Change management:Types of change request ,Change models ,Remediation planning ,Change advisory board /
emergency change advisory board ,Lifecycle of a normal change
Release and deployment management: Four phases of release and deployment
Knowledge management: Data-to-Information-to-Knowledge-to-Wisdom (DIKW) & SKMS
Service asset and configuration management (SACM)
Transition planning and support
Service operation:Explain the purpose, objectives, scope, basic concepts, process activities and interfaces for:
Incident management and Problem management , not section on problem analysis techniques. State the purpose,
objectives and scope for:Event management , Request fulfilment , Access management
Continual service improvement:State the purpose, objectives and scope for: The seven-step improvement process
.
Functions:Explain the role, objectives and organizational structures for -The service desk function State the role
and objectives of-The technical management function ,The application management function with application
development , The IT operations management function (IT operations control and facilities management).
Roles :Account for the role and the responsibilities of the Process owner ,Process manager ,Process practitioner
,Service owner,Recognize the responsible, accountable, consulted, informed (RACI) responsibility model and
explain its role in determining organizational structure.
Technology and architecture :Understand how service automation assists with expediting service management
processes.
166
Pedagogy
All sessions CRT Through PPTs or on board
Sl. Topic Th+

No. Module-1 Tut
The purpose of this unit is to help the candidate to define the concept of a service, and to
comprehend and explain the concept of service management as a practice.
Specifically, candidates must be able to:
01-1. Describe the concept of best practices in the public domain (SS 2.1.7, Fig 2.3)
01-2. Describe and explain why ITIL is successful (SS 1.4)
01-3. Define and explain the concept of a service (SS 2.1.1)
1 01-4. Define and explain the concept of internal and external customers (SS 3.2.1.2) 5
01-5. Define and explain the concept of internal and external services (SS 3.2.2.3)
01-6. Define and explain the concept of service management (SS 2.1.2)
01-7. Define and explain the concept of IT service management (SS 2.1.3)
01-8. Define and explain the concept of stakeholders in service management (SS 2.1.5)
01-9. Define processes and functions (SS 2.2.2, 2.2.3.1)
01-10. Explain the process model and the characteristics of processes (SS 2.2.2, Fig 2.5)
The ITIL service lifecycle:
The purpose of this unit is to help the candidate to understand the value of the ITIL service
lifecycle, how the processes integrate with each other, throughout the lifecycle and explain
the objectives, scope and business value for each phase in the lifecycle
Specifically, candidates must be able to:
02-2. Describe the structure of the ITIL service lifecycle (SS 1. Introduction up to 1.1, SS 1.2,
Fig 1.1)
02-3. Account for the purpose, objectives and scope of service strategy (SS 1.1.1, 1.1.2)
02-4. Briefly explain what value service strategy provides to the business (SS 1.1.4)
02-5. Account for the purpose, objectives and scope of service design (SD 1.1.1, 1.1.2)
2 5
02-6. Briefly explain what value service design provides to the business (SD 1.1.4)
02-7. Account for the purpose, objectives and scope of service transition (ST 1.1.1, 1.1.2)
02-8. Briefly explain what value service transition provides to the business (ST 1.1.4)
02-9. Account for the purpose, objectives and scope of service operation (SO 1.1.1, 1.1.2)
02-10. Briefly explain what value service operation provides to the business (SO 1.1.4)
02-11. Account for the main purpose, objectives and scope of continual service improvement
(CSI 1.1.1, 1.1.2)
02-12. Briefly explain what value continual service improvement provides to the business
(CSI 1.1.4)
It is recommended that this training is covered within other units.
167
Sl. Topic Th+
No. Tut
The purpose of this unit is to help the candidate to define some of the key terminology and
explain the key concepts of service management.
Specifically, candidates must be able to define and explain the following key concepts:
Utility and warranty, Assets, resources and capabilities, Service portfolio, Service catalogue
(both two-view and three-view types) , Governance, Business case, Risk management,
Service provider, Supplier, Service level agreement (SLA), Operational level agreement
(OLA), 03-13. Underpinning contract, Service design package, Availability, Service
knowledge management system (SKMS), Configuration item (CI) , Configuration
management system, Definitive media library (DML), Change, Change types (standard,
emergency and normal), Event, Alert, Incident, Impact, urgency and priority, Service
request, Problem, Workaround, Known error, Known error database (KEDB), The role of
communication in service operation, Release policy, Types of services, Change proposals,
CSI register, Outcomes, Patterns of business activity, Customers and users, The Deming
Cycle (plan, do, check, act)
It is recommended that this unit is covered as part of the training in the other units.
3 Service strategy: value creation through services 5
Service design:
Understand the importance of people, processes, products and partners for service
management
Five major aspects of service design:
1. Service solutions for new or changed services
2. Management information systems and tools
3. Technology architectures and management architectures
4. The processes required
5. Measurement methods and metrics
Continual service improvement:
- Continual service improvement approach
- Understand the role of measurement for continual service improvement
1. Relationship between critical success factors (CSF) and keyperformance indicators (KPI)
2. Baselines
3. Types of metrics (technology metrics, process metrics, service metrics)
Subtotal 15
168
Sl. Topic Th+
No. Module-2 Tut
05-2. State the purpose, objectives and scope for:
05-21 Service portfolio management (SS 4.2.1, 4.2.2 )
•The service portfolio (SS 4.2.4.1, Fig 4.14)
1 5
05-22 Financial management for IT services (SS 4.3.1, 4.3.2)
•Business case (SS 3.6.1.1)
05-23 Business relationship management (SS 4.5.1, 4.5.2, Tab 4.10)
Service level management (SLM)
The following list must be covered:
Service-based SLA , Multi-level SLAs, Service level requirements (SLRs), SLA monitoring ,
Service review, Service improvement plan (SIP), The relationship between SLM and BRM,
Service catalogue management (SD 4.2.1, 4.2.2)
-Availability management (SD 4.4.1, 4.4.2)
-Service availability (SD 4.4.4.2)
-Component availability (SD 4.4.4.2)
-Reliability (SD 4.4.4.3)
- Maintainability (SD 4.4.4.3)
-Serviceability (SD 4.4.4.3)
2 - Vital business functions (VBF) (SD 4.4.4.3) 5
Information security management (ISM) (SD 4.7.1, 4.7.2 )
- Information security policy (SD 4.7.4.1)
Supplier management (SD 4.8.1, 4.8.2 )
- Supplier categories (SD 4.8.5.3, Fig 4.28)
Capacity management (SD 4.5.1, 4.5.2)
- Capacity plan (SD 4.5.6.3)
- Business capacity management (SD 4.5.4.3)
- Service capacity management (SD 4.5.4.3)
- Component capacity management (SD 4.5.4.3)
IT service continuity management (SD 4.6.1, 4.6.2)
- Purpose of business impact analysis (BIA) (SD 4.6.5.2)
- Risk assessment (SD 4.6.5.2)
Design coordination - The recommended
05-5. Explain the purpose, objectives, scope, basic concepts, process activities and interfaces for:
05-51 Change management (ST 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4.6, 4.2.6.4, 4.2.6.5)
•Types of change request (ST 4.2.4.3)
•Change models (ST 4.2.4.5)
•Remediation planning (ST 4.2.4.8)
•Change advisory board / emergency change advisory board (ST 4.2.5.10, 4.2.5.11)
•Lifecycle of a normal change (ST 4.2.5, Fig 4.2)
3 5
05-61 Release and deployment management (ST 4.4.1, 4.4.2)
•Four phases of release and deployment (ST 4.4.5, Fig 4.23)
05-62 Knowledge management (ST 4.7.1, 4.7.2)
•Data-to-Information-to-Knowledge-to-Wisdom (DIKW) & SKMS (ST 4.7.4.2, 4.7.4.3, Fig 4.36)
05-63 Service asset and configuration management (SACM) (ST 4.3.1, 4.3.2,)
05-64 Transition planning and support (ST 4.1.1, 4.1.2).
Subtotal 15
169
Sl. Topic Th+
No. Module-3 Tut
05-7. Explain the purpose, objectives, scope, basic concepts, process activities and interfaces for:
05-71 Incident management (SO 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.4.2, 4.2.5, 4.2.6.4)
05-72 Problem management (SO 4.4.1, 4.4.2, 4.4.4.2, 4.4.5, 4.4.6.4), not section on problem
analysis techniques (4.4.4.3)
1 5
05-81 Event management (SO 4.1.1, 4.1.2)
05-82 Request fulfilment (SO 4.3.1, 4.3.2)
05-83 Access management (SO 4.5.1, 4.5.2)
05-91 The seven-step improvement process (CSI 3.9.3.1, 4.1, 4.1.1, 4.1.2, Fig 3.4)
Role, objectives and organizational structures for:
The service desk function
2 5
State the role and objectives of:
The technical management function
- The application management function with applicationdevelopment
- The IT operations management function (IT operations control andfacilities management)
Role and the responsibilities:
Process owner (SD 6.3.2), Process owner (SD 6.3.2), Process practitioner (SD 6.3.4), Service
owner (SD 6.3.1)
Recognize the responsible, accountable, consulted, informed (RACI) responsibility model and
explain its role in determining organizational structure. (SD 3.7.4.1, tab 3.2, not RACI-VS or
3 RASCI) 5
Understand how service automation assists with expediting service management processes (SS
7.1)
09-1. Competence and skills for service management (SD 6.5.1)
09-2. Competence and skills framework (SD 6.5.2)
09-3. Training (SD 6.5.3)
Total 45
DEIS0222 CCNA

DEIS0222 CCNA Practice 4 Nil 0-4-0
Course Objective:
1. Impart knowledge in detailed of Computer Networks, various protocols used in Communication.
2. Managing and configuring Cisco Switches and Routers and various WAN technologies.
Course Outcome:
Student will be able to
1. Manage Network for an Organization
170
Syllabus
Module-1(20Hrs)
Ethernet, Ethernet Cabling,Cisco Hierarchical Model, IP Addressing Cisco Component Description,Cisco IOS &
Security
Module-2(20Hrs)
Basic switching, Basic Routing & Packet forwarding Configuration of Router, Static routing, Dynamic (RIP,
OSPF, EIGRP)
Module-3 (20Hrs)
Switching Technology, VLAN, Wireless concepts,Access List, NAT, IPV6.
Text Book:
1.CCNA - Routing And Switching Study Guide by Todd Lammle
2.Cisco CCNA Routing and Switching ICND2 200-101 Official Cert Guide by Wendell Odom
Pedagogy
(All sessions through Lab practice)
Sl. Topic
Practice
No.
1. Introduction to networking and Types of Network, Ethernet 4
2. Identifying CCNA components and Cabling Ethernet Cabling, 5
3. IP addressing 4
4. LAN switching and Topology Cisco Hierarchical Model 3
Basic cisco router and switch
5. 4
Cisco Component Description,Cisco IOS & Security
6. IP Routing Basic switching, Basic Routing concept 5
7. VLAN Packet forwarding Configuration of Router, 5
8. Static routing, Dynamic routing 5
9. EIGRP and OSPF 5
10. Switching Technology, VLAN, Wireless concepts 5
11. ACL, Access List, 5
12. NAT 5
13. IPV6 5
Total 60
171
Domain D13 - Mobile Application & Cloud Technology (MACT)
S. Course Course Pre-requisite
No. Code Nature
FCEN0410 Introduction to Web
1 DEMA0151 Introduction to UI/UX Theory 4
Technology
2 DEMA0152 Mobile Security Theory 4 Nil
Professional android Theory
DEST0432 Core JAVA,
3 DECT0451 application + 5
development Practice
Programming in C
4 DEMA0153 Mobile business model Theory 3 Nil
Theory
DEST0432 Core JAVA,
5 DECT0452 Mobile Testing + 5
Practice
Programming in C
Cross platform DECT0446 Android Security,
6 DEMA0154 application Theory 4 FCEN0410 Introduction to Web
development Technology
Theory FCEN0410 Introduction to Web
Advanced Web
7 DECT0453 + 5 Technology
Technology
Practice
Theory FCCS0109 OOP using JAVA,
Enterprise Application
8 DECT0454 + 5 DEST0432 Core JAVA
Development
Practice
Theory
Cloud Computing CCCS0407 Desktop Operating
9 DECT0441 + 5
Solutions Systems
Practice
Fundamentals of CCCS0111 OSI Layer &
10 DEMA0155 Theory 3
Exchange Server Protocols
Theory
Advanced Linux FCEN0119 Operating Sysem
11 DECT0442 + 5
Administration Building Block
Practice
Advanced Installation Theory
CCCS0408 Installation and
12 DECT0443 and configuration of + 5
Configuration of Server
Server Practice
Advanced Storage CCCS0109 Fundamantals of
Technology Storage
Protocols
Administration of FCEN0119 Operating System
server Building Block
Information
16 DECT0156 Technology & Theory 4 Nil
Total 79
172
DEMA0151 Introduction to UI / UX

Introduction to FCEN0410 Introduction
UI / UX to Web Technology
Different users have different perspectives when viewing an application‟s screen. A user interface is generally
the design that is visible to all. User experience is more of an analytical and technical field. Both elements are
crucial for any product. User experience design enhances the customer satisfaction and loyalty. This can be done
by improving the usability, ease of using the product and also the level of interest it provides to interact with the
product.
Learning Outcomes:
This course enhances the students to familiarize with different theories and models dealing with Human-
computer interaction, different topics in User Interface design like interaction styles, naming and abbreviation
practices, best practices used in UI design and work on some case studies.
Unit 1: Introduction to HCI

Human-Computer Interaction Foundations, Models & Theories, Programming interactive systems.
Unit 2: User Interface Design
The Design Process, Interaction Styles , Naming & Abbreviations.
Unit 3: Mobile UI Design
Mobile Interaction Styles : Keypads, Touchpads, Gestures, Disruption & Innovation, Design Tools.
Unit 4: Best Practices in UI Design
Mobile UI Best practices – HTML & CSS, Mobile UI Best practices – JS
Unit 5: Case Studies
Effective UI Design examples, Common Errors

1. Human Computer Interaction by Alan Dix, Janet Finlay, Pearson Education (2004)
2. Designing the User Interface - Strategies for Effective Human Computer Interaction by Ben Shneiderman,
Pearson Education (2010)
3. The Essential Guide to User Interface Design: An Introduction to GUI Design Principles and Techniques by
Wilbert O. Galitz, Wiley (2007)
4. Usability Engineering: Scenario-Based Development of Human-Computer Interaction by Rosson, M. and

Carroll J.
5. The Essentials of Interaction Design by Cooper, Wiley Publishing(2007)
6. Usability Engineering by Nielsen, J. Morgan Kaufmann
7. The Resonant Interface: HCI Foundations for Interaction Design by Heim, S., Addison-Wesley. (2007)
Sl. No. Topic Th

Introduction to HCI:Human-Computer Interaction Foundations. 3
Models & Theories. 4
Programming interactive systems. 4
User Interface Design :The Design Process. 4
Interaction Styles 4
Naming & Abbreviations. 3
Mobile UI Design:Mobile Interaction Styles: Keypads, Touchpad. 4
173
Gestures, Disruption & Innovation, 4
Design Tools. 3
Best Practices in UI Design:Mobile UI Best practices – HTML & CSS 6
Mobile UI Best practices – JS 5
Case Studies:Effective UI Design examples 5
Common Errors 3
Total 52
DEMA0152 Mobile Security

DEMA0152 Mobile Security Theory 4 Nil 4-0-0
With the widespread use of mobile devices for personal, corporate and financial transactions, there is a greater
risk of mobile software In this course students will understand security threats to mobile applications, compare
the vulnerabilities of various mobile platforms and learn how to protect against them by adopting best practices
and learning to design and implement secure mobile applications
Learning Outcomes:
The students will come out with Life cycle concept of mobile devices by SDLC and software process for
validation and verification. They will enhance the knowledge of security in mobile devices and in web
applications, thus able to building some additional security services in order to protect Web application and
mobile devices.
Unit - I: Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC)

Introduction, Software Engineering Paradigms, Software Process, Software Characteristics, Verification and
Validation of Software, Software Development Lifecycle - Waterfall Model, Spiral Model, System Engineering,
Business Process Engineering, Product Engineering, Agile Methodology.
Unit - II: Information Security Concepts

Definition of Information Security, Evolution of Information Security; Basics Principles of Information Security;
Critical Concepts of Information Security; Components of the Information System; Balancing Information
Security and Access; Implementing IT Security, The system Development Life cycle, Security professional in
the organization.
Unit - III: Building Security into Software Life Cycle

Understanding security requirements, building security into design of application, approach for secure coding
and security testing.
Unit - IV: Web Application Security

Understanding web security vulnerabilities, attack types, controls and overview of OWASP.
Unit - V: Secure SDLC in Mobile Application Development

Understanding mobile app SDLC challenges, security issues in mobile apps, security design aspects in mobile
apps, approach to secure SDLC in mobile app development.
Reference Books:
174
1. Information Security Risk Analysis - Thomas R. Peltier, Third Edition, Pub: Auerbach, 2012
2. Information security: Principles and Practice - Mark Stamp, 2nd Edition, Pub: John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
2011
3. Ian Sommerville, “Software engineering”, Seventh Edition, Pearson Education Asia, 2007
4. Roger S. Pressman, “Software Engineering – A practitioner‟s Approach”, Sixth Edition, McGraw-Hill
International Edition, 2005
175
Sl.
Topic Th
No.
Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC)
1. 2
Introduction, Software Engineering Paradigms
Software Process, Software Characteristics, Verification and Validation of
2. 3
Software.
3. Software Development Lifecycle - Waterfall Model, Spiral Model. 3
4. System Engineering, Business Process Engineering. 3
5. Product Engineering, Agile Methodology 3
Information Security Concepts:
6. Definition of Information Security, Evolution of Information Security; Basics 3
Principles of Information Security.
Critical Concepts of Information Security; Components of the Information
7. 3
System.
8. Balancing Information Security and Access; Implementing IT Security. 3
9. The system Development Life cycle, Security professional in the organization. 3

Building Security into Software Life Cycle
10. Understanding security requirements, building security into design of 4
application.
11. Approach for secure coding and security testing. 4
12. Web Application Security: Understanding web security vulnerabilities. 3
13. Attack types, controls. 4
14. Overview of OWASP. 2
Secure SDLC in Mobile Application Development: Understanding mobile app
15. 3
SDLC challenges, security issues in mobile apps.
16. Security design aspects in mobile apps. 3
17. Approach to secure SDLC in mobile app development. 3
Total 52
DECT0451 Professional Android Application Development

Professional FCCS0109 OOP using JAVA,
Android DEST0432 Core JAVA,
Application FCEN0402 Introduction to
Development Programming in C
This course is for students with a foundation in Android programming. It teaches them to use more Android
SDK capabilities, to integrate applications as well as improve and commercialize their applications expand their
application development skills. This course covers services, networking, third party apps, multimedia and
graphics, web application etc. this unit also informs the learner how to commercialize the applications developed
by them.
176
Learning Outcomes:
This course enhances the students about android and its programming concept as well as to integrate different
applications development skills .Even they will come out to develop different commercial apps in the field of
services, networking, multimedia and graphics, gaming.....etc.
PART - A
Unit -I: App Development Topics (8 Hours)
Services: Services and Notifications – bound/unbound services, Starting and stopping services, Android
Interface Definition Language, Handler and Messenger, Passing objects over IPC, Scheduling of services,
Remote service communication, Background processing using handlers, AsyncTask and Loaders, Setting up
notifications, Notification manager.
Unit- II: Android Networking (7 Hours)

Introduction Android networking capabilities, Android SDK networking packages, Android Socket
programming, Proxy Settings, Broadcasting, SMS application using Broadcast Receiver. Managing network
usage, Android Xml remote procedure calls on android, what is XML-RPC, History, Data types, using web
services on android phones Integrating with Embedded Applications: Embedded Apps: Telephony, SMS, etc.
Unit- III: Graphics (7 Hours)

Graphics & Multimedia – Introduction to Graphics, displaying bitmaps, displaying graphics with OpenGL ES,
defining and drawing shapes, projection, motion, and response to touch events.
Unit-IV: Animation (8 Hours)

Animating views - Scenes and Transitions, Frame Animations, Tween Animation, scale, rotate, translate, alpha,
Interpolation, Canvas/Drawing into a view, Surface View/Surface Holder, Adding animations - Crossfading two
views, View Pager, card flip, zooming a view, animating layout changes
PART – B
Unit -V: Threads & Processes (8hours)
Tasks & Processes: Tasks, Switching between Task, Process, Process lifecycle. Threads, Thread Life cycle,
Worker Threads, Thread Handlers, Threads & Loppers and IPC. Using network service discovery, P2P
connections.
Unit- VI: Web Applications (5 hours)

Web Applications - Web View, Viewport, Page navigation, Debugging web applications
Unit- VII: Web Services (6 hours)

Android Server Communication: communication protocols, interacting with server-side applications, develop
clients for web services, Exchanging Data over the Internet, data parsing using JSON and XML parsing,
XmlPullParser. Integrating with 3rd party Apps using Web Services - Facebook, LinkedIn.
Unit- VIII: Commercializing your application (10 Hours)

Security, Performance - Kernel, Application level Security, Using permissions, designing for Performance &
Designing for Performance, Syncing to cloud, Transferring data using Sync adapters, building apps for wearable,
TV, Using Google Play to monetize - Selling in-app products

1. Professional Android 4 Development by Reto Meier, John Wiley and Sons, 2012
2. Android in Action, Third Edition, by W. Frank Ableson, RobiSen, Chris King, C. Enrique Ortiz, 2012
3. Android Application Development Cookbook, by Wei-Meng Lee, John Wiley and Sons, 2013
4. Beginning Android 4, by Grant Allen, Apress, 2011
5. Beginning Tablet Programming, by Robbie Matthews, Apress, 2011
177
Lab Programs:
1. Start a service
2. Stop a service
3. Demonstrate startService(), stopService() and onBindService()
4. Manipulate notifications
5. Android socket programming
6. Create web services
7. Working with processes and threads
a. Create a thread which performs a single task
b. Perform multithreading
8. Graphics apps in android
a. Create an application where different shapes of different colors are displayed.
b. Create an application where
c. Create an application to show a cyclist moving from one direction to another
9. Animation apps like
a. Bouncing ball
b. Moving arrow, etc
10. Game creation in android like
a. Shooting bubbles
b. Shooting arrows.
c. Simple snake game, etc.
Pedagogy
Sl.
No.
App Development Topics: Services: Services and Notifications – 2 0
1 CRT +
bound/unbound services, Starting and stopping services.
PPT
2 Android Interface Definition Language, Handler and Messenger 2 0
Passing objects over IPC, Scheduling of services, Remote service CRT + 3 2
3 communication. PPT +
Practice
Background processing using handlers, AsyncTask and Loaders, Setting up CRT + 3 0
4 notifications, Notification manager. PPT
Android Networking: Introduction Android networking capabilities, 3 2
5 CRT +
Android SDK networking packages, Android Socket programming.
PPT +
Proxy Settings, Broadcasting, SMS application using Broadcast Receiver. 2 2
6 Practice
Managing network usage.
Android Xml remote procedure calls on android, what is XML-RPC, and it‟s CRT +
7 3 0
History. PPT
Data types, using web services on android phones Integrating with CRT +
8 Embedded Applications: Embedded Apps: Telephony, SMS, etc. PPT + 3 2
Practice
Graphics: Graphics & Multimedia – Introduction to Graphics, displaying
9 bitmaps and displaying graphics with OpenGL ES. 3
CRT +
Defining and drawing shapes, projection, motion, and response to touch PPT
10 3 0
events.
Animation: Animating views - Scenes and Transitions, Frame Animations, CRT +
11 Tween Animation. PPT + 3 2
Practice
178
Sl.
No.
Scale, rotate, translate, alpha, Interpolation, Canvas/Drawing into a view, CRT +
12 Surface View/Surface Holder. PPT + 3 2
Practice
Adding animations – Cross fading two views, View Pager, card flip, zooming
13 3 0
a view, animating layout changes. CRT +
Threads & Processes: Tasks & Processes: Tasks, Switching between Task, PPT
14 2 0
Process, Process lifecycle.
Threads, Thread Life cycle, Worker Threads, Thread Handlers, Threads &
15 Loppers and IPC. Using network service discovery, P2P connections. CRT + 2 2
PPT +
Web Applications: Web Applications - Web View, Viewport, Page Practice
16 2 2
navigation, Debugging web applications.
Web Services: Android Server Communication: communication protocols, CRT +
17 2 0
interacting with server-side applications. PPT
Develop clients for web services, Exchanging Data over the Internet, data
18 2 2
parsing using JSON and XML parsing, Xml Pull Parser.
Integrating with 3rd party Apps using Web Services - Face book, LinkedIn. CRT +
19 2 2
PPT +
Commercializing your application: Security, Performance - Kernel, Practice
20 Application level Security, Using permissions, designing for Performance & 2 2
Designing for Performance.
Syncing to cloud, Transferring data using Sync adapters, building apps for CRT +
21 wearable, TV, Using Google Play to monetize – Selling in-app products 2 0
PPT
Total 52 22
DEMA0153 Mobile Business Model

DEMA0153 Mobile Business Model Theory 3 Nil 3-0-0
Mobile industry is witnessing exponential growth year by year with the introduction of a variety of devices and
services. So, the industry should possess characteristics which will enable them to handle the fast growth of the
number of users, new technologies and the volatile environment, i.e. the mobile ecosystem has a set of players
and a constantly changing environment. This rapid change started with the introduction of Smartphone. The role
of each player in the ecosystem is uncertain. They can be contributing to various areas at different times. The
organizations use different business models to develop the mobile ecosystem. There cannot be a single business
model for all the organizations. Business model will be providing a description of the roles and relationships of
the company, customers, partners, suppliers, etc. This course focuses on mobile ecosystem from the business
perspective, the different business models that can be implemented and a set of case studies of the current mobile
ecosystem.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will gain a fair knowledge about the mobile ecosystem. Business models, app monetizing, marketing
and m-commerce.
Unit 1: Understanding Business Models and Ecosystem

Business Ecosystems, Value chain, Business models
Unit2: Overview of Mobile Market
Mobile Ecosystem, Global Mobile Ecosystem, Mobile Ecosystem in India, Impact of Open Source, Mobile
Marketing, Market Players.
179
Unit3: Mobile Application Monetization
Prevailing business models, Disruption and innovation, trends, Monetizing App: free and paid apps, app store
search, advertising, e-mail marketing, types of apps, native or cross platform apps.
Unit 4: Mobile Marketing
Mobile marketing/M-coupons, Mobile Advertising: Mobile advertising and search, mobile products and service
offerings, incentives and loyalty programs, banner display ads, interstitial ads, in-content ads, ads to download
other apps, making money with ads, app advertising, ad networks vs. media owners. Affiliate marketing.
Examples of ecosystem - Google Ecosystem, Apple Ecosystem
Unit5: Mobile Gaming and MCommerce
Mobile games - Case study-based - Angry birds/flappy bird, Productivity apps, M-commerce: future of mobile
marketing, mobile sites, services, benefits, mobile banking, mobile purchase, m-commerce apps, challenges.

1. Mobile Design and Development Practical concepts and techniques for creating mobile sites and web
apps, By Brian Fling, O'Reilly Media, 2009
2. Ad hoc networking - technology and trends: trend report 2002/2001 by Anne Buttermann, Center for
Digital Technology and Management (München), BoD – Books on Demand, 2001
3. M-Commerce, 2013 by Paul Skeldon
4. Mobile Commerce, 2013 by KarabiBandyopadhyay
5. Mobile Advertising: Supercharge Your Brand in the Exploding Wireless Market – 2008 - by Chetan
Sharma, Joe Herzog, Victor Melfi
6. Mobile Marketing - How technology is revolutionizing marketing, communications and advertising - by
Daniel Rowles, 2014
7. Mobile App Marketing and Monetization by Alex Genadinik, 2014
8. [* - Prescribed Text Books are not available for this subject as it is a study of current market trends and
ecosystem models]
Sl. No. Topic Th

Understanding Business Models and Ecosystem: Business Ecosystems, Value chain,
1. 4
Business models.
Overview of Mobile Market: Mobile Ecosystem, Global Mobile Ecosystem, Mobile
2. 3
Ecosystem in India.
3. Impact of Open Source, Mobile Marketing, Market Players. 3
4. Mobile Application Monetization: Prevailing business models, Disruption and innovation. 3
5. Trends, Monetizing App: free and paid apps, app store search, advertising, e-mail marketing. 3
6. Types of apps, native or cross platform apps. 3
Mobile Marketing : Marketing/M-coupons, Mobile Advertising: Mobile advertising and
7. 4
search.
8. Mobile products and service offerings, incentives and loyalty programs. 3
Banner display ads, interstitial ads, in-content ads, ads to download other apps, making
9. 4
money with ads, app advertising, ad networks vs. media owners.
10. Affiliate marketing. Examples of ecosystem - Google Ecosystem, Apple Ecosystem. 3
Mobile Gaming and M-Commerce: Mobile games - Case study-based - Angry birds/flappy
11. 3
bird, Productivity apps,
M-commerce: future of mobile marketing, mobile sites, services, benefits, mobile banking,
12. 3
mobile purchase, m-commerce apps, challenges.
Total 39
180
DECT0452 Mobile Testing

DEST0432 Core JAVA,
DECT0452 Mobile Testing Th. + Pra 5 3-1-0
Programming in C
Any technology, software or application can be authorized for use by developers and Software engineers once it
gets certified after testing. Testing is also a way of refining developmental aspects of technology and is a
valuable source for developing newer versions of the same. Mobile testing is not far from this truth. With the
constantly increasing focus on mobile technology around the world and the number of mobile applications being
developed for its users, mobile testing has predominantly gained momentum. This course covers the basics of
testing, testing frameworks used in Android, and the different tools used for testing mobile applications.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will enhance knowledge about the mobile testing methods, testing frameworks, test mobile apps and
tools.
Unit 1: Testing Fundamentals

SDLC, SDLC Phases, need of Testing, methods of Testing: Functional, Black Box, White Box, Regression,
Stress, Monkey etc., TestCase, Rules to write TestCase, Testsuite and Test Runner
Unit 2: Introduction to Android testing framework:
Junit: Junit Test Framework, Features of Junit Test Framework, Testing Fundamentals-TestCase,
TestSuite,TestRunners, JUnit classes, Junit in Android, Android Testing Framework, Test Projects-Directory
Structure, Android Testing API, Mock Objects, Activity Testing, what to Test, ContentProvider Testing, service
Testing, choosing devices to test, Testing tools
Unit 3: Mobile apps testing
Need of testing, Mobile applications testing landscape, Common types of testing, UI and functional testing
strategies of mobile applications, compatibilty testing need and methods, non-functional testing methods of
mobile applications - Performance, security, types of operations testing for mobile applications - Installation, un-
installation, upgrade, methods of testing the mobile application integration with phone features, challenges in
testing, difference between testing mobile web and testing native app
Unit 4: Mobile testing tools
Testing lifecycle of mobile applications, alternatives of testing environments for mobile apps testing,
Differentiate between testing on physical devices, cloud devices and emulators, different test automation tools
for mobile applications, key features of monkey talk tool, installation and use of monkeytalk tool for a mobile
application on emulator, installation and use of monkeytalk tool for a mobile application on PC connected
device, installation and use of monkeytalk tool for a mobile web, installation and use of monkeytalk tool for a
mobile application for cloud device.
Unit 5: UI and functional testing:
Using monkey talk - creation of test project, test suite and test script, record and playback feature, different
verification techniques, data driven testing methods, synchronization, script parameterization, reporting features.
Using Robotium - creation of test project, test suite, Robotium Framework, data driven testing method

1. Android Application Testing Guide, Diego Torres Milano, 2010
2. Robotium Automated Testing for Android, HrushikeshZadgaonkar, 2011
3. A Practical Guide to Testing Wireless Smartphone Applications by Julian Harty, MahadevSatyanarayanan,
2011
4. Testing Applications on the Web: Test Planning for Mobile and Internet-Based Systems Hung Q.
Nguyen, Bob Johnson, Michael Hackett, 2012.
181
Lab Programs:
1. Consider a scenario:
A developer develops the simple “SMS App”. The app functionality is as follows
a. Simple SMS functionality.
b. When you open the app it asks you your “age”.
c. If “age” is less than 16, then the app will ask you your parent‟s number.
d. If you send more than 10 messages the report goes to your parent. Test this app. Write all the
possible test cases for this app.
2. A developer develops the simple “Calculator” application - plain java application. The application has
all the basic functionalities of calculator. As a JUnit Tester; write a java code to test the “Calculator”
application.
3. Write a java code to test “Activity” using Android Testing Framework.
Given: “Login App”
4. Write a code to test “Activity” using Robotium Framework.
Given: “Login App”
5. Write a code to test “Service” using Android Testing Framework.
Given: “Service App”
6. Write a code to test “Content Provider” using Android Testing Framework.
Given: “Student Registration App”
7. Test the simple “Activity” using Monkeyrunner.
8. Test app using monkey-talk framework - install the monkey talk framework for a mobile a
pplication on emulator.
9. Create “Test Suite” and “Test Scripts” using Monkey Talk framework. I
10. Create “Test Suite” and “Test Scripts” using Monkey Talk framework. II
11. Create “Test Suite” and “Test Scripts” using Monkey Talk framework. III
12. Test any simple “Activity” using Monkey Talk framework by using record and playback technique
Pedagogy
Sl.
No.
1 CRT + PPT
Testing Fundamentals: SDLC, SDLC Phases, need of Testing. 2 2
+ Practice
2 Methods of Testing: Functional, Black Box, White Box, Regression,
CRT + PPT 3 0
Stress, Monkey etc.,
3 Test Case, Rules to write Test Case, Test suite and Test Runner CRT + PPT 2 0
4 Introduction to Android testing framework: Junit: Junit Test
3 3
Framework, Features of Junit Test Framework.
5 Testing Fundamentals-Test Case, Test Suite, Test Runners, JUnit classes,
2 2
Junit in Android.
6 Android Testing Framework, Test Projects-Directory Structure, Android
3 3
Testing API, Mock Objects.
7 Activity Testing, what to Test, Content Provider Testing, service Testing,
2 2
choosing devices to test, Testing tools. CRT + PPT
8 Mobile apps testing: Need of testing, Mobile applications testing + Practice
2 3
landscape.
9 Common types of testing, UI and functional testing strategies of mobile
2 3
applications, compatibility testing need and methods
10 Non-functional testing methods of mobile applications - Performance,
2 3
security.
Types of operations testing for mobile applications - Installation, un-
11 2 3
installation, upgrade.
182
Sl.
No.
Methods of testing the mobile application integration with phone features, CRT + PPT
12 3 2
challenges in testing. + Practice
13 Difference between testing mobile web and testing native app 2 0
Mobile testing tools: Testing lifecycle of mobile applications, alternatives
14 2 0
of testing environments for mobile apps testing.
Differentiate between testing on physical devices, cloud devices and
15 2 0
emulators, different test automation tools for mobile applications,
Key features of monkey talk tool, installation and use of monkey talk tool CRT + PPT
16 2 0
for a mobile application on emulator.
Installation and use of monkey talk tool for a mobile application on PC
connected device, installation and use of monkey talk tool for a mobile
17 2 0
web, installation and use of monkey talk tool for a mobile application for
cloud device
UI and functional testing: Using monkey talk - creation of test project,
18 2 3
test suite and test script, record and playback feature.
Different verification techniques, data driven testing methods, CRT + PPT
19 2 3
synchronization, script parameterization, reporting features. + Practice
Using Robotium - creation of test project, test suite, Robotium
20 2 3
Framework, data driven testing methods.
Total 39 39
DEMA0154 Cross Platform Application Development

Cross Platform DECT0446 Android Security,
DEMA0154 Application Theory 4 FCEN0410 Introduction to 4-0-0
Development Web Technology
With innumerable mobile applications developed all around the world, for various needs, both at a personal and
professional level, it also becomes important that they should be made available in all mobile platforms and
work equally efficiently in each of them. This led to the development of cross-platform applications. This course
aims at teaching the students how to develop applications that are compatible across various mobile platforms
like iOS, Windows and Android. Students will work on tools like PhoneGap and Sencha Touch for developing
these apps.
Learning Outcomes:
Student will attain the knowledge about NoSQL,Distributed System, MongoDB, Monitoring MongoDB, making
back-up, Relationships, Database References, Covered queries, Analyzing queries, Atomic operations, advanced
indexing, Indexing limitations. Create and drop database and collection, Operations on document (insert, query,
update, delete)
Part-A
Unit - I: Introduction to No SQL
Definition of NoSQL, History, Features of NoSQL, Need for NoSQL, Distributed systems, Advantages of
distributed computing, NoSQL Databases, MongoDB, CouchDB, Cassandra, RavenDB, DynamoDB
183
Unit- II: Introduction to MongoDB
Introduction to MongoDB, Features, Advantages, How to install, Data types, Data modeling, Documents,
Collections, MongoDB Shell, Create and drop database and collection, Operations on document (insert, query,
update, delete).
Unit- III: Replication in MongoDB

Projection methods, Limiting and sorting records, Indexing, Aggregation, Replication - setting a replica set,
components of a replica set, connecting and administration.
Unit-IV:Sharding in MongoDB
Sharding - configuring sharding, shard key.
Part-B
Unit-V: Advanced concepts in MongoDB
Relationships, Database References, Covered queries, Analyzing queries, Atomic operations, advanced indexing,
Indexing limitations, Object ID, Map Reduce, Text search, Regular Expressions, GridFS.
Unit-VI: Server Administration

Starting and stopping MongoDB, Monitoring MongoDB, making back-ups
Unit- VII: Introduction to Cassandra

History and features, Architecture, How to install, The Cassandra Data model, Shell commands, Configuring
Cassandra, Key space operations, Table operations.
Unit -VIII: CRUD operations

CQL Types, Clients, Monitoring, Maintenance, Performance Tuning,
Reference Books:
 Professional NoSQL, by Shashank Tiwari, Wrox
 NoSQL For Dummies, by Adam Fowler, Wiley
 MongoDB: The Definitive Guide, By Kristina Chodorow, O'Reilly
 The Definitive Guide to MongoDB, by David Hows, EelcoPlugge, Peter Membrey, Tim Hawkins
 MongoDB in Action, by Kyle Banker, Manning Publications Co.
 Practical Cassandra: A Developer's Approach, by Russell Bradberry, Eric Lubow, Addison-Wesley
 Cassandra: The Definitive Guide, by Eben Hewitt, O'Reilly
Sl.
Topic Th
No.
1 Definition of NoSQL, History, Features of NoSQL 3
2 Need for NoSQL, Distributed systems, Advantages of distributed computing 3
3 NoSQL Databases, MongoDB, CouchDB, Cassandra, RavenDB, DynamoDB 3
4 Introduction to MongoDB, Features, Advantages 3
How to install, Data types, Data modeling, Documents, Collections, MongoDB
5 3
Shell,
Create and drop database and collection, Operations on document (insert, query,
6 3
update, delete).
7 Projection methods, Limiting and sorting records 3
Indexing, Aggregation, Replication - setting a replica set, components of a replica
8 3
set, connecting and administration
9 Sharding - configuring sharding, shard key 3
Relationships, Database References, Covered queries, Analyzing queries, Atomic
10 7
operations, advanced indexing, Indexing limitations,
184
Sl.
Topic Th
No.
11 Object ID, Map Reduce, Text search, Regular Expressions, GridFS 5
12 Starting and stopping MongoDB, Monitoring MongoDB, making back-ups 3
History and features, Architecture, How to install, The Cassandra Data model, Shell
13 4
commands, Configuring Cassandra,
14 Key space operations, Table operations 3
15 CQL Types, Clients, Monitoring, Maintenance, Performance Tuning 3
Total 52
DECT0453 Advanced Web Technology

Advanced Web FCEN0410 Introduction
DECT0453 Th + Pra 5 3-2-0
Technology to Web Technology
Over the years Javascript has lent itself well to advanced Web development. New Javascript libraries have
emerged to simplify and improve the work of web developers. This course familiarizes students with some of the
commonly used developer technologies that are a required component of a web developer‟s portfolio of skills. In
this course the students will learn to use Node.JS, Angular.JS, REST and NoSQL databases.
Learning Outcomes:
Student will attain : Use new HTML5 & CSS3 features. Create a basic web page using basic HTML5 &/or CSS3
features. Create a web page with textboxes, check boxes, radio buttons, submit buttons. Create a web page with
forms, tables. Implement menus. Implement proper navigation in a web page
Unit –I:
Introduction to HTML5:Why HTML5? HTML, XHTML, Styling HTML5 with CSS, When can you use
HTML5?
Unit –II:
Features of HTML5: Introduction to canvas, multimedia, storage, working offline, geolocation, input types,
placeholder text, microdata.
Unit –III:
Multimedia: Video containers, video codec, audio codec, Multimedia accessibility, MIME. Communication
API
Unit –IV:
Canvas and Storage: Basics of Canvas, Using transforms, capturing images, drawing on the animating the
canvas, Web storage, Web SQL database
Unit –V: Geolocation: API methods, Messages, workers and sockets. Limitation in current browsers.
Text Books:
1. HTML5: Up and Running by Mark Pilgrim, O‟Reilly, August 2010
2. Pro Html5 Programming: Powerful App Is For Richer Internet Application Development by Peter
Lubbers, Brian Albers, Frank Salim, Ric Smith, Apress, 2010
Reference Books:
1. HTML5 For Web Designers by Jeremy Keith, June 2010
2. HTML5 Cookbook, by Christopher Schmitt, Kyle Simpson, O‟Reilly, November 2011
185
3. Head First HTML5 Programming by Eric Freeman, Elisabeth Robson, O‟Reilly, October 2011.
HTML5 / Advanced Web Technology Lab

Course Objective: To provide practical experience to students and reinforce the theory concepts learned in the
Advanced Web Technology course.
Learning Outcome:
Students will be able to :
 Use new HTML5 & CSS3 features
 Create a basic web page using basic HTML5 &/or CSS3 features.
 Create a web page with textboxes, check boxes, radio buttons, submit buttons
 Create a web page with forms, tables
 Implement menus
 Implement proper navigation in a web page
Lab Experiments for Advanced Web Technology are:

1. HTML5 Semantic elements Students will learn to:
 Use basic new HTML5 semantic elements
2. CSS Positioning Students will learn how to
 Use CSS3 to position HTML elements on a page as
 Use the float attribute
3. Restaurant site with online menu Students will learn to :
 Use CSS3 effectively to do things like format and distinguish the Page title, header, background and
various types of menu items to create a visually pleasing design & layout
4. Children‟s story website Students will learn to :
 Create a custom website from scratch
(Take a plain text version of the Jataka tales and design a visually appealing 5 page website).
5. Online Cookbook with Home page, recipe pages and glossary Students will learn to :
 Implement Menus
6. Print CSS Students will learn to :
 Create a CSS file which will be applied to the web page when being printed
7. Library Website designed for accessibility Students will learn to :
 Use HTML Tables & Forms
8. Responsive Web Design Students will learn how to :
 Design a web page that adapts to devices with various screen sizes
9. INU IT Assignments Page with Navigation Students will learn to :
 Login to a server and create a directory to upload assignments
 Use HTML Lists
 Implement hover text
10. Mock web site Page for updating student attendance, transferring attendance data to the server using JSON
and querying any student‟s attendance. Students will learn how to
 Create a web page using what they learned

11. Favourite Movies Page Students will learn to :
 Use CSS Pre-processors and Frameworks
 Change the colour scheme of a page using a configuration file
186
Pedagogy (All sessions through CRT + PPT + Lab Practice)
Sl.
Topic Th Pra
No.
1 Introduction to HTML5:Why HTML5? HTML 2 3
2 XHTML 2 2
3 Styling HTML5 with CSS, 3 4
4 When can you use HTML5? 2 0
5 Introduction to canvas, multimedia, storage 3 2
working offline, geolocation, input types, placeholder text,
6 3 4
microdata.
Video containers, video codec, audio codec, Multimedia
7 3 3
accessibility,
8 MIME. Communication API 2 3
9 Basics of Canvas, Using transforms, 3 3
10 Capturing images, drawing on the animating the canvas, 3 3
11 Web storage 3 2
12 Web SQL database 3 2
13 API methods, 2 2
14 Messages, workers and sockets. 3 2
15 Limitation in current browsers 2 2
Total 39 39
DECT0454 Enterprise Application Development

Enterprise FCCS0109 OOP using
DECT0454 Application Th + Pra 5 JAVA, DEST0432 Core 3-1-0
Development JAVA
In the real world applications developed for commercial purposes are complex and need to be robust, efficient,
flexible, secure, reliable and scalable. Meeting these sophisticated requirements requires knowledge of enterprise
architectures and technologies.
This course aims to familiarize students with modern enterprise application technologies and teach them to
build enterprise applications in Java. Practical concepts of java enterprise applications and enterprise mobility
are explored.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will gain the knowledge and skills required to develop simple enterprise applications. They should be
able to understand modern approaches to Enterprise software architecture and development, translate enterprise
business requirements to architecture.
They will be able to explain the functions of each layer in a typical enterprise architecture. Understand how to
architect the client, web, business, integration and data tiers of an enterprise application. Use key design
patterns, tools, servers and frameworks. Effectively use JSP, Servlets, JSF, EJBs. Write a simple but complete
application using these technologies.
Part-A
Unit -I: Introduction to Enterprise Application: (7 Hours)
Enterprise Architecture – life cycle, development framework, architectural model, conceptual layers, enterprise
IT architecture domain.
187
Enterprise Server – introduction, different types of enterprise servers, set up clusters.
Unit-II: Enterprise Resource Planning (7 Hours)

Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) - Customer Relationship Management (CRM) - SCM – HRM.
Enterprise Java – Introduction to web application and its lifecycle; Different containers
Unit -III: Web Tier (8 Hours)

XML and Java API for XML processing – Introduction to JAXP; DOM, SAX and StAX interface; XSLT
Servlets – Introduction; servlet life cycle; sessions; session tracking using hidden fields, user authentication,
URL rewriting and Cookies; Inter-servlet communication,
Unit-IV: Java Server (8 hours)

Java Server Pages (JSP) – introduction to JSP tags; JSP Life Cycle; Directives; Custom JSP tags.
Java Server Faces Technology – Introduction; Page Navigation; Tags; Life Cycle and Architecture.
Part-B
Unit -V: Enterprise Information Systems Tier (7 hours) Java Database
Connectivity – Introduction; Different types of drivers; Steps to establish a connection and query it,
Java Persistence API – JPA Architecture; Entities; Entity Relationship; Managing Entities,
Java Transaction API (JTA) – Transactions in J2EE; Serializability; Concurrent transactions; Distributed
transaction and transaction manager,
Mobile Database – Need for mobile database; Architecture; different products; Mobile transactions
Unit -VI: Business Tier (7 Hours)

Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) – EJB container; enterprise beans; Session beans; Message-driven beans,
JAX-WS Web service endpoints – introduction to creating web services and client.
Unit-VII: Data warehousing (8 Hours)

Business Intelligence and Data warehousing – Data model, Data integrity, OLAP, Application in an enterprise,
Model-View-Controller (MVC) Architecture – Introduction, Model1 and Model 2 architecture
Unit VIII: Enterprise Mobility (8 Hours)
Introduction to Enterprise Mobility: Trends and benefits; Drivers; Risks and analysis, Enterprise Mobility
Architecture – High level architecture; Building Modules; Capability Model; Meta Model – Mobile Device
Security;
Enterprise Mobility infrastructure: Secure VOIP,
Enterprise Mobility Middleware and Solutions - MEAPs, Native Apps, HTML5, Use Cases
Text Books:
1. Head First Servlets and JSP by Bryan Basham, Kathy Sierra, and Bert Bates from O‟Reilly Media, INC,
2008
Reference Books:
1. Java Server Faces: The Complete Reference by Chris Schalk, Ed Burns and James Holmes, 2006
2. A Practical Guide to Enterprise Architecture by James McGovern, 2003
3. Java EE 6 Development using GlassFish Application Server by David R. Heffelfinger, Packt Publishing,
2009
4. Effective Enterprise Java by Ted Neward, 2004
5. Java Enterprise Best Practices by Robert Eckstein and J. Steven Perry from O‟Reilly Authors, 2002.
Lab Programs:
1) Database Connectivity using JDBC
a) Write a program to create a simple registration form in command prompt. The data entered when
prompted should be saved into the database.
b) Access data from the database and print it onto the command prompt.
188
c) Perform user authentication using a login form
2) Servlets
a) Write a program to create a simple web page and print Hello World
b) Write a program to display a table in the web page
c) Write a program to display the page count
d) Write a program where the user gets a message when the page is accessed the 5th time.
e) Write a program to create a registration page in a web page and the data should be retrieved and
stored in the database for future uses.
3) Cookies
a) Create a simple cookie.
b) Display the details of the cookie.
c) Perform URL rewriting
4) Inter-servlet communication
a) Write a program with three servlets and perform inter-servlet communication.
b) Write a program to redirect to a second servlet and perform a task in the second servlet.
c) Write a program to send a cookie over different Servlets
5) JSP
a) Use all the tags – scriptlets, declaration, etc – Perform all the programs mentioned in Servlets part.
b) Write a program to manipulate a user polling system
6) EJB
a) Write a program to create a session bean
b) Write a program to create a message driven bean
7) MVC
a) Write a program to conduct a quiz consisting of 10 questions. Create the MVC architecture.
b) Write a program to create a simple chat application.
c) Write a program to simulate a simple calculator.
Pedagogy
Sl.
No.
Introduction to Enterprise Application:
Enterprise Architecture – life cycle, development framework,
1 2 0
architectural model, conceptual layers, enterprise IT architecture
domain.
Enterprise Server – introduction, different types of enterprise
2 2 0
servers, set up clusters.
CRT +
Enterprise Resource Planning :
PPT
3 Enterprise Resource Planning (ERP) - Customer Relationship 3 0
Management (CRM) - SCM – HRM.
Enterprise Java – Introduction to web application and its lifecycle;
4 2 0
Different containers
Web Tier:
5 XML and Java API for XML processing – Introduction to JAXP; 2 0
DOM, SAX and StAX interface; XSLT
Servlets – Introduction; servlet life cycle; sessions; session tracking
6 using hidden fields, user authentication, URL rewriting and Cookies; 3 12
CRT +
Inter-servlet communication,
LAB
Java Server:
7 Java Server Pages (JSP) – introduction to JSP tags; JSP Life Cycle; 2 9
Directives; Custom JSP tags.
CRT +
Java Server Faces Technology – Introduction; Page Navigation;
8 PPT 3 0
Tags; Life Cycle and Architecture
189
Sl.
No.
Enterprise Information Systems Tier :
Database Connectivity – Introduction; Different types of drivers; CRT +
9 Steps to establish a connection and query it, LAB 3 6
Java Persistence API – JPA Architecture; Entities; Entity
Relationship; Managing Entities,
Java Transaction API (JTA) – Transactions in J2EE; Serializability;
Concurrent transactions; Distributed transaction and transaction CRT +
10 manager, PPT 3 0
Mobile Database – Need for mobile database; Architecture; different
products; Mobile transactions
Business Tier: CRT +
11 Enterprise JavaBeans (EJB) – EJB container; enterprise beans; LAB 2 6
Session beans; Message-driven beans
JAX-WS Web service endpoints – introduction to creating web
12 2
services and client. CRT +
Data warehousing: PPT
13 Business Intelligence and Data warehousing – Data model, Data 2
integrity, OLAP, Application in an enterprise,
CRT +
Model-View-Controller (MVC) Architecture – Introduction,
14 LAB 2 6
Model1 and Model 2 architecture
Enterprise Mobility:
Introduction to Enterprise Mobility: Trends and benefits; Drivers;
15 Risks and analysis, Enterprise Mobility Architecture – High level 3
CRT +
architecture; Building Modules; Capability Model; Meta Model –
PPT
Mobile Device Security;
Enterprise Mobility infrastructure: Secure VOIP, Enterprise Mobility
16 Middleware and Solutions - MEAPs, Native Apps, HTML5, Use 3
Cases
Total 39 39
190
DECT0441 Cloud Computing Solutions

DECT0441 Cloud Computing Solutions Th. + Pra. 5 CCCS0407 Desktop Operating Systems 3-2-0
Windows Azure is a cloud computing platform and infrastructure, for building, deploying and managing
applications and services through a global network of Microsoft-managed data centers
Learning Outcomes:
Students will learn the basics of cloud technology in Windows Azure services like computer service, network service, data
service and App service. Programming with windows azure is also covered in depth.
Unit 1: Introduction
Introductionto MS. Azure, Virtual Machines: Creating Virtual Machines, Difference Between Basic and
Standard VMs, Logging in to a VM and Working, Attaching an empty Hard Disk to VM, Hosting a Website in
VM, Configuring End Points, Scaling up and Down, Creating a custom Image from VM, Creating a VM from a
custom Image, Shut down VM without Getting Billed, VM Pricing
Unit 2: Managing Infrastructure in Azure
Managing Infrastructure in Azure: Azure Virtual Networks, Highly Available Azure Virtual Machines, Virtual
Machine Configuration Management, Customizing Azure Virtual Machine Networking. Load Balancing:
Creating Cloud Services, Adding Virtual Machines to a Cluster, Configuring Load Balancer.
Unit 3: Windows Azure
Azure Storage: What is a Storage Account, Advantages, Tables, blobs, queues and drives, Azure Appfabric:
Connectivity and Access control Automation: Introduction Windows Power Shell, Creation of Run books,
Uploading a Shell Script, Authoring a Shell Script, ,
Unit 4: SQL Azure
SQL Azure: Creating a SQL Server, Creating a SQL DB, Creating Tables, Adding Data to the Tables, View
Connection Strings, Security Configurations, Migrating on premise DB to SQL Azure.
Unit 5: Websites
Websites: Creating a Website, Setting deployment credentials, Choosing a platform, Setting up Default page for
website, Scaling, Auto Scaling by Time, Auto Scaling by Metric, Difference between Free, Shared, Basic and
Standard websites, Creating a website using Visual studio
Text Books:
Cloud Computing Bible, Barrie Sosinsky, Wiley-India, 2010
Reference Books:
3. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms, Editors: Rajkumar Buyya,
James Broberg, Andrzej M. Goscinski, Wiley, 2011
4. Windows Azure Step By step by Roberto Brunetti.
Lab Programs:
13. Create and document the process of creating a windows azure account
14. Create a virtual machine from the gallery of windows server 2008 R2
15. Create a virtual machine using the option “quick Create”
16. Create a custom VM and Capture the image
17. Create a VM from a captured image
18. Add a VMs to a cluster and deploy load balancer on the same
19. Create and publish / host a webpage in windows azure
20. Create a website using Visual studio
191
21. Create a SQL server DB, Create tables and add data to the table
22. Test basic SQL commands on the table created in the previous step.
23. Migrate an on premise DB to Azure
24. Create a storage account in Azure
Pedagogy
Sl. T Pr
Topic Pedagogy
No. h a
Creating Virtual Machines, Difference Between Basic and Standard
CRT +
1. VMs, Logging in to a VM and Working, Logging in to a VM and 4 3
Lab Practice
Working, Attaching an empty Hard Disk to VM
CRT +
2. Hosting a Website in VM Lab Practice 3 6
+ PPT
3. Configuring End Points, Scaling up and Down 4 0

Creating a custom Image from VM,Creating a VM from a custom Image,
4. CRT + 3 3
Shut down VM without Getting Billed,VM Pricing
PPT
5. Azure Virtual Networks, Highly Available Azure Virtual Machines 2 0
Virtual Machine Configuration Management, Customizing Azure Virtual
6. 3 0
Machine Networking.
CRT +
Load Balancing: Creating Cloud Services, Adding Virtual Machines to
7. Lab Practice 3 6
a Cluster, Configuring Load Balancer.
+ PPT
Azure Storage: What is a Storage Account, Advantages, Tables, blobs,
8. 2 0
queues and drives, Azure Appfabric: Connectivity and Access control
CRT +
Automation: Introduction Windows Power Shell ,Creation of Run
9. PPT 3 0
books, Uploading a Shell Script, Authoring a Shell Script,
SQL Azure: Creating a SQL Server, Creating a SQL DB, Creating
10. Tables, Adding Data to the Tables, View Connection Strings, Security 4 6
Configurations, Migrating on premise DB to SQL Azure
CRT +
Websites: Creating a Website, Setting deployment credentials, Choosing
Lab Practice
11. a platform, Setting up Default page for website, Scaling ,Auto Scaling by 5 12
+ PPT
Time, Auto Scaling by Metric,
Difference between Free, Shared, Basic and Standard websites, Creating
12. 3 3
a website using Visual studio
Total 39 39
DEMA0155 Fundamentals of Exchange Server

Fundamentals of CCCS0111 OSI
Exchange Server Layer & Protocols
Updating and supporting a reliable, secure messaging infrastructure used for creating, Storing, and sharing
information by using Exchange Server. Includes a Significant amount of hands-on practices, discussions, and
assessments to assist students in becoming proficient in the skills necessary to update and support Exchange
Server.
192
Learning Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the student will be able to:

Perform a clean installation of Exchange Server and verify its success. Configure and manage Exchange Server.
Manage public folders, address lists, client configuration and connectivity, and hardware resources and manage
client access with Internet protocols. How Virtualization is implemented for Exchange Servers. Plan for disaster
and disaster recovery. Perform back-up and restore procedures. Perform preventive maintenance. Understanding
of Power Shell and Management Shell. Migrate users from Exchange Server 2010 to Exchange Server 2013.
Unit 1: Putting Exchange Server 2013 into context, Introducing Change in Exchange Server 2013
Significance of e-mail communication Importance of Email, Messaging Services, Exchange Server, Many modes
of access, The Universal Inbox, Architecture Overview. Controlling Mailbox growth, Personal folders or PST
files, Email archiving, Public Folders, Things every Email-administrators should know, Tools.
Exchange Server 2013
Getting to know Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server Architecture, x64 processor requirement, Windows
Server 2008 R2 and Widows Server 2012 Installer, Service Pack and Patching Improvements Server roles, Edge
Transport Services, Unified Messaging and Client Connectivity.
The managed store, High-Availability Features Content Storage, Exchange Server Management, Improved
Message and Content Control, Built-in Archiving, Message Transport Rules, Message Classifications, Rights
Management, Service Message Protection Programming Interfaces, New and Improved Outlook Web App,
Mobile Clients and Improved Security.
Unit 2: Understanding Availability, Recovery, Compliance, and Virtualization Server Exchange 2013
Technology to Business Viewpoint
What‟s in a Name, Backup and Recovery, Disaster Recovery, Management Frameworks, A Closer Look at
Availability, Storage Availability , An Overview of Exchange Storage, Direct Attached Storage, Storage Area
Networks, Compliance and Governance, The Bottom Line.
Virtualization Overview, Understanding Virtualized Exchange, Understanding Your Exchange Environment
Effects of Virtualization, Environmental Impact, Space Impact, Complexity Impact, Additional Considerations,
Virtualization Requirements, Hardware Requirements, Software Requirements, Operations, Deciding What to
Virtualized, Exchange Roles ,Testing, Possible Virtualization Scenarios, Small Office/Remote or Branch Office ,
Site Resilience, Mobile Access.
Unit 3: Introducing Power Shell, Exchange Management Shell and Getting Exchange Server Running.
Why Use Power Shell, Understanding the Command Syntax, Verbs and Nouns, The -Identity Parameter, Camlet
Parameters, Alias, Object-oriented Use of Power Shell, Filtering Output, Formatting Output, Directing Output to
Other Camlets, Power Shell v3 , Remote Power Shell, Tips and Tricks, Managing Output, Running Scripts,
Running Scheduled Power Shell Scripts, Debugging and Troubleshooting from Power Shell, Auto discover
Concepts, What Auto discover Provides , How Auto discover Works.
Hardware, Operating Systems, Configuring Windows, Understanding Server Role and Configuration, Active
Directory Requirements, Installing Exchange Server 2013, GUI-based Installation, Command-line Installation,
Post-installation Configuration Steps, Final Configuration.
Unit 4: Understanding Server roles, configuration, Exchange server 2013 requirement and Installation.
Server Roles, exchange server 2013 server roles, mailbox server, client access server, possible role
configurations, combined-function server, scaling exchange server 2013 roles.
Selecting the right server hardware, the typical user, CPU recommendations, memory recommendations,
network recommendations, disk recommendations, software recommendations, operating recommendations,
windows 7/windows 8 management consoles, additional requirement, active directory requirement, installation
and preparation permission.
Unit 5:
Preparing for exchange 2013, existing exchange organization, preparing the schema, preparing the active
directory forest, preparing additional domains, GUI Setup, Command-Line Setup, Command-Line installation
193
option, Command-Line Server-recovery option, Command-Delegated server installation, installing language
packs.
Reference Books:
3. Mastering Exchange server 2013 by David Elfassy
4. “Microsoft Exchange Server 2013 Unleashed “ By Rand Morimoto, Michael Noel, Guy
Yardeni, Chris Amaris, Andrew Abbate, Technical Edit by Ed Crowley, 2012 ed
Sl. Topic
Th
No.
Importance of Email, Messaging Services, Exchange Server, Many modes of access, The
1 3
Universal Inbox, Architecture Overview
Controlling Mailbox growth, Personal folders or PST files, Email archiving, Public Folders,
2 3
Things every Email-administrators should know, Tools
Getting to know Exchange Server 2013, Exchange Server Architecture, x64 processor
requirement, Windows Server 2008 R2 and Widows Server 2012 Installer, Service Pack and
3 4
Patching Improvements Server roles, Edge Transport Services, Unified Messaging and Client
Connectivity.
The managed store, High-Availability Features Content Storage, Exchange Server Management,
Improved Message and Content Control, Built-in Archiving, Message Transport Rules, Message
4 3
Classifications, Rights Management, Service Message Protection Programming Interfaces, New
and Improved Outlook Web App, Mobile Clients and Improved Security
What‟s in a Name, Backup and Recovery, Disaster Recovery, Management Frameworks, A
5 3
Closer Look at Availability, Storage Availability
An Overview of Exchange Storage, Direct Attached Storage, Storage Area Networks,
6 3
Compliance and Governance, The Bottom Line.
Virtualization Overview, Understanding Virtualized Exchange, Understanding Your Exchange
7 2
Environment Effects of Virtualization
Environmental Impact, Space Impact, Complexity Impact, Additional Considerations,
8 Virtualization Requirements, Hardware Requirements, Software Requirements, Operations, 3
Deciding What to Virtualized,
Exchange Roles ,Testing, Possible Virtualization Scenarios, Small Office/Remote or Branch
9 2
Office , Site Resilience, Mobile Access.
Why Use Power Shell, Understanding the Command Syntax, Verbs and Nouns, The -Identity
10 Parameter, Camlet Parameters, Alias, Object-oriented Use of Power Shell, Filtering Output, 3
Formatting Output, Directing Output to Other Camlets
Power Shell v3 , Remote Power Shell, Tips and Tricks, Managing Output, Running Scripts,
11 Running Scheduled Power Shell Scripts, Debugging and Troubleshooting from Power Shell, 3
Auto discover Concepts, What Auto discover Provides , How Auto discover Works
Hardware, Operating Systems, Configuring Windows, Understanding Server Role and
Configuration, Active Directory Requirements, Installing Exchange Server 2013, GUI-based
12 3
Installation, Command-line Installation, Post-installation Configuration Steps, Final
Configuration
Server Roles, exchange server 2013 server roles, mailbox server, client access server, possible
13 3
role configurations, combined-function server, scaling exchange server 2013 roles
Selecting the right server hardware, the typical user, CPU recommendations, memory
recommendations, network recommendations, disk recommendations, software
14 3
recommendations, operating recommendations, windows 7/windows 8 management consoles,
additional requirement, active directory requirement, installation and preparation permission.
15 Preparing for exchange 2013, existing exchange organization, preparing the schema, preparing 4
194
the active directory forest, preparing additional domains, GUI Setup, Command-Line Setup,
Command-Line installation option, Command-Line Server-recovery option, Command-Delegated
server installation, installing language packs.
Total 39
195
DECT0442 Advanced Linux Administration

Advanced Linux Theory + FCEN0119 Operating
DECT0442 5 3-2-0
Administration Practice Sysem Building Block
RHEL is a high performing operating system that. RHEL 6 is the sixth generation of the long term and
predictable operating platform. With the flexibility to deploy on physical hardware, as a virtual host, as a virtual
guest or in the cloud, Red hat Enterprise Linux 6 is the ideal foundation for next-generation datacenters. The
fresh system administrators need to have a strong functional knowledge of RHEL 6 in any current IT work
environment. The unit explores the security and network access controls in Linux, organizing network system
and Mail Services, Securing Data and Account Management.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will attain skills required to manage and administer systems and servers using Linux
Operating System. The operating system used for this unit is Red hat Enterprise Linux 6 (RHEL
6). Students may also appear for RED HAT Certification
Unit 1: Fundamentals of Linux

Development of Linux, Linux Distributions. Structure of Linux Operating System, Logging In and General
Orientation, The X Window System, KDE, GNOME. Navigating the File Systems, Managing Files, File
Permission and Access, Shell Basics, Shell Advanced Features, File Name Generation. Common UNIX
commands
Unit 2: Administration of Linux OS

Installing Linux, Configuring Disk Devices, Creating and Managing File Systems, File System Backup,
Kickstart Installation, Linux Boot Loaders, Linux Kernel Management, Managing User Accounts,
Understanding File Listing, Ownership and Permission, Managing Software using RPM, Connecting to
Network, Linux Network Services, Setting up a Printer
Unit 3: Input and Output Redirection

Input Redirection, Output Redirection, Error Redirection, Filter, Pipes. Networking in Linux: Network
Connectivity, IP address, Accessing Remote system, Transferring files, and Internet configuration. Process
Control: Identifying Process, Managing Process, Background Processing, Putting jobs in Background. Offline
File Storage: Storing files to Media Booting process and User.
Unit 4: Linux Basic networking and naming service

Introduction to Networking, Networking, Internet Network Services, Dynamic DNS,Electronic Messaging,
Apache , NIS and Network File Sharing: NIS, Network File Sharing, SAMBA. Security: Defining System
Security Policies, System Authentication Services and Security, Securing Services, Securing Data and
Communication
Unit 5: The Unix File System

Inodes - Structure of a regular file – Directories - Conversion of a path name to an inode - Super block - Inode
assignment to a new file - Allocation of disk blocks. System calls for the file System: Open – Read - Write -
Lseek – Close - File creation - Creation of special files - Changing directory and root - changing owner and
mode – stat and fstat - pipes - Dup - Mounting and Un mounting file systems - Link and Un link.

4. Red hat Linux Administration By Michael Turner and Steve Shah-McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc Publisher, 2010
196
5. Redhat Fedora linux for Dummies By NabaBarkakati-Wiley Publishing, Inc, 2011
6. RHCSA/RHCE Red Hat Linux Certification Study Guide (Exams EX200 & EX300),
6th Edition (Certification Press) [Paperback], Michael Jang, McGraw-Hill Osborne
Media; 6 edition (June 17, 2011)
List of Programs
1) Configure the following tasks & verify it. (Hint - use grep/cut/tr/sed)
a) List the lines containing "/sbin/nologin" from the /etc/passwd file.
b) List only lines of output from ps, which lists running processes that contain the string "init".
c) Display the list of GIDs from /etc/passwd file.
d) Alter all the letters that starts from range "a-f" to "A-F" in /etc/passwd file.
2) Create an alias named eth0:0 using below credentials in RHEL 5 and verify it.
(a) IP ADRESS = 172.16.0.1 (b) 255.255.0.0
(c) Default Gateway = 172.16.0.254 (d) DNS 1 = 4.2.2.1
3) Configure password policy for user john with below arguments in RHEL 5. After configuration verify
the policy applied.
(a) Minimum password age = 4 days
(b) Maximum password age = 15 days
(c) Inactive days = 2 days
(d) Account Expiration date = 6 months from today
4) Configure the following tasks:
(a) Add user accounts to your system: Joshua, alex, dax, bryan, zak, ed and manager.
Assign each user this password: 123@iMs.
(b) Add the groups to your system: sales with GID: 1000, HR with GID: 1100 and
web with GID: 1200.
(c) Add Joshua and alex to the sales group, dax and bryan to the HR group, zak and ed to the web
group and add manager to all of these groups.
(d) Login with each user & verify using id command that they are in the appropriate groups.
5) Use ACL to accomplish these tasks:

(a) Create groups named Admin and Web.
(b) Create users named John and Jimmy.
(c) Create a new directory named /depts/tech/. Change the permission so that root is the owner and
Admin is the group owner.
(d) Use ACL to give full permission for /depts/tech/ to the Web group.
(e) Allow John read/execute but not write permission on the /depts/tech/ directory.
(f) Allow Jimmy full permission on the /depts/tech/ directory.
6) You are tasked with finding all SUID & SGID files under the / directories.
7) Configure your system that boots to run level 3 by default. Configure X server using command in run
level 3.
8) Devise a ps command that does the following. (Hint: sort/ps/top)
(a) List all processes.
(b) For each process, prints the information which displays the percentage of CPU usage, the
process ID & name of the command that created it.
(c) The output is sorted by the %cpu value from highest to lowest
9) Explain the suid, sgid& sticky bit permission with example.

10) Customize the Bash prompt as per given tasks (Hint - PS1).
(a) Display the current value of primary prompt string.
(b) Changes prompt to print a static string "ITIMS -'".
(c) Restore the original prompt.
197
(d) Insert the bash history prompt special character "\!" between the hostname and dollar-sign.
11) Configure given tasks for package management: (Hint: use rpm command)
(a) Check whether ftp package is installed or not.
(b) If it is not installed, install it & verify it.
(c) Display the configuration files available through this package.
(d) Be sure that ftp service must be enabled at startup.
12) Use rpm queries to answer the following questions.

(a) What files are in the "initscripts" package?
(b) Which installed packages have "gnome" in their names?
(c) Which RPM provides /etc/inittab?
13) Prepare a cron job that take the backup of /home at 5:00pm on every Saturday.
14) Change your system date to 1:00pm March 1990.
15) Copy /etc/fstab file to /tmp directory as newfstab file. The user owner is Jack and group owner is admin.
Give full permission to user owner and read, write permission to group owner. No permission to others.
16) Configure your system such that SELinux must be in enforcing mode and firewall is enables and ssh
service is not allowed through your firewall.
17) Configure ftp server such that anonymous can download and upload the data to ftp server. Deny users
John and Carel to access the ftp server. Note that your ftp server must be accessible in your private
network only. It can't be accessible in another network.
18) Create a RAID level 1 on /dev/md0 device by creating two equal partitions of 100MB size and mount it
on /data. The RAID device must be mounted at the time of system startup.
19) Configure LVM in volume group named volgrp by creating 2 partitions of 100MB size and mount it on
/exam directory. The initial size of LVM is approximately 40MB and after extending the size of LVM is
80MB.
21) Configure the DHCP server such that your DHCP server will able to provide IP configuration to 65
systems in your network.
22) Configure the station as NFS server such that /share directory is shared & only accessible in your
network. This NFS share should be automatically mounted on remote client using autofs. On remote
client system, NFS share should be mounted on /data/share directory.
23) Configure stationx.example.com for quota such that when user neo type dd if=/dev/zero
of=/quota/somefilebs=1024 count=30, he succeed. When he type dd if=/dev/zero
of=/quota/somefilebs=1024 count=70 he fails.
198
Pedagogy
Sl.
No.
Development of Linux, Linux Distributions. Structure of Linux
Operating System, Logging In and General Orientation, The X Window 4 6
System, KDE, GNOME CRT +
Navigating the File Systems, Managing Files, File Permission and PPT +
2 Access, Shell Basics, Shell Advanced Features, File Name Generation. Lab 4 3
Common UNIX commands Practice
Installing Linux, Configuring Disk Devices, Creating and Managing File
3 Systems, File System Backup, Kickstart 2 3
Installation, Linux Boot Loaders, Linux Kernel Management, Managing

4 2 6
User Accounts, Understanding File Listing, Ownership and Permission CRT +
Managing Software using RPM, Connecting to Network, Linux PPT
5 3 0
Network Services, Setting up a Printer
Input Redirection, Output Redirection, Error Redirection, Filter, Pipes.
6 CRT + 2 6
Networking in Linux: Network Connectivity,
PPT +
IP address, Accessing Remote system, Transferring files, and Internet
Lab
configuration. Process Control: Identifying Process, Managing Process,
7 Practice 5 3
Background Processing, Putting jobs in Background. Offline File
Storage: Storing files to Media Booting process and User.
Introduction to Networking, Networking, Internet Network Services, CRT +
8 4 0
Dynamic DNS,Electronic Messaging, Apache ppt
NIS and Network File Sharing: NIS, Network File Sharing, SAMBA.
Security: Defining System Security Policies, System Authentication
9 5 3
Services and Security, Securing Services, Securing Data and
Communication
Inodes - Structure of a regular file – Directories - Conversion of a path
10 name to an inode - Super block - Inode assignment to a new file - 3 3
Allocation of disk blocks.
System calls for the file System: Open – Read - Write - Lseek – Close -
11 File creation CRT + 2 3
PPT +
Creation of special files - Changing directory and root - changing owner Lab
12 2 3
and mode – stat and fstat - pipes Practice
13. Dup - Mounting and Un mounting file systems - Link and Un link. 2 3
Total 39 39
DECT0443 Advanced Installation and Configuration of Server

DECT0443 5 3-2-0
Configuration of Server Practice Configuration of Server
This course helps to gain the necessary and advanced information and skills needed to successfully install and
configure Server, perform basic administration tasks, & manage data storage systems, Focus on configuring
access to files and folders in Servers, learn the skills required to configure and manage the Hyper-V role when
deploying virtual machines along with the components, technologies, and server configurations associated with
virtualization, learn the skills to deploy and configure core network services, gain a better understanding about
199
the difference between IPv4 and IPv6, and how to install DHCP and DNS, gain the knowledge and skills
necessary to begin implementing Active Directory in various environments including the domain controller's
role in Active Directory, and how to install it, understand what Group Policy is and how it operates by look at
the different abilities of Group Policy in an Active Directory environment.
Learning Outcomes:
Students will attain skills to successfully install and configure Server, perform basic administration tasks, &
manage data storage systems ,Creating and Configuring Virtual Machine Setting,Configuring IPV4 and IPV6
addressing,Deploying and configuring DHCP server,Installing Domain Controller, Creating and Managing
Active Directory Groups and Organizational Units
Unit-1: Creating and Configuring Virtual Network in Windows

What is Virtual Networking, how to create New Virtual Switch, configuration of MAC Addresses, how to create
Virtual Network Adapters, Synthetic Adaptors and Emulated Adapters, Configuration of Hardware Acceleration
Setting and Advanced Network Adapter Features, Configure Virtual Network, Extending a Production Network
into Virtual Space, creating an Isolated Network.
Unit-2: Configuring IPv4 and IPv6 Addressing in Windows
IPv4 Classful Addressing, Subnetting, Classless Inter-Domain Routing with Example, Public and Private IPv4
Addressing, Using Network Address Translation and Proxy Server, IPv4 Subnetting and Supernetting, Assigning
IPv4 Addressing and Configuration, Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, Automatic Private IP
Addressing(APIPA), Introducing IPv6, IPv6 Address types, Global Unicast Addresses, Link-Local Unicast
Addresses, Unique Local Unicast Addresses, Special, Multicast, Anycast Addresses, Assigning IPv6 Addresses,
Manual IPv6 Address Allocation, Stateless IPv6 Address Auto configuration, Dynamic Host Configuration
Protocol.
Unit-3: Deploying and Configuring the DHCP, DNS Service
Understanding DHCP, DHCP Packets, DHCP message types option, pad option, option overload option,
Vendor-Specific information Option, DHCP Communications and Lease Negotiation, DHCP Lease Renewal,
Designing a DHCP Infrastructure, a Distributed DHCP and Centeralized DHCP Infrastructures, a Hybrid DHCP
Infrastructure and DHCP Network Traffic,
How to create DNS Standard, how to create DNS Domain Hierarchy, Understanding DNS
Communications, Comprehending DNS Server Caching, Understanding DNS Referrals and Queries, function of
DNA Forwarders and Reverse Name Resolution, Designing DNS Deployment, Resolving Internet Names,
Hosting internet Domains, Hosting Active Directory Domain, Integrating DHCP and DNS, Separating DNS
Services.
Unit-4: Installing Domain Controllers
Understanding Active Directory and Active Directory Architecture Functions, function of Objects and
Attributes, Understanding Domains, Zooming in: Organizational Units, Zooming in: Groups, Zooming out:
Domain Trees, Zooming out: Forests, Introducing LDAP, function of Replication, Installing the Active Directory
Domain Services Role, Creating a New Forest, Adding a Domain Controller to an Existing Domain, Creating a
New Child Domain in a Forest, Installing AD DS on Server Core, install from media(IFM), Upgrading Active
Directory Domain Services, Removing a Domain Controller, configuring the Global Catalog.
Unit-5: Creating and Managing Active Directory Groups and Organizational Units
Designing an Internal Domain Structure, how Inheritance works, how organizational Units and Group objects,
Working with Organizational Units, creating OUs, using OUs to Delegate Active Directory, Management Tasks,
Working with Groups, function of Group types and group scopes, Domain Local Groups, Global Groups and
universal Groups, Nesting groups, Creating groups from the command line, Managing Group Memberships,
Managing Group Membership using Group Policy, Managing group objects with Dsmod.exe, converting
Groups, Deleting a Group.
Text Book:
3. Windows Server 2012: A Handbook for Professionals by Aditya Raj (Author)
4. MCSA 70-410 Cert Guide R2: Installing and Configuring Windows Server 2012 (Certification Guide)
Hardcover – Import, 12 Sep 2014 by Don Poulton (Author), David Camardella (Author)
200
Reference Book:-
3. Installing and Configuring Widows Server 2012 by Craig Zacker
Lab Programs:
9. Creating and Configuring Virtual Machine Setting.
10. Creating Virtual Network.
11. Configuring Virtual Network.
12. Configuring IPv4 and IPv6 Addressing.
13. Deploying and Configuring the DHCP Service
14. Deploying and Configuring the DNS Service
15. Installing Domain Controllers
16. Creating and Managing Active Directory Groups and Organizational Units.
Pedagogy
Sl. Pedago T P
Topic
No. gy h ra
What is Virtual Networking, how to create New Virtual Switch, CRT +
1 2 3
configuration of MAC Addresses, how to create Virtual Network Adapters Practice
Synthetic Adaptors and Emulated Adapters, Configuration of Hardware CRT +
2 Acceleration Setting and Advanced Network Adapter Features, Configure PPT + 3 6
Virtual Network Practice
Extending a Production Network into Virtual Space, creating an Isolated
3 2 0
Network.
IPv4 Classful Addressing, Subnetting, Classless Inter-Domain Routing with CRT +
Example, Public and Private IPv4 Addressing, Using Network Address PPT
4 3 0
Translation and Proxy Server, IPv4 Subnetting and Supernetting, Assigning
IPv4 Addressing and Configuration,
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol, Automatic Private IP
Addressing(APIPA), Introducing IPv6, IPv6 Address types, Global Unicast
Addresses, Link-Local Unicast Addresses, Unique Local Unicast Addresses,
5 4 3
Special, Multicast, Anycast Addresses, Assigning IPv6 Addresses, Manual
IPv6 Address Allocation, Stateless IPv6 Address Auto configuration,
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol.
Understanding DHCP, DHCP Packets, DHCP message types option, pad
option, option overload option, Vendor-Specific information Option, DHCP
CRT +
6 Communications and Lease Negotiation, DHCP Lease Renewal, Designing a 4 3
PPT +
DHCP Infrastructure, a Distributed DHCP and Centeralized DHCP
Lab
Infrastructures, a Hybrid DHCP Infrastructure and DHCP Network Traffic
Practice
How to create DNS Standard, how to create DNS Domain Hierarchy,
Understanding DNS
Communications, Comprehending DNS Server Caching, Understanding DNS
7 Referrals and Queries, function of DNA Forwarders and Reverse Name 4 6
Resolution, Designing DNS Deployment, Resolving Internet Names, Hosting
internet Domains, Hosting Active Directory Domain, Integrating DHCP and
DNS, Separating DNS Services.
Understanding Active Directory and Active Directory Architecture
8 2 6
Functions, function of Objects and Attributes, Understanding Domains,
Zooming in: Organizational Units, Zooming in: Groups, Zooming out: CRT +
9 Domain Trees, Zooming out: Forests, Introducing LDAP, function of ppt 2 0
Replication,
201
Sl.
No.
Installing the Active Directory Domain Services Role, Creating a New Forest, CRT +
10 Adding a Domain Controller to an Existing Domain, Creating a New Child PPT + 2 6
Domain in a Forest, Practice
Installing AD DS on Server Core, install from media(IFM), Upgrading Active
11 Directory Domain Services, Removing a Domain Controller, configuring the 2 0
Global Catalog
Designing an Internal Domain Structure, how Inheritance works, how
12 organizational Units and Group objects, Working with Organizational Units, CRT + 2 0
creating OUs, using OUs to Delegate Active Directory, PPT
Management Tasks, Working with Groups, function of Group types and group
13 2 0
scopes
Domain Local Groups, Global Groups and universal Groups, Nesting groups,
14 2 0
Creating groups from the command line,
Managing Group Memberships, Managing Group Membership using Group CRT +
15 Policy, Managing group objects with Dsmod.exe, converting Groups, Deleting a PPT + 3 6
Group. Practice
Total 39 39
DECT0142 Advance Storage Technology

Advanced Storage CCCS0109
Technology Fundamantals of Storage
The requirements to store the data as it grow. Different storage topologies and devices used to store the data.
Protocols used to access the data from storage devices. How to implement the fault tolerance and redundancy
for data. How to secure the data and maintaining the data
Learning Outcomes:
Understanding advantages and limitations of DAS, NAS and SAN.Learning the characteristics of different
storage devices. Understanding iSCSI and Fibre channel
Unit 1: Introduction to Data-Storage

Importance of Data, Data Growth and Demands on Data, Storage Evolution, Storage Topologies, DAS –
Advantages and Limitation, NAS – Advantages and Limitation, SAN – Advantages and Limitation, Comparing
DAS, NAS and SAN
Unit 2: Storage Hardware & Ecosystem

Host Bus Adapters, SFPs, FC Cables and Connectors, SCSI/SATA/SAS Cables and, Connectors, Disk Drive,
Host Bus Adapters, JBODs, External Storage Boxes, Tape Drive, Tape Library, Fiber Channel, Switches,
Bridges, FC Appliances
Unit 3: Storage Protocols

ATA and SATA, SPI – Parallel SCSI, Limitations of Parallel SCSI, SAS – Serial Attached, SCSI, SAS
Topology, SAS Devices, Benefits of SAS
202
Unit 4: iSCSI , RAID , Fibre Channel
iSCSI Topology, iSCSI Initiators and Targets, iSCSI Names and Addresses, Speeding Up, iSCSI, iSCSI
Advantages, iSCSI Limitation, Comparing Storage Protocols
RAID, why RAID, RAID Levels, RAID 0 – 6, DP, Nested RAID Terminology, Comparison of RAID Levels,
RAID Characteristics, RAID Performance, RAID in Software, RAID in Hardware
Fiber Channel:
FC Topologies, FC Ports, FC Protocol Layers, FC WWNs, FC Addresses, FC Frame, FC Flow Control, Zoning,
LUN Masking, FC Strength and Limitation
Unit 5: Storage Security and Managing the Storage infrastructure

Storage Security framework, Risk Triad, storage security domains, security implementation in storage
networking
Managing the Storage Infrastructure: Monitoring the storage infrastructure, storage management activities,
storage infrastructure management challenges and developing an ideal solution.
Text Books:
2. Storage Networks: The Complete Reference, Robert Spalding, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2003
Reference Books:
2. Information Storage and Management: Storing, Managing, and Protecting Digital Information, EMC
Education Services, Wiley; 1 edition (April 6, 2009)
S.
Topic Th
No.
1 Importance of Data, Data Growth and Demands on Data, Storage Evolution 5
Storage Topologies, DAS – Advantages and Limitation NAS – Advantages and
2 5
Limitation
3 SAN – Advantages and Limitation, Comparing DAS, NAS and SAN 5
Host Bus Adapters, SFPs, FC Cables and Connectors, SCSI/SATA/SAS Cables and,
4 5
Connectors
Disk Drive, Host Bus Adapters, JBODs, External Storage Boxes, Tape Drive, Tape
5 3
Library, Fiber Channel, Switches, Bridges, FC Appliances
ATA and SATA, SPI – Parallel SCSI, Limitations of Parallel SCSI, SAS – Serial
6 5
Attached, SCSI, SAS Topology, SAS Devices, Benefits of SAS
iSCSI Topology, iSCSI Initiators and Targets, iSCSI Names and Addresses, Speeding
7 3
Up, iSCSI, iSCSI Advantages, iSCSI Limitation, Comparing Storage Protocols
why RAID, RAID Levels, RAID 0 – 6, DP, Nested RAID Terminology, Comparison of
8 RAID Levels, RAID Characteristics, RAID Performance, RAID in Software, RAID in 5
Hardware
FC Topologies, FC Ports, FC Protocol Layers, FC WWNs, FC Addresses, FC Frame,
9 5
FC Flow Control, Zoning, LUN Masking, FC Strength and Limitation
Storage Security framework, Risk Triad, storage security domains, security
10 5
implementation in storage networking
11 Monitoring the storage infrastructure, storage management activities, 3
12 Storage infrastructure management challenges and developing an ideal solution. 4
Total 52
203
DECT0143 Cloud Web Services

CCCS0111 OSI
DECT0143 Cloud Web Services Theory 4 4-0-0
Layer & Protocols
To make students able to understand about the cloud environment and different web services. It aims to provide
the students with the fundamental knowledge, understanding, and skills required for designing and building
applications to exploit cloud computing and web service paradigm.
Learning Outcomes:
After completing this seminar, participants will be able to discuss, with confidence, what is cloud computing and
what are key security and control considerations within cloud computing environments, identify various cloud
services, assess cloud characteristics and service attributes, for compliance with enterprise objectives, explain the
four primary cloud categories, contrast the risks and benefits of implementing cloud computing and weight the
impact of improperly controlled cloud computing environments on organizational sustainability.
Unit 1: Introduction to Cloud Computing and Amazon Web Services
Introduction to Cloud Computing, Cloud Service Delivery Models (IAAS, PAAS, SAAS), Cloud Deployment
Models (Private, Public, Hybrid And Community), Cloud Computing Security, Case Study
Introduction to Amazon Web Services, Why Amazon? Use Cases, AWS Storage Options, AWS Compute
Options, AWS Database Options, AWS Workflow Automation And Orchestration Options, AWS Systems
Management And Monitoring Options, AWS Virtual Private Cloud Introduction, Pricing Concepts
Unit 2: Introduction to EC2

Introduction To EC2, Instance Types And Uses, Autoscaling Instances, Amazon Machine Images (AMIS),
Modifying Existing Images, Creating New Images Off Of Running Instances, Converting An Instance Store
AMI To An EBS AMI, Instances Backed By Storage Types, Creating A Web Server Using Ec2, Elastics Block
Storage (EBS), Elastic IPS, Route 53 DNS System, Cloud front SNS Pricing
Unit 3: S3, Cloud watch, Elastic Beanstalk and Security

Introduction To S3, Buckets And Objects, Security, Creating A Web Server Using S3 Endpoints, Introduction
To Cloud watch, Creating Alarm Notifications, Auto scaling Instances, Deploying Scalable Application On
AWS, Selecting And Launching An Application Environment, Provisioning Application Resources with Cloud
formation.
Describe Amazon Dynamo, Understand key aspects of Amazon RDS, Launch an Amazon RDS instance,
Identify what is Cloud Formation, Describe Amazon Cloud Watch metrics and alarms, Describe Amazon
Identity and Access Management (IAM). Security In AWS, IAM (Identity And Access Management), Access
Control Lists (ACLs). Securing Data at Rest and In Motion, Security Groups.
Unit 4: AWS Storage, Elasticity and AWS Networking

Amazon Storage, S3 Storage Basics, Managing Voluminous Information with EBS, Glacier Storage Service,
AWS Networking: Networking Basics, VLAN Basics, Basics of AWS VLANs, AWS Network IP Addressing
and Mapping.
Unit 5: VIRTUAL PRIVATE CLOUD (VPC)

Load Balancers And Availability Zones, Elastic Network Interfaces (ENI), Setting Up VPC And Internet
Gateway, Setting Up a Security Group, Launching And EC2 Instance And Assigning An ENI, Setting Up A
VPN, Setting Up A Customer Gateway For VPN, Setting Up Dedicated Hardware For VPC, Scenario 1:VPC
With A Public Subnet Only (Standalone Web), Scenario 2: VPC with Public And Private Subnets (3 Tier App),
Scenario 3:VPC With Public And Private Subnets And Hardware VPN Access (Web On The Cloud, Database
and App On Prem) Scenario 4: VPC With A Private Subnet Only And Hardware VPN Access. (Extension of
Your Corporate Network), Case Study
204
Text Books:
2. Cloud Computing: Principles and Paradigms, RajkumarBuyya, James Broberg, Andrzej M. Goscinski,,
John Wiley and Sons Publications, 2011
Reference Books:
3. Brief Guide to Cloud Computing, Christopher Barnett, Constable & Robinson Limited, 2010
4. Amazon Web Services for Dummies, Bernald Golden, John Wiley & Sons, 2013
S.
Topic Th
No.
Introduction to Cloud Computing, Cloud Service Delivery Models (IAAS, PAAS,
1 SAAS), Cloud Deployment Models (Private, Public, Hybrid And Community), Cloud 3
Computing Security, Case Study
Introduction to Amazon Web Services, Why Amazon? Use Cases, AWS Storage
2 Options, AWS Compute Options, AWS Database Options, AWS Workflow Automation 3
And Orchestration Options.
AWS Systems Management And Monitoring Options, AWS Virtual Private Cloud
3 3
Introduction, Pricing Concepts
Introduction To EC2, Instance Types And Uses, Auto scaling Instances, Amazon
4 3
Machine Images (AMIS), Modifying Existing Images.
Creating New Images Off Of Running Instances, Converting An Instance Store AMI To
5 3
An EBS AMI, Instances Backed By Storage Types
Creating A Web Server Using Ec2, Elastics Block Storage (EBS), Elastic IPS, Route 53
6 3
DNS System, Cloud front SNS Pricing
Introduction To S3, Buckets And Objects, Security, Creating A Web Server Using S3
7 Endpoints, Introduction To Cloud watch, Creating Alarm Notifications, Auto scaling 3
Instances,
Deploying Scalable Application On AWS, Selecting And Launching An Application
8 3
Environment, and Provisioning Application Resources with Cloud formation.
Describe Amazon Dynamo, Understand key aspects of Amazon RDS, Launch an
9 Amazon RDS instance, Identify what is Cloud Formation, Describe Amazon Cloud 4
Watch metrics and alarms,
Describe Amazon Identity and Access Management (IAM). Security In AWS, IAM
10 (Identity And Access Management), Access Control Lists (ACLs). Securing Data at 4
Rest and In Motion, Security Groups.
Amazon Storage, S3 Storage Basics, Managing Voluminous Information with EBS,
11 2
Glacier Storage Service,
AWS Networking: Networking Basics, VLAN Basics, Basics of AWS VLANs, AWS
12 3
Network IP Addressing and Mapping.
Load Balancers And Availability Zones, Elastic Network Interfaces (ENI), Setting Up
13 VPC And Internet Gateway, Setting Up a Security Group, Launching And EC2 Instance 4
And Assigning An ENI
Setting Up A VPN, Setting Up A Customer Gateway For VPN, Setting Up Dedicated
14 3
Hardware For VPC,
Scenario 1:VPC With A Public Subnet Only (Standalone Web), Scenario 2: VPC with
15 3
Public And Private Subnets (3 Tier App)
3:VPC With Public And Private Subnets And Hardware VPN Access (Web On The
16 Cloud, Database and App On Prem) Scenario 4: VPC With A Private Subnet Only And 5
Hardware VPN Access. (Extension of Your Corporate Network), Case Study
Total 52
205
DECT0144 Administration of Server

Administration of FCEN0119 Operating
Server System Building Block
RHEL is a high performing operating system. RHEL 6 is the sixth generation of the long term and predictable
operating platform.. With the flexibility to deploy on physical hardware, as a virtual host, as a virtual guest or in
the cloud, Red hat Enterprise Linux 6 is the ideal foundation for next-generation datacenters. The fresh system
administrators need to have a strong functional knowledge of RHEL 6 in any current IT work environment. The
course explores the security and network access controls in Linux, organizing network system and Mail Services,
Securing Data and Account Management.
Learning Outcomes:
After undergoing this course students will be able to install and configure the WDS servers. They will also get
familiar with Wdsutil, WSUS, MMC and DSC. Students will get knowledge about distributed file system (DFS)
and file server resource manager (FSRM).
Unit-1: Deploying and Managing Server Images

How to Install the Windows Deployment Service Role, How to Configure the WDS Server, Configuring the
WDS Properties, Starting WDS, Configuring the Custom DHCP Option, Configuring and Managing Boot,
Install, and Discover Images, How to Add Boot Images, Adding Image Files, Creating an Image File with WDS,
Creating a Discover Image, Using Wdsutil, performing an Unattended Installation, How to Install Features for
Unit-2: Implementing Patch Management and Monitoring Servers

Understanding windows Updates and Automatic Updates, Deploying Windows Server Update Services(WSUS),
How to Install and Configure WSUS, Configuring WSUS Synchronization, Configuring WSUS Computer
Groups, Configuring Group Policies for Updates, Configuring Client-Side Targeting, Approving Updates,
Viewing Reports, Administrating WSUS with Commands, Troubleshooting Problems with Installing Updates,
Introducing the Microsoft Management Console(MMC), Using Server Manager, Using Event Viewer,
Understanding Logs and Events, Adding and Filtering Events, Managing Performance, Using Task Manager,
Using Resource Monitor, Configuring Data Collector Sets(DCS), Monitoring the Network using Netstat and
protocol analyzers.
Unit-3: Configuring Distributed File System (DFS) and Configuring File Server Resource Manager
(FSRM)
Using Distributed File System, Installing and Configuring DFS Namespace, Managing Referrals, Managing DFS
Security, Installing and Configuring DFS Replication, Scheduling Replication, Configuring Remote Differential
Compression, Configuring Staging, Configuring Fault Tolerance Using DFS, Installing File Server Resource
Manager, Using, creating, changing Quotas, Managing Files with File Screening, Creating File Groups, Creating
a File Screen Creating a File Screen Exception, Creating a File screen Template, Using Storage Reports
Enabling SMTP.
Unit-4: Configuring File Services, Disk Encryption and Configuring Advance Audit Policies
How to Securing Files, Encryption files with EFS, Configuring EFS, Using the Cipher Command, Sharing Files
Protected with EFS with others, Configuring EFS with Group Policies, Configuring EFS Recovery Agent,
Managing EFS Certificates, Encrypting Files with BitLocker, Configuring BitLocker Encryption, configuring
BitLocker to Go, Configuring BitLocker Policies, Managing BitLocker Certificates, Configuring the Network
Unlock Features, Enabling and configuring Auditing, Implementing Auditing Using Group Policies,
206
Implementing and Audit Policy, Implementing Object Access Auditing Using Group Policies, Implementing
Advance Audit Policy Setting.
Unit-5: Configuring DNS Zones and Records

Understanding DNS, Understanding DNS Names and Zones, Understanding the Address Resolution Mechanism,
configuring and Managing DNS Zones, Installing DNS, Configuring Primary and Secondary Zones, Configuring
Active Directory-Integrated Zones, configuring Zone Delegation, configuring Stub Zones, configuring Caching-
Only Servers, Configuring Forwarding and Conditional Forwarding, Configuring DNS Record types, creating
and Configuring DNS Resource Records, Start of Authority(SOA) Records, Name Server(NS) Records, Host(A
and AAAA) Records, Canonical Name(CNAME) Records, Pointer(PTR) Records.
Text Books:
3. Windows Server 2012: A Handbook for Professionals by Aditya Raj
4. Administering Windows Server 2012 (Certification Guide) by Orin Thomas
Reference Books:-
3. Administering Widows Server 2012 by Patrick Regan
Server Operating System LAB

11. Installing and configuring windows Deployment Services.
12. Creating windows Deployment Images.
13. Deployment a Windows Image.
14. Updating a Windows Image.
15. How to Install WSUS.
16. How to Configure WSUS.
17. How to Install DNS and Creating Primary and Secondary Zones.
18. Creating an Active Directory Integrated Zones.
19. Configuring Zone Delegation.
20. Configuring a Stub Zone, and configuring Forwarding and Conditional Forwarding Zones.
S.
Topic Th
No.
Deploying and Managing Server Images: How to Install the Windows Deployment
1 Service Role, How to Configure the WDS Server, Configuring the WDS Properties, 3
Starting WDS, Configuring the Custom DHCP Option,
Configuring and Managing Boot, Install, and Discover Images, How to Add Boot
2 Images, Adding Image Files, Creating an Image File with WDS, Creating a Discover 3
Image,
Using Wdsutil, performing an Unattended Installation, How to Install Features for
3 3
Implementing Patch Management and Monitoring Servers:Understanding windows
Updates and Automatic Updates, Deploying Windows Server Update Services(WSUS),
4 3
How to Install and Configure WSUS, Configuring WSUS Synchronization, Configuring
WSUS Computer Groups.
Configuring Group Policies for Updates, Configuring Client-Side Targeting, Approving
Updates, Viewing Reports, Administrating WSUS with Commands, Troubleshooting
5 4
Problems with Installing Updates, Introducing the Microsoft Management
Console(MMC), Using Server Manage
Using Event Viewer, Understanding Logs and Events, Adding and Filtering Events,
6 Managing Performance, Using Task Manager, Using Resource Monitor, Configuring 4
Data Collector Sets(DCS), Monitoring the Network using Netstat and protocol
207
analyzers.
S.
Topic Th
No.
Configuring Distributed File System (DFS) and Configuring File Server Resource
Manager (FSRM):
7 Using Distributed File System, Installing and Configuring DFS Namespace, Managing 3
Referrals, Managing DFS Security, Installing and Configuring DFS Replication,
Scheduling Replication,
Configuring Remote Differential Compression, Configuring Staging, Configuring Fault
8 Tolerance Using DFS, Installing File Server Resource Manager, Using, creating, 3
changing Quotas
Managing Files with File Screening, Creating File Groups, Creating a File Screen
9 Creating a File Screen Exception, Creating a File screen Template, Using Storage 3
Reports Enabling SMTP.
Configuring File Services, Disk Encryption and Configuring Advance Audit
Policies:
10 How to Securing Files, Encryption files with EFS, Configuring EFS, Using the Cipher 3
Command, Sharing Files Protected with EFS with others, Configuring EFS with Group
Policies,
Configuring EFS Recovery Agent, Managing EFS Certificates, Encrypting Files with
11 BitLocker, Configuring BitLocker Encryption, configuring BitLocker to Go, 4
Configuring BitLocker Policies, Managing BitLocker Certificates,
Configuring the Network Unlock Features, Enabling and configuring Auditing,
12 3
Implementing Auditing Using Group Policies,
Implementing and Audit Policy, Implementing Object Access Auditing Using Group
13 3
Policies, Implementing Advance Audit Policy Setting.
Configuring DNS Zones and Records
Understanding DNS, Understanding DNS Names and Zones, Understanding the Address
14 3
Resolution Mechanism, configuring and Managing DNS Zones, Installing DNS,
Configuring Primary and Secondary Zones,
Configuring Active Directory-Integrated Zones, configuring Zone Delegation,
15 configuring Stub Zones, configuring Caching-Only Servers, Configuring Forwarding 4
and Conditional Forwarding, Configuring DNS Record types,
Creating and Configuring DNS Resource Records, Start of Authority(SOA) Records,
16 Name Server(NS) Records, Host(A and AAAA) Records, Canonical Name(CNAME) 3
Records, Pointer(PTR) Records.
Total 52
208
DECT0156 Information Technology & Infrastructure Library

DECT0156 Theory 4 Nil 2-2-0
ITIL-compatible tools offer better integration, interaction and compatibility with your global partners, and in
addition, sticking to strict ITIL standards from a single vendor can help process integrations go seamlessly and
ensure all parties are speaking the same technical language.
It is always an advantage to understand what types of ITIL tools your global partners are working with and how
they rate them. ITIL frameworks provide a homogenous IT environment and eases interactions with other global
companies using similar pre approved tools. Managing staff, providing services to customers and creating
efficiencies for less money can be daunting tasks for any IT organization.
Learning Outcomes:
After undergoing this subject students will be able to understand the ITIL service strategy, design, and transition.
They will also be familiar about service improvement and service operation.
Unit 1: ITIL Overview and Service Strategy

ITIL History, Components of the ITIL Library, IT Service Management, Organizing for IT Service
Management, Technology and Architecture, Overview of HPSM and OTRS as service management tool, Service
Strategy: Service Strategy Lifecycle Stage, Service Portfolio Management, the Demand Management Process,
the IT Financial Management Process, Introduction to ISO 20000 Standards
Unit 2: Service Design

Service Design Lifecycle Stage, The Service Catalog Management Process, The Service Level Management
Process, The Availability Management Process, The Capacity Management Process, The Information Security,
Management Process, The IT Service Continuity, Management Process, The Supplier Management Process
Unit 3: Service Transition

Service Transition Lifecycle Stage, the Change Management Process, the Release and Deployment Management
Process, the Service Asset and Configuration Management Process, Knowledge Management
Unit 4: Service Operation, Continual Service Improvement
Service Operation Functions : Service Operation Lifecycle Stage, The Service Desk Function, The Technical
Management Function, The Application Management Function, The IT Operations Management Function
Service Operation Processes :The Event Management Process, The Incident Management Process, The Request
Fulfilment Process, The Access Management Process, The Problem Management Process.
Unit 5: Continual Service Improvement
Continual Service Improvement principles - CSI and organizational change, Ownership, Role definitions ,
External and internal drivers , Service Level Management , The Deming Cycle, Service
measurement ,Knowledge Management, Benchmarks , Governance ,Frameworks, models, standards and quality
systems .Continual Service Improvement processes : 7step improvement process, Service reporting, Service
management, return on in investment for CSI, business questions for CSI, Service level management.

6. Introduction to ITIL, Jan van Bon Stationery Office Books, The Stationery Office, 2010
7. HP operation Manual from HP, 2010
8. A Guide to Service Desk Concepts Donna Knapp From Cengage Learning, 2010
209
9. The Shortcut Guide to Virtualization and Service Automation, Greg Shield Real-time Publishers,
2008
10. Service automation and dynamic provisioning techniques in IP/MPLS environments - Christian
Jacquenet, Gilles Bourdon, Mohamed Boucadair John Wiley and Sons, 2008
S.
Topic Th Pra
No.
ITIL Overview and Service Strategy:
1 ITIL History, Components of the ITIL Library, IT Service Management, 3
Organizing for IT Service Management, Technology and Architecture
Overview of HPSM and OTRS as service management tool, Service Strategy: 3
2 3
Service Strategy Lifecycle Stage, Service Portfolio Management
Demand Management Process, the IT Financial Management Process,
3 3
Introduction to ISO 20000 Standards
Service Design:
Service Design Lifecycle Stage, The Service Catalog Management Process,
4 3
The Service Level Management Process, The Availability Management
Process. 3
The Capacity Management Process, The Information Security, Management
5 3
Process, The IT Service Continuity
6 Management Process, The Supplier Management Process 3
Service Transition:
7 Service Transition Lifecycle Stage, the Change Management Process, the 4
Release and Deployment Management Process 1
The Service Asset and Configuration Management Process, Knowledge
8 2
Management
Service Operation, Continual Service Improvement:
Service Operation Functions : Service Operation Lifecycle Stage, The Service
9 Desk Function, The Technical Management Function, The Application 3
Management Function, The IT Operations Management Function
3
Service Operation Processes :The Event Management Process, The Incident
Management Process, The Request Fulfilment Process, The Access
10 3
Management Process, The Problem Management Process
.
Continual Service Improvement:
Continual Service Improvement principles - CSI and organizational change,
Ownership, Role definitions , External and internal drivers , Service Level
11 5
Management , The Deming Cycle, Service measurement ,Knowledge
Management, Benchmarks , Governance ,Frameworks, models, standards and 3
quality systems
Continual Service Improvement processes : 7step improvement process,
12 Service reporting, Service management, return on in investment for CSI, 4
business questions for CSI, Service level management.
Total 39 13
210
Domain D14 - Mining
[To be finalized]
211
Domain D15 - Operation and Maintenance of Transmission and Distribution Systems
Pre-
S. No. Course Code Course Title Course Nature Credits
requisite
1 DEOM0131 Overview of Transmission System Theory 2
2 DEOM0132 Overview of Distribution System Theory 3
Power and Distribution Transformer
Operation and Testing
4 DEOM0432 System Protection and Auxiliaries Theory + Practice 5
Construction Details of HT and LT
lines, Cables and Testing
6 DEOM0231 Safety Practice and First Aid Practice 2
7 DEOM0232 Electrical System Layout and Drawing Practice 2
Power system market, economics and
8 DEOM0434 Theory +Practice 4
energy audit
9 DEETM0300 Project Project 6
Total 38
Course Objective:
To create technically trained manpower readily available for recruitment to the power companies in the area of
Transmission & Distribution of electrical power
Course outcome:
After completion of the course the students will acquire extensive basic and advanced knowledge of
 Operation & Maintenance of Transmission and Distribution accessories
 Necessary safety aspects required in T&D
 Details of associated equipments
 T&D project management Process flow
DEOM0131 Fundamentals and Overview of Transmission System
Subject Code Type of course Prerequisite Credits T-P-Pr

(hrs)
Overview of Transmission System DEOM0131 Theory Nil 2 2-0-0
Module-1
GENERAL INTRODUCTION Generation, Transmission & Distribution Scenario of India
POWER GENERATION Types of generation: Conventional and Non-conventional, Thermal Power Plant,
Hydro Power Plant, Gas Power Plant, Nuclear Power Plant, Co-generation Various sources Non-conventional
Energy Sources.
POWER TRANSMISSION (A) SWITCHYARD/SUBSTATION I. Types: Generation sub-station, Grid sub-
station, Gas Insulated s/s etc. Indoor/outdoor, general comparison.
Module-2
SUB-STATION/TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENTS Switchgears - Circuit breaker: Types (MOCB, ABCB, VCB,
SF6), constructional details, specifications, interlocks (a) Isolator: Types earth switch, Bus bar (b) CT/CVT.
Lighting Arrestors/Lighting Mask (c) Fibre optics :- Principle, purpose, types of coupling (d) Relays: Types,
functions, constructional details, (e) Protection System: Philosophy, types, protection of transformer/reactor,
motor, line/feeder generator, bus etc.
Grounding:- Types of grounding, earth testing & treatment, earthmat design, step potential, Neutral grounding
reactor Auxiliary facilities: DG Set Station Battery System etc. V. Cables-Types, Control cables, power cables,
cable termination & jointing.
212
Module-3
Sub-station operation: Grid operation, communication with RLDC/SLDC etc.
Sub-Station Maintenance:
(a) Types-Routine, preventive, planned, predictive, break-down, emergency maintenance, online maintenance of
different equipments,
(b) Transformer/ Reactor Maintenance-Factors affecting the life of transformer/Reactor. Inspection/preliminary
testing of various components-oil sampling and testing, oil filtration, Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA),
maintenance schedule
(c) Switchgear & protection Maintenance:- Maintenance of CB, Isolator, Earthswitch, Support Insulators,
CT/CVT,LA,LM, Protective relay maintenance testing
Erection and commissioning pre-commissioning checks/Tests of sub-station;
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic
Pedagogy Th
No. Module 1
1 General introduction Generation, Transmission & Distribution Scenario of India CRT + PPT 2
POWER GENERATION Types of generation: Conventional and Non-conventional,
CRT + PPT +
2 Thermal Power Plant, Hydro Power Plant, Gas Power Plant, Nuclear Power Plant, Co- 2
Video
generation Various sources Non-conventional Energy Sources.
POWER TRANSMISSION (A) SWITCHYARD/SUBSTATION I. Types: Generation CRT + PPT +
3 2
sub-station, Grid sub-station, Gas Insulated s/s etc. Indoor/outdoor, general comparison Video
Module 2
SUB-SSTATION/TRANSMISSION EQUIPMENTS Switchgears - Circuit breaker: Types
4 CRT 2
(MOCB, ABCB, VCB, SF6) constructional details, specifications
5 (a) Isolator: Types earth switch, Bus bar CRT 1
6 CT/CVT. Lighting Arrestors/Lighting Mask CRT 1
7 Relays: Types, functions, constructional details CRT 2
Protection System: Philosophy, types, protection of transformer/reactor, motor,
8 CRT 3
line/feeder generator, bus etc
Grounding:- Types of grounding, earth testing & treatment, earthmat design, step
9 potential, Neutral grounding reactor Auxiliary facilities: DG Set Station Battery System CRT 3
etc. V. Cables-Types, Control cables, power cables, cable termination & jointing
Module 3
Sub-station operation: Grid operation, communication with RLDC/SLDC etc.. VII, (b)
10 2
(c) VIII. Erection and commissioning pre-commissioning checks/Tests of sub-station;
. Sub-Station Maintenance: (a) Types-Routine, preventive, planned, predictive, break-
11 2
down, emergency maintenance, online maintenance of different equipments
Transformer/ Reactor Maintenance-Factors affecting the life of transformer/Reactor.
CRT + PPT
12 Inspection/preliminary testing of various components-oil sampling and testing, oil 3
filtration, Dissolved Gas Analysis (DGA), maintenance schedule
Switchgear & protection Maintenance:- Maintenance of CB, Isolator, Earthswitch,
13 2
Support Insulators, CT/CVT,LA,LM, Protective relay maintenance testing
14 Erection and commissioning pre-commissioning checks/Tests of sub-station; 2
Total 29
213
DEOM0132 Overview of Distribution System

Overview of Distribution System DEOM0132 Theory Nil 3 3-0-0
MODULE-1
General : Introduction to Distribution systems, an overview of the role of computers in distribution system
planning-Load modelling and characteristics: definition of basic terms like demand factor, utilization factor, load
factor, plant factor, diversity factor, coincidence factor, contribution factor and loss factor-Relationship between
the load factor and loss factor - Classification of loads (Residential, Commercial, Agricultural and Industrial) and
their characteristics. Distribution Feeders and Substations: Design consideration of Distribution feeders: Radial
and loop types of primary feeders, voltage levels, and feeder-loading.
MODULE-2
Design practice of the secondary distribution system. Location of Substations: Rating of a Distribution
Substation, service area with primary feeders. Benefits derived through optimal location of substations. System
analysis: Voltage drop and power loss calculations, Derivation for volt-drop and power loss in lines, manual
methods of solution for radial networks, three-phase balanced primary lines, non-three-phase primary lines.
Protective devices and coordination: Objectives of distribution system protection, types of common faults and
procedure for fault calculation.
MODULE-3
Protective Devices: Principle of operation of fuses, circuit reclosers, line sectionalizer and circuit breakers.
Coordination of protective devices: General coordination procedure. Capacitive compensation for power factor
control: Different types of power capacitors, shunt and series capacitors, effect of shunt capacitors (Fixed and
switched) power factor correction, capacitor location. Economic justification.Procedure to determine the best
capacitor location. Voltage control : Equipment for voltage control, effect of series capacitors, effect of
AVB/AVR, line drop compensation.
HT & LT Metering CT Meters and Advanced Metering Technologies, Latest Techniques in Metering, Billing &
Collection through IT applications, Methods to prevent Pilferages of Electricity.
214
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching
Topic Th
No. Method
Module 1
1 Introduction to Distribution systems, CRT 1
an overview of the role of computers in distribution system planning-Load modeling CRT Using
2 3
and characteristics: PPT
definition of basic terms like demand factor, utilization factor, load factor, plant
3 factor, diversity factor, coincidence factor, contribution factor and loss factor- CRT 5
Relationship between the load factor and loss factor -
Classification of loads (Residential, Commercial, Agricultural and Industrial) and
4 CRT 3
their characteristics.
Distribution Feeders and Substations: Design consideration of Distribution feeders: PPT
5 4
Radial and loop types of primary feeders, voltage levels, and feeder-loading. CRT`
Module -2
6 Design practice of the secondary distribution system CRT 2
Location of Substations: Rating of a Distribution Substation, service area with primary
7 CRT 4
feeders. Benefits derived through optimal location of substations
System analysis: Voltage drop and power loss calculations, Derivation for volt-drop
8 and power loss in lines, manual methods of solution for radial networks, three-phase CRT 5
balanced primary lines, non-three-phase primary lines.
Protective devices and coordination: Objectives of distribution system protection,

9 CRT 4
types of common faults and procedure for fault calculation.
Module-3
Protective Devices: Principle of operation of fuses, circuit reclosers, line sectionalizer
10 and circuit breakers. Coordination of protective devices: General coordination CRT 4
procedure
Capacitive compensation for power factor control: Different types of power
11 capacitors, shunt and series capacitors, effect of shunt capacitors (Fixed and switched) CRT 5
power factor correction, capacitor location
Voltage control : Equipment for voltage control, effect of series capacitors, effect of
11 CRT 5
AVB/AVR, line drop compensation
TOTAL: 45 Hours 45
DEOM0431 Power and Distribution Transformer Operation and Testing

Power and Distribution
Theory+
TransformerOperation and DEOM0431 Nil 5 2-3-0
Practice
Testing
Module-1
Transformer: Basic principles of transformer, magnetization and hysteresis, electromagnets. Flux density
Ampere-turn Ratio – Equation for transformation Two/ three winding & Auto Transformer – Grounding
transformers – silent features of core & shell type, transformer constructional details.
215
Module-2
Transformer fixtures – buchholz relay, breather, conservators, bushing of different types, thermometers,
indicators, alarms. Cooling of Transformer, Importance of Oil Filtration & drying out of transformer. Working
principles of OLTC & its‟ O/M.
Module-3
Transformer Test - Failures and causes, maintenance & repairs.
Power Transformers Testing and commissioning - Significance & importance of tests protection of transformers -
Insulation resistance measurement, winding resistance measurement, magnetic current test, magnetic balance
test, vector group confirmation short circuit test and differential stability test, etc., Conditions leading to faults,
protective relays, differential protection, overcurrent protection , ground fault protection and monitors for
protection – Factory testing of power transformers
Transformer Oil.- Specifications & Characteristics.. Sources, manufacturing and Handling.Methodsof Sampling
and testing.Maintenance of Transformer Oil. Filter Machine O&M,DGA.
Maintenance.ofTransformer,Parallel Operation
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Teaching

Th Pra
No. Module 1 Method
Transformer: Basic principles of transformer, magnetization and hysteresis,
CRT, PPT
1 electromagnets. Flux density Ampere-turn Ratio – Equation for 3 6
ANIMATION
transformation Two/ three winding & Auto Transformer
Grounding transformers – silent features of core & shell type, transformer CRT, PPT
2 2 3
constructional details. ANIMATION
Module 2
Transformer fixtures – buchholz relay, breather, conservators, bushing of
different types, thermometers, indicators, alarms. Cooling of Transformer, PPT
3 2 6
Importance of Oil Filtration & drying out of transformer. Working principles Field Visit
of OLTC & its‟ O/M.
Module -3
4 Transformer Test - Failures and causes, maintenance & repairs. CRT 2 2
Power Transformers Testing and commissioning - Significance & importance
of tests protection of transformers - Insulation resistance measurement, CRT, Practice
5 3 15
winding resistance measurement, magnetic current test, magnetic balance test, PPT, Animation
vector group confirmation short circuit test and differential stability test, etc.,
Conditions leading to faults, protective relays, differential protection, CRT, PPT
6 overcurrent protection , ground fault protection and monitors for protection – Animation 3 8
Factory testing of power transformers Practice
Transformer Oil.- Specifications & Characteristics.. Sources, manufacturing CRT, PPT
7 and Handling. Methods of Sampling and testing. Maintenance of Transformer Animation 2 6
Oil. Filter Machine O&M,DGA Practice
TOTAL: 63 Hours 17 46
DEOM0432 System Protection and Auxiliaries
Credits T-P-Pr
Subject Code Type of course Prerequisite
(hrs)
System Protection and Auxiliaries DEOM0432 Theory + Practice Nil 5 3-2-0
216
Syllabus
Module-1
CT & PTs: Types of CT & PTs‟ – their working principles, ratings and accuracy. Functions of CT & PTs‟
Failures of CT & PTs – their causes.MeteringSchemes.Protection of Transmission Line with Schemes.Protection
of Transformer with different Schemes.Local& Back-up Protection. New Generation Relays..
Module-2
Breakers- Function of breakers. Different types of indoor and outdoor breakers e.g. Bulk oil, MOCB, Air blast,
SF6 and Vacuum Breaker - principle and their application. Operating Mechanism – springs, hydraulic,
pneumatic, Current ratings, rupturing capacity, clearance time, Commissioning procedures.Breaker Maintenance,
failures and their causes.CB Control Circuit description and fault finding procedures
Lightening Arrestors/Surge Arrestors- Simple description of lightening phenomena and surges.Constn.of S.As‟
and principles of their working.Different types of Surge Arrestor and ratings. Earthing and Location of
S.A.Testing&Maint.of S.As‟
Module-3
Isolators : Tilting and rotating isolators with & without arcing horns – earth blades – current ratings.Breaking of
circuits by isolators. Interlocking with circuit Breaker.Maintenance of isolators.
Insulators : Types - their electrical & mechanical characteristics.
Auxiliary facilities: DG Set Station Battery System etc. V. Cables-Types, Control cables, power cables, cable
termination &jointing. Auxiliary D.C. Supply. Battery:- Current & Ampere Hours Ratings. Battery Charging
Equipment – Checking of Specific Gravity of Electrolyte – Maintenance of batteries – Trouble Shootings.
Condition monitoring and hotline maintenance
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching
Topic Th Pra
No. Method
Module 1
CT & PTs: Types of CT & PTs‟ – their working principles, ratings and
1 CRT, PPT 3 2
accuracy. Functions of CT & PTs‟ Failures of CT &PTs – their causes
2 Metering Schemes CRT, PPT 4 2
3 Protection of Transmission Line with Schemes. CRT, PPT 4 2
Protection of Transformer with different Schemes Local & Back-up
4 CRT, PPT 4 2
Protection.
PPT, Hands
5 New Generation Relays. 0 2
on Practice
Module 2
Breakers- Function of breakers., Commissioning procedures. Breaker
6 Maintenance, failures and their causes.CB Control Circuit description and 1 3
fault finding procedures
CRT, PPT
Different types of indoor and outdoor breakers e.g. Bulk oil, MOCB, Air
7 Video 1 2
blast, SF6 and Vacuum Breaker - principle and their application
Operating Mechanism – springs, hydraulic, pneumatic, Current ratings,
8 1 2
rupturing capacity, clearance time
CRT, PPT
Lightening Arrestors/Surge Arrestors- Simple description of lightening
9 Video 2 1
phenomena and surges. Constn. of S.As‟
Field Visit
10 Principles of their working. Different types of Surge Arrestor and ratings. CRT, PPT 2 1
11 Earthing and Location of S.A.Testing&Maintainance of S.As Video 2 3
217
Sl. Teaching
Topic Th Pra
No. Method
Module 3
Isolators : Tilting and rotating isolators with & without arcing horns – earth CRT, PPT
12 2 3
blades – current ratings.Breaking of circuits by isolators. Animation
CRT, PPT
13 Interlocking with circuit Breaker.Maintenance of isolators 2 2
Animation
CRT
14 Insulators : Types - their electrical & mechanical characteristics. 1 2
PPT
15 Auxiliary facilities: DG Set Station Battery System etc. CRT 1 2
Auxiliary D.C. Supply.Battery:- Current & Ampere Hours Ratings.Battery
Charging Equipment – Checking of Specific Gravity of Electrolyte – CRT
16 4 3
Maintenance of batteries – Trouble Shootings.condition monitoring and
hotline maintenance
DEOM0433 Construction of HT and LT lines, Cables and its Testing

Construction of HT and LT DEOM0433 Theory + Practice Nil 5 3-2-0
lines, Cables and its Testing
Module 1
TRANSMISSION LINES EHV Transmission system in India, Tower types, Conductors, Earth wire, Insulators,
IE rules and Acts, Statutory clearances, Surveying, Route Alignment Maintenance of transmission line, Thermo
vision scanning
Module 2
Modern trends in Underground Cabling Basic Concepts, Selection, Types and Design of Underground including
Standards of Cables Primary & Detailed Survey, Laying of Cable, Jointing, Testing and Commissioning Fault
Location of Cables Maintenance & Trouble Shooting &Earthing of Underground Cables Problems encountered
during conversion of overhead lines to underground cables.
Module 3
THEORY, DESIGN OF HT and LT CABLE

Materials Used in Cables, Conductors; Voltage Drop; Conductor Ampicity calculation; Conductor resistance;
Conductor Inductance and capacitance calculation
Testing: Ampacity,Calculation of losses, AC resistance of conductor, Dielectric losses, Loss factor , Thermal
resistance Test
Buried cables where drying-out of the soil does not occur,Buried cables where partial drying-out of the soil
occurs Ampacity in two cases
218
Padagody
Instructional
Sl. Topic
Hours
No.
Th Pra
1 TRANSMISSION LINES EHV Transmission system in India, Tower types,
Conductors, Earth wire, Insulators, IE rules and Acts, Statutory clearances, Surveying, 20 0
Route Alignment Maintenance of transmission line, Thermo vision scanning
2 Modern trends in Underground Cabling Basic Concepts, Selection, Types and Design
of Underground including Standards of Cables Primary & Detailed Survey, Laying of
Cable, Jointing, Testing and Commissioning Fault Location of Cables Maintenance & 30
Trouble Shooting &Earthing of Underground Cables Problems encountered during
conversion of overhead lines to underground cables.
3 Materials Used in Cables, Conductors; Voltage Drop; Conductor Ampicity calculation;
Conductor resistance; Conductor Inductance and capacitance calculation
Testing: Ampacity,Calculation of losses, AC resistance of conductor, Dielectric losses,
0 20
Loss factor , Thermal resistance Test
Buried cables where drying-out of the soil does not occur, Buried cables where partial
drying-out of the soil occurs Ampacity in two cases
DEOM0231 Safety Practice & First Aid

Safety Practice & First Aid DEOM0231 Practice Nil 2 0-2-0
Contents
 Safety Requirement, Hazards, Electrical Accidents and prevention, First Aid, Firefighting-Types of fire,
firefighting/system, fire extinguishers
 Safety : Safety Philosophy, Safety Procedures, GRID Safety Norms, Procedures for issuing L.C.P. and
cancellation, Maintenance of Safety records.
 First Aid : Places of Potential Hazards, Electric Shock Treatment, Artificial Respiration, Handling
Emergency Conditions, Treatment of Wounds, Injuries & Burns.
 Fire Fighting: Causes of Fire, Fire Extinction, Classification of Fires, Fire Fighting, Equipment: their
operation – maintenance & refilling, Fire prevention.
219
Pedagogy (All sessions through Practice)
Sl. No. Topic Practical hrs

1 Safety Requirement, Hazards, Electrical Accidents and prevention, First
3
Aid, Firefighting-Types of fire, firefighting/system, fire extinguishers
2 Safety
 Safety Philosophy.
 Safety Procedures.
6
 GRID Safety Norms.
 Procedures for issuing L.C.P. and cancellation.
 Maintenance of Safety records.
3 (i) First Aid
 Places of Potential Hazards.
 Electric Shock Treatment.
9
 Artificial Respiration.
 Handling Emergency Conditions.
 Treatment of Wounds, Injuries & Burns
4 (i) Fire Fighting
 Causes of Fire.
 Fire Extinction.
 Classification of Fires. 3
 Fire Fighting Equipment: their operation – maintenance &
refilling.
 Fire prevention.
Total: 21 Hours 21
DEOM0232 Electrical System Layout and Drawing

Electrical System Layout 2
DEOM0232 Practice Nil 0-2-0
and Drawing
Contents
 Single line diagram/equipments [Equipments-transformer, CB, fuse etc.]
 Relays, Relaying schemes and auxiliariesWiring Diagram
 Layout of Sub-Station(33/11KV S/S, 220/33KV S/S)
 Indoor and outdoor busbars –– bus-bar mountings and their clearances.
 Designing Electrical Transmission Tower Types and Design
 Note: Using AUTOCAD and Smart Draw
220
Pedagogy
(All sessions through Auto CAD & Computer)
Sl. No. Topic Pract hrs

1 Single line diagram/equipments [Equipments-transformer, CB, fuse etc.] 3
2 Relays, Relaying schemes and auxiliaries Wiring Diagram 6
3 Layout of Sub-Station(33/11KV S/S, 220/33KV S/S) 9
4 Indoor and outdoor busbars –– bus-bar mountings and their clearances 6
5 Designing Electrical Transmission Tower Types and Design 9
Total: 33 Hours 33
DEOM0434 Power system market, economics and energy audit

Power system market, DEOM0434 Theory + Nil 4 2-2-0
economics and energy audit Practice
Course Objective
To make students gain functional knowledge about Electricity Market & about energy audit
Course outcome
On completing this course, students will be able to:
 Describe how mathematical optimization techniques can be applied to the economic operation of power
systems
 Discuss how security considerations affect the operation of a power system
 Explain the techniques used to balance supply and demand in a power system over different time scales
 Explain the objectives/principles of market-based operation of power systems
 Explain the foundations of locational marginal pricing and its use in transmission congestion management
 To carry out energy audits for optimal use of energy.
 An ability to understand billing process for various industrial applications and selection of the factors for
better utilization of energy.
 Carry out performance analysis of electrical appliances and related case studies for improvement.
Contents
Module-I (15 Hours)
Overview, Types of Markets: Spot market, Forward contracts and forward , Future contracts and futures
markets, Options, Contracts for difference, MARKETS FOR ELECTRICAL ENERGY: Difference Between a
Megawatt-Hour and a Barrel of Oil, The Need for a Managed Spot Market, Operation of the managed spot
market, Open Electrical Energy Markets, Bilateral trading, Electricity pools, Comparison of pool and bilateral
trading , The Settlement Process.
Module- II (17 Hours)
PARTICIPATING IN MARKETS FOR ELECTRICAL ENERGY: The Consumer‟s Perspective, Retailers of

electrical energy, The Producer‟s Perspective, Perfect competition, The production versus purchase decision,
Imperfect competition.
SYSTEM SECURITY AND ANCILLARY SERVICES: Describing the Needs, Balancing issues, Network
issues, System restoration, Obtaining Ancillary Services, Compulsory provision of ancillary services, Market for
ancillary services, Demand-side provision of ancillary services, Selling Ancillary
221
Module- III (20Hrs)
Energy conservation, Energy Audit Basic, Energy Accounting & Analysis, Understanding the utility bill: energy
charge, Demand charge, fuel cost arrangement, power factor charge. Electricity rate structure: state example,
Energy Economics: LCC, IRR, Energy & taxation: tax consideration & analysis. General Procedure of detail
energy audit.Common Energy conservation measures.Case analysis.
Energy costing: Block pricing rate, seasonal pricing rate, innovative rate, Real time pricing rate, Electric lighting
system, energy efficient lighting, lighting control & illumination engineering, energy efficient electrical
appliances.
Text Book:
1. MoncefKrarti, “Energy Audit of Building Systems: An Engineering Approach”, Second Edition, CRC Press.
2. James Momoh, LamineMili, “Economic Market Design and Planning for Electric Power Systems”, Wiley &
IEEE
Pedagogy
Instructional
Sl. Topic (All sessions through CRT + Practice)
Hours
No. Th Pra
1 Overview, Types of Markets: Spot market, Forward contracts and forward , Future
contracts and futures markets, Options, Contracts for difference, MARKETS FOR
ELECTRICAL ENERGY: Difference Between a Megawatt-Hour and a Barrel of Oil,
8 7
The Need for a Managed Spot Market, Operation of the managed spot market, Open
Electrical Energy Markets, Bilateral trading, Electricity pools, Comparison of pool
and bilateral trading , The Settlement Process.
2 PARTICIPATING IN MARKETS FOR ELECTRICAL ENERGY: The Consumer‟s
Perspective, Retailers of electrical energy, The Producer‟s Perspective, Perfect
competition, The production versus purchase decision, Imperfect competition.
SYSTEM SECURITY AND ANCILLARY SERVICES: Describing the Needs, 8 9
Balancing issues, Network issues, System restoration, Obtaining Ancillary Services,
Compulsory provision of ancillary services, Market for ancillary services, Demand-
side provision of ancillary services, Selling Ancillary
3 Energy conservation, Energy Audit Basic, Energy Accounting & Analysis,
Understanding the utility bill: energy charge, Demand charge, fuel cost arrangement,
power factor charge. Electricity rate structure: state example, Energy Economics:
LCC, IRR, Energy & taxation: tax consideration & analysis. General Procedure of
5 15
detail energy audit. Common Energy conservation measures. Case analysis.
Energy costing: Block pricing rate, seasonal pricing rate, innovative rate, Real time
pricing rate, Electric lighting system, energy efficient lighting, lighting control &
illumination engineering, energy efficient electrical appliances.
Total 21 31
222
Domain D16 - Petro Chemical Engineering
S. Course Course
No. Code Nature
Health, Safety& Environment in Petroleum
1 DEPC0111 Theory 3
Industry
Regulatory and Policy Issues in Hydrocarbon
2 DEPC0112 Theory 3
Sector
3 DEPC0113 Well Test Analysis and enhanced oil recovery Theory 3
Onshore and Offshore Engineering and
4 DEPC0114 Theory 3
Technology
5 DEPC0115 Pipeline Engineering Theory 3
6 DEPC0116 Transport Phenomena Theory 3
7 DECM0117 City Gas Distribution Theory 3
Plant Design And Economics For Chemical
8 DEPC0118 Theory 3
Engineering
9 DEPC0119 Well Drilling Equipment and Operation Theory 3
10 DEPC0120 Chemical Process Technology Theory 3
11 DEPC0121 Transportation of Oil & Gas Theory 3
12 DEPC0122 Petrochemical and Refining Design Theory 3
Transport and Marketing of Petroleum and its
Products
14 DEPC0124 Management in Hydrocarbon Industry Theory 3
15 DEPC0125 Unconventional Hydrocarbon Resources Theory 3
Integrated Reservoir Management and Oil and
Gas Field Development
17 DEPC0127 Petrochemicals Engineering Theory 3
18 DEPC0128 Natural Gas Engineering Theory 3
19 DEPC0129 Assessment of Petroleum Reserves Theory 3
20 DEPC0130 Hydrocarbon Based Fertilizer Industries Theory 3
21 DEPC0131 Reservoir Modelling and Simulation Theory 3
Total 73
DEPC 0111 Health, Safety& Environment in Petroleum Industry

DEPC0111 Health, Safety& Environment FCBSEnvironmental
Theory 3 3-0-0
in Petroleum Industry Studies
Learning Objective:
1. Become a skilled person in hazopard hazarel analysis and able to find out the root cause of an
accident
2. Gain knowledge in devising safety policy and procedures to be adopted to implement total safety in
a plant.
223
Learning Outcome:
 Students will have learnt the basic concepts relating to chemical hazards, risk, and ethics. They also gain the
knowledge of quantitatively analyze release and dispersion rates of liquids and vapors.
Module– I:
Physical Hazards Noise, Heat, Vibration, Illumination, Radiation, extreme climatic conditions etc, Chemical
Hazards Hydrogen sulfide gas, Hydrocarbons, Ammonia, Chlorine, Formaldehyde, Hydrochloric Acid,
Methanol, Sulphur, Sulphuric acid, Sodium Hydroxide, etc. Biological Hazards, Psychological Hazards,
Ergonomic Hazards, Injuries, Burns etc Prevention & Remedial controls of Occupational Hazards In Oil &
Gas Industry for each type of Hazards Engineering Control, Administrative Control, Medical Control, Use of
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) Understanding Fire: Fire triangle/tetrahedron, Stages of development of
fire Flammability, Concept of flash / Fire point, volatility, Flammable Limits, Fire Detection; Fire signature,
Smoke, Heat, Flame, Combustible Gas Detection Fire Prevention, Fire suppression , Process Safety: Safety
Analysis Table, Safety Analysis Checklist & SAFE Chart( ref API 14 C)
Module II: Hazard & Risk Analysis,

Risk Matrix, HAZID, HAZOP, QRA (API 14 J, OISD) , Safe Work Practices : PTW, MOC, SIMOPS etc (ref
API RP 75,OISD, OMR) , Electrical Safety;, Classification of Hazardous locations, use of electricity I
Hazardous area ( Ref IER, OISD, OMR, API RP 500 & 14 F) Accident Investigations: Study of major
accidents like Piper Alpha, Flixborough, Bhopal etc., Investigation techniques Emergency Response planning
Audits & Inspection. Audit methodology, protocol, typical check lists for Drilling rigs, Work over activities,
logging, etc (ref OISD Standards)
HSE Management System: OISD, API RP 75, ISO 14000, ISO 9000, OSHAS 18000 Standards
Module III: Environment

Environment Concepts: Effect on eco-system; Air, Water, & Soil of HC‟s. Impact of Exploration &
Exploitation of Hydrocarbon on Environment Environmental studies (Off shore & On Shore) -
Environmental Impact Assessment Oil Spills Control and their management. State, Government of India and
international Maritime Environmental Rules & Regulations. Drilling / Oil Storage / Effluent water / waste
(solid & sludge) treatments their disposal and remediation of soil etc.
Upstream safety: Implementing Agency OISD(for on-land blocks0 directorate of Mine Safety(for Off Shore
Blocks),Safety in Rig operation; Safety in Exploration and Production.
Downstream Safety: Implementing Agency PNGRB; Safety Regulations (Technical Standard, Specification
and Safety Standards T4S), Emergencies, Mutual Aida; Emergency Response and Disaster Management Plan
ERDMP)
Texts and References:
1. Less, F. P., Loss Prevention in the Process Industries, 2nd ed., Butterworth Heinemann, UK.
2. Peavy, H. S., Rowe, D. R. and Tchobanoglous, G., Environmental Engineering, McGraw Hill, New York.
3. Sanders, R. E., Chemical Process Safety, Butterworth Heinemann, UK, Year.
4. NFPA, API 14 G & OISD Standards. 5. Marchell, V. and Ruchemann, S., Fundamentals of Process Safety,
Institution of Chemical Engineers, Warwickshire, UK
224
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic
Theory
No. (All topics through CRT & PPT)
Physical Hazards Noise, Heat, Vibration, Illumination, Radiation, extreme climatic
1. 3
conditions etc,
Chemical Hazards Hydrogen sulfide gas, Hydrocarbons, Ammonia, Chlorine,
2. Formaldehyde, Hydrochloric Acid, Methanol, Sulphur, Sulphuric acid, Sodium 3
Hydroxide, etc
Biological Hazards, Psychological Hazards, Ergonomic Hazards, Injuries, Burns etc
3. Prevention & Remedial controls of Occupational Hazards In Oil & Gas Industry for 3
each type of Hazards Engineering Control
Administrative Control, Medical Control, Use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
4. Understanding Fire: Fire triangle/tetrahedron, Stages of development of fire 3
Flammability
Concept of flash / Fire point, volatility, Flammable Limits, Fire Detection; Fire
5. signature, Smoke, Heat, Flame, Combustible Gas Detection Fire Prevention, Fire 3
suppression ,
Process Safety: Safety Analysis Table, Safety Analysis Checklist & SAFE Chart( ref
6. 3
API 14 C)
Risk Matrix, HAZID, HAZOP, QRA (API 14 J, OISD) , Safe Work Practices : PTW,
7. 3
MOC, SIMOPS etc (ref API RP 75,OISD, OMR) , Electrical Safety
Classification of Hazardous locations, use of electricity I Hazardous area ( Ref IER,
8. OISD, OMR, API RP 500 & 14 F) Accident Investigations: Study of major accidents 3
like Piper Alpha, Flixborough, Bhopal etc.,
Investigation techniques Emergency Response planning Audits & Inspection. Audit
9. methodology, protocol, typical check lists for Drilling rigs, Work over activities, 3
logging, etc (ref OISD Standards)
HSE Management System: OISD, API RP 75, ISO 14000, ISO 9000, OSHAS 18000
10. 3
Standards
Environment Concepts: Effect on eco-system; Air, Water, & Soil of HC‟s. Impact of
11. Exploration & Exploitation of Hydrocarbon on Environment Environmental studies 3
(Off shore & On Shore) -
Environmental Impact Assessment Oil Spills Control and their management. State,
Government of India and international Maritime Environmental Rules & Regulations.
12. 3
Drilling / Oil Storage / Effluent water / waste (solid & sludge) treatments their disposal
and remediation of soil etc.
Upstream safety: Implementing Agency OISD(for on-land blocks0 directorate of Mine
13. 3
Safety(for Off Shore Blocks),
14. Safety in Rig operation; Safety in Exploration and Production 3
Downstream Safety: Implementing Agency PNGRB; Safety Regulations (Technical
15. Standard, Specification and Safety Standards T4S), Emergencies, Mutual Aida; 3
Emergency Response and Disaster Management Plan ERDMP)
Total 45
225
DEPC 0112 Regulatory and Policy Issues in Hydrocarbon Sector

Regulatory and Policy
Issues in Hydrocarbon
DEPC 0112 Theory 3 ------ 3-0-0
Sector
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the petro chemical industry regulatory and policy issues in hydrocarbon sector.
Learning Outcome:
This will able to make candidates industry ready policy and laws, legal frame work
Syllabus
Module – 1: Petroleum Policy and laws

Constitution, Petroleum Laws and regulations, E&P business regime – concession, joint ventures, service
contract, production sharing contract
Policy Mechanism
PMO, MOPNG, Planning Commission, upstream regulator: DGH, Downstream; Gas regulator, Public sector
undertaking: ONGC, OIL, GAIL, GSPC, Private Sector: Reliance, Jubliant, Videocon, ESSAR; Foreign
Sector: BG, ENI, CAIRN, NIKO, Petroleum Regulatory Board Bill, 2002, regulation benefits, role as
arbitrator, resource exploitation – approach.
Module -2: Legal Framework
Constitution of India 1950, Oil Field Act – Regulation and Development (1948), The petroleum and National
Gas rules Act (1959), Territorial waters, Continental Shelf and exclusive Economic Zones Act(1976), Income
Tax Act (1961), customs Act (1962), Foreign Exchange Management Act(1999), Environmental Protection
Act(1986), Arbitration and Conciliation Act(1996)
Module – 3: Legal Terminologies
Title Transfer, Despite resolution, Force Majeure, Form in/Farm out, Share acquisition, Swaps, Licensing/
bidding, Policy making, revenue management, Audit, optimal hydrocarbon utilization, technical advisory,
OISD – safety monitoring, technical advisory, OISD – Safety monitoring, PNGRB – Downstream regulation
issues.
Text Books and References

1. Petroleum and natural Gas regulatory Board Act 2006
2. Various Regulations notified by PNGRB on Authorization, Designing Construction and safety of Pipelines
and CGD
3. Government policy on FDI in Oil & Gas retail Sector
4. Government Policy on Natural gas Pipeline, Petroleum Products Pipelines
226
Pedagogy
Topic
Sl. No. Theory
(All topics through CRT & PPT)
Constitution, Petroleum Laws and regulations, E&P business regime –
1. 4
concession,
2. joint ventures, service contract, production sharing contract Policy Mechanism 3
3. PMO, MOPNG, Planning Commission, upstream regulator: DGH, Downstream; 4
Gas regulator, Public sector undertaking: ONGC, OIL, GAIL, GSPC, Private
4. 3
Sector: Reliance, Jubliant, Videocon, ESSAR;
Foreign Sector: BG, ENI, CAIRN, NIKO, Petroleum Regulatory Board Bill,
5. 3
2002, regulation benefits, role as arbitrator, resource exploitation – approach
6. Constitution of India 1950, Oil Field Act – Regulation and Development (1948), 3
7. The petroleum and National Gas rules Act (1959), Territorial waters, 3
Continental Shelf and exclusive Economic Zones Act(1976), Income Tax Act
8. 4
(1961), customs Act (1962),
Foreign Exchange Management Act(1999), Environmental Protection
9. 3
Act(1986), Arbitration and Conciliation Act(1996)
Title Transfer, Despite resolution, Force Majeure, Form in/Farm out, Share
10. 3
acquisition, Swaps,
Licensing/ bidding, Policy making, revenue management, Audit, optimal
11. 4
hydrocarbon utilization,
12. technical advisory, OISD – safety monitoring, technical advisory, 3
13. OISD – Safety monitoring, PNGRB – Downstream regulation issues 3
Total 43
DEPC 0113 Well Test Analysis and EOR

DEPC 0113 Well Test Analysis and EOR Theory 3 ------ 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the industry well testing analysis and enriched oil recovery.
Learning Outcome:
This will able to well test analysis, pressure transient tests and enriched oil recovery in petroleum industry
applications.
Module -1 Well Test Analysis

Principles of fluid flow for steady state, semi steady state & non steady state conditions. Diffusivity equation
derivation & Constant Terminal Rate Solution, Drill Stem Testing: Equipment, DST Chart observation, analysis
& interpretation
Pressure Transient Tests: Pressure Build-up / Draw-down tests, RLT (Reservoir Limit Test) etc. for both oil and
gas. Advanced Pressure Transient Analysis,
227
Module - 2
Gas Well tests: Flow after flow, isochronal, modified isochronal tests. Other tests: Interference and pulse tests,
Pressure Fall Off test in Injection wells. Multi rate tests, pulse test, Average reservoir pressure. PBU / PDD in
Horizontal wells, Type Curves & their uses
EOR and Water Injection: Introduction to EOR, Reservoir Engineering aspects of enhanced recovery methods,
Water Flooding concepts – well spacing for fluid injection.
Module -3
Buckley Leverett Principle for immiscible flooding & Mobility Ratio Concepts. Other EOR Techniques:
Polymer Flooding, Surfactant flooding, Caustic flooding, ASP – Principles and applications. Miscible Flooding:
Principles and applications of CO2 flooding Dry & Enriched gas flooding. Inert Gas Flooding, WAG flooding,
Thermal processes in EOR.

1. John Lee, Well Test Analysis.
2. R.C. Earlougher, Modern Well Test Analysis.
3. Mathews and Russel, Well Testing
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic
Theory
Principles of fluid flow for steady state, semi steady state & non steady state
1. 4
conditions
Diffusivity equation derivation & Constant Terminal Rate Solution, Drill Stem
2. 3
Testing: Equipment,
3. DST Chart observation, analysis & interpretation 3
Pressure Transient Tests: Pressure Build-up / Draw-down tests, RLT (Reservoir
4. 4
Limit Test) etc. for both oil and gas.
5. Advanced Pressure Transient Analysis, 3
Gas Well tests: Flow after flow, isochronal, modified isochronal tests. Other tests:
6. 3
Interference and pulse tests, Pressure Fall Off test in Injection wells.
Multi rate tests, pulse test, Average reservoir pressure. PBU / PDD in Horizontal
7. 3
wells, Type Curves & their uses
8. EOR and Water Injection: Introduction to EOR, , 3
9. Reservoir Engineering aspects of enhanced recovery methods 3
10. Water Flooding concepts – well spacing for fluid injection. 3
11. Buckley Leverett Principle for immiscible flooding & Mobility Ratio Concepts. 4
Other EOR Techniques: Polymer Flooding, Surfactant flooding, Caustic flooding,
12. 3
ASP – Principles and applications.
Miscible Flooding: Principles and applications of CO2 flooding Dry & Enriched gas
13. 3
flooding.
14. Inert Gas Flooding, WAG flooding, Thermal processes in EOR 3
Total 45
228
DEPC 0114 Onshore and Offshore Engineering and Technology

Onshore and offshore
DEPC 0114 Theory 3 ------- 3-0-0
engineering and technology
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the concepts of petroleum site exploration, analysis of offshore structure.
2. Understand the offshore soil mechanics.
Learning Outcome:
Students will learn the basics of onshore and offshore oil and gas operations. They will learn the
Laboratory testing methods, In situ testing methods and geophysical methods.
Module I
Introduction to offshore oil and gas operations.. Sea States and Weather, Offshore Fixed and mobile Units,
Offshore Drilling, Difference in drilling from land, from fixed platform, jack up, ships and semi submersibles.
Offshore Well Completion, Offshore Production systems, Deep-water technology, Divers and Safety, Offshore
Environment.
Introduction; classification, properties of marine sediments. Consolidation and shear strength characteristics of
marine sediments. Planning and site exploration.
Module II
Drilling. Sampling techniques. Laboratory testing, In situ testing methods and geophysical methods. Current
design practices of pile supported and gravity offshore structures. Dynamic analysis of offshore structures.
Centrifugal modeling. Anchor design. Break out resistance analysis and geotechnical aspects of offshore pipeline
and cable design. Field instrumentation and performance observation.
Module- III
Offshore soil mechanics; Offshore pile foundations and caissons; Design of breakwaters; Buoy design and
mooring systems; Offshore drilling systems and types of platforms; Ocean mining and energy systems. ROV.
Onshore drilling-on shore oil rigs. onshore drilling equipments- onshore rig structures-hydraulics applied in
onshore rigs.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Standard Hand Book of Petroleum & Natural Gas Engineering” – 2nd Edition 2005-William C.Lyons & Gary
Gulf-Gulf professional publishing comp (Elsevier).
2. Wellsite Geological Techniques for petroleum Exploration by Sahay. B et al.
REFERENCE:
1. Petroleum Exploration Hand Book by Moody, G.B.
229
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic
Theory
Introduction to offshore oil and gas operations.. Sea States and Weather, Offshore Fixed and
1. 4
mobile Units, Offshore Drilling,
Difference in drilling from land, from fixed platform, jack up, ships and semi submersibles.
2. 3
Offshore Well Completion
Offshore Production systems, Deep-water technology, Divers and Safety, Offshore

3. 4
Environment.
4. Introduction; classification, properties of marine sediments. 3

Consolidation and shear strength characteristics of marine sediments. Planning and site
5. 3
exploration
Drilling. Sampling techniques. Laboratory testing, In situ testing methods and geophysical
6. 4
methods.
Current design practices of pile supported and gravity offshore structures. Dynamic analysis
7. 3
of offshore structures.
Centrifugal modeling. Anchor design. Break out resistance analysis and geotechnical aspects
8. 3
of offshore pipeline and cable design.
9. Field instrumentation and performance observation. 3
10. Offshore soil mechanics; Offshore pile foundations and caissons; 3
Design of breakwaters; Buoy design and mooring systems; Offshore drilling systems and
11. 4
types of platforms;
12. Ocean mining and energy systems. ROV. Onshore drilling-on shore oil rigs. 3
13. Onshore drilling equipments- onshore rig structures-hydraulics applied in onshore rigs. 3
Total 43
DEPC 0115 Pipeline Engineering

DEPC 0115 Pipeline Engineering 3 ----- 3-0-0
Theory
Learning Objective:
1. To introduce students to the crucial role of piping engineer in turn key projects
2. To make students understand the approval drawings and execute the work adhering to procedures and
standards
3. To understand the layout and manage the work with adequate safety and reliability.
Learning Outcome:
1. understand pipe fittings, selections, drawings and dimensioning
2. understand Pipe Material specifications
3. understand pressure design of pipe systems
230
Module – 1: Introduction
Introduction to Pipelines, Responsibilities of pipeline engineers and designers, scope of pipeline, inputs and
outputs, process diagram (PFD, PNID), course and standards, oil and gas terminology, types of platforms,
pipeline elements, pipeline materials, material takeoff for onshore and offshore pipelines
Module – 2: Pipeline Drawings

Field layouts, alignment sheet, riser and spool, GAD‟S, crossing details, trench details, anode details, monel
sheathing
Pipeline Specification
Pipeline valve thickness calculations, cathodic protection, valves specifications & specialties, pipeline supports,
clamps, configuration of equipments, pipeline installation methods, on bottom stability, free span calculations
Module – 3: Stress Calculation

Pipe stress Requirements, fatigue failure, stress intensification factor, code compliance, pipe support span
calculations, piping design for leading types (sustain load – pressure, weight, expansion loads, hanger design,
occasional loads), piping configuration, loops – types and sizing, cold spring, underground pipe, flange leak
analysis, thrust force calculations, code compliances
Text books and Reference

1. Alkazraji Duraid, (2008) A quick guide to pipeline engineering Woodhead Publishing Limited
2. Vincent, Jecqes (2010) Fundamentals of Pipeline Engineering, Gulf Publishing
3. Antaki, G. A. (2003) Piping and Pipeline Engineering , Marcell Dekker.
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic
Theory
1. Introduction to Pipelines, Responsibilities of pipeline engineers and designers, 3
2. scope of pipeline, inputs and outputs, process diagram (PFD, PNID), 4
3. course and standards, oil and gas terminology, types of platforms, 3
4. pipeline elements, pipeline materials, material takeoff for onshore and offshore pipelines 3
5. Field layouts, alignment sheet, riser and spool, GAD‟S, 3
6. crossing details, trench details, anode details, monel sheathing 3
Pipeline Specification : Pipeline valve thickness calculations, cathodic protection, valves
7. 4
specifications & specialties
8. pipeline supports, clamps, configuration of equipments, 3
9. pipeline installation methods, on bottom stability, free span calculations 3
10. Pipe stress Requirements, fatigue failure, stress intensification factor, code compliance, 3
pipe support span calculations, piping design for leading types (sustain load – pressure,
11. 4
weight, expansion loads, hanger design, occasional loads),
12. piping configuration, loops – types and sizing, cold spring, underground pipe 3
13. , flange leak analysis, thrust force calculations, code compliances 3
Total 42
231
DEPC 0116 Transport Phenomena

DEPC0116 Transport Phenomena Theory 3 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the momentum transfer, process heat transfer and mass transfer operations.
2. Calculate the viscosity, thermal conductivity and diffusivity of different liquids and gases
Learning Outcome: On successful completion of this course, students will be able to:
Carry out work related to flow process of fluid, heat and mass transfers operations
MODULE –I
Viscosity and the mechanisms of momentum transfer, Thermal conductivity and the mechanisms of energy
transport, Diffusivity and the mechanisms of mass transport.
MODULE –II
Shell momentum balances and velocity distributions in laminar flow, Shell energy balances and temperature
distributions in solids and laminar flow, Concentration distributions in solids and laminar flow. The equations
of change
MODULE –III
Use of equations of change to solve one dimensional steady state problems of momentum, heat and
component transfer. Unsteady state one-dimensional transport of momentum, heat and component transfer.
Introduction to Turbulent transport, Time smoothing of equation change, Models for turbulent flux (explanation
of equations only).
Text Book:
1. Transport phenomena by Bird R.B., Stewart W.C., Lightfoot F.N., 2nd ed. John Wiley & Sons
Inc,U.S.A,1960.
Reference:
1. Transport phenomena for engineers by L. Theodore, International text book company, U.S.A.1971.
2. Transport processes and unit operations by C.J. Geankoplis, PHI, 3rd ed. 1997.
3. Fundamental of heat, momentum and mass transfer, Welty, Wickson, Wilson, John Wiley.
Pedagogy
Sl. No. Topic (All topics through CRT & PPT) Theory
1. Viscosity and the mechanisms of momentum transfer, 4
2. Thermal conductivity and the mechanisms of energy transport, 4
3. Diffusivity and the mechanisms of mass transport 4
4. Shell momentum balances and velocity distributions in laminar flow 4
5. Shell energy balances and temperature distributions in solids and laminar flow, 4
6. Concentration distributions in solids and laminar flow. The equations of change. 4
Use of equations of change to solve one dimensional steady state problems of 5
7.
momentum
Use of equations of change to solve one dimensional steady state problems of heat 4
8.
and component transfer.
Unsteady state one-dimensional transport of momentum, heat and component 4
9.
transfer.
10. Introduction to Turbulent transport, Time smoothing of equation change, 4
11. Models for turbulent flux (explanation of equations only). 4
Total 45
232
DEPC 0117 City Gas Distribution

DEPC 0117 City Gas Distribution Theory 3 ------ 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the gas distribution, gas retailing business, operation and maintain business scenario and gas value
chain.
Learning Outcome:
This will able to make candidates industry ready gas distribution, gas retailing business, operation and
maintain, business scenario and gas value chain applications
Module I : Introduction
Natural Gas: Fuel for Future (Properties of Natural Gas); Energy Resources for CGD; Update on Gas
Discoveries; Demand-Supply Gap; History of CGD in India; Pre and Post PNGRB Era; LNG and CGD business
Gas Retailing Business: Introducing Gas Retailing; Terminology used in CGD; Various components of CGD
Network; CGD Business Segments; CGD Projects – Status in India; CGD Companies in India; Role of CNG and
PNG in Gas Distribution; CGD Economics
Regulatory Framework and Standards for City Gas Distribution: Petroleum and Natural Gas Regulatory Board
(PNGRB) era; Purpose, role and functions of PNGRB; Challenges faced by PNGRB; Technical Standards
including T4S.
Module- II:
Gas Value Chain: Gas Transmission and Distribution System; City Gate Station (CGS); Gas Filtration and
Pressure reduction skids; Odorizing unit; Common pressure reduction station (CPRS)/District Regulation Station
(DRS); Metering system; Pipeline for CGD network; Steel and PE Pipelines; CNG infrastructure: Mother
Station, Online Station, Daughter Station, Daughter Booster Station; SCADA System
Operation and Maintenance: Annual O&M Plan; Steel Pipeline O&M (Cathodic Protection); Maintenance
planning.
Module III :
QHSE: CNG Safety; Emergency Response Plan; Disaster Management Plan; Quality assurance concepts;
Inspection and Surveillance; Risk Assessment in CGD Business.
Business Scenario
CGD Business Scenario – India and Abroad; Profile of Major Players; Gas Pricing in CGD; Customer Service
Issues in CGD Business; Innovations in CGD; Accelerators and Retarders of CGD business; Case Studies –
India and Abroad

1. City Gas in India (BS Negi)
2. Natural Gas (AK Jain)
3. City Gas Distribution in India: Demystifying the Opportunity, Growth and Investment Potential (Infra line
Energy)
233
Pedagogy
Natural Gas: Fuel for Future (Properties of Natural Gas); Energy Resources for
1. 4
CGD;
Update on Gas Discoveries; Demand-Supply Gap; History of CGD in India; Pre and
2. 3
Post PNGRB Era; LNG and CGD business
3. Gas Retailing Business: Introducing Gas Retailing; Terminology used in CGD; 4
Various components of CGD Network; CGD Business Segments; CGD Projects –
4. Status in India; CGD Companies in India; Role of CNG and PNG in Gas 4
Distribution;
CGD Economics
Regulatory Framework and Standards for City Gas Distribution: Petroleum and
5. 4
Natural Gas Regulatory Board (PNGRB) era; Purpose, role and functions of
PNGRB; Challenges faced by PNGRB; Technical Standards including T4S
Gas Value Chain: Gas Transmission and Distribution System; City Gate Station
6. 3
(CGS); Gas Filtration and Pressure reduction skids;
Odorizing unit; Common pressure reduction station (CPRS)/District Regulation
7. 4
Station (DRS); Metering system; Pipeline for CGD network;
Steel and PE Pipelines; CNG infrastructure: Mother Station, Online Station,
8. 3
Daughter Station, Daughter Booster Station; SCADA System
Operation and Maintenance: Annual O&M Plan; Steel Pipeline O&M
9. 4
(Cathodic Protection); Maintenance planning
QHSE: CNG Safety; Emergency Response Plan; Disaster Management Plan;
10. Quality assurance concepts; Inspection and Surveillance; Risk Assessment in CGD 3
Business.
Business Scenario
11. CGD Business Scenario – India and Abroad; Profile of Major Players; Gas Pricing 3
in CGD; Customer Service Issues in CGD Business;
Innovations in CGD; Accelerators and Retarders of CGD business; Case Studies –
12. 3
India and Abroad
Total 42
DEPC 0118 Chemical Engineering Plant Design and Economics

Chemical Engineering Plant
DEPC 0118 Theory 3 ----- 3-0-0
Design And Economics
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the industry localities, raw material requirements, optimum design and Plant Design and
Economics.
Learning Outcome:
This will able to make candidates industry localities, raw material requirements, optimum design and
Plant Design and Economics applications.
234
Module -I:
Introduction, Process Design development. General design considerations, Cost and asset accounting.
Cash flow for industrial operations, factors effecting investment and production cost, capital investments,
estimation of capital investments, cost indices, cost factors in capital investment,
Module -II:
Organizations for presenting capital investments, estimates by compartmentalization, estimation of total product
of cost direction, production costs, fixed charges, plant overhead costs, financing.
Interest and investment cost, type interest, nominal and effective interest rates, continuous interest, present
worth and discount annuities, cost due interest on investment, source of capital.
Taxes and insurances, type of taxes: federal income taxes, insurance-types of insurance, self insurance.
Module – III
Depreciation: types of depreciation, services life, salvage value, present value, methods for determining
depreciation, single unit and group depreciation. Profitability: alternative investments and replacements,
profitability standards, discounted cash flow, capitalized cost, pay out period ,alternative investments, analysis
with small investments, increments and replacements.
Optimum design and design strategy, incremental cost, general procedure for determining optimum condition,
comparison of graphical and analytical methods, optimum production rates, semi continuous cyclic operation,
fluid dynamics, mass transfer strategy of linearization
TEXT BOOK
1. Plant Design and Economics for Chemical Engineering by M.S. Peters and .D.Timmerhaus, Mc Graw Hill,
4th Ed., 1991
Reference: 1. Process Engineering Economics, Schweyer,
Pedagogy
Introduction, Process Design development. General design considerations, Cost and asset
1. 3
accounting.
Cash flow for industrial operations, factors effecting investment and production cost, capital
2. 4
investments,
3. estimation of capital investments, cost indices, cost factors in capital investment, 3
Organizations for presenting capital investments, estimates by compartmentalization,
4. 4
estimation of total product of cost direction
5. Production costs, fixed charges, plant overhead costs, financing. 3
Interest and investment cost, type interest, nominal and effective interest rates, continuous
6. interest, present worth and discount annuities, cost due interest on investment, source of 4
capital.
Taxes and insurances, type of taxes: federal income taxes, insurance-types of insurance,
7. 4
self insurance
Depreciation: types of depreciation, services life, salvage value, present value, methods for
8. 3
determining depreciation, single unit and group depreciation.
Profitability: alternative investments and replacements, profitability standards, discounted
9. 4
cash flow, capitalized cost, pay out period
10. alternative investments, analysis with small investments, increments and replacements 3
Optimum design and design strategy, incremental cost, general procedure for determining
11. 3
optimum condition,
comparison of graphical and analytical methods, optimum production rates, semi continuous
12. 4
cyclic operation, fluid dynamics, mass transfer strategy of linearization
Total 42
235
DEPC0119 Well Drilling Equipment and Operation

Well Drilling Equipment and
DEPC0119 Theory 3 ----- 3-0-0
Operation
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the Drilling operations, Directional Drilling, Well Planning and Hydraulics.
Learning Outcome:
This will able to make candidates petro chemical industry ready Drilling operations, Directional Drilling,
Well Planning and Hydraulics applications.
Module- I
Drilling operations – Location to Rig. Release Well Bore Diagram, Crews – Operator – Drilling, contractor –
Third Party Services – Rig Types – Land Types – Marine types Components- Overall Drilling Rig, Drilling Sub
systems – Power – Hoisting Line – speeds and
Loads Power – Loading Components – Drill Pipe, Heavy Weight Drill Pipe (HWDP), Drill String Loads
Uniaxial.
Module II
Directional Drilling, Well Planning, Two Dimensional, Horizontal, Tools, Techniques, MWD,
surveying – Radius of Curvature, Long‟s Method – Errors, Muds, Mud Use, Property measurements, Types, -
Pneumatic (Air, Gas, Mist, Foam), Water based, Oil based, solids Control, Definitions, Equipment, Problems,
Contaminations Effect.
Hydraulics, Classifications of Fluids, Rheological Models – Rotary Drilling Hydraulics – Jet
Hydraulic Optimizing and Maximizing – Circulations Rate Selection – Drill Bit – Jet Sizing –
Equivalent Circulations Density, Hole Cleaning.
Module III
Theory – Vertical and Deviated Holes, Annular Velocities – Carrying Capacity – Pills and Slugs.
Origin of Overpressure, Kick Signs, shut –in Procedures, Kill sheets, Kill Procedures, Driller‟s
Methods – Engineer‟s Method (Wait and Weight)
TEXT BOOKS:
1. Rabia.H. „Oil Well Drilling Engineering, Principles And Practices‟ Graham And Trotman Ltd. 1985.
2. D.P Helander „Fundamentals Of Formation Evaluation‟
REFERENCE:
1. Standard Handbook of Petroluem and Natural Gas Engineering, 2 nd Edition, William C Lyons, Gary C
Pilisga, Gulf Professional Publishing
236
Pedagogy
Drilling operations – Location to Rig. Release Well Bore Diagram, Crews –
1. 4
Operator – Drilling,
contractor – Third Party Services – Rig Types – Land Types – Marine types
2. 4
Components-
3. Overall Drilling Rig, Drilling Sub systems – Power – Hoisting Line – speeds 4
Loads Power – Loading Components – Drill Pipe, Heavy Weight Drill Pipe
4. 4
(HWDP), Drill String Loads Uniaxial
Directional Drilling, Well Planning, Two Dimensional, Horizontal, Tools,
5. 4
Techniques, MWD
surveying – Radius of Curvature, Long‟s Method – Errors, Muds, Mud Use,
6. 4
Property measurements, Types.
Pneumatic (Air, Gas, Mist, Foam), Water based, Oil based, solids Control,
7. 5
Definitions, Equipment, Problems, Contaminations Effect
Theory – Vertical and Deviated Holes, Annular Velocities – Carrying Capacity –
8. 4
Pills and Slugs.
9. Origin of Overpressure, Kick Signs, shut –in Procedures, Kill sheets 4
10. Kill Procedures, Driller‟s Methods – Engineer‟s Method (Wait and Weight) 4
Total 41
DEPC 0120 Chemical Process Technology

DEPC 0120 Chemical Process Technology Theory 3 ------ 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the different types of chemical products are preparation in industries and process of different
industries.
Learning Outcome:
This will able to make candidate‟s skill in chemical industry to apply techniques to different operations
in industries.
Module – I
Manufacture of Soda ash, caustic soda and chlorine, Glass: manufacture of special glasses
Industrial gases: carbon dioxide, hydrogen and oxygen – products of water gas, producer gas.
Nitrogen industries: synthetic ammonia, urea, nitric acid (ammonium nitrate), ammonium chloride, ammonium
phosphate and complex fertilizers
Sulphur and sulphuric acid, manufacture of sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid and some other chemicals –
Aluminium sulphate and alum.
Cement manufacture, special cements, miscellaneous calcium compounds, magnesium compounds.
Module – II
Manufacture of phenols, formaldehyde, vinyl chloride and vinyl acetate, manufacture of phenol- formaldehyde
resin and polyvinyl chloride polymer, SBR.
Oils: Definition, constitution, extraction and expression of vegetable oils, refining and hydrogenation of oils.
Synthetic fibers: Classification, manufacture of Nylon 66, polyester fiber and viscose rayon fiber.
Soaps and detergents: Definitions, continuous process for the production of fatty acids, glycerin and soap,
production of detergents.
237
Module – III
Pulp and paper industry: methods of pulping, production of sulphate and sulphite pulp, production of paper –wet
process
Pharmaceutical Industries: Classification, Alkylation, Carboxylation and Acetylation, Condensation and
Cyclization, Dehydration,Halogenation, Oxidation, Sulfonation, Amination, Radio isotopes in Medicine,
Fermentation and Life processing for Antibiotics, Hormones, and Vitamines, Biologicals, Steroid hormones,
isolates and Animals.
Text books:
1. Shreve‟s chemical process industries edited by Austin, Mc.graw-Hill.5th ed.1985.
2. Dryden‟s outlines of chemical technology edited by M. Gopal Rao and M. Sitting, 2nd ed. 1973.
References:
1. Industrial Chemistry by B.K. Sharma,
2. Hand book of industrial chemistry Vol 1& II K.H.Davis & F.S. Berner Edited by S.C. Bhatia, CBS publishers
3. Chemical Technology: G.N. Panday, Vol 1& Vol II.
Pedagogy
1. Manufacture of Soda ash, caustic soda and chlorine, Glass: manufacture of special glasses 4
Industrial gases: carbon dioxide, hydrogen and oxygen – products of water gas, producer
gas.
2. 4
Nitrogen industries: synthetic ammonia, urea, nitric acid (ammonium nitrate), ammonium
chloride, ammonium phosphate and complex fertilizers
Sulphur and sulphuric acid, manufacture of sulphuric acid, hydrochloric acid and some
3. 3
other chemicals –Aluminium sulphate and alum.
Cement manufacture, special cements, miscellaneous calcium compounds, magnesium
4. 3
compounds.
5. formaldehyde resin and polyvinyl chloride polymer, SBR. 3
Oils: Definition, constitution, extraction and expression of vegetable oils, refining and
6. 3
hydrogenation of oils
Synthetic fibers: Classification, manufacture of Nylon 66, polyester fiber and viscose
7. 4
rayon fiber.
Soaps and detergents: Definitions, continuous process for the production of fatty acids,
8. 4
glycerin and soap, production of detergents.
Pulp and paper industry: methods of pulping, production of sulphate and sulphite pulp,
9. 3
production of paper –wet process
Pharmaceutical Industries: Classification, Alkylation, Carboxylation and Acetylation,
10. 4
Condensation and Cyclization, Dehydration,Halogenation, Oxidation,
Sulfonation, Amination, Radio isotopes in Medicine, Fermentation and Life processing
11. 3
for Antibiotics
12. Hormones, and Vitamines, Biologicals, Steroid hormones, isolates and Animals 3
Total 41
238
DEPC 0121 Transportation of Oil & Gas

DEPC 0121 Transportation of Oil & Gas Theory 3 ------ 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
Learn the industry crude oil, product and gas transportation and pipeline transportation, branching and
looping in pipelines and multiphase flow.
1. .
Learning Outcome:
This will able to make candidates industry ready crude oil, product and gas transportation and pipeline
transportation, branching and looping in pipelines and multiphase flow applications.
Module I
MODES OF CRUDE OIL, PRODUCT AND GAS TRANSPORTATION AND PIPELINE
TRANSPORTATION
Tank-Trucks and Rail Transportation, Oceanic Tanker Transportation, Inland Water, Coastal
and Oceanic, Tanker Size, Power, Cargo Space, Marine Storage Terminals, Shore Installation.
Line Specifications, Plastic Pipes.
LIQUID TRANSPORT & GAS TRANSPORTATION:
Crude Oil and Product Flow Characteristics, Transportation of Cryogenic Liquids, Heat Flux Estimation, Temp
Gradient in Flowing fluid in Exposed and Buried Pipeline, Insulation Types and thickness, Rheology and Non-
Newtonian Behaviour, Stress and Pressure Drop Calculations. Flow Equation, Pressure Drop Calculations. Wey
Mouth and Panhandle Equation, Design Factors. Pressure Drop in Non-Horizontal Pipeline. Stress Conditions in
Pipeline and Analysis.
Module II
BRANCHING AND LOOPING IN PIPELINES AND MULTIPHASE FLOW
Equivalent Diameter and Length Combined Capacity. Steady State Flow in Pipes, Flow Networks. Flow pattern
in Gas- Liquid Flow, Pressure Drop Estimation, Design Consideration. Pipe Sizing, Storage Capacity, Station
Spacing. Transportation Problems and Remedial Measures, Pressure Surges, Scaling, Wax deposition, Gas
Hydrate Formation.
Module- III
PIPELINE PRACTICE AND EQUIPMENT AND SURFACE PROTECTION
Route Survey, Transportation, Trenching, Stringing, Bending, Cleaning and Coating, Lowering
and Back Filling, Inspection, Testing, Internal Cleaning, Road, Bridge and River Crossing.
Welding: Techniques and Equipment Internal and External Corrosion & Protection, Cathode Protection System.
AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT/ FACILITIES AND PUMPS & COMPRESSOR STATION
Valves, Regulators, Types and Operating Features. Metering & Storage: Flow Meter Types, Calibration,
Proving, Heating Value. Storage of Crude, Product, Natural Gas and LNG. Layout, Equipment, Instrumentation,
Prime Movers: Two stroke vs Four Stroke. Naturally Design Aspirated vs Super Charged Engines, Gas Turbines,
Single vs Multi Shaft Turbines, Emission Control.
TEXT BOOKS:
1. The Petroleum Shipping Industry: Operations and Practices, Penwell Books, 1996.
2. Introduction to the Oil Pipeline Industry (Oil Pipeline Transportation Practices), he University of Texas at
Austin - Petroleum Extension Service; 3rd edition 1984.
239
Pedagogy
Tank-Trucks and Rail Transportation, Oceanic Tanker Transportation, Inland Water,
1. 3
Coastal and Oceanic,
Tanker Size, Power, Cargo Space, Marine Storage Terminals, Shore Installation.
2. 3
Line Specifications, Plastic Pipes.
Crude Oil and Product Flow Characteristics, Transportation of Cryogenic Liquids, Heat
3. 3
Flux Estimation,
Temp Gradient in Flowing fluid in Exposed and Buried Pipeline, Insulation Types and
4. 4
thickness, Rheology and Non-Newtonian Behaviour
Stress and Pressure Drop Calculations. Flow Equation, Pressure Drop Calculations. Wey
5. 3
Mouth and Panhandle Equation,
Design Factors. Pressure Drop in Non-Horizontal Pipeline. Stress Conditions in Pipeline
6. 3
and Analysis
Equivalent Diameter and Length Combined Capacity. Steady State Flow in Pipes, Flow
7. 3
Networks.
Flow pattern in Gas- Liquid Flow, Pressure Drop Estimation, Design Consideration. Pipe
8. 3
Sizing, Storage Capacity,
Station Spacing. Transportation Problems and Remedial Measures, Pressure Surges,
9. 3
Scaling, Wax deposition, Gas Hydrate Formation
Route Survey, Transportation, Trenching, Stringing, Bending, Cleaning and Coating,
10. Lowering and Back Filling, Inspection, Testing, Internal Cleaning, Road, Bridge and 4
River Crossing.
Welding: Techniques and Equipment Internal and External Corrosion & Protection,
11. 3
Cathode Protection System,
Valves, Regulators, Types and Operating Features. Metering & Storage: Flow Meter
12. 3
Types, Calibration, Proving, Heating Value. Storage of Crude, Product,
Natural Gas and LNG. Layout, Equipment, Instrumentation, Prime Movers: Two stroke
13. 3
vs Four Stroke
Naturally Design Aspirated vs Super Charged Engines, Gas Turbines, Single vs Multi
14. 4
Shaft Turbines, Emission Control.
Total 45
DEPC 0122 Petrochemical and Refining Design

Theory
DEPC 0122 Petrochemical and Refining Design 3 ----- 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
1. To enable the students to understand the fundamental concepts of transportation equipment and
machinery design. To make student aware of different equipment and machineries used in petroleum
industry.
Learning Outcome:
1. Students would be able to understand the concepts of designing petroleum transportation equipments
Module – I :
Multicomponent Distillation
Dew point and bubble point for multicomponent hydrocarbon mixtures, Design of multicomponent distillation
Column using short cut methods, Plate-to-plate calculations, Introduction to rigorous solution procedures.
240
Petroleum Refinery Distillation-I
TBP, EFV, ASTM distillation curves and their relevance, CDU and VDU products and processes. Over flash,
furnace heater, side strippers, and types of refluxes, Vacuum devices, Material balance and flash zone
calculations, Overall energy requirements and energy conservation strategies.
Module – II :
Petroleum Refinery Distillation-II
Pump around and pump back calculations, Estimation of number of equilibrium stages, Design using Packie
charts and Watkins method, Introduction to rigorous solution procedure based on pseudo components.
Column Operation and Trouble-shooting
Flooding behaviours, Ways to avoid flooding and weeping, Types of Trays .Structured packings, Pressure
drops. Sensing tray, A typical P&ID for a distillation column, Case studies in troubleshooting.
Module – III :
Heat Exchanger Design
Kern‟s method, Bell‟s method, Heat transfer coefficients in condensation and boiling, Considerations involved in
design of reboilers and condensers, air-cooled exchangers. Introduction to TEMA codes, Basic introduction to
Pinch Technology.
Furnace Heater Design
Heat load calculations for furnace heaters, Typical heat flux values, Basic constructional features, Different
furnace types, Review of factors to be considered in the design of fired heaters, Introduction to manual
calculations methods such as Hottel‟s method.
Text Books:
1. Watkins, “Petroleum Refinery Distillation”, McGraw Hill, 1993
2. Sinnott R. K., “Coulson and Richardson‟s Chemical engineering”, Vol. 6, Third Edition, Butter Worth-
Heinemann, 1999.
3. Kern D. Q., “Process Heat Transfer”, McGraw Hill, 1965.
4. Cao Eduardo,”Heat Transfer in Process Engineering”, McGraw Hill, 2010
Reference Books:
1. Kayode Coker, “Ludwig‟s Applied Process Design for Chemical and Petrochemical Plants”, Fourth Ed,
Elsevier, 2007
2. Van Winkle M., “Distillation”, McGraw Hill, 1967
Pedagogy
Sl.
Topic (All topics through CRT & PPT) Th
No.
Dew point and bubble point for multicomponent hydrocarbon mixtures, Design of
1 4
multicomponent distillation Column using short cut methods.
2 Plate-to-plate calculations, Introduction to rigorous solution procedures 3
3 TBP, EFV, ASTM distillation curves and their relevance, CDU and VDU products and processes. 4
4 Over flash, furnace heater, side strippers, and types of refluxes, 3
5 Vacuum devices, Material balance and flash zone calculations, Overall energy requirements and
3
energy conservation strategies
6 Pump around and pump back calculations, Estimation of number of equilibrium stages, 3
7 Design using Packie charts and Watkins method, Introduction to rigorous solution procedure
3
based on pseudo components..
8 Column Operation and Trouble-shooting
3
Flooding behaviours, Ways to avoid flooding and weeping,
9 Types of Trays .Structured packings, Pressure drops. Sensing tray, 4
10 A typical P&ID for a distillation column, Case studies in troubleshooting 3
241
Sl. No. Topic (All topics through CRT & PPT) Th
Kern‟s method, Bell‟s method, Heat transfer coefficients in condensation and boiling,
11 3
Considerations involved in design of reboilers and condensers
12 air-cooled exchangers. Introduction to TEMA codes, Basic introduction to Pinch Technology. 3
Furnace Heater Design :
13 Heat load calculations for furnace heaters, Typical heat flux values, Basic constructional 4
features, Different furnace types,
Review of factors to be considered in the design of fired heaters, Introduction to manual
14 3
calculations methods such as Hottel‟s method.
Total 43
DEPC 0123 Transportation and Marketing of Petroleum and its Products

Transportation and Marketing of Theory
DEPC 0123 3 ------ 3-0-0
Petroleum and its Products
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the Transportation of petroleum and petroleum products, Layout of petroleum product storage
premises and Operations at road and rail tank wagons.
Learning Outcome:
This will able to make candidates industry Transportation of petroleum and petroleum products, Layout
of petroleum product storage premises and Operations at road and rail tank wagons applications.
Module -I:
Introduction to Transportation of petroleum and petroleum products - different means, Classification of
petroleum as per “Indian Petroleum Rules – 1977” and NPRA Basics of pipeline construction, operation and
protection. Product pipeline traffic management, Batching of different products, their receipt and accounting at
storage depots. Product quality control, Metering and measurements of products.
Module - II:
Layout of petroleum product storage premises, Storage of petroleum products, Concept of storage depots,
terminals and intermediate receiving & distributing depots, packed oil storage, Distribution of Products,
Calibration of road tankers and tank wagons, Concept of cleaning and repair of tanks and drums
Module - III:
Operations at road and rail tank wagons/cars, loading and unloading racks., Filling methods, Precautions of Class
I & II petroleum, Precautions with Class III and unclassified petroleum Traffic Management, Fire and safety
rules (& OISD), Role of international oil companies. OPEC pricing mechanism. Spot marketing and other
control mechanisms. Conservation of petroleum and its products.
TEXT BOOK AND REFERENCES

1) Hughes, J. R. (revised by Swindles, N. S) The Storage & Handling of petroleum liquids, Charles Griffin &
Co. Ltd.
2) Mohitpur, M. (1994) Energy supply and pipeline transportation Challenges and opportunities, ASME press.
3) Masseron, J.(1990) Petroleum Economics, Technip Publications
4) Petroleum Storage Principles: Alex Marks
5) Petroleum Production Handbook (vol-3): LC UREN
6) Oil Industry Safety Directorate (2012) Storage and Handling of Petroleum Product sat Depots and Terminals
Prepared by functioning committee (http://oisd.nic.in/PDF/OISDSTDDraft244.pdf).
242
Pedagogy
Introduction to Transportation of petroleum and petroleum products - different
1. 4
means,
Classification of petroleum as per “Indian Petroleum Rules – 1977” and NPRA
2. 3
Basics of pipeline construction, operation and protection.
Product pipeline traffic management, Batching of different products, their receipt
3. 4
and accounting at storage depots.
4. Product quality control, Metering and measurements of products. 3
5. Layout of petroleum product storage premises, Storage of petroleum products 3
6. Storage of petroleum products, Concept of storage depots, 3
7. terminals and intermediate receiving & distributing depots, packed oil storage, 3
8. Distribution of Products, Calibration of road tankers and tank wagons 3
9. Concept of cleaning and repair of tanks and drums 3
10. Operations at road and rail tank wagons/cars, loading and unloading racks. 3
Filling methods, Precautions of Class I & II petroleum, Precautions with Class
11. 4
III and unclassified petroleum Traffic Management,
12. Fire and safety rules (& OISD), Role of international oil companies. 3
13. OPEC pricing mechanism. Spot marketing and other control mechanisms. 3
14. Conservation of petroleum and its products 3
Total 45
DEPC 0124 Management in Hydrocarbon Industry
T-P-Pr
Code Course Title Course Type Credits Pre-requisite
(hrs)
DEPC 0124 Management in Hydrocarbon Industry Theory 3 ----- 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
1. To understand the concepts of Management in Hydrocarbon Industry process and strategies involved. To
understand the importance and role of management in a global environment.
Learning Outcome:
Students learn the scope and process of Management in Hydrocarbon Industry. They would be able to learn the
importance of ethical management practices. They will learn the process of designing effective management
strategies.
Module- 1
Personnel Function: Scope and Organization; Wage and Salary Administration; Recruitment, Selection,
Induction, Promotion, Transfer and Separation. Industrial Relations: Concept and importance; Trade Unions:
Their growth and role, Problem of Multiplicity of Trade Unions; Industrial Dispute: Definition, Prevention and
Settlement. Various legislations regarding labour issues: Wage & Bonus, social security, industrial relations.
Workers participation in Management. Conflict Resolution & Employee Discipline. Welfare schemes for
Employees and its Importance in the Changed Scenario.
Module-II
Introduction to accounting; Accounting equation; Preparation of financial statements & Analysis; Accounts for
Joint Stock Companies; Introduction to International Accounting standards; GAAP; Annual reports; Cash flow
reporting; Cost concepts: Absorption & Marginal Costing, CVP Analysis, Standard Costing and Variance
analysis.
243
Module-III
Supply Chain Management – genesis, definitions and basic structure; Value Chain concept; Relevant issues in
supply chain; Strategy formulation; Product type- Supply Chain Matrix; Strategic sourcing and management of
supply, Suppliers evaluation and development, Outsourcing strategy. Logistic Management – functions and basic
issues, Indian Scenario; Areas of logistical decision making, Design of transportation network; Warehousing;
Introduction to e-commerce; Performance measurement of Supply Chain Management.
Introduction to Operations Management; Production Systems, Capacity Planning, Forecasting Models, Facilities
Management; Operations Planning and Control – Job Shop scheduling and Aggregate Planning; Line Balancing,
Production scheduling and sequencing.
Text Books and references

1) David Jacob (2012) Optimal supply chain management in oil, gas and power generation, Penn Well Pub.
Company
2) Barry Richards (1993) Management of International oil operation, Penn Well Publishing Company.
3) Wright, C. J and Gallum, R. A (2008) Fundamentals of Oil and gas accounting, Penn Well Pub. Company
Pedagogy
Personnel Function: Scope and Organization; Wage and Salary Administration;
1. 3
Recruitment, Selection, Induction, Promotion, Transfer and Separation
Industrial Relations: Concept and importance; Trade Unions: Their growth and
2. role, Problem of Multiplicity of Trade Unions; Industrial Dispute: Definition, 4
Prevention and Settlement.
Various legislations regarding labour issues: Wage & Bonus, social security,
3. 3
industrial relations.
Workers participation in Management. Conflict Resolution & Employee
4. Discipline. Welfare schemes for Employees and its Importance in the Changed 3
Scenario.
Introduction to accounting; Accounting equation; Preparation of financial
5. 4
statements & Analysis;
Accounts for Joint Stock Companies; Introduction to International Accounting
6. 3
standards; GAAP;
Annual reports; Cash flow reporting; Cost concepts: Absorption & Marginal
7. 3
Costing, CVP Analysis, Standard Costing and Variance analysis.
Supply Chain Management – genesis, definitions and basic structure; Value Chain
8. 3
concept; Relevant issues in supply chain; Strategy formulation;
Product type- Supply Chain Matrix; Strategic sourcing and management of
9. supply, Suppliers evaluation and development, Outsourcing strategy. Logistic 4
Management – functions and basic issues,
Indian Scenario; Areas of logistical decision making, Design of transportation
10. network; Warehousing; Introduction to e-commerce; Performance measurement 3
of Supply Chain Management.
Introduction to Operations Management; Production Systems, Capacity Planning,
11. 3
Forecasting Models,
12. Facilities Management; Operations Planning and Control 3
Job Shop scheduling and Aggregate Planning; Line Balancing, Production
13. 4
scheduling and sequencing
14. Total 43
244
Pedagogy
DEPC 0125 Unconventional Hydrocarbon Resources

Unconventional
DEPC 0125 Theory 3 ----- 3-0-0
Hydrocarbon Resources
Learning Objective:
1. To understand the geographic distribution of unconventional hydrocarbon resources
2. To understand characterization of source and reservoir rocks
3. To understand methodology to produce these reserves
4. To understand environmental consequences of producing these reserves
Learning Outcome:
1. Recognise and apply the concept of continuous accumulation system.
2. Apply the concepts related to exploration and development of Shale Gas Reservoirs.
3. Apply the concepts related to exploration and development of Coal Bed Methane.
4. Understand and apply the concepts related to formation of gas hydrates.
Module -I
Introduction- Energy resources; Conventional Energy Resources; Un-Conventional Energy Resources;
Difference between Conventional and un Conventional, HC resources, Conventional Energy Resources (Simple
introduction) (a). Crude Oil (b). Natural Gas (c) Coal
Module -II
Un Conventional Energy Resources- (Detail study required), CBM – formation; Resource potential mapping;
Seismic analysis and other methods for assessing the potential; Award procedure for CBM block in India ; status
of CBM bidding round; Current CBM Production; Future prospects; Players in India; Global Scenario, CMM-
formation; Resource potential mapping; methods for assessing the potential; Award procedure for CMM block in
India ; status of CMM; Current CMM Production; Future prospects; Players in India; Global Scenario, Shale
Gas- Introducing Shale Gas; Shale Rock formation; History of Shale Gas; US success Story; Replication
possibilities US experience in India; Shale gas Global Potential ; Shale Gas initiatives in Europe and Asia; Shale
Gas Potential in India; major Shale Plats in India; Shale Gas a game changer; Status of Regulatory regime in
India for shale gas; Analysing the issues related to shale gas exploration in India; Results of Preliminary
explorative studied carried out in India- Cambay Basin by Reliance; Cambay Basin(Sanand) by GSPC; Damodar
Basin by ONGC; Dholka Field by Joshi Technology, Gas Hydrates- The concept of gas in hydrates; possible
location of gas hydrates; Global versus Indian experience; potential of estimated gas from hydrates; artificial
Hydrate concept; application of artificial Gas hydrate for gas transportation Insitu gasification of Coal and lignite
Module -III
Estimation of Unconventional Energy Resources Methods of estimation, Indian scenario‟ potential of various
unconventional sources,
Detail study of CBM and Shale Gas Exploration, Technology, Land and water requirement,
Environmental issues, Global Experience- US, Europe, China, Australia and India
Text Book and references
1. Zou, C et al (2013) Unconventional Petroleum Geology, Elsevier
2. Max, M. D. (2003) Natural Gas Hydrate in Oceanic and Permafrost Environments, Kluwer Academic
Publication
3. Nash, K. M. (2010) Shale gas Development, Nova Science Publishers, Incorporated
4. Rogers, R. (1994) Coal bed methane: principles and Practices, PTR Prentice Hall
245
Pedagogy
Sl.
Topic (All topics through CRT & PPT) Theory
No.
Introduction- Energy resources; Conventional Energy Resources; Un-Conventional
1. 3
Energy Resources;
Difference between Conventional and un Conventional, HC resources, Conventional
2. 3
Energy Resources (Simple introduction) (a). Crude Oil (b). Natural Gas (c) Coal
Un Conventional Energy Resources- (Detail study required), CBM – formation;
3. Resource potential mapping; Seismic analysis and other methods for assessing the 3
potential;
Award procedure for CBM block in India ; status of CBM bidding round; Current CBM
4. 3
Production; Future prospects; Players in India; Global Scenario,
CMM- formation; Resource potential mapping; methods for assessing the potential;
5. 3
Award procedure for CMM block in India ; status of CMM; Current CMM Production;
Future prospects; Players in India; Global Scenario, Shale Gas- Introducing Shale Gas;
6. 3
Shale Rock formation;
7. History of Shale Gas; US success Story; Replication possibilities US experience in India; 3
Shale gas Global Potential ; Shale Gas initiatives in Europe and Asia; Shale Gas
8. 3
Potential in India; major Shale Plats in India;
Shale Gas a game changer; Status of Regulatory regime in India for shale gas; Analysing
9. 3
the issues related to shale gas exploration in India;
Results of Preliminary explorative studied carried out in India- Cambay Basin by
10. 3
Reliance; Cambay Basin(Sanand) by GSPC;
Damodar Basin by ONGC; Dholka Field by Joshi Technology, Gas Hydrates- The
11. 3
concept of gas in hydrates; possible location of gas hydrates
; Global versus Indian experience; potential of estimated gas from hydrates; artificial
12. 3
Hydrate concept
application of artificial Gas hydrate for gas transportation Insitu gasification of Coal and
13. 3
lignite
Estimation of Unconventional Energy Resources Methods of estimation, Indian
14. 3
scenario‟ potential of various unconventional sources
Detail study of CBM and Shale Gas Exploration, Technology, Land and water
15. requirement, Environmental issues, Global Experience- US, Europe, China, Australia 3
and India.
Total 45
DEPC 0126 Integrated Reservoir Management and oil and gas Field Development
Course T-P-Pr
Type (hrs)
Integrated Reservoir Management
DEPC 0126 Theory 3 ----- 3-0-0
and oil and gas Field Development
Learning Objective:
1. Understand the rock and fluid properties of a hydrocarbon reservoir
2. Describe the nature of the fluid flow and pressure distribution in a reservoir
3. Understand the effects of production/ injection on recovery of reserves.
246
Learning Outcome:
1. Students will understand the location, formation, fluid content of a hydrocarbon reservoir;
2. understand the definitions of reserves; be aware of the role of reservoir engineering in exploration and
development
Syllabus
Module -I Pet. Resource Management

Concept of PRMS, History of PRMS, Deterministic Reserve and Probabilistic Resource, P90, P50 and P10
scenarios, equivalence of deterministic and probabilistic scenarios, Appraisal and Field Development plans,
Field Optimization, Concept of Capex, Opex , NPV, IRR and EMV estimation.
Module -II Field Development Studies

Conceptual field development studies, Deterministic and Probabilistic Resource estimation, Monte Carlo
Simulation –P90, P50 and P10 Cases, Volumetric, Stochastic, Decline Curve analysis and Material Balance
Calculations, Risking in Production Profile, Initial Field Development Plan Ingredients and considerations in
Field development planning and implementation (Case Study), Differentiation in cases of oil, gas and
condensate.
Module - III Integrated Reservoir Management

Concept of Reservoir Management, Input to modeling, Concept of static and Dynamic Modeling, Structural
modeling, Property modeling and Facies modeling, Simulation runs, History matching,
Reservoir characterization, Mesh preparation, Gridding and Contouring, Cluster Analysis, Production
Forecasting, Performance Analysis, Drive Mechanism- Solution gas drive, Gas-cap drive, Water drive, Gravity-
drainage drive, Combination drive
Stimulation Processes for plateau maintenance
Technology providers in Hydrocarbon Industries, Development and Deployment Cycles, Matrix Acidization,
Technology of Acid Pumping, Coiled Tubing Operation, Hydraulic Fracturing, Work over operation, Sand
control and screening guides

1. Integrated Reservoir Asset Management, John R Franchi, Elsevier
2. Integrated Petroleum Reservoir Management, Abdus Satter, Ganesh Thakur, PennWell Books
3. www.spe.org/industry/docs/PRMS
4. Sand Control, Penberthy Jr, and Shaughnessy, SPE series on special topics Vol-1 , Henry LDoherty series.
5. Well completion and services, Dennis Perrin, Oil and Gas Field Development technique series, Technip
Editions
Pedagogy
S. No. Topic (All topics through CRT & PPT) Th

Concept of PRMS, History of PRMS, Deterministic Reserve and Probabilistic Resource, P90,
1 3
P50 and P10 scenarios.
equivalence of deterministic and probabilistic scenarios, Appraisal and Field Development
2 3
plans,
3 Field Optimization, Concept of Capex, Opex , NPV, IRR and EMV estimation 3
Conceptual field development studies, Deterministic and Probabilistic Resource estimation,
4 4
Monte Carlo Simulation –P90, P50 and P10 Cases,
5 Volumetric, Stochastic, Decline Curve analysis and Material Balance Calculations, 3
Risking in Production Profile, Initial Field Development Plan Ingredients and considerations
6 4
in Field development planning and implementation (Case Study),
247
S. No. Topic (All topics through CRT & PPT) Th
7 Differentiation in cases of oil, gas and condensate 3
8 Concept of Reservoir Management, Input to modeling, Concept of static and Dynamic
3
Modeling,
9 Structural modeling, Property modeling and Facies modeling, Simulation runs, History
3
matching,
10 Reservoir characterization, Mesh preparation, Gridding and Contouring, Cluster Analysis,
11 Production Forecasting, Performance Analysis, Drive Mechanism- Solution gas drive, Gas-
3
cap drive, Water drive, Gravity-drainage drive, Combination drive
12 Stimulation Processes for plateau maintenance
3
Technology providers in Hydrocarbon Industries,
13 Development and Deployment Cycles, Matrix Acidization, Technology of Acid Pumping,
Coiled Tubing Operation, Hydraulic Fracturing, Work over operation, Sand control and 4
screening guides
Total 42
DEPC 0127 Petrochemical Engineering
T-P-Pr
(hrs)
DEPC 0127 Petrochemical Engineering Theory 3 ----- 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
To provide knowledge of production operations in the oil and gas wells such as artificial lifts and
subsurface equipments.
Learning Outcome:
Student will be able to understand the basics of oil and gas production engineering techniques
Module -I:-
Introduction- Application of various components of Hydro Carbon, Major Industrial Application- Fertilizer,
Power generation, Petrochemicals, Sponge iron, glass Industry, Ceramic Industry Gas Foe Fertilizer Plant- use of
Methane (C1H4) ; Reforming of Methane; shift Conversion of Synthesisgas; Air Separation (Making Oxygen
and Nitrogen); Ammonia Synthesis.
Urea Reaction in presence of Catalyst; G as for Petrochemicals- Use of Ethane (C2 H6); Cracking of Ethane to
Ethylene;
Module –II
Polymerization; Product Slate(MDPE, LDPE,LLDPE,HDPE ); Propane cracking; Market for polymers and
application of polymer Chemistry and technology for the production of Phenol, Maleic anhydride, Phthalic
anhydride, styrene.
Module-III
Chemistry and technology for the production of DMT, Terephalic acid, Acrylic acid, Methyl methacrylate.
Properties, applications and production technologies of the following commodity polymers – polyethylene,
LLDPE, HDPE, polypropylene, polystyrene, PVC. Properties, applications and production technologies of the
following engineering and thermosetting polymers: ABS plastic, nylon-6, polycarbonate, epoxy resin,
unsaturated polyester resin, rubber.
Text Book
1. Chaudhary, U. R. (2011) Fundamentals of petroleum and petrochemical engineering, CRC Press
2. Mall, I. D (2007) Petrochemical processes technology, Macmillan india
3. Maiti, S (1992) Introduction to petrochemical, Oxford & IBH Publishing Company
4. Rao, B. K. B (2009) Modern Petroleum refining processes 5th Ed, Oxford & IBH Publishing
Company
248
Pedagogy
Introduction- Energy resources; Conventional Energy Resources; Un-Conventional 3
1.
Energy Resources;
Difference between Conventional and un Conventional, HC resources, Conventional 3
2.
Energy Resources (Simple introduction) (a). Crude Oil (b). Natural Gas (c) Coal
Un Conventional Energy Resources- (Detail study required), CBM – formation; 3
3. Resource potential mapping; Seismic analysis and other methods for assessing the
potential;
Award procedure for CBM block in India ; status of CBM bidding round; Current 3
4.
CBM Production; Future prospects; Players in India; Global Scenario,
CMM- formation; Resource potential mapping; methods for assessing the potential; 3
5.
Award procedure for CMM block in India ; status of CMM; Current CMM Production;
Future prospects; Players in India; Global Scenario, Shale Gas- Introducing Shale Gas; 3
6.
Shale Rock formation;
History of Shale Gas; US success Story; Replication possibilities US experience in
7. 3
India;
Shale gas Global Potential ; Shale Gas initiatives in Europe and Asia; Shale Gas
8. 3
Potential in India; major Shale Plats in India;
Shale Gas a game changer; Status of Regulatory regime in India for shale gas;
9. 3
Analysing the issues related to shale gas exploration in India;
Results of Preliminary explorative studied carried out in India- Cambay Basin by
10. 3
Reliance; Cambay Basin(Sanand) by GSPC;
Damodar Basin by ONGC; Dholka Field by Joshi Technology, Gas Hydrates- The
11. 3
concept of gas in hydrates; possible location of gas hydrates
; Global versus Indian experience; potential of estimated gas from hydrates; artificial
12. 3
Hydrate concept
application of artificial Gas hydrate for gas transportation Insitu gasification of Coal
13. 3
and lignite
Estimation of Unconventional Energy Resources Methods of estimation, Indian
14. 3
scenario‟ potential of various unconventional sources
Detail study of CBM and Shale Gas Exploration, Technology, Land and water
15. requirement, Environmental issues, Global Experience- US, Europe, China, Australia 3
and India.
Total 45
DEPC 0128 Natural Gas Engineering

DEPC 0128 Natural Gas Engineering Theory 3 ----- 3-0-0
Learning Objective:
1. Enable the students to learn the basic concept and applications of Natural Gas Engineering.
Learning Outcome:
Students will be able to understand the Natural gas processing, Gas Compression, Gas Gathering and
Transport Installation, Operation and trouble shooting of natural gas pipelines
249
Syllabus
Module - I: Introduction
Composition, properties, fields & reserves in India and energy scenario; major NG producing industries of India
and their contribution to Indian economy; techniques of utilization
Conventional and advanced separation techniques; sulphur recovery; LPG, LNG & CNG systems; specifications
of NG for transportation in pipelines,
Module-II
NG Utilization: uses, underground storage, conservation & concept of peak shaving etc.
CBM, NG hydrates & in-situ coal gasification, conversion of gas to liquid (GTL)
Transportation of NG
Compression calculations; gas stations & transmission; city gas distribution system; gas flow measurement;
compressor sizing
Module – III:
Marketing, retailing and gas trading:


1. Bradley, H. B. (1987) Petroleum Production Handbook. SPE Publication.
2. Skimmer, D. R. (1982) Introduction to Petroleum Production Volume 1, 2 and 3, Gulf Publishing
3. Katz: D. L. and Lee, R. L.(1990), Natural Gas Engineering-Production and Storage, McGraw- Hill Publishing
Company, New York.
4. Kumar, S (1987) Gas production Engineering. Gulf Publishing
Pedagogy
S. No. Topic (All topics through CRT & PPT) Theory

1. Composition, properties, fields & reserves in India and energy scenario; 4
major NG producing industries of India and their contribution to Indian economy;
2. 5
techniques of utilization
3. Conventional and advanced separation techniques; sulphur recovery; 4
4. LPG, LNG & CNG systems; specifications of NG for transportation in pipelines, 4
NG Utilization: uses, underground storage, conservation & concept of peak shaving
5. 4
etc.
6. 4
7. Transportation of NG Compression calculations; gas stations & transmission; 4
8. city gas distribution system; gas flow measurement; compressor sizing 4
9. Marketing, retailing and gas trading: 4
10. CBM, NG hydrates & in-situ coal gasification, conversion of gas to liquid (GTL) 5
Total 42
250
DEPC 0129 Assessment of Petroleum Reserves

Assessment of Petroleum
DEPC 0129 Theory 3 ----- 3-0-0
Reserves
Learning Objective:
1. Petroleum reservoir system and fluid properties
2. Basic principles and operations in upstream petroleum industry
Learning Outcome:
Student will be able to follow and understand the reservoir concepts such as reservoir simulation, rock
characteristics and reservoir management
Module - I
Resource and Reserves
Resource and reserve definition, International efforts in standardization, SPE PRMS project, Discovery,
Commerciality, project based resource assessment, Risk and Uncertainty, Risk measures, Proved, Probable and
Possible Reserves, Incremental projects, Deterministic or Probabilistic resource, Unconventional resource,
project based resource , project based resource evaluation, prospective resource, Contingent resource (1C, 2C
and 3C)
Module –II
Commercial Considerations
Commercial Evaluations, Economic Limits, Non Hydrocarbon components, PSC and entitlement, contract
limits, contingent resource versus 3P, common grey areas in SPE-PRMS, resource aggregation
Reporting System
SEC, NPD, UNFC, Russian and Canadian Guidelines, Russian Mapping to PRMS, Canadian NI51-101 COGEH
system, Monte Carlo Simulation,
Module – III
Estimation Tool
Use of Crystal Ball, Performance based reserve estimation, Decline Curve Analysis, P/Z plots, history matched
simulation, diagnostic plots, pitfalls of estimation Tax, Royalty, Production Sharing (Risk) service, Joint
Venture, Reactivation, ownership of resource, payment, economic drivers, operational freedom

1. Dore A G, Quantification and prediction of hydrocarbon Resources, Elsevier.
2. Grenon M, Review of World Hydrocarbon Resource Assessment, EPRI
3. Nakhle, C (2008) Petroleum Taxation, Routledg, Taylor and Francis
4. Energy Charter Secretariat (2011) Putting a price on energy Oil Pricing update.
251
Pedagogy

Resource and reserve definition, International efforts in standardization, SPE PRMS
1. 3
project, Discovery
2. Commerciality, project based resource assessment, Risk and Uncertainty, Risk measures, 4
Proved, Probable and Possible Reserves, Incremental projects, Deterministic or 3

3.
Probabilistic resource,
Unconventional resource, project based resource , project based resource evaluation, 4
4.
prospective resource, Contingent resource (1C, 2C and 3C)
Commercial Considerations, 3
5.
Commercial Evaluations, Economic Limits, Non Hydrocarbon components,
PSC and entitlement, contract limits, contingent resource versus 3P, common grey areas 3
6.
in SPE-PRMS, resource aggregation
Reporting System 4
7.
SEC, NPD, UNFC, Russian and Canadian Guidelines,
Russian Mapping to PRMS, Canadian NI51-101 COGEH system, Monte Carlo 3
8.
Simulation,
Estimation Tool 4
9.
Use of Crystal Ball, Performance based reserve estimation, Decline Curve Analysis,
P/Z plots, history matched simulation, diagnostic plots, pitfalls of estimation Tax, 3
10.
Royalty
11. Production Sharing (Risk) service, Joint Venture, Reactivation, 4
12. ownership of resource, payment, economic drivers, operational freedom 4
Total 42
DEPC 0130 Hydrocarbon based Fertilizer Industries

Hydrocarbon based
DEPC 0130 Theory 3 ---- 3-0-0
Fertilizer Industries
Learning Objective:
To provide knowledge of production operations in the Fertilizer Industry such as artificial lifts and
subsurface equipments.
Learning Outcome:
Upon completion of this course, the students will understand the unit process involved in the petroleum refining
process and polymerization
Syllabus
Module -I
Introduction to Fertilizer Industry, Definition, Types, Consumption, uses, Role of Hydrocarbon in Fertilizer
industry, Natural gas demand, Petrochemicals requirement. Reaction of natural gas in making fertilizer, Different
types of process and hydrocarbon involved in making fertilizer, Air reforming Process, Partial Oxidation
process, Total Recycle CO2 Stripping Urea process.
Different Unit involved in fertilizer process, Fluidised catalytic cracking unit, Cyclone , Catalyst transfer line,
Slide valves( fccu), Process furnaces, Heaters, Boilers, Crude stills etc., Incinerators, Air / vacuum heaters.
Hoods feedlines, Coal gasifiers, Ammonia units secondary reformers, Fractionators towers & columns, Sulphur
recovery units. Raw Material & Feed Stock, (Naphtha, Fuel Oil, Natural Gas, Coal), Nitrogen, Ammonia, Urea,
Phosphorous acid, Potassium, Common product.
252
Module –II
Key Fertilizer Product and process involved in making including multi nutrient fertilizer, Anhydrous ammonia,
Aqua ammonia, Urea, Urea ammonium nitrate solutions, Ammonium nitrate, Ammonium sulphate, Calcium
nitrate, Ammoniated phosphates, Potassium chloride, Potassium sulphate., Mono potassium phosphate
,Potassium magnesium sulphate, Potassium nitrate.
Module-III
Challenges faced by fertilizer Industry, Different types of challenges faced by fertilizer industry likes natural gas
demand , natural gas pricing , environmental impact, New fertilizer practices, Technological and R&D issues
relating to Fertilizer Industry, India in fertilizer sector, Kind of fertilizer used in India, future prospect and
demand of fertilizer in India, Natural Gas Supply for Fertilizer industry
Text and reference Books

1. Katja, India‟s Fertilizer Industry: Productivity and Energy Efficiency
2. Schumacher and Jayant Sathaye Hand book of fertilizer manufacturing process.
3. Report of the working group on fertilizer industry for the twelfth plan (2012-13 to 2016-2017)
4. Industry notes in key fertilizer product resources
Pedagogy

Introduction to Fertilizer Industry, Definition, Types, Consumption, uses, Role of
1. 3
Hydrocarbon in Fertilizer industry,
Natural gas demand, Petrochemicals requirement. Reaction of natural gas in making 3
2.
fertilizer,
Different types of process and hydrocarbon involved in making fertilizer, Air reforming 3
3.
Process,
4. Partial Oxidation process, Total Recycle CO2 Stripping Urea process. 3
Different Unit involved in fertilizer process, Fluidised catalytic cracking unit, Cyclone , 3
5.
Catalyst transfer line, Slide valves( fccu),
Process furnaces, Heaters, Boilers, Crude stills etc., Incinerators, Air / vacuum heaters. 3
6.
Hoods feedlines, Coal gasifiers,
Ammonia units secondary reformers, Fractionators towers & columns, Sulphur recovery 3
7.
units
Raw Material & Feed Stock, (Naphtha, Fuel Oil, Natural Gas, Coal), Nitrogen, 3
8.
Ammonia, Urea, Phosphorous acid, Potassium, Common product
9. Key Fertilizer Product and process involved in making including multi nutrient fertilizer, 3
Anhydrous ammonia, Aqua ammonia, Urea, Urea ammonium nitrate solutions, 3
10.
Ammonium nitrate, Ammonium sulphate,
11. Calcium nitrate, Ammoniated phosphates, Potassium chloride, Potassium sulphate., 3
12. Mono potassium phosphate ,Potassium magnesium sulphate, Potassium nitrate. 3
Challenges faced by fertilizer Industry, Different types of challenges faced by fertilizer 3
13.
industry likes natural gas demand
, natural gas pricing , environmental impact, New fertilizer practices, Technological and 3
14.
R&D issues relating to Fertilizer Industry,
India in fertilizer sector, Kind of fertilizer used in India, future prospect and demand of 3
15.
fertilizer in India, Natural Gas Supply for Fertilizer industry
Total 45
DEPC 0131 Reservoir Modeling and Simulation

Reservoir Modeling and
DEPC0131 Theory 3 ----- 3-0-0
Simulation
253
Learning Objective:
To enable the student to understand the basic concept and applications of Numerical Methods
in Reservoirs.
Learning Outcome:
Student will be able to understand the basics of Mathematics in Reservoir applications
Module –I Reservoir Modeling

Introduction to Modeling – Geological Modeling, Types of Model & designing of various models depending on
reservoir complexities, rock properties, fluid properties etc., Concept of Black Model and Compositional Model
Reservoir Simulations:
Introduction, Historical Background, Application of Simulator, Different models, Flow Conditions: Single
phase, two phase & multiphase equations for one two & three dimensional models
Module – II
Special Concept: Explicit & implicit grid system, Finite difference & finite element method Matrix solution,
iterative method, stability criteria Data Preparation
Pesudo functions, Reservoir Model Solution Techniques: Implicit pressure and Explicit Saturation (IMPES) ;
Implicit pressure & Implicit Saturation (IMPIS) , Preview of Numerical Solution Methods: Direct & Iterative
method
Module – II History Matching
Mechanics and Parameter match Special Concepts: Coning and Compositional Models Simulation Optimization
using Economic and Techno economic Evaluation Computation of Economic Indices viz. different variants
based on technical and economic considerations Introduction to streamline simulation and comparison of
conventional / streamline simulation
1. Crichlow, H. B. (1977) Modern Reservoir Engineering, A Simulation Approach, Prentice- Hall.
2. Franchi, J R. (2006) Principles of Applied reservoir Simulation, 3rd Edition. Gulf Professional Publication.
3. Aziz, K and Sattari, A (1979) Petroleum reservoir simulation, Applied Science Publishers
4. Peaceman, D. W. (1977) Fundamentals of numerical reservoir simulation, Elsevier Publication
Pedagogy

Introduction to Modeling – Geological Modeling, Types of Model & designing of various
1. 3
models depending on reservoir complexities
2. rock properties, fluid properties etc., Concept of Black Model and Compositional Model 4
3. Reservoir Simulations: Introduction, Historical Background, Application of Simulator 3
Different models, Flow Conditions: Single phase, two phase & multiphase equations for 4
4.
one two & three dimensional models
Special Concept: Explicit & implicit grid system, Finite difference & finite element 3
5.
method
6. Matrix solution, iterative method, stability criteria 3
7. Data Preparation Pesudo functions, Reservoir Model Solution Techniques: 4
Implicit pressure and Explicit Saturation (IMPES) ; Implicit pressure & Implicit 3
8.
Saturation (IMPIS)
9. Preview of Numerical Solution Methods: Direct & Iterative method 4
10. Mechanics and Parameter match Special Concepts: Coning and Compositional Models 3
Simulation Optimization using Economic and Techno economic Evaluation Computation 4
11. of Economic Indices viz. different variants based on technical and economic
considerations
Introduction to streamline simulation and comparison of conventional / streamline 4
12.
simulation
Total 42
254
255
Domain D17 - Planning, Design & Drawing
S. Course Course
No. Code Nature
1 DEPD0231 Computer Graphics Practice 6
Construction
2 DEPD0232 Architectural Design Practice 6
Construction
3 DEPD0431 5
Advanced Concrete Structures Practice RCC Structures
4 DEPD0433 5
Advanced Steel Structures Practice Steel Structures
CCCE0405 Analysis & Design of
Design of Earthquake Resistant RCC Structures & CCCE0406
5 DEPD0132 Theory 4
Structures Analysis & Design of Steel
Structures
Project
6 DEPD0331 Design Project 4 Not before Semester 4

7 DEET0800 Internship Practice 4 Not before Semester 4
Total 40
DEPD0231 Computer Graphics
Code Course Title Course Type Credits Pre-requisites T-P-Pr (hrs)

Computer Practice 6 FCEN0406 Building 0-6-0
DEPD0231 Graphics Materials & Construction
Course Outcome:
 The students benefit by learning software which helps them to draw complicated drawings and also
helps in producing detail drawings in proper scale.
 The students benefit by learning software which helps them to better visualize complicated forms
and also helps in producing photo realistic images of those 3D forms.
Module I: Introduction to computer aided 2D drafting Understanding the use of drawing tools, object editing,
drawing objects, filling and setting drawing units, scales, limits that size and dimensioning, texting. Setting up of
drawings of various simple architectural objects with complete text and dimensioning.
Module II: Advance computer aided 2D Drafting Advance command programming – transparent overlays
hatching utilities, assigned colour and line type, use of multiline, style, block, symbol
Library manipulation for accurate drawings, incorporating the above said utilities. Exercise to identify and
visualize a building using softwares like AutoCAD
Module -III (Introduction to 3d modeling)
Create 3D sculpture using 3D primitives (cubes, spheres etc.) Tools: Slide facilities script attributes, V-port,
editing session. Introduction to 3D-modelling technique and construction planes, drawing objects, 3D surfaces
setting up elevation thickness and use of dynamic projections. Solid modeling with primitive command and
Boolean operation.
Module –IV (3d rendering and setting)
Visualize a building. Explore the potential of lights and camera and use the same in the model created for the
final submission. Tools: Rendering and scene setting to create a photo realistic picture, understanding material
mapping, environment setting and image filling. Exercise to identify and visualize a building using the above
said utilities. 3D modeling software‟s like sketch up, Autocad, revit, etc
Sessional work: Assignments and drawing on the above topics.
256
Resources List
1. Contemporary Architecture & The Digital Design Process - Peter Szalapaj
2. Defining Digital Architecture - Tung Yu Liu
Total Hours Calculation for Computer Graphics

Total Hours for Computer graphics 2D - 45 Hrs
Total Hours for Computer graphics 3D - 45 Hrs
Pedagogy
S.
Topic Pedagogy Th. Pr
No.
Introduction of assignments to draw manually: 1 2
1. Single room building plan section elevation
2. Two bed room house building plan section elevation
3. Duplex house with stair case details building plan section elevation Lecture
1 4. Development of line diagram of two storied building plan section PPT,Video
elevation Presentation
5. Work shop with sloped roof truss (fink or howe) plan section
elevation
6. Multi-storied building with framed structure plan section elevation
2 Studio work 0 3
3 Studio Work 0 3
4 Studio Work & submission 0 3
X-Y co-ordinate system, inputting points, the autocad screen, basic autocad
5 1 2
terminology
6 Intro to drawing / modifying commands 1 2
Modifying commands / object snaps
7 1 2
Modifying commands (trim ,extend, offset)
Modifying commands (move ,copy, stretch, mirror) Accurate input,
8 1 2
selection sets
PPT,Video
9 Modifying commands (rotate, fillet, chamfer, array) 1 2
Presentation
Layers, dimensions, text, scale
10 1 2
Direct distance entry and object tracking
Changing the properties of objects
11 1 2
Zooming and panning around a drawing
Orthographic projection, Introduction to Blocks,
12 Align, rotate& hatching, working with texts, polyline & printing of 1 2
drawings.
13 Draw the Manually drawn assignments in cad Lab work 0 3
14 Draw the Manually drawn assignments in cad Submission of assignments. Lab work 0 3
Sub Total 9 36
Total Hours for Computer graphics 2D 45 Hrs
Total Hours for Computer graphics 3D 45 Hrs
Total Hours for Computer graphics 2D & 3D 90 Hrs
DEPD0232 Architectural Design

DEPD0232 Architectural Practice 6 FCEN0406 Building 0-6-0
Design Materials & Construction
257
Course Objective:
 Civil Engineering students are being introduced Architectural planning part for developing better
understanding and execution of a Project. In the initial phase, planning concept, need based design and
overall exposure to anthropometric data will be given.
Course Outcome:
 Students will be able to do the design of any building by not only considering the plan but also the
climate of the area.
The ideas / concepts learned in Basic Design and other related subjects have to be carried forward into the architectural
design now envisaged. The exercises may be taken up as mentioned herein.
1. Small projects such as small house, canteen, clinic, study centre, Guest house, etc. may be given to the students as a
design project. The requirements and their areas are to be stipulated by the design teacher. The students accompanied by
the design teacher should visit at least two existing buildings as case studies. Notes should be made on these in reference
to its flow of operation. Climatic angles should be observed, particularly in case of a house design. Materials used must
also be observed.
2. A one week workshop on the design of a Bus stand, pavilion in a park or similar size small project should be done
under the supervision of an outside teacher.
3. A two day design examination should be conducted at the end of the semester.
Resources List
1. Understanding Architecture through Drawing - Brian Edwards
2. Time-saver standards for Architectural Design - Donald Watson
3. Principles of Architectue- G. Muthu Mohan
Sl. No. Week Topic Pedagogy Duration

No. (Class Hour)
1. 1 Introduction to the Architectural Design. Freehand
General discussion, studio lecture 1 hr lecture
drawing of own residence Individual work-out + 2 hrs pr
actice= 3 hrs
2. Introduction to the 1st design project: General discussion, studio lecture 3
Design of Residence
3. 2 Literature study &area analysis One to one discussion with studio faculty 3
4. Introduction to the design site General discussion, Studio lecture 3

5. 3 Case study of Residence case study 3
6. Case study work Studio work & viva 3
7. 4 Finalisation of design requirement based on caseGeneral discussion, studio lecture 3
study & literature study data ppt. presentation
8. Climatic analysis & General discussion, studio lecture 3
Site analysis
9. 5 Site zoning :users, activity, circulation, climatic
General discussion, studio lecture 3
condition, services, etc. One to one discussion with studio faculty
10. Relationship matrices, linkage diagrams, bubble General discussion, studio lecture 3
diagrams, etc. to evolve form upon the zonedOne site.to one discussion with studio faculty
11. 6 Preliminary site plan General discussion, studio lecture 3
One to one discussion with studio faculty
12. Single line drawings: floor plan One to one discussion with studio faculty 3
13. 7 Initial double line plan drawing and finalisation
Oneofto one discussion with studio faculty 3
double line floor plans
14. Final double line plan drawing One to one discussion with studio faculty 3
15. 8 Finalization of elevations of all sides One to one discussion with studio faculty 3
16. Finalization of 2 critical sections One to one discussion with studio faculty 3
258
Sl. No. Week Topic Pedagogy Duration
No. (Class Hour)
17. 9 Final design drafting Studio exercise 3
18. Final design drafting Studio exercise 3
19. 10 Final design submission (site plan, floor plans,Studio exercise 3
elevations, sections, exterior & interior views,One to one discussion & viva
model etc
20. Introduction to the 2nd General discussion, studio lecture 3
design project
21. 11 Data collection, analysis and requirement General discussion, studio work 3
formulation
22. Development of design concept, considerations General discussion, studio lecture 3
from: inferences of the qualitative and quantitative
Studio work
data collected
23. 12 Site zoning :users, activity, circulation, climatic
Individual work-out 3
condition, services, etc. Studio work
24. Site planning, Preliminary conceptual design Studio work 3
25. 13 Final design drawing General discussion, studio work 3
26. Submission & Viva 3
27. Time Test Individual studio work 12

Sub Total 90Hrs
259
DEPD0431 Computer Aided Design of Advanced Concrete Structures
Code Course Title Course Credits Pre-requisites T-P-Pr (hrs)

Type
DEPD0431 Computer Aided Theory+ 5 CCCE0405 Analysis & 2-3-0
Design of Advanced Practice Design of RCC Structures
Concrete Structures
Students will be visit the sites first to acquire some ideas to design in concrete structures and then they will
have to design the parts of the structures with consultation with the teacher
a. Design through STADPRO and
b. Design by using Revit Software
Course Objectives:
 To understand the basic principles of designing RCC cantilever and counterfort retaining walls.
 Understand the design and detail of different types of water tanks.
 Understand the design and detail of different types of piles and pile caps.
 Understand the design and detail of building frames for ductility.
 Know about the design of pre-tensioned and post tensioned flexural members.
 Have a comprehensive design knowledge related to structures that are likely to be
encountered in professional practice.
Course Outcomes:
 Able to understand principles of designing RCC cantilever and counterfort retaining walls.
 Able to understand design and detail of different types of water tanks.
 Able to understand design of different types of piles and pile caps.
 Able to design and detail of building frames for ductility.
 Gain knowledge on design of pre-tensioned and post tensioned flexural member.
Module-1 (22hrs)
Retaining Walls: Design of cantilever and counterfort retaining walls.
Water Tanks: Underground rectangular tanks – Overhead circular and rectangular tanks, Intze
tanks – Design of staging and foundations
Module-II (16hrs)
Piles and Pile caps: Design of bored cast in situ piles (bearing and friction types), under reamed piles. Pile Cap
design.
Building frames: Introduction, member stiffness, loads, analysis for vertical and lateral loads, Torsion in
buildings
Ductility of beams, design and detailing for ductility, design examples.
Module-III (12hrs)
Flexural strength of pre-stressed concrete section: Types of flexural failure, Strain compatibility method,
Flexural strength using IS code Design of pre-tensioned and post tensioned flexural members
Resources List
1. S. R. Karve and V. L. Shah, Illustrated Design of Reinforced Concrete Buildings, Structures Publishers
2. .N. Krishnaraju, Prestressed concrete, Tata McGraw-Hill, New Delhi-2004.
3. S. Unnikrishna Pillai and Devdas Menon, Reinforced Concrete Design, Tata McGraw Hill
4. Reinforced Concrete Limit State Design – A.K. Jain, Nem Chand & Brothers
5. Limit State of Design of Reinforced Concrete – P.C. Vergheese, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd
6. T. Y. Lin and H. Burns Ned, Design of Prestressed concrete structures, John Willey & Sons, New York-1982.
7. Internet and WWW – how to program by Deital, Pearson Edu., New Delhi
8. Introduction to DMMS by Kahte, Pearson Edu., New Delhi
9. Core Jave (Vol-I) by Horstmann, Pearson Edu., New Delhi
10. Koncz.J., Manual of Precast Construction, Vol.I and II, Bauverlay GMBH, 1971
11. SAP and STRUDS Manuals
260
Pedagogy
Sl.
Topic Pedagogy Th. +Tut Pra.
No.
1 Different types of retaining walls CRT 1
2 Different types of retaining walls and their uses CRT 1
3 Design of cantilever retaining walls. CRT& PRA 1 3
4 Design of counterfort retaining walls. CRT& PRA 2 3
5 Different types of water tanks CRT 1
6 Design of Underground rectangular tanks CRT& PRA 1 3
7 Overhead circular and rectangular tanks CRT 2
8 Intze tank CRT& PRA 2 6
9 Design of staging and foundations CRT& PRA 1 3
10 Different types of piles and pile caps CRT& PRA 1 3
11 Design of bored cast in situ piles CRT 2
12 Design of under reamed piles CRT 2
13 Pile Cap design. CRT& PRA 2 3
Design of Building frames calculation of member stiffness and CRT 2
14
loads
15 Analysis for vertical and lateral loads CRT 2
16 Analysis for torsion in buildings CRT 2
17 Design and detailing of multistoried buildings PRA 6
18 Design and detailing for ductility CRT 2
19 Analysis of flexural strength of prestressed concrete section CRT 3
20 Types of flexural failure ,Strain compatibility method CRT 2
As per IS code, Design of pre-tensioned and post tensioned CRT 3
21
flexural members
Total 65 35 30
DEPD0432 Computer Aided Design of Advanced Steel Structures
Code Course Title Course Credits Pre-requisites T-P-Pr (hrs)

Type
DEPD0432 Computer Aided Theory+ 5 CCCE0406 Analysis & 2-3-0
Design of Advanced Practice Design of Steel Structures
Concrete Structures
Students will be visit the sites first to acquire some ideas to design in steel structures and then they will have to
design the parts of the structures with consultation with the teacher
a. Design through STADPRO and

b. Design by using pro Steel Software
c. Design by using Excel Sheets
d. Design by using TEKLA Software
Course Objectives:
 To introduce the students to limit state design of structural steel members subjected to compressive,
tensile and bending loads, including connections as per code (IS 800-2007).
 Design of structural systems such as roof trusses, gantry girders as per provisions of current code of
practice.
 To introduce the student to basic theory and concepts of design of steel storage structures.
261
Course Outcomes:
 At the end of the course student would have knowledge on the design of steel members subjected to
compressive, tensile and bending forces as per current code
 Student shall be able to design structural systems such as roof trusses and gantry girders
 Student shall be able to design and steel storage Structures
Module I
Design of gantry girder considering lateral buckling as per IS: 800. Design of Plate girders: Design of webs &
flanges, Concepts of curtailment of flanges – Riveted & welded web stiffeners, web flange splices - Riveted,
welded& bolted. Design of crane girder
Module II
Complete design of an industrial and office steel buildings including Column bracket, Mills buildings, Mill bent
with constant moment of inertia, Lateral and longitudinal bracing for column bent Roof and side coverings
Design of purlin and elements of truss, end bearing
Module III
Design of elevated water tanks, Design of staging and foundation. Tee covers Plates Stays, Longitudinal and
transverse beams, Design of staging Base plates Foundation and anchor bolts, Design of transmission and
communication towers
Resources List
1. N. Subramanian, Design of Steel structures, Oxford University Press
2. V. L. Shah and Veena Gore, Limit State Design of Steel Structures IS: 800-2007, Structures Publication
3. M. R. Shiyekar, Limit State Design in Structural Steel, PHI Learning
4. Krishnaraju, N. “Structural Design & Drawing, Universities Press, 2009.
5. Punmia, B.C., Ashok Kumar Jain, Arun Kumar Jain, “Comprehensive Design of Steel Structures, Laxmi
Publications Pvt. Ltd., 2003.
6. Bhavikatti.S.S., Design of Steel Structures J.K.International Publishing House Pvt.Ltd. 2009.
7. SP32 1986, Handbook on Functional Requirements of Industrial buildings, Bureau of Indian Standards, 1990
8. Structural Engineering Research Centre, Course Notes on Modern Developments in the Design and
construction of Industrial Structures, Madras, 1982
9. Paz, M. and Leigh.W. “Structural Dynamics Theory & Computation”, 4 th Edition, CBS Publishers &
Distributors, Shahdara, Delhi, 2006.
10. Koncz.J., Manual of Precast Construction, Vol.I and II, Bauverlay GMBH, 1971.
11. IS CODES: IS 456, IS 800, IS 875, SP 16, SP 34, SP 6(1)
262
Pedagogy
Sl. Th.
Topic Pedagogy Pra.
No. +Tut
1. Gantry girder CRT 1
2. Considering lateral buckling as per IS: 800 CRT 1
3. Design of gantry girder considering lateral buckling as per IS: 800 CRT& PRA 1 3
4. Design Plate girders CRT& PRA 2 3
5. Design of webs & flanges CRT 1
6. Concepts of curtailment of flanges CRT& PRA 1 3
7. Riveted & welded web stiffeners CRT 2
8. web flange splices CRT 2
9. Riveted, welded& bolted CRT& PRA 1 3
10. Design of crane girder CRT& PRA 1 3
11. Design of an industrial and office steel buildings CRT 2 3
12. Column bracket CRT 2
13. Lateral and longitudinal bracing for column bent CRT& PRA 2 3
14. Design of purlin and elements of truss CRT 2 3
15. End bearing CRT 1
16. Design of Elevated water tanks CRT 2 3
17. Design of staging and foundation PRA 3
18. Tee covers Plates Stays CRT 2
19. Longitudinal and transverse beams CRT 1
20. Foundation and anchor bolts CRT 2 3
21. Design of transmission and communication towers CRT+PRA 1 3
Total 66 30 36
263
DEPD0132 Design of Earthquake Resistant Structures

Design of Theory 4 4-0-0
CCCE0405
DEPD0132 earthquake
Analysis & Design of RCC Structures,
Resistant
and CCCE0406 Analysis &
Structures
Design of Steel Structures
Course Objectives:
 Understand the concepts involved in finding the response of Structures for Dynamic forces.
 Know about the mode shapes of the structures under dynamic loading.
 Get exposure on the causes of earthquake and its characteristics.
 Have knowledge about the response of structures under earthquake loading.
 Be familiarize with the codal provisions and the aseismic design methodology.
 The process of measurement of factors that affects the design of structures in seismic areas.
Course Outcomes:
 Analyze the structures with single degree of freedom for dynamic loading conditions.
 Find out the natural frequencies and the mode shapes of structures under dynamic loading.
 Gain knowledge on the causes of earthquake and the damage on the structures caused by earthquake.
 Find out the response, of the structures, such as acceleration and displacement, for earthquake
loading.
 Design earthquake resistant structures and adopt appropriate vibration control techniques. .
Module-I (18hrs)
Concept of inertia and damping Types of Damping: Difference between static forces and dynamic excitation
Degrees of freedom SDOF idealization – Equations of motion of SDOF system for mass as well as base
excitation Free vibration of SDOF system Response to harmonic excitation Impulse and response to unit
impulse Duhamel integral
Two degree of freedom system Normal modes of vibration Natural frequencies Mode shapes Introduction to
MDOF systems decoupling of equations of motion Concept of mode superposition (No derivations).
Module-II (20hrs)
Elements of Seismology: Causes of Earthquake Geological faults Tectonic plate theory Elastic rebound
Epicenter Hypocentre Primary, shear and Raleigh waves Seismogram Magnitude and intensity of earthquakes
Magnitude and Intensity scales Spectral Acceleration Information on some disastrous earthquakes.
Design earthquake concept: Response and design spectra, peak acceleration Site specific response spectrum
Effect of soil
Properties and damping Liquefaction of soils Importance of ductility Methods of introducing ductility into RC
structures.
Module-III (12hrs)
Design Methodology: IS 1893, IS 13920 and IS 4326 Codal provisions Design as per the codes Base isolation
techniques Vibration control measures Important points in mitigating effects of earthquake on structures.
264
Pedagogy
Sl. Th +
Topic (All topics through Class room teaching)
No. Tut
1. Concepts and types of damping 2
2. Difference between static forces and dynamic excitation 2
3. Degrees of freedom SDOF idealization 2
4. SDOF system for mass as well as base excitation 2
5. Response to harmonic excitation Impulse 1
6. Response to unit impulse Duhamel integral 2
7. Two degree of freedom system Normal modes of vibration Natural frequencies 3
8. Mode shapes Introduction to MDOF systems 2
9. Decoupling of equations of motion Concept of mode superposition 2
10. Elements of Seismology 2
11. Causes of Earthquake Geological faults 2
12. Tectonic plate theory 2
13. Elastic rebound Epicenter Hypocenters Primary 2
14. Shear and Raleigh waves Seismogram Magnitude and intensity of earthquakes 2
15. Magnitude and Intensity scales Spectral Acceleration Information on some 2
disastrous earthquakes
16. Design earthquake concept 2
17. Response and design spectra, peak acceleration Site specific response spectrum 2
18. Effect of soil Properties and damping Liquefaction of soils 2
19. Introducing ductility into RC structures 2
20. Design Methodology as per IS 1893, IS 13920 and IS 4326 codal provisions 3
21. Design as per the codes Base isolation techniques 3
22. Vibration control measurement 2
23. Important points in mitigating effects of earthquake on structures 4
Total 50
Resources List
1. Chopra, A.K., “Dynamics of Structures Theory and Applications to Earthquake Engineering”, 4 th Edition,
Pearson Education, 2011.
2. Agarwal. P and Shrikhande.M.”Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures", Prentice Hall of India Pvt. Ltd.
2007
3. Biggs, J.M., “Introduction to Structural Dynamics”, McGraw Hill Book Co., New York, 1964 2. Dowrick,
D.J., “Earthquake Resistant Design”, John Wiley & Sons, London, 2009
4. Paz, M. and Leigh.W. “Structural Dynamics Theory & Computation”, 4 th Edition, CBS Publishers &
Distributors, Shahdara, Delhi, 2006.
5. Newmark N.M. and Rosenblueth E., 'Fundamentals of Earthquake Engg. Prentice Hall, 1971.
6. David Key, 'Earthquake Design Practice for Buildings', Thomas Telford, London, 1988.
7. Wiegel R.L., 'Earthquake Engg.‟ Prentice Hall, 1970.
265
DEPD0331 Design Project
T-P-Pr
(hrs)
DEPD0331 Design Project Practice + Project 4 Not before Semester 4 1-3-3
(Any one of the following) (4 Credits) - Project Course - Class Room, Field Data Collection &Computer
Lab.
a. Bridge / Culvert Project (Topics to be covered in Project)
b. Hydroelectric Project
c. Commercial / Hospital / Educational Complex Project
d. Industrial steel structure building/ steel structure office buildings
a. Bridge / Culvert Project (Topics to be covered in Project)

i. Functional Planning
 Traffic Studies
 Hydro- technical Studies
 Geotechnical Studies
 Environmental Considerations
ii. Alternatives for Bridge Type
iii. Bridge Selection and Detailed Design
 Bridge Slab Design - RCC Slab
 Steel Beam Design
 Column and Foundation Design
b. Hydroelectric Project (Topics to be covered in Project)
 Hydrological Studies
 Site Selection
 Geotechnical Investigations to be carried out
 Environmental Considerations
ii. Cost - Benefit Studies
iii. Selection of type of Dam and Detailed Design
 Hydraulic Design of Dam& Stability Analysis
 Spillway Design
 Powerhouse Layout
 Ancillary Structures (Surge Tank, Anchor Blocks etc)
c. Commercial / Hospital / Educational Complex Project (Topics to be covered in Project)
 Facilities Planning
 Site and Layout Planning
 Geotechnical Studies
 Services Planning
ii. Structural Design
iii. Marketing Strategies
d. Industrial steel structure building/ steel structure office buildings
 Planning of building as per bye laws
 Materials for construction
 Structural Design for foundation
 Structural Design for superstructures
266
DEET0300 Project
T-P-Pr
(hrs)
DEET0800 Internship
T-P-Pr
(hrs)
Students to select an architecture firm and obtain training (for about 8 to 10 months) on the works that
are being carried out there. They are required to prepare set of different reports on the activities in which
they received training. The activities should invariably involve the aspects related to planning and
design apart from the topics covered in various subjects of the domain. One report on each of the
activities is to be submitted individually even if a group of students work in the same site. The reports
should be certified by the authorized technical personnel of the organization.
267
Domain D18 - Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (RAC)
S. Course Course Pre-

No. Code Nature requisite
1 DERC0101 Introduction to Refrigeration & HVAC Theory 3
2 DERC0201 Control System for Refrigeration & Air Conditioning Practice 2
3 DERC0202 Design and Maintenance of Automobile Air Conditioning Practice 2
4 DERC0203 Maintenance and Testing of Refrigerator Practice 2
5 DERC0204 Maintenance and Testing of Coolers, Window and Split AC Practice 5
6 Design and Maintenance of Central Air Conditioning Plant Theory + 5
DERC0401
Practice
7 DERC0102 Design and Maintenance of Cold Storage Theory 3
Total 32
Domain Objectives: The broad objective of the Refrigeration and Air Conditioning domain is to develop
knowledge and skill of the engineering students for seamless induction into the professional cadres of
organizations working in RAC sector. Additionally, students pursuing this domain will be prepared for higher
education and research in RAC field.
Importance of RAC: Air conditioning implies the heating, cooling, dehumidification, humidification,
ventilation, and sterilization of air. The refrigeration process removes heat from an enclosed space to reduce and
maintain the temperature for the contents of that space. The most common and arguably most important use for
refrigeration is food preservation. Refrigeration, especially at very low temperatures, has had an incredible
impact on the medical world as well. Industry uses cooling in several processes. With modern air conditioning
the temperature of a room, building, or structure can be easily modified. The most important implication of this
ability is that it allows people to live more comfortably in harsh climates. The heating system in the vehicle is
designed to keep us warm, comfortable, and safe when the temperature outside is cold. Some of the basic
components of the vehicle‟s heating system include the heater core, the blower motor and fan, heater hoses, the
heater control valve, the HVAC (heating, ventilation, air conditioning) control panel on the dash board, and the
cabin air filter.
Job Opportunity: The students can get jobs in RAC companies in India and abroad.
Refrigeration/air-conditioning trainers are in demand due to:
 The building boom
 Increased demand from food suppliers, supermarkets and other chilled food retailers.
Most refrigeration/air-conditioning technicians are self-employed, or work for private companies specializing in
the sale, design, installation and maintenance of refrigeration and air-conditioning systems. Their clients may
include:
 Meat processing companies
 Cool stores
 Supermarkets and other retail food outlets
 Construction companies
 Hospitals and hotels
 Homeowners.
Refrigeration/air-conditioning technicians may progress to set up their own refrigeration or air-conditioning
business. They may specialize in either refrigeration or air conditioning systems.
After getting certified in HVAC courses, the Technician has excellent opportunity to develop his expertise by
joining a highly successful organization.
As HVAC Technician, he will be responsible for:
 Ensuring regular maintenance on various systems (heating, ventilation, air conditioning).
 Responding to emergency service requests and respecting preventive maintenance schedules.
 Maintaining/repairing mechanical and electrical equipment.
 Analyzing problematic situations and providing solution.
268
 Performing any other task related to this position.
Courses Covered: The students will be taught the basics of RAC in Introductions to Refrigeration & HVAC.
Then they will be exposed to Control System for Refrigeration & Air Conditioning, Design and Maintenance of
Automobile Air Conditioning. The students will know the Maintenance and Testing of Refrigerator. They will
learn Design and Maintenance of Central Air Conditioning Plant. The students will be taught the courses on
Maintenance and Testing of Coolers, Window & Split AC and Design & Maintenance of Cold Storage. Finally
they will do a project on RAC and go for internship in refrigeration and air conditioning companies.
Approach of Delivery: More specifically, the domain will expose student on technological and institutional
aspects of RAC, both in the theory, project and practice:
 To train students in class room and laboratory enabling to identify potential feedstock of RAC.
 To facilitate students to develop novel idea of harnessing RAC and prototyping in laboratory scale.
 To patronize students to undertake projects on learning by doing in laboratory scale.
 To make the students understand how to start a business to become an entrepreneur.
 To make students understand the decision-making, business-oriented approach to the management of
projects, focus on technological capabilities and financing.
 Collaboration with Godrej company will certify, train and to explore knowledge sharing in RAC
domain.
SYLLABUS
DERC0101 Introduction to Refrigeration & HVAC
Subject Code Type of course Credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr (hrs)

Introduction to DERC0101 Theory 3 3-0-0
Refrigeration & HVAC
 To learn thermodynamic principles to design and perform analysis and repair of different refrigeration &
air conditioning systems
 Analyse Refrigeration and HVAC systems.
Module-I (16 Hours)

Heating/ventilating & air conditioning, Fundamentals & basics of HVAC, Window AC, Split AC, Centralized
AC, ASHRAE guidelines & standards, HVAC functioning, different types of refrigerants, basic refrigeration
cycle, vapour compression system, vapour absorption system, basic air conditioning components, centralized air
conditioning & its parts.
Water cooled chillers, air cooled chillers, cooling towers, AHUs, pumps, humidifiers/ dehumidifiers, air washers,
expansion, HVAC control & functions, AC drives, DOL starter, Star Delta Starter, Variable Frequency Drives
(VFDs), Sensor / Actuators / Thermostat /Thermocouple, HVAC control with BMS (Building management
system).
Module-II (16 Hours)
Factors affecting the air quality, control measures for air pollutants, ventilation, study on psychometric chart,
psychometric properties, dry bulb temperature, wet bulb temperature, relative humidity, dew point temperature,
specific humidity, absolute humidity, specific enthalpy, pressure, building heat & cooling load calculation,
calculation for heat loss/heat gain, sensible heat load, latent heat load, HVAC design calculation, water
distribution system, calculation for chilled water & condenser water pipeline, air distribution system, calculation
for duct size.
Module-III (13 Hours)
Comfort and psychometrics fundamentals, psychometrics & airflow air filters, ventilation and dehumidification,
residential load calculations, vapour absorption cycle and refrigeration for rural area, principles of absorption
cycles, equipment and refrigerant for vapour absorption cycle, use of solar energy in vapour absorption cycle.
Text Books:
1. Refrigeration and Air Conditioning by C.P Arora, Mc Graw Hill
2. Introduction to HVAC by AHRI and Larry Jeffus
Reference Books:
269
1. Handbook of air conditioning and refrigeration (Shan K. Wang).
2. Principles of Refrigeration by Roy J. Dossat and Thomas J. Horan, TMH.
Online source: www.nptel.ac.in, Google books
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Pedag

Video Link Th video Pro
No ogy
1. Heating/ventilating & Air conditioning, **=fqvo7bSr6t8
2 10min 0
Fundamentals & basics of HVAC
2. Window AC, Split AC, Centralized AC, **=26oAt4nO1Dg
ASHRAE guidelines& standards, HVAC 2 10min 0
Functioning
3. Different types of refrigerants. Basic **=cobFAMZDS0o
Refrigeration Cycle, Vapour Compression CRT+ **=Ll8Ku-mFQxE 2 10min 0
System, vapour Absorption System video
4. Basic Air Conditioning Components, Centralized view **=NQi6r85P3wQ
2 10min 0
Air Conditioning & its Parts
5. Water cooled chiller, Air cooled chillier, PPT / **=x2JqhOYsPKs
2 10min 0
Blackb **=or7Oyw2spO0
6. Cooling towers, AHUs, PumpsHumidifiers/ oard https://www.youtube.
Dehumidifiers, Air Washers, Expansion, HVAC com/watch?annotatio
Control & Functions n_id=annotation_211
5468829&feature=iv 2 10min 0
&src_vid=z9-
cVGrR9OE&v=-
BsgDUkAJ0o
7. AC Drives, DOL Starter, Star Delta Starter, CRT **=egnTrmrziSc
Variable Frequency Drives (VFDs), Sensor / **=DiKcKYbJ1A4
Actuators / Thermo stat /Thermocouple, HVAC **=rFmbONurX8U 2 10min 0
Control with BMS (Building management
system).
8. Factor Affecting the air quality, Control measures CRT **=6j7wRwSP2SU
3 10min 0
for air pollutants, Ventilation
9. Study on Psychometric Chart, Psychometric **=FLPyRJg0F0I
Properties, Dry bulb temperature, Wet bulb CRT **=ZMgeL1NzT6M
temperature, Relative humidity, Dew Point 4 10min 0
temperature, Specific humidity, Absolute
humidity, Specific Enthalpy, Pressure
10. Building Heat & Cooling Load Calculation. CRT **=bZZu7OnrW0k
Calculation for Heat Loss / Heat Gain, Sensible **=bxi4HuMTOUY
4 10min 0
Heat Load, Latent Heat Load, HVAC Design
Calculation
11. Water Distribution System, Calculation for chilled CRT
water & condenser water pipeline, Air 4 0 0
Distribution System, Calculation for duct size.
12. Comfort and Psychometrics Fundamentals, CRT Blackboard +
Psychometrics & Airflow Air Filters Ventilation practice
3 0 0
and Dehumidification Residential Load
Calculations.
13. Vapour absorption cycle and refrigeration for CRT **=udeSVyx6_9A
1 10min 3
rural area
14. Principles of absorption cycles, Equipment and CRT **=gt1OVt1JWwI
1 10min 0
refrigerant for vapour absorption cycle.
270
15. Use of solar energy in vapour absorption cycle CRT Case study 1 0 5
Sub total 35 2 8
**-https://www.youtube.com/watch?v
DERC0201 Control System for Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

Control System for Refrigeration DERC0201 Practice 2 Nil 0-3-0
and Air Conditioning
 To understand different electrical control of Refrigerator and to understand different parts and its
operation of Air Conditioner
 Describe and explain different types of electrical control system.
 Rectify the different electrical control problem in air conditioning ventilation system.
 Solve common faults and remedies occur in Frost Refrigerator, window air conditioner, split AC.
cassette AC etc.
Contents:
1. To study the function and working of refrigeration tools, Instruments & Equipment
2. To study electric controls used in Refrigeration & Air Conditioning
3. To study electrical circuits used in refrigerator and trace the faults in refrigerator electrical controls
4. To Study the function, working, application of relays, OLP, thermostat, Door switch
5. To test and replace electrical controls such as relay, OLP, thermostat, Door switch, Defrost heater, timer,
Bimetal thermo
6. To study electrical circuits used in No Frost Double Door refrigerator
7. To trace the electrical controls faults in Frost free Double Door refrigerator
8. To study the electric circuit systems of Deep Freezer
9. To study electrical Controls used in Window A.C
10. To study electrical controls used in Split Air Conditioner
11. To study of Package Air Conditioner Electrical Controls
12. To study the electrical wiring of Car A.C
Reference Book:
1. Training Manual of Godrej
Pedagogy (All sessions through practice in RAC Lab
Sl. Topic
Pra
No
1. To study the function and working of refrigeration tools, Instruments & Equipment 3
2. To study electric controls used in Refrigeration & Air Conditioning 3
3. To study electrical circuits used in refrigerator and trace the faults in refrigerator electrical
6
controls
4. To Study the function, working, application of relays, OLP, thermostat, Door switch 3
5. To test and replace electrical controls such as relay, OLP, thermostat, Door switch, Defrost
6
heater, timer, Bimetal thermo
6. To study electrical circuits used in No Frost Double Door refrigerator 3
7. To trace the electrical controls faults in Frost free Double Door refrigerator 3
8. To study the electric circuit systems of Deep Freezer 3
9. To study electrical Controls used in Window A.C 3
10. To study electrical controls used in Split Air Conditioner 6
11. To study of Package Air Conditioner Electrical Controls 3
271
12. To study the electrical wiring of Car A.C 3
Total 45
DERC0202 Design and Maintenance of Automobile Air Conditioning

Design and Maintenance of DERC0202 Practice 2 Nil 0-3-0
Automobile Air Conditioning
 To learn different types of refrigeration cycle
 To select proper refrigerants considering environmental effect, physical effect on human being for
automotive application
 To gain knowledge of diagnostic of automotive air conditioning system on vehicle, troubleshooting, care
taken at the time of repairing and maintenance
 Select proper refrigeration cycle and refrigerant according to application considering economy,
Environmental effect, physical effect on human etc.
 Design air conditioning system for automotive application in optimum cost.
Contents:
1. To study the function and working of Air conditioning tools, Instruments & Equipment
2. To study different types of compressors
3. To calculate the efficiency of compressor
4. To dismantle and assemble compressor
5. To study the working of Magnetic clutch, Freewheeling, thermostat, fan, heater of Car A.C
6. To study Condenser, Drier, Liquid Receiver, expansion valve, evaporator, solenoid valve used in car AC
7. To study servicing of air filter and condenser.
8. To study flushing of Condenser and Evaporator
9. To Perform Leak Testing, Evacuation, Gas Charging in Car A.C
10. To study trouble shooting in Car Air Conditioners
11. To study the maintenance & servicing of Car AC
12. To study installation of Car Air Conditioner
Reference Book:
Pedagogy (All sessions through practice in RAC Lab)
Sl. Pra
Topic
No hrs
1. To study the function and working of Air conditioning tools, Instruments & Equipment 3
2. To study different types of compressors 3
3 To calculate the efficiency of compressor 3
4. To dismantle and assemble compressor 3
5. To study the working of Magnetic clutch, Freewheeling, thermostat, fan, heater of Car A.C 6
6. To study Condenser, Drier, Liquid Receiver, expansion valve, evaporator, solenoid valve used
6
in car AC
7. To study servicing of air filter and condenser 3
8. To study flushing of Condenser and Evaporator 3
9. To Perform Leak Testing, Evacuation, Gas Charging in Car A.C 3
10. To study trouble shooting in Car Air Conditioners 3
11. To study the maintenance & servicing of Car AC 6
272
12. To study installation of Car Air Conditioner 3
Sub total 45
Pedagogy
(All sessions through practice in RAC Lab)
Sl. Pra
Topic
No hrs
1. To study the function and working of Air conditioning tools, Instruments & Equipment 3
2. To study different types of compressors 3
3 To calculate the efficiency of compressor 3
4. To dismantle and assemble compressor 3
5. To study the working of Magnetic clutch, Freewheeling, thermostat, fan, heater of Car A.C 6
6. To study Condenser, Drier, Liquid Receiver, expansion valve, evaporator, solenoid valve used
6
in car AC
7. To study servicing of air filter and condenser 3
8. To study flushing of Condenser and Evaporator 3
9. To Perform Leak Testing, Evacuation, Gas Charging in Car A.C 3
10. To study trouble shooting in Car Air Conditioners 3
11. To study the maintenance & servicing of Car AC 6
12. To study installation of Car Air Conditioner 3
Sub total 45
DERC0203 Maintenance and Testing of Refrigerator

Maintenance and Testing of DERC0203 Practice 2 Nil 0-3-0
Refrigerator
 To understand the performance of the different types of refrigerator
 To understand the different parts and its operation of different types of refrigerator like, frost, frost free,
inverter and green refrigerator
 Describe and explain different types of refrigerator
 Rectify the different electrical and mechanical problem in different types of refrigerator.
 Solve common faults and provide remedies in Frost Refrigerator, bottle cooler, inverterrefrigerator and
new technology adopted in market.
Contents:
1. To study the function and working of refrigeration tools, Instruments & Equipment
2. To measure the current, voltage, resistance
3. To study the open circuit, short circuit and earth testing
4. To study the different types of motors used in refrigerator
5. To study the different types of relays, OLP (over load protector), thermostat, heaters, fan, Timer
used in refrigerator
6. To study compressor, condenser, capillary tube, drier, and evaporator
7. To study different refrigerant used in refrigerator
8. To study the trouble shooting in refrigerator
9. To study the types of refrigerator
10. Study the specification of refrigerator
11. To study servicing & maintenance of refrigerator
Reference Book:
273
Pedagogy (All sessions through practice in RAC Lab)
Sl. Topic Pra

No hrs
1. Tostudy the function and working of refrigeration tools, Instruments & Equipment 3
2. To measure the current, voltage, resistance 3
3 To study the open circuit, short circuit and earth testing 6
4 To study the different types of motors used in refrigerator 3
5 To study the different types of relays, OLP (over load protector), thermostat,
6
heaters, fan, Timer used in refrigerator
6 To study compressor, condenser, capillary tube, drier, and evaporator 6
7 To study different refrigerant used in refrigerator 3
8 To study the trouble shooting in refrigerator 3
9 To study the types of refrigerator 3
10 Study the specification of refrigerator 3
11 To study servicing & maintenance of refrigerator 6
Total 45
DERC0204 Maintenance and Testing of Coolers, Window & Split AC

Maintenance and Testing of Coolers, DERC0204 Practice 5 Nil 0-4-0
Window & Split AC
 To understand the different parts of cooler, window and split AC.
 To understand the installation of window and split AC.
 To understand the fault findings of different parts of window and split ac system.
 Describe and explain different parts of different types of split and window AC.
 Rectify the different electrical control problem in split and window AC.
 Explain the Design and installation of window and split AC.
274
Contents:
1. To study the refrigeration and air conditioning tools, Instruments & Equipment
2. To study different operations like tube cutting, bending, flaring, swaging, brazing, welding
3. To measure current, voltage, resistance, temperature and pressure.
4. To check the wiring circuit of water, bottle, visi cooler and deep freezer.
5. To perform leak testing, evacuation, gas charging in coolers.
6. To perform the servicing the water, bottle and deep freezer
7. To check the performance of coolers
8. To learn installation of coolers
9. To check open circuit, short circuit and earth of hermetic compressor
10. To check the efficiency of the hermetic compressor
11. Study the different types of relays, OLP (over load protector), thermostat, fan, Capacitors, oscillating
motors in window and split A.C.
12. Study the trouble shooting in Air Conditioners
13. To learn servicing and maintenance of air conditioner
14. To learn wiring Circuit of Air conditioner
15. To learn Installation method of Air conditioner
Reference Book:
Pedagogy
(All sessions through practice in RAC Lab)
Sl. No Topic Pra hrs

1. To study the refrigeration and air conditioning tools, Instruments & Equipment 6
2. To study different operations like tube cutting, bending, flaring, swaging,
6
brazing, welding
3. To measure current, voltage, resistance, temperature and pressure. 6
4. To check the wiring circuit of water, bottle, visi cooler and deep freezer 6
5. To perform leak testing, evacuation, gas charging in coolers 9
6. To perform the servicing the water, bottle and deep freezer 3
7. To check the performance of coolers 3
8. To learn installation of coolers 3
9. To check open circuit, short circuit and earth of hermetic compressor 6
10. To check the efficiency of the hermetic compressor 6
11. Study the different types of relays, OLP (over load protector), thermostat, fan,
Capacitors, oscillating motors in window and split A.C. 6
12 Study the trouble shooting in Air Conditioners. 6

13. To learn servicing and maintenance of air conditioner 6
14. To learn wiring circuit of Air conditioner 9
15. To learn Installation method of Air conditioner 9
Total 90
275
276
DERC0401 Design and Maintenance of Central Air Conditioning Plant

Design and Maintenance of DERC0401 Theory + 5 Nil 3-2-0
Central Air Conditioning Plant Practice
1. To understand the different parts of central air conditioning plant.
2. To understand the fault findings of different parts of plant air conditioning system.
Learning Outcomes: Upon completing the course the student should be able to:
1. Describe and explain different parts of central air conditioning plant.
2. Rectify the different electrical control problem in central air conditioning plant.
3. Explain the Design of central air conditioning plant.
MODULE-I (15 Hrs)

Working of summer, Winter and all year round AC systems, All air system, All water system, Air water system,
Variable refrigerant flow and variable air volume systems, Unitary and Central air conditioning,Components of
refrigeration and air conditioning systems, Working of reciprocating, screw and scroll compressors, Working of
air cooled, water cooled andevaporative condensers, Working of DX, Flooded, Forced feed evaporators,
Expansion
devices –Capillary tube, TXV, EXV, operating and safety controls
Practice:
1. Familiarization of Air conditioning tools, Instruments & Equipment.
2. Tube cutting, bending, flaring, swaging, brazing, welding.
3. Check open circuit, short circuit and earth of three phase motors.
4. Identify three phase motors and open type compressors
5. Dismantle and Assemble Open type Compressor.
MODULE-II (18 Hrs)
Preliminary considerations, internal heat gains, system heat gains, break up of ventilation load & effective
sensible heat factor, cooling load estimate, heating load estimate, psychometric calculations for cooling,
selection of air conditioning apparatus for cooling & dehumidification ,evaporative cooling, building
requirements & energy conservation in air conditioned buildings, air conditioning apparatus, heat & moisture
transfer in air conditioning apparatus, design of cooling & dehumidifying coils, design of air washers & cooling
towers
Practice:
1. Check relay, OLP, thermostat, motors, low pressure and high pressure cut out, Capacitors.
2. Check the wiring circuit of Central Air Conditioner.
3. Identify the trouble and rectification.
4. Flushing Condenser and Evaporator.
MODULE-III (12 Hrs)
Air handling unit, Classification of ducts, duct material, pressure in ducts, flow through duct, pressurelosses in
duct (friction losses, dynamic losses), air flow through simple duct system, equivalent diameter, methods of duct
system design: equal friction, velocity reduction, static regain method ,Fan coil unit, types of fans used air
conditioning applications, fan laws, filters, supply and return grills, sensors (humidity, temperature, smoke).
Practice:
1. Leak Testing, Evacuation, Gas Charging in Central A.C.
2. Servicing Central Air Conditioner
3. Check the performance of Air conditioner.
Text Books:
1. C P Arora: Refrigeration & Air Conditioning: Tata McGraw-Hill
2. S. Domkundwar and Subhash Arora: A Course in refrigeration and Air Conditioning: DhanpatRai and
sons, Publishers, New Delhi
Reference Books:
277
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching
Topic Reference / Tool Th Pra Video
No Method
Working of summer, Winter and all year round CRT **=0PkOEHMNOL
AC systems, All air system, All water system, Air k 10
1 3 0
water system, Variable refrigerant flow and min
variable air volume systems
Components of refrigeration and air conditioning CRT **=4ogkke0-mXM
10
2 systems, Working of reciprocating, screw and **=stjvbAO_6JQ 4 0
min
scroll compressors **=iU5PVinDyNQ
Working of air cooled, water cooled and CRT
3 3 0 0
evaporative condensers
Working of DX, Flooded, Forced feed CRT **=f88P56p8_Xw 10
45 3 0
evaporators min
Expansion devices –Capillary tube, TXV, EXV, CRT **=4Yz9-vqvW6c 10
6 2 0
operating and safety controls min
Preliminary Considerations, Internal Heat Gains, CRT
7 System Heat Gains, Break up of Ventilation Load 3 0 0
& Effective Sensible Heat Factor
Selection of Air Conditioning Apparatus for CRT
8 Cooling & Dehumidification ,Evaporative 3 0 0
Cooling
Energy Conservation in Air Conditioned CRT
10
9 Buildings, Air Conditioning Apparatus, Heat & **=czRkjbMUAqM 4 0
min
Moisture Transfer in Air Conditioning Apparatus
Building Requirements & Design of Cooling & CRT
10 Dehumidifying Coils, Design of Air Washers & 3 0 0
Cooling Towers
Air handling unit, Classification of ducts, duct CRT **=uWwVsFqNFp4 10
11 3 0
material, pressure in ducts, flow through duct **=43RAxc7Eavw min
Pressurelosses in duct (friction losses, dynamic CRT
12 losses), air flow through simple duct system, 3 0 0
equivalent diameter
Methods of duct system design: equal friction, CRT
13 3 0 0
velocity reduction, static regain method
Fan coil unit, types of fans used air conditioning CRT
14 2 0 0
applications, fan laws,
Filters, supply and return grills,sensors (humidity, CRT
15 3 0 0
temperature, smoke).
Familiarization of Air conditioning tools, Lab RAC Lab
16 0 3 0
Instruments Equipments. Practice
Tube cutting, bending, flaring, swaging, brazing, Lab RAC Lab
17 0 5 0
welding. Practice
Check open circuit, short circuit and earth of three Lab RAC Lab
18 0 4 0
phase motors Practice
Identify three phase motors and open type Lab RAC Lab
19 0 3 0
compressors Practice
Check relay, OLP, thermostat, motors, low Lab RAC Lab
20 0 6 0
pressure and high pressure cut out, Capacitors Practice
278
279
Topic Th Pra Video
No Method Tool
21 Check the wiring circuit of Central Air Conditioner Lab Practice RAC Lab 0 3 0
22 Dismantle and Assemble Open type Compressor Lab Practice RAC Lab 0 6 0
23 Identify the trouble and rectification Lab Practice RAC Lab 0 3 0
24 Flushing Condenser and Evaporator. Lab Practice RAC Lab 0 3 0
25 Leak Testing, Evacuation, Gas Charging InCentral A.C Lab Practice RAC Lab 0 3 0
26 Servicing Central Air Conditioner Lab Practice RAC Lab 0 3 0
27 Check the performance of Air conditioner Lab Practice RAC Lab 0 3 0
Total 44 45 1
DERC0102 Design and Maintenance of Cold Storage

(hrs)
Design and Maintenance of Cold Storage DERC0102 Theory 3 Nil 3-0-0
 To enable the students to understand the various concepts of refrigeration and storage construction.
 Apply their knowledge on cold storage of perishable products.
Module I (13 Hours)
Principles of Refrigeration: Refrigerants, characteristics of different refrigerants, Ozone Depletion Potentials,
Green house Potential Refrigerants, use of non-polluting refrigerants, net refrigerating effect, ton of refrigeration
- Components of a Refrigeration system: Compressor, condenser, Evaporator, Expansion valves piping and
different controls.
Operation & Maintenance - Controlled Atmosphere & Modified Atmosphere Storages:
Operation and maintenance, Cleanliness, defrosting practices, preventive maintenance, safety measures
Controlled atmosphere and modified atmosphere storages Principles and basics of their construction
Module II (16 Hours)
Cold Storage Design and Construction: Small and large commercial storages, Cold Room temperatures,
Insulation, properties of insulating materials, air diffusion equipment, Doors and other openings. Cold load
estimation; prefabricated systems, Freezer Storages, Freezer room Temperatures, insulation of freezer rooms:
Pre-cooling and pre freezing. Cold Storage practice, Stacking and handling of material in and around cold rooms,
Optimum temperatures of storage for different food materials-meat and poultry products, marine products, fruits
and vegetables, spices and food grains
Module III (16 Hours)
Chilling of Foods: Chilling equipment for liquid foods, Secondary refrigerants and direct expansion techniques
in chilling. Chilled foods transport and display cabinets - Basics of Chilled foods microbiology, Packaging of
Chilled foods - Hygienic design considerations for chiller and chilled Storages, Cold storages and their
applications, Evaporative cooling and its applications.
Freezing of Foods: Freezing equipment, Freezing rates, growth rate of ice crystals, crystal size and its effect of
texture and quality of foods, Freezer types, Blast freezers, Contact Plate Freezers, Individual quick freezing.
Cryogenic Freezing, Freezing practice as applied to marine foods, meat and poultry, fruits and vegetables.
Text Books:
1. Clive D.J.Dellino: Cold and Chilled Storage Technology Publisher: Kluwer Academic Publishers
2. S. Domkundwar and Subhash Arora: A Course in refrigeration and Air Conditioning: Dhanpat Rai and
sons, Publishers, New Delhi
Reference Books:
1. Raymond Gunther: Refrigeration, Air conditioning and Cold Storage Chilten Company, Philadelphia,
280
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching
Topic Reference / Tool Th Video
No Method
1 Refrigerants, characteristics of different refrigerants CRT **=OQwu91SsDro 2 10 min
Ozone Depletion Potentials, Green house Potential CRT
2 2 0
Refrigerants, use of non-polluting refrigerants
3 Net refrigerating effect, Ton of refrigeration CRT 1 0
Components of a Refrigeration system: CRT Video link-
4 Compressor, condenser, Evaporator, Expansion Video **=U7yke2EKCxM 3 10 min
valves piping and different controls. animation
Operation & Maintenance - Controlled Atmosphere CRT
5 & Modified Atmosphere Storages: Cleanliness, Blackboard 2 0
defrosting practices, preventive maintenance
Safety measures Controlled atmosphere and CRT
6 modified atmosphere storages. Principles and basics 2 0
of their construction
Cold Storage Design and Construction: Small and CRT
large commercial storages, Cold Room
7 4 0
temperatures, Insulation, properties of insulating
materials
Air diffusion equipment, Doors and other openings. CRT **=zephL3PidMI
8 4 10 min
Cold load estimation; prefabricated systems
Freezer Storages, Freezer room Temperatures, CRT
9 insulation of freezer rooms: Pre-cooling and pre 4 0
freezing
Cold Storage practice, Stacking and handling of CRT Blackboard
material in and around cold rooms, Optimum
10 temperatures of storage for different food materials- 4 0
meat and poultry products, marine products, fruits
and vegetables, spices and food grains.
Chilling equipment for liquid foods. Secondary CRT Blackboard
refrigerants and direct expansion techniques in
11 3 0
chilling. Chilled foods transport and display
cabinets
Basics of Chilled foods microbiology, Packaging of CRT Blackboard
12 Chilled foods - Hygienic design considerations for 3 0
chillers and chilled Storages.
Cold storages and their applications. Evaporative CRT **=N7hfse02H_g
13 cooling and its applications. **=pyV4LhTsrwQ 3 10 min
Freezing of Foods: Freezing equipment, Freezing CRT

14 rates, growth rate of ice crystals, crystal size and its 2 0
effect of texture and quality of foods
Freezer types, Blast freezers, Contact Plate Freezers CRT **=cuhB8I10tag &
15 2 10 min
**=9sBXcrUggvc
Individual quick freezing. Cryogenic Freezing, CRT **=n0WN3p9gE0c
16 Freezing practice as applied to marine foods, meat 3 10min
and poultry, fruits and vegetables.
Total 44 1
281
Domain D19 - Renewable Energy
S. Course
No. Code
1 DERE0161 Renewable Energy Sources and Technology Theory 3
2 DERE0162 Solar Photovoltaic Technology Theory 3
3 DERE0163 Solar Thermal Technology Theory 3
4 DERE0464 Solar Systems for Buildings Th. + Pra. 5
5 DERE0465 Solar Power Plant Th. + Pra. 5
6 DERE0466 Decentralized and Smart Power Grids Th. + Pra. 5
7. DERE0267 Solar Photovoltaic Laboratory Practice 2
8. DERE0268 Solar Thermal Laboratory Practice 2
9. DEET0300 Project Project 6
Total 38
Introduction
Energy growth is directly linked to well-being and prosperity across the globe. Meeting the growing demand for
energy in a safe and environmentally responsible manner is a key challenge. To support economic and social
progress and build a better quality of life, in particular in developing countries energy plays vital role. For
developed nations such as Canada, reliable and affordable energy enables the products and services that enrich
and extend life. Energy is being powering computers, transportation, communications, cutting edge medical
equipment and much more.
For developing nations, the need for reliable and affordable energy is more fundamental. It can improve and
even save lives. In these countries, reliable energy supports expanded industry, modern agriculture, increased
trade and improved transportation. These are the building blocks that help people escape poverty and create
better lives.
Today most of the energy the world consumes comes from hydrocarbons, with crude oil being the dominant
source of transportation fuels. Even with significant strides in improved energy efficiency, global energy
demand is expected to rise by about 25 percent from 2014 to 2040.
Renewable energies are sources of clean, inexhaustible and increasingly competitive energy. They differ from
fossil fuels principally in their diversity, abundance and potential for use anywhere on the planet, but above all in
that they produce neither greenhouse gases – which cause climate change – nor polluting emissions. Their costs
are also falling and at a sustainable rate, whereas the general cost trend for fossil fuels is in the opposite direction
in spite of their present volatility.
DERE0161 RENEWABLE ENERGY SOURCES AND TECHNOLOGY

DERE0161 Renewable Energy Sources Theory 3 NIL 3-0-0
And Technology
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this subject are:
1. To understand the importance of renewable energy both I national and international scenario.
2. To explain basics of renewable energy resources.
3. To understand different government policies for renewable energy application.
Course Outcomes:
1. To understand the importance of energy both I national and international scenario.
2. To explain basics of renewable energy resources.
3. To understand different government policies for renewable energy application.
282
Energy Scenario: Classification of Energy Sources, Energy resources (Conventional and nonconventional,
Energy needs of India, and energy consumption patterns. Worldwide Potentials of these sources. Energy
efficiency and energy security. Energy and its environmental impacts. Solar Energy Regulations and Policy
Programme: Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission (JNNSM), JNNSM Regulations regarding grid
interconnected solar energy systems Solar Energy policy, 2012, Policies implementation by MNRE.
Solar Energy: Solar radiation at the earth‟s surface solar radiation measurements estimation of average solar
radiation solar thermal flat plate collectors concentratingcollector‟s solar thermal applications heating, cooling,
desalination, drying, cooking, and solar thermal electric power plant.Principle of photovoltaic conversion of
solar energy, types of solar cells Photovoltaic applications: battery charger, domestic lighting, street lighting,
water pumping etc.Solar PV power plant Net metering Concept.
Wind Energy:Nature of wind, Wind speed and power relation, power extracted from wind, wind distribution
and wind speed predictions. Wind power systems: system components, Types of Turbine, Turbine rating. Choice
of generators,turbine rating, electrical load matching, Variable speed operation, maximum power operation,
control systems, system design features, stand alone and grid connected operation. Small Hydro Systems.
Bio-Energy: Biomass resources and their classification Biomass conversion processes - Thermo chemical
conversion direct combustion biomass gasification pyrolysis and liquefaction biochemical conversion
anaerobic digestion types of biogas Plants applications alcohol production from biomass bio diesel production
Urban waste to energy conversion Biomass energy programme in India.
Other Types of Energy: Ocean energy resources principle of ocean thermal energy conversion (OTEC) - ocean
thermal power plants ocean wave energy conversion tidal energy conversion small hydro geothermal energy
geothermal power plants hydrogen production and storage Fuel cell principle of working - various types
construction and applications.
Text Books:
1. Non-conventional energy sources by G.D. Rai, Khanna Publishers.
2. Biomass Gasification and Pyrolysis: Practical Design and Theory, PrabirBasu, Academic Press.
3. Johnson GL. Wind Energy Systems, (Electronic Edition), Prentice Hall Inc, 2006
4. Mathew S. Wind Energy: Fundamentals, Resource Analysis and Economics. Springer, 2006
Reference Books:
1. Moran, H. and Rawn, S. P. 2006. Principles of Biochemistry, Pearson Education
2. Kothari, D.P., Singal, K.C. and Ranjan, R. 2008. Renewable Energy Sources and Emerging Technologies,
Prentice hall, New Delhi
3. Biogas Systems: Principles And Applications, Author: Mittal, K M Publisher: New Age International
Publishers Ltd.-New Delhi.
4. Burton T. Sharpe D. Jenkins N. Bossanyi E. Wind Energy Handbook. John Wiley,2001
5. Kothari DP. Renewable energy sources and emerging technologies, PHI learning, 2014
Pedagogy (All sessions through CRT + Practice)
Sl. Th
Topic
No. +Tut
Energy Scenario: Classification of Energy Sources, Energy resources (Conventional and
nonconventional), Energy needs of India, and energy consumption patterns. Worldwide
Potentials of these sources. Energy efficiency and energy security. Energy and its
01 8
environmental impacts. Solar Energy Regulations and Policy Programme: Jawaharlal Nehru
National Solar Mission (JNNSM) - JNNSM Regulations regarding grid interconnected solar
energy systems –Solar Energy policy, 2012, Policies implementation by MNRE.
Solar Energy: Solar radiation at the earth‟s surface – solar radiation measurements – estimation
of average solar radiation –solar thermal flat plate collectors - concentrating collectors –solar
thermal applications - heating, cooling, desalination, drying, cooking, and solar thermal electric
02 9
power plant. Principle of photovoltaic conversion of solar energy, types of solar cells –
Photovoltaic applications: battery charger, domestic lighting, street lighting, water pumping etc.
Solar PV power plant – Net metering Concept.
283
Sl. Th
Topic
No. +Tut
Wind Energy: Nature of wind, Wind speed and power relation, power extracted from wind,
wind distribution and wind speed predictions. Wind power systems: system components, Types
03 of Turbine, Turbine rating. Choice of generators, turbine rating, electrical load matching, 9
Variable speed operation, maximum power operation, control systems, system design features,
stand alone and grid connected operation. Small Hydro Systems.
Bio-Energy: Biomass resources and their classification –Biomass conversion processes -
Thermo chemical conversion - direct combustion – biomass gasification - pyrolysis and
04 liquefaction –biochemical conversion - anaerobic digestion – types of biogas Plants - 8
applications - alcohol production from biomass – bio diesel production –Urban waste to energy
conversion –Biomass energy programme in India.
Other Types of Energy : Ocean energy resources –principle of ocean thermal energy conversion
(OTEC) - ocean thermal power plants –ocean wave energy conversion - tidal energy conversion
05 8
small hydro –geothermal energy - geothermal power plants –hydrogen production and storage –
Fuel cell – principle of working - various types –construction and applications.
Total 42
DERE0162 SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC TECHNOLOGY
Course Pre- T-P-Pr (hrs)

Type requisite
DERE0162 Solar Photovoltaic Technology Theory 3 NIL 3-0-0
Course Objectives:
1. To explain basics of solar photovoltaic systems.
2. To know in depth of its types and design of various PV-interconnected systems.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this subject, students should be able :
1. To explain basics of solar photovoltaic systems.
2. To know in depth of its types and design of various PV-interconnected systems.
Syllabus
Basic of Photovoltaic: fundamentals of semiconductor and basic electrical quantities Structure and working of
Solar Cells Types, Electrical properties and Behavior of Solar Cells Cell properties and design PV Cell
Interconnection and Module Fabrication - PV Modules and arrays –Basics of Load Estimation.
Stand Alone PV systems: Schematics, Components,Batteries, and ChargeConditioners Balance of system
components for DC and/or AC Applications Typical applications for lighting, Design of Typical Stand Alone PV
System. (10) Water pumping.
Grid Connected PV systems: Schematics, Components, Charge Conditioners and Interface Components –
Balance of system Components Design of grid interacting systems –PV System in Buildings.
Hybrid Systems: Solar, Biomass, Wind, Diesel Hybrid systems Comparison and selection criteria for a
givenapplication.
Design of PV systems: Radiation and load data –Design of System Components for different PV Applications
Sizing and Reliability –Simple Case Studies.
Text Books:
1. CS Solanki: Solar Photovoltaic – Fundamentals, Technologies and Applications, PHI Learning Pvt. Ltd.,
2011.
2. Martin A. Green, Solar Cells Operating Principles, Technology, and System Applications Prentice- Hall,
2008.
284
Reference Books:
1. Nelson, J The Physics of Solar Cells. Imperial College Press, 2003. Thomas Markvart, Solar Electricity,
John Wiley and Sons, 2001.
2. Stuart R. Wenham, Martin A. Green, Muriel E. Watt, Richard Corkish (Editors), AppliedPhotovoltaic,
Earthscan, 2008.
3. Michael Boxwell, The Solar Electricity Handbook, Code Green Publishing, UK, 2009.
4. RikDe Gunther, Solar Power Your Home for Dummies, Wiley Publishing Inc, 2008.
5. Photovoltaic: Design and Installation Manual, Published by Solar Energy International.
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Reference/ Th.+

Topic
No. Method Tool Tut
01 Basic of Photovoltaic: fundamentals of semiconductor and basic
electrical quantities Structure and working of Solar Cells –Types, Chalk &
Electrical properties and Behavior of Solar Cells –Cell properties and CRT Talk and 8
design –PV Cell Interconnection and Module Fabrication - PV Modules PPT
and arrays –Basics of Load Estimation.
02 Stand Alone PV systems: Schematics, Components, Batteries, Charge
Conditioners –Balance of system components for DC and/or AC CRT&
9
Applications –Typical applications for lighting, Design of Typical Stand Lab
Alone PV System. (10) Water pumping.
03 Grid Connected PV systems: Schematics, Components, Charge
CRT& Chalk &
Conditioners and Interface Components – Balance of system Components 9
Lab Talk , PPT
Design of grid interacting systems –PV System in Buildings.
CAD tool
04 Hybrid Systems: Solar, Biomass, Wind, Diesel Hybrid systems – CRT&
8
Comparison and selection criteria for a given application. Lab
05 Design of PV systems: Radiation and load data –Design of System
CRT&
Components for different PV Applications Sizing and Reliability –Simple 8
Lab
Case Studies.
Total 42
DERE0163 Solar Thermal Technology
Course T-P-Pr
Type (hrs)
DERE0163 Solar Thermal Technology Theory 3 NIL 3-0-0
Course Objectives:
1. To clarify impression of various solar thermal energy collectors.
2. To delineate the other applications and the devices used to collect solar energy.
3. To summarize the basic economics of solar energy collection system.
Course Outcomes:
1. Understand The impression of various solar thermal energy collectors
2. Understand other applications and the devices used to collect solar energy
3. Know basic economics of solar energy collection system
285
Solar Collector: Fundamentals of solar collectors as devices to convert solar energy to heat. Non-concentrating
low temperature flat-plate and evacuated tube collectors. Design and structures of collectors for heating liquids
and air. Flat plate – Evacuated tube (Concentrated) Pool and Air collectors Construction Function -Suitability –
Comparison - Storage Tank –Solar Fluids.
Solar Water Heating System: Integral Collector Storage System Thermo syphon System - Open Loop, Drain
Down, Drain Back,Antifreeze Systems Refrigerant Solar Water Heaters –Solar Heated Pools Solar Heated Hot
Tubsand Spas.
Solar Space Conditioning Systems: Liquid Type Solar Heating System With / Without Storage Heat Storage
Configurations Heat Delivery Methods - Air-Type Solar Heating Systems Solar Refrigeration and Air
Conditioning.
Other Solar Applications: Solar Cooking Distillation Desalination Solar Ponds Solar Passive Architecture –
SolarDrying Solar Chimney.
Solar Economics : Application Of Economic Methods To Analyze The Feasibility Of Solar Systems To Decide
Project Policy Alternativesnet Energy Analysis - And Cost Requirements For Active And Passive Heating And
Cooling - For Electric Power Generation And For Industrial Process-Heating.
Text Books:
1. H P Garg, M Dayal, G Furlan, Physics And Technology Of Solar Energy- Volume I: Solar Thermal
Applications, Springer, 2007.
2. Sukhatme And Nayak, Solar Energy: Principles Of Thermal Collection And Storage, Tata Mcgraw.Hill,
2008.
Reference Books:
1. Bob Ramlow& Benjamin Nusz, Solar Water Heating, New Society Publishing, 2006.
2. John Canivan, Solar Thermal Energy, Sunny Future Press - 2003.
3. Charles Christopher Newton - Concentrated Solar Thermal Energy- Published by VDMVerlag, 2008.
4. H.P.Garg, S.C.Mullick, A.K.Bhargava, D.Reidal, Solar Thermal Energy Storage Springer, 2005.
5. Anne Grete Hestnes, Robert Hastings, BjarneSaxhof, Solar Energy Houses: Strategies, Technologies
Examples, Earthscan Publications, 2003.
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Reference Th

Topic
No. Method / Tool +Tut
Solar Collector: Fundamentals of solar collectors as devices to convert
solar energy to heat. Non-concentrating low temperature flat-plate and
Chalk &
evacuated tube collectors. Design and structures of collectors for heating
01 CRT Talk and 14
liquids and air. Flat plate – Evacuated tube (Concentrated) Pool and Air
PPT
collectors Construction Function - Suitability – Comparison - Storage
Tank –Solar Fluids.
Solar Water Heating System: Integral Collector Storage System Thermo Chalk &
syphon System - Open Loop, Drain Down, Drain Back, Antifreeze CRT& Talk ,
02 8
Systems Refrigerant Solar Water Heaters –Solar Heated Pools Solar Lab PPT
Heated Hot Tubs and Spas. CAD tool
Solar Space Conditioning Systems: Liquid Type Solar Heating System
With / Without Storage Heat Storage Configurations Heat Delivery CRT&
03 6
Methods - Air-Type Solar Heating Systems Solar Refrigeration and Air Lab
Conditioning.
Other Solar Applications: Solar Cooking Distillation Desalination Solar CRT&
04 7
Ponds Solar Passive Architecture – Solar Drying Solar Chimney. Lab
Solar Economics : Application of economic methods to analyze the
feasibility of solar systems to decide project policy alternatives Net CRT&
05 7
energy analysis - and cost requirements for active and passive heating and Lab
cooling - for electric power generation and for industrial process-heating.
Total 42
286
287
DERE0464 Solar Systems for Buildings

(hrs)
DERE0464 Solar Systems For Buildings Theory + Practice 5 NIL 2-2-0
Course Objectives:
1. To explain the concept of solar thermal and electrical applications of buildings.
2. To summarize basic economics of solar buildings.
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain the concept of solar thermal and electrical applications of buildings and
2. Sort out the basic economics of solar buildings and its components
Syllabus
Introduction: Elements of Buildings Traditional, Modern and Alternative Buildings Concepts and Elements of
Thermal Comfort –) Materials and Methods of Construction Thermal Properties of Building Elements.
Solar Heat Gain in Buildings: Building orientations Geometric Shapes / Factors –Building Thermal Resistance
Computation of R and U Values for Building Elements and their comparison –Calculation of Solar Heat incident
on various building surfaces –Diurnal and Seasonal Variation –Solar Space Conditioning.
Solar Thermal Systems for Buildings: Intuitive and responsive building design –Solar Collectors, Cookers,
Thermal Energy Storage Systems and their Integration with Buildings – Advantages and Limitations –) Sizing,
Area and Performance Calculations.
Solar PV Systems for Buildings: Solar PV Systems for standalone and Grid Interconnected Applications –
Integration of SPVcomponents with buildings. Sizing,) Area and Performance Calculations.
Economic Analysis:Economic analysis for alternative selection of materials Life Cycle Analysis for Thermal
andElectrical Solar Systems.
Payback period calculations: energy tariff calculations for grid electricity and designed renewable energy
system. Different aspects of payback period calculations
Text Books:
1. Jan F. Kreider, The solar heating design process:active and passive systems, McGraw- Hill, 2007.
2. David A. Bainbridge, Ken Haggard, Kenneth L. Haggard,Passive Solar Architecture: Heating, Cooling,
Ventilation,Daylighting, and More Using Natural Flows, Chelsea Green Publishing, 2011.
Reference Books:
1. John Schaeffer, Doug Pratt, Douglas R. Pratt, Solar living sourcebook,2007.
2. A common-sense guide to alternative homebuilding, Thegoodhouse.
3. Joseph F. Kennedy, Catherine Wanek, Michael G. Smith, The art of natural building: design,
construction, resources, New Society Publishers, 2004.
4. Sukhatme and Nayak , Solar Energy: Principles Of Thermal Collection & Storage, Tata McGraw- Hill,
2008.
5. Ibrahim Dincer and Marc A Rosan, Thermal Energy Storage: Systems & Applications, John Wiley,
2006.
6. Duffie J.A. and Beckman W.A., „Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes‟, Wiley, New York.1, 2006.
288
Pedagogy

Topic Th +Tut Pra
No Method Tools
Introduction: Elements of Buildings Traditional, Modern and
Chalk &
Alternative Buildings Concepts and Elements of Thermal Comfort
01 CRT Talk and 6 6
Materials and Methods of Construction Thermal Properties of
PPT
Building Elements
Solar Heat Gain in Buildings: Building orientations Geometric Chalk &
Shapes / Factors Building Thermal Resistance Computation of R Talk , PPT,
CRT and
02 and U Values for Building Elements and their comparison – Simulation 36 6
Lab
Calculation of Solar Heat incident on various building surfaces – through
Diurnal and Seasonal Variation –Solar Space Conditioning. CAD tool
Solar Thermal Systems for Buildings: Intuitive and responsive
Chalk &
building design –Solar Collectors, Cookers, Thermal Energy
03 CRT Talk and 6 6
Storage Systems and their Integration with Buildings – Advantages
PPT
and Limitations –) Sizing, Area and Performance Calculations.
Chalk &
Solar PV Systems for Buildings: Solar PV Systems for standalone
Talk , PPT,
and Grid Interconnected Applications –Integration of SPV CRT and
04 Simulation 6 6
components with buildings. Sizing,) Area and Performance Lab
through
Calculations.
CAD tool
Economic Analysis : Economic analysis for alternative selection of Chalk &
05 materials Life Cycle Analysis for Thermal and Electrical Solar CRT Talk and 6 6
Systems. PPT
Payback period calculations: energy tariff calculations for grid Chalk &
06 electricity and designed renewable energy system. Different CRT Talk and 6 6
aspects of payback period calculations. PPT
Total 72 36 36
DERE0465 Solar Power Plant
T-P-Pr
(hrs)
DERE0465 Solar Power Plant Theory + Practice 5 NIL 3-2-0
Course Objectives:
1. To explain concept of various power cycles involved in the solar power plants.
2. To outline the variety of solar systems used to collect solar energy.
3. To summarize basic economics of solar power plants.
Course Outcomes:
1. Explain the concept of various power cycles involved in the solar power plants
2. Understood the variety of solar systems used to collect solar energy
3. Know the basic economics of solar power plants
Syllabus
Design, controlling,
Introduction: Power Plant Scenario Classification, Basic Principles and Features Comparison and selection
Criteria.
289
Solar PV Power Plants: National / International PV Power Programmes Photovoltaic Power Systems System
Integration Energy Storage PowerElectronics Stand-Alone Systems
Planning and design of solar PV plant: site survey, soil survey, shadow analysis and ambient analysis. Plant
sizing and installation procedure, Operation maintenance of Solar PV plant, Instrumentation for solar PV plant.
automation and control of solar PV plant. Grid-Connected Systems –Concentrating Photovoltaic (CPV) -
Electrical Performance.
Economics of Power Plants: Methods of fixing power tariff Simple Methods to Calculate the Plant Economy
Life Cycle Cost - Payback Period Economic Analysis for the Selection of Alternative Decisions and the future of
the Power Plants.
Text Books:
1. Duffie, J.A., and Beckman, W.A. Solar Energy Thermal Process, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 2006.
2. Kosuke Kurokawa (Ed.), Eergy from the Desert – Feasibility of very large scale photovoltaic power
generation systems, James and James 2003.
3. Sukhatme S.P., Solar Energy, Tata McGraw Hills P Co., 3rd Edition, 2008.
Reference Books:
1. C.J. Winter, R.L. Sizmann, L.L. Vant-Hull, Solar Power Plants, Springer- Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg
GmbH & Co. K, 2001.
2. Tomas Markvart, Solar electricity, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.
3. JorgSchlaich, The solar chimney: Electricity from the sun, Edition Axel Menges, 2005.
4. John McBrewster , Frederic P. Miller, Agnes F. Vandome (Eds.) Renewable EnergyCommercialization,
Alpha script Publishing 2009
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Teaching Reference / Tools Th Pra

No Method +Tut
01 Introduction: Power Plant Scenario –Classification, CRT Chalk & Talk and 8 8
Basic Principles and Features Comparison and selection PPT
Criteria.
02 Solar Power Cycles: Vapour cycles. Organic cycles. CRT and Chalk & Talk , 9 9
Combined cycles.)Binary Cycles. Striling and other Lab PPT, Simulation
cycles. through CAD tool
03 Solar Thermal Power Plants: Collector, Receiver, CRT and Chalk & Talk and 10 10
Energy Transfer Power cycles Tower, Trough and Dish Lab PPT
Systems Concentrating Dish Systems Concentrating
Linear Fresnel Reflectors Combined and Binary Cycles
Solar Chimneys - Hybrid Systems.
04 Solar PV Power Plants: National / International PV CRT& Chalk & Talk , 10 0
Power Programmes Photovoltaic Power Systems – Lab PPT
System Integration Energy Storage Power Electronics CAD tool
Stand-Alone Systems Grid-Connected Systems –
Concentrating Photovoltaic (CPV) - Electrical
Performance.
05 Economics of Power Plants: Methods of fixing power CRT& Chalk & Talk , 5 0
tariff Simple Methods to Calculate the Plant Economy Lab PPT
Life Cycle Cost - Payback Period Economic Analysis CAD tool
for the Selection of Alternative Decisions and the future
of the Power Plants.
Total(84) 42 42
290
DERE0466 Decentralized and Smart Power Grids

DERE0466 Decentralized And Smart Theory + Practice 5 NIL 3-2-0
Power Grids
Course Objectives:
1. To explain the importance of decentralized power grid.
2. To explain technology and protocols for smart grid.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this subject, students should be able:
1. To explain the importance of decentralized power grid.
2. To explain technology and protocols for smart grid.
Syllabus
Introduction: Decentralized generation technologies; Costs and choice of technology, Demand and benefits
forecasting and program development, Principles of cost-benefit calculations, Economic and financial analysis of
stand-alone electrification projects, Decentralized versus central station generation, Traditional power systems,
Load curves and load curve analysis
Different distributed generators: Basic gas turbine generator concepts; Utility system turbine generators; Mini
and micro gas turbine generators; Solar thermal power generation, utility scale photovoltaic (USPV) generation;
Wind-powered generation; Biomass based generation; DG Evaluation: Cost from past, present, and future, basic
DG cost analysis, cost Evaluation and schedule of demand, Grid interconnection options. The power grid; DG-
Grid interconnection issues; Case Study.
Smart grid: Driving the move towards Smart Grids globally and in India Smart Grid.Distribution Management
Systems (DMS) and Meter Data Management (MDM) are improving energy efficiency and security of supply in
Distribution SystemsOverview of Power Electronics in Electrical T&D Systems, Power Electronics in emerging
Smart Grids, (6)Transmission (DC Super Grids) , Distribution (PE facilitating the integration of, (Distributed
Generation, Renewables, Micro grids, Virtual Power Plants (VPP), Storage, Fault Current Limitation, Power
Electronics, Super Conducting and Magnetic types)
Developing technology and systems that will enable grids to work smarter in the future: Storage: Organic
and Inorganic Salts & Synthetic Heat Storage,Developing technology and systems that will enable grids to work
smarter in the future (Smart Meters, Recording consumption, Advanced payback options for load-management,
Communication between the utility and customer‟s home (for home automation)), Challenges faced by the
Transmission System Developing technology and systems that will enable smarter transmission of bulk energy
(Metering, Trading mechanisms, AC – FACTS (Statcom) Challenges faced by the Distribution Networks:( How
to be more energy efficient, stable, reliable and environmentally friendly, Reducing losses, Integration of
renewables Connecting/disconnecting micro-grids and virtual power plants, manage bi-directional energy flows),
Developing technology and systems that will enable smarter distribution networks (DC – MVDC, Fault Current
Limiters, Others (AC/DC TXs etc))
Text Books:
1. Subhes Bhattacharyya“Rural Electrification ThroughDecentralised Off-grid Systems in Developing
Countries”Springer-Verlag London publication.
2. B. Robyns, B. François, G.Delille, C.SaudemontJorgSchlaich, “Energy storage in Electric Power
Grids”Wiley-ISTEJune 2015.
Reference Books:
1. James A. Momoh “Smart Grid: Fundamentals of Design and Analysis” Wiley January 2012.
2. Peter Fox-Penner “Smart Power: Climate Change, the Smart Grid, and the Future of Electric Utilities”5
April 2010.
291
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Reference/ The

Topic Pra
No. Method Tool +Tut
Introduction: Decentralized generation technologies; Costs and
choice of technology, Demand and benefits forecasting and
program development, Principles of cost-benefit calculations, Chalk &
01 Economic and financial analysis of stand-alone electrification CRT Talk and 12 13
projects, Decentralized versus central station generation, PPT
Traditional power systems, Load curves and load curve
analysis.
Different distributed generators: Basic gas turbine generator
concepts; Utility system turbine generators; Mini and micro
gas turbine generators; Solar thermal power generation, utility
scale photovoltaic (USPV) generation; Wind-powered Chalk &
CRT&
02 generation; Biomass based generation; DG Evaluation: Cost Talk , PPT 10 12
Lab
from past, present, and future, basic DG cost analysis, cost CAD tool
Evaluation and schedule of demand, Grid interconnection
options. The power grid; DG-Grid interconnection issues; Case
Study.
Smart grid: Driving the move towards Smart Grids globally
and in India Smart Grid. Distribution Management Systems
(DMS) and Meter Data Management (MDM) are improving
energy efficiency and security of supply in Distribution
Systems Overview of Power Electronics in Electrical T&D Chalk &
CRT&
03 Systems, Power Electronics in emerging Smart Grids, Talk , PPT 12 8
Lab
(6)Transmission (DC Super Grids) , Distribution (PE CAD tool
facilitating the integration of, (Distributed Generation,
Renewables, Micro grids, Virtual Power Plants (VPP), Storage,
Fault Current Limitation, Power Electronics, Super Conducting
and Magnetic types)
Developing technology and systems that will enable grids to
work smarter in the future: Storage: Organic and Inorganic
Salts & Synthetic Heat Storage, Developing technology and
systems that will enable grids to work smarter in the future
(Smart Meters, Recording consumption, Advanced payback
options for load-management, Communication between the
utility and customer‟s home (for home automation)),
Challenges faced by the Transmission System Developing
Chalk &
technology and systems that will enable smarter transmission CRT&
04 Talk , PPT 8 9
of bulk energy (Metering, Trading mechanisms, AC – FACTS Lab
CAD tool
(Statcom) Challenges faced by the Distribution Networks:(
How to be more energy efficient, stable, reliable and
environmentally friendly, Reducing losses, Integration of
renewables Connecting/disconnecting micro-grids and virtual
power plants, manage bi-directional energy flows), Developing
technology and systems that will enable smarter distribution
networks (DC – MVDC, Fault Current Limiters, Others
(AC/DC TXs etc))
Total 42 42
292
DERE0267 Solar Photovoltaic Laboratory

DERE0267 Solar Photovoltaic Laboratory Practice 2 NIL 0-2-0
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this subject are :
1. To construct a practical knowledge on various devices of solar PV systems and trying with an assortment of
parameters
2. To re-iterate and analyze the numerical results from trial and error.
3. Generate perception on practice usages of solar PV gadgets/ industrial utilities
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this subject, students should be able to understand:
1. The various characteristics of the solar cell under local climatic working conditions.
2. The performance of the Solar PV cell under various specified operating temperature ranges and will be able
to relate it with nominal values.
3. The various radiation measuring instruments related to solar photovoltaic.
Syllabus
Experiments:
1. Power Output Vs Exposed Area.
2. Power Output Vs Azimuthal and Tilt Angle
3. Testing of SPV Standalone Systems
4. Spectral Response of a PV Cell.
5. Testing on Solar Home Systems
6. To Study the Effect of Temperature on Module Output.
7. Optimization of SPV Systems with Load Resizing
8. Testing of Simple Hybrid Systems
9. Testing of Solar PV Water Pumps
10. Studies on Charging and Discharging Cycles of the batteries.
11. Study of watt lumen characteristics of LED and CFL.
Sl. No. Topic Pra hrs

01 Power Output Vs Exposed Area 3
02 Power Output Vs Azimuthal and Tilt Angle 3
03 Testing of SPV Standalone Systems 3
04 Spectral Response of a PV Cell 3
05 Testing on Solar Home Systems 6
06 To Study the Effect of Temperature on Module Output. 3
07 Optimization of SPV Systems with Load Resizing 6
08 Testing of Simple Hybrid Systems 3
09 Testing of Solar PV Water Pumps 6
10 Studies on Charging and Discharging Cycles of the batteries. 3
11 Study of watt lumen characteristics of LED and CFL 3
Total 42
293
DERE0268 Solar Thermal Laboratory

DERE0268 Solar Thermal Laboratory Practice 2 NIL 0-2-0
Course Objectives:
1. To produce an ultimate practical knowledge on various gadgets of solar systems and trying with assorted
parameters
2. To analyze of analyzing the numerical results from experimentation
3. To generate consciousness on routine usages of solar energy gadgets/ industrial utilities
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this subject, students should be able to understand:
1. The working principle behind the existing collector systems practically.
2. The domestic and industrial purposes and usages of solar gadgets available.
3. The various radiation measuring instruments and storages related to solar thermal studies.
Experiments:
1. Solar Radiation Measurements
2. Determination of Thermal Efficiency of Flat Plate Collector.
3. To Determine the Heat Loon Factor and Heat Removal Factor of a Flat Plate Solar Collector.
4. Flat Plate Solar Water Heater
5. Flat Plate Solar Air Heater
6. Flat Plate Collector with Reflector
7. Parabolic Trough Collector
8. Evacuated Tube Collector
9. Drying Performance of a Solar Dryer.
10. Solar Cookers
11. Thermal Storage Systems
Sl. Pra
Topic
No. hrs
01 Solar Radiation Measurements 3
02 Determination of Thermal Efficiency of Flat Plate Collector 3
03 To Determine the Heat Loon Factor and Heat Removal Factor of 3
a Flat Plate Solar Collector.
04 Flat Plate Solar Water Heater 3
05 Flat Plate Solar Air Heater 6
06 Flat Plate Collector with Reflector 3
07 Parabolic Trough Collector 6
08 Evacuated Tube Collector 3
09 Drying Performance of a Solar Dryer. 6
10 Solar Cookers 3
11 Thermal Storage Systems 3
Total 42
294
Domain D20 - Smart City Planning
S. Course Course
No. Code Nature
1 DESP0921 Remote Sensing and Image Processing 6 Nil
Theory + CCCE0407Advanced
2 DESP0922 Surveying for Civil Projects Practice + 6
Surveying
Project CCCE0407Advanced
3 DESP0923 GIS & Digital Cartography 6
Surveying
CCCE0407Advanced
4 DESP0221 LIDAR Application Practice 3
Surveying
Practice + DESP0923 GIS & Digital
5 DESP0621 Smart City Planning 5
Project Cartography
Design Project ( RS & GIS based
6 DESP0321 Project 4 Not before Semester 4
Natural Disaster management project)
7. DEET0300 Project Project 6 Not before Semester 4
Total 40
295
DESP0921 Remote Sensing and Image Processing

Remote Sensing And Theory + Practice +
DESP0921 6 Nil 1-3-3
Image Processing Project
Course Objectives:
 Students are enable to get information and hand on practice through image processing software‟s.
 To get introduced to modern advanced techniques involved such Remote Sensing and GIS, etc.
 To provide practical assist to student for their batter understanding of modern GIS tools through
software such as Arc GIS and its extension.
Course Outcomes:
 Graduates will demonstrate knowledge of Remote sensing and GIS.
 Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, formulate and solve civil engineering problems.
Theory:
Introduction, Basic concepts of remote sensing, Airborne and space born sensors, Passive and active remote
sensing, EMR Spectrum, Energy sources and radiation principles, Energy interactions in the atmosphere and
earth surface, Spectral reflectance curves, Polar orbiting satellites, Spectral, radiometric and spatial resolutions,
Multispectral, thermal and hyperspectral sensing.
Practical:
Digital Image Processing - Image restoration, Image enhancement and Information extraction, Image processing
software, Digital Elevation Modelling.
Resources List
1. Remote Sensing and Image Interpretation by Ralph W. Kiefer and Thomas M. Lillesand.
2. Remote Sensing and GIS by Basudeb Bhatta.
3. Remote Sensing of Urban and Suburban Areas (Remote Sensing and Digital Image
Processing) Paperback by Tarek Rashed (Editor), Carsten Jürgens (Editor).
Instructional Hrs
Sl. Pedag
Topic Details vid
No. ogy Th Pra Pro
eo
1. Introduction, Basic concepts of Principles and components of
remote sensing remote sensing, 2 0 1 0
Electromagnetic radiation,
2. Airborne and space born Remote Sensing Types,
sensors, Passive and active Sensors Types, Scanners, 3 0 0 0
CRT
remote sensing
3. EMR Spectrum, Energy Characteristics of EMR, EMR
sources and radiation Spectrum, Transmission Path, 3 0 1 0
principles Platforms
4. Digital Image Processing - PRA+ Digital Image Processing,
Image restoration, Image PRO restoration, enhancement and
4 18 2 18
enhancement and Information Information extraction
extraction Through ERDAS
5. Polar orbiting satellites, CRT Type of satellites, Resolution
Spectral, radiometric and and its types.
spatial resolutions, 3 0 1 0
Multispectral, thermal and
hyperspectral sensing
6. Digital Elevation Modelling CRT+ Digital Image Processing -
and data collection from PRA+ Image restoration, Image
2 15 0 18
USGS, GLCF, etc. PRO enhancement and Information
extraction Through ERDAS
Sub total 90 17 33 4 36
296
DESP0922 Surveying for Civil Projects

Surveying For Civil Theory + Practice 6 CCCE0407 Advanced 1-3-3
DESP0922 Projects + Project Surveying
Course Objective: Students are enabling to get exposure to do live projected Related to Dams, Railways,
Highways, Water resources using GIS.
Course Outcome:Graduates will demonstrate an ability to identify, formulate and solve civil engineering
problems.
Theory:
Reconnaissance (To determine the feasibility and rough cost of the scheme), Preliminary Survey (For collecting
more precise data), Location Survey (For setting out the work on the ground). Site survey and orientation for
different civil projects (Railway, Highway, Airport Planning, dam, watershed planning, Railway Bridge,
Highway Bridge and commercial buildings).
Practical: Site Investigation/Supervision (field visit, exposure)
Resources List
FUNDAMENTALS OF SURVEYING by S.K. ROY.
1. Advanced Surveying: Total Station, GIS and Remote Sensing by Satheesh Gopi, R. Sathikumar, N. Madhu.
2. Railway Stations: Planning, Design and Management.
3. Airport Planning & Management by Alexander Wells, Seth Young.
Instructional Hrs
Sl Pedag
Topic Details vid
No. ogy Th Pra Pro
eo
1. Reconnaissance (To determine the CRT Site Visit: Feasibility
feasibility and rough cost of the Check and Estimate 2 0 0 0
scheme),
2. Preliminary Survey (For collecting Data collection using
2 0 0 0
more precise data), ground trothing
3. Location Survey (For setting out the Site Visit- survey through
work on the ground). Total Station 2 0 0 0
4. Total station survey for (Railway, Electronics Distance

Highway, Airport Planning, dam, Measurement- Remote
watershed planning, railway bridge, distance Measurements- 3 10 3 12
highway bridge and commercial Traversing through TS
buildings.) CRT+
5. Site survey and orientation for PRA+ Map Composition for
different civil projects (Railway, PRO Railway, Highway, Airport
Highway, Airport Planning, dam, Planning, dam, watershed
3 10 0 10
watershed planning, railway bridge, planning, railway bridge,
highway bridge and commercial highway bridge and
buildings.) commercial buildings
6. Site Investigation/Supervision (field Pra+Pr Site Visit
0 15 0 18
visit, exposure) o
Sub total 90 12 35 3 40
297
DESP0923 GIS & Digital Cartography

GIS & Digital Theory + Practice CCCE0407 Advanced
DESP0923 6 1-3-3
Cartography + Project Surveying
Course Objectives:
 This course offers an introduction to methods of managing and processing geographic information.
Emphasis will be placed on the nature of geographic information, data models and structures for
geographic information, geographic data input, data manipulation and data storage, spatial analytic
and modeling techniques, and error analysis.
 To make students in depth knowledge in GIS and its application.
 To make students familiarize with advance tools and techniques for analysis in GIS.
Course Outcome:
 To solve practical problems using GIS and its extension
 After completion of the course student will be able to do several digitization related projects and will
be able to create maps in GIS softwares.
Theory:
GIS, Components of GIS, Variables - points, lines, polygon, Functionality of GIS, Areas of GIS application,
Advantage and Limitation of GIS, GIS Data: Spatial and Attribute Data, Information Organization and Data
Structures - Raster and Vector data structures, Data file and database, GIS Data Input: Nature and Source of data,
Method of spatial data capture - Primary and Secondary, digitization and scanning method, Techniques and
procedure for digitizing, Errors of Digitization, Error in Elimination, Attribute data capture. Concept of Digital
Cartography, Advantages and Disadvantages of Digital Cartography, Concept of Map Scales: Defining Map,
Projection Systems, Categories of maps, Map Scales.
Practical:
Creating GIS Database: GIS Software‟s, file organization and formats, Geo-database, Rectification, Digitization
and Map Composition, Data Editing: Detecting and correcting errors, Re-projection, Transformation and
Generalization, Edge matching and Rubber sheeting, Topology, Conversion from Other Digital Sources. Define
map scale and projection system, Map composition, Visualization of geospatial data- 2D and 3D visualization
Resources List
1. Preservation in Digital Cartography by Markus Jobst.
2. GIS Cartography: A Guide to Effective Map Design, By Gretchen N. Peterson.
3. Principles of Geographical Information Systems By Peter A. Burrough, Rachael McDonnell, Rachael A.
McDonnell, Christopher D. Lloyd.
298
Instructional Hrs
Sl. Pedag Th
Topic Details
No. ogy +T Pra video Pro
ut
1. GIS, Components of GIS, Variables - CRT Introduction to GIS,
points, lines, polygon, Functionality of Level of measurement 2 0 1
GIS, Areas of GIS application, in GIS 0
2. Areas of GIS application, Advantage Application of GIS in
and Limitation of GIS, GIS Data: CRT various field, GIS flow
2 4 0 0
Spatial and Attribute Data, +PRA chart, Components of
GIS, Types of data
3. Information Organization and Data GIS data types,
Structures - Raster and Vector data CRT Advantages and
structures, Data file and database +PRA disadvantages of raster 2 4 0 0
and vector data, data
file type
4. GIS Data Input: Nature and Source of CRT Types of data entry,
data, Method of spatial data capture - +PRA methods of data
Primary and Secondary, digitization capturing, Process of
and scanning method, Techniques and digitization and its 4 4 1 0
procedure for digitizing, Errors of errors
Digitization, Error in Elimination,
Attribute data capture.
5. Concept of Digital Cartography, CRT Introduction of digital
Advantages and Disadvantages of +PRA cartography, Types of
Digital Cartography, Concept of Map Map, Scale of Map,
3 4 1 0
Scales: Defining Map, Projection Map projection, Uses
Systems, Categories of maps, Map of map
Scales,
6. Creating GIS Database: GIS PRA + Practicing of GIS
Software‟s, file organization and PRO softwares, Creation of
0 6 2 9
formats, Geo-database, map and its attribute
tables,
7. Rectification, Digitization and Map Digitization, creating
Composition, Data Editing: Detecting and editing map,
1 6 0 9
and correcting errors, finding errors while
digitization
8. Re-projection, Transformation and CRT+ Map projection
Generalization, Edge matching and PRA +
Rubber sheeting, Topology, PRO 1 6 0 6
Conversion from Other Digital
Sources.
9. GIS analysis 1 6 0 6
Sub total 91 16 40 5 30
299
DESP0221 LIDAR Application

DESP0221 LIDAR Application Practice 3 CCCE0407 Advanced 0-3-0
Surveying
Course Objectives:
 Application of LIDAR technique for linear and elevation measurement also for multiple use
geospatial management and planning plans.
 Application of LIDAR technique to get 3D map and terrain information.
 To enable students to know about 3D Experience Platform and Catia.
Course Outcomes:
 Students will be able to know about LIDAR and its application
 Students will be more skilled in CATIA Civil module
Practical:
LIDAR, LIDAR Data Formats, LIDAR Data Collection, Alternatives to Aerial, Atmospheric LIDAR, LIDAR
Data Fusion, LIDAR Accuracy, GRASS LIDAR Tools, FUSION LIDAR Tools. Introduction to Dassault
Systems software application, its uses, CATIA (Modelling and Meshing). LIDAR data processing using
different software, contour preparation using LIDAR, terrain preparation and modelling.
Resources List
1. Lidar: Range-Resolved Optical Remote Sensing of the Atmosphere
2. edited by Claus Weitkamp.
3. Manual of Airborne Topographic Lidar by Michael S. Renslow.
4. Lidar Techniques and Remote Sensing in the Atmosphere: Understanding the Use of Laser Light in the
Atmosphere by Francis Emmanuel Mensah.
Instructional Hrs
Sl. Pedag
Topic Details Th+Tu
No. ogy Pra video Pro
t
1. Introduction to Aerial PRA
6
Photogrammetry and its principles
2. LIDAR, LIDAR Data Formats, PRA Principle of LIDAR,
LIDAR Data Collection, Alternatives Data Download,
to Aerial, Atmospheric LIDAR, Formats of LIDAR, 0 9 1
LIDAR Data Fusion, Cloud Points
Classification
3. LIDAR Accuracy, GRASS LIDAR Terrain Preparation
Tools, FUSION LIDAR Tools PRA With Cloud Points 0 9 1 0
4. Introduction to Dassault Systems CATIA and Civil

software application, its uses, CATIA PRA Engineering-
(Modelling and Meshing) Building Space
0 9 0 0
Planning- LIDAR
Processing in 3D
EXPERIENCE
5. LIDAR data processing using different PRA LIDAR Data
software, contour preparation using Processing Using
LIDAR, terrain preparation and ArcGIS 0 9 1 0
modelling.
Sub total 45 0 42 3 0
300
DESP0621 Smart City Planning

DESP0621 Smart City Practice + 5 DESP0923 GIS & Digital 0-3-3
Planning Project Cartography
Course Objectives:
 To enable students learning with Autodesk Infrawork and work with Open Street Map.
 To design different types of buildings in the project area.
 To understand the concept of terrain and slope for designing of drainage, road and railway.
 Students will be designing the city features including park, garden etc.
Course Outcomes:
 After completion of this course students will be able to design and plan a twin city model of an area.
 Students will get more knowledge on designing of building, road, drainage etc. through Autodesk
Infrawork.
Practical:
Open Street Map data creating for city, Autodesk Infra work: building space planning, highway and railway
planning, bridge planning, city beautification, hydrology planning, drainage design for city, Urban storm water
management, city transportation network management, Rendering and presentation.
Resources List
1. Eco-city Planning: Policies, Practice and Design by Tai-Chee Wong, Belinda Yuen.
2. Comprehensive City Planning: Introduction & Explanation by Melville Campbell Branch
Pedagogy (All sessions through Practice & Project)
Sl.
Topic Details Pra video Pro
No.
1. Open Street Map data creating for city Downloading and cropping of project 3
6 1
area, creating OSM of city
2. Autodesk Infrawork: building space Creating modeller, designing
planning building in different visible 12 1 9
habitations,
3. Highway and railway planning, bridge Planning for highway, bridge,
planning, city beautification, railway, giving city beautification, 12 1 9
hydrology planning watershed planning
4. Drainage design for city, Urban storm Finding out slope and terrain,
water management, designing of drainage line for city, 9 1 9
water management
5. City transportation network Rendering of the project,
management, Rendering and transportation management 6 0 6
presentation
Sub total 45 4 36
DESP0321 RS & GIS for Natural Disaster Management – Design Project

DESP0321 Design Project Practice + Project 4 Not before Semester 4 1-3-3
Course objectives:
 To enable the student understand the application of Remote sensing and GIS
 Make the student familiarize with the activities involved in GIS and Remotely sensed data.
 To mold the student for taking up a major project through applying the GIS and image processing
software‟s software.
301
Students shall take any one of the following projects for practice
a) River Flood Management

b) Storm Surge Management
c) Earth Quake Mitigation
d) Land Slide Mitigation
e) Soil erosion
Each of the projects are to be carried out using software covering the below listed tasks. One report on each of
the listed activities is to be submitted.
Activities to be covered during the project
Work Breakdown Structure
1. Site selection or Identification of problem
2. Data collection (Both primary and Secondary)
3. Methodology generation
4. Image rectification
5. Map generation
6. GIS analysis
7. Filed verification
8. Results and Final map generation
DEET0300 Project

Students take up group projects and deal the following activities during the course of their project. The
project Report should contain the reports of the activities and the explanation of the activity, how the
same is taken up and the outcome of the activity.
1. Functional Planning of the project

2. Preparation of documents
3. Literature Review
4. Preparation of layers using MAP ARC GIS/ERDAS/Infrawork
5. Layer creation and GIS analysis
6. Identifying the possible Risks involved (specific to the project)
7. Cost estimation of the project
8. Project Closure.
DEET0800 Internship - Industry based learning Activity (4 Credits)

Students to select a GIS company and obtain training (for about 8 to 10 months) on the works that are
being carried out there. They are required to prepare set of different reports on the activities in which
they received training. The activities should invariably involve the aspects related to GIS analysis apart
from the topics covered in various subjects of the domain. One report on each of the activities is to be
submitted individually even if a group of students work in the same site. The reports should be certified
by the authorized technical personnel of the organization.
302
Domain D21 - Software Technology
Sl. Course Course Credit

Course Title Pre requisite
No. Code Nature s
FCEN0402 Introduction
1 DEST0231 Advanced Programing in C Practice 5
To Programming in C
Database Design and
2 DEST0431 FCEN0404 DBMS Th. + Pra 5
Implementation
3 DEST0432 Core Java Nil Th. + Pra 5
4 DEST0433 Advance JAVA Nil Th. + Pra 5
5 DEST0531 Web Services Using JAVA Nil Th. + Project 4
6 DEST0232 Python Programming Nil Practice 4
7 DEST0233 Dot Net Programming Nil Pracitce 4
8 DEET0300 Project Project Project 6
9 DEET0800 Internship Practice Internship 4
Total 42
DEST0231 Advanced Programming in C
DEST0231 Advanced Programming in C Practice 5 Nil 0-4-0
Course Objective:
1. Learn coding on programming In C.
2. To gain experience about structured programming
Course Outcome:
1. To help students to understand the implementation of C language
2. To understand various features in C
Syllabus
Input-output statements, conditional expressions, loops control statements. Arrays-concepts. Designing structured
programs:-Functions, parameter passing, user defined functions, recursive functions. Pointers-concepts. Structures
concepts, pointers to structures, self-referential structures, typedef, Input and output–concept of a file, file I/O operations. C
program examples.
Meaningful Programs
1. Check if a string is a palindrome. Ignore special characters in the string.

2. Convert number from decimal to octal.
3. Find the median of a set of 100 numbers.
4. Find sum of first n terms in an Arithmetic Progression given first term, common difference.
5. Find sum of first n terms in an Geometric Progression given first term, common difference.
6. Read a word, and if that is a decimal number, print it as a hexadecimal number. If not a decimal number, print “not
a number”.
7. From a given array of numbers, create two arrays – one with only the odd numbers in the given array, and one with
the even numbers.
8. Given a matrix, check if it‟s symmetric across its diagonal.
9. Insert an element in a singly linked list.
10. Delete an element from a doubly linked list.
11. Write a program to append a text file with your name.
303
12. Write a program to find the number of words in a file.
13. Multiply two hundred digit numbers.
14. Convert between little-endian representations and big-endian.
15. Multiply two matrices of known size, and print the result.
16. Given a set of n numbers, find out the mode (i.e. the number occurring with the highest
frequency)
17. Given a date, find the day.
18. Print numbers in decimal and hexadecimal mode without using printf or similar library function.
19. Read a number, and print it in words (e.g. 1153468 will be printed as “One million, one hundred and fifty three
thousand, four hundred and sixty eight”)
20. Given a set of n names, find the top 3 alphabets with which the maximum number of names begin.
21. Given a set of n names, find the most common size of a name.
22. Read a file, and print the number of characters, words, and lines in the file.
23. Read a text of 100 words, and output them in alphabetical order.
24. Sort hundred numbers in ascending order using merge-sort.
25. Sort hundred numbers in ascending order using quicksort.
26. Write a program to multiply two polynomials.
27. A password is made up uppercase and lowercase alphabets, numbers, and special characters. Strength of a
password is determined as number of special characters plus size of password string + (ratio of unique characters to
total size of password multiplied by 3) – number of characters that make up known words in the password. Write a
program to determine the strength.
28. Write a program to insert a string in a text file. It should be inserted every time before the occurrence of a given
string, e.g. every time you see “Queen Elizabeth” in the file you must prefix it with “Her Royal Highness”.
Complex Programs
1. Read an Excel sheet of student grades, and calculate SGPA.

2. Implement a Cows and Bulls program – where a player can interactively play Cows and Bulls
with the program, and receive scores.
3. Implement a Hangman program – where a player can interactively play Hangman with the
program, and receive scores.
4. Solve the Eight Queens problems.
5. Solve the Knight‟s Tour on a Chessboard problem.
6. Read 1000 words into a dictionary. And find a word from the dictionary.
7. Write a program to solve the Towers of Hanoi problem for 10 disks.
304
Pedagogy
Teaching Ref /
Method Tool
No. Adv. Prog. In C Theory Practice
Input-output statements, conditional expressions, loops control

statements.
Arrays-concepts. Designing structured programs:-Functions, parameter
1. 0 6
passing, user defined functions, recursive functions. pointers-concepts.
Structures concepts, pointers to structures, self-referential structures,
typedef, Input and output–concept of a file, file I/O operations.
(i) Check if a string is a palindrome. Ignore special characters in the
string.
2. 0 3
(ii) Convert number from decimal to octal.
(iii) Find the median of a set of 100 numbers.
(i) Find sum of first n terms in an Arithmetic Progression given first
term, common difference.
(ii) Find sum of first n terms in an Geometric Progression given first
term, common difference.
(iii) Read a word, and if that is a decimal number, print it as a
3. 0 3
hexadecimal number. If not a decimal number, print “not a
number”.
(iv) From a given array of numbers, create two arrays – one with only
the odd numbers in the given array, and one with the even
numbers.
(i) Given a matrix, check if it‟s symmetric across its diagonal.
4. (ii) Insert an element in a singly linked list. 0 3
(iii) Delete an element from a doubly linked list.
(i) Write a program to append a text file with your name.
(ii) Write a program to find the number of words in a file.
5. lab 0 3
(iii) Multiply two hundred digit numbers.
practice
(i) Convert between little-endian representations and big-endian.
(ii) Multiply two matrices of known size, and print the
6. result. 0 3
(iii)Given a set of n numbers, find out the mode (i.e. the
number occurring with the highest frequency)
(i) Given a set of n names, find the top 3 alphabets with which the
maximum number of names begin.
(ii) Given a set of n names, find the most common size of a name.
7. 0 3
(iii) Read a file, and print the number of characters, words, and lines in
the file.
(iv) Read a text of 100 words, and output them in alphabetical order.
(i) Sort hundred numbers in ascending order using merge-sort.
8. (ii) Sort hundred numbers in ascending order using quicksort. 0 3
(iii) Write a program to multiply two polynomials.
(i) A password is made up uppercase and lowercase alphabets,
numbers, and special characters. Strength of a password is
determined as number of special characters plus size of password
string + (ratio of unique characters to total size of password
multiplied by 3) – number of characters that make up known words
9. 0 3
in the password. Write a program to determine the strength.
(ii) Write a program to insert a string in a text file. It should be inserted
every time before the occurrence of a given string, e.g. every time
you see “Queen Elizabeth” in the file you must prefix it with “Her
Royal Highness”.
305
10. Read an Excel sheet of student grades, and calculate SGPA. 0 4
Any One Program
(i) Implement a Cows and Bulls program – where a player can
interactively play Cows and Bulls with the program, and receive
11. 0 7
scores.
(ii) Implement a Hangman program – where a player can interactively
play Hangman with the program, and receive scores.
Any One Program
12. (i) Solve the Eight Queens problems. 0 7
(ii) Solve the Knight‟s Tour on a Chessboard problem.
13. Write a program to solve the Towers of Hanoi problem for 10 disks. 0 7
Read 1000 words into a dictionary. And find a word from the
14. 0 5
dictionary.
Total 0 60
306
DEST0431 Database Design And Implementation
Database Design and Theory +
DEST0431 5 Nil 3-3-0
Implementation Practice
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the role of a database management system in an organization.
2. Understand the role of the database administrator
3. Understand basic database concepts, including the structure and operation of the relational data model.
4. Construct simple and moderately advanced database queries using Structured Query Language (SQL)
Course Outcomes:
1. Master the basics of SQL and construct queries using SQL)
2. Mater of logical design of databases using the ER method and normalization approach.
3. Student will be master in creating a database project including database connectivity.
Module-I(40Hrs)
Introduction to database development: Conceptual data modelling, The Entity Relationship Diagram (ERD), Entity types,
producing the ERD, Entity attributes, validating the model, ERD tool.
Entity Relationships: Introduction, Relationships, Relationship cardinality, Relationship optionality, Associative
relationships, Link entity identifier, Recursive relationships
Logical Database Design: Introduction, Relations, Keys, Identifying relations, Resolving many-to-many relationships,
Resolving one-to-many relationships with optionality, Resolving one-to-one relationships, Recursive relationships,
Identification Dependency.
Module-II(40Hrs)
Normalisation: Introduction, Un-normalised form (UNF), First Normal Form (1NF), Second Normal Form (2NF), Third
Normal Form (3NF), Denormalisation
Introduction to SQL: Introduction, Objectives of SQL, Creating a Database, Table Operations (Create, Alter, and
Drop), Creating an Index, Removing an Index, Simple Queries, Sorting Results (Order By), Aggregate Functions,
Join, Grouping Results (Group By).
Module-III(40Hrs)
PL-SQL: Introduction, Cursor, procedure, function, trigger, package
Pedagogy
Teaching Reference /
Method Tool
No. DB Design & Implementation Theory Practice
Introduction to database development: Conceptual data

modelling, The Entity Relationship Diagram (ERD),
1. 13 0
Entity types, producing the ERD, Entity attributes,
validating the model, ERD tool.
Entity Relationships: Introduction, Relationships,
CRT +
Relationship cardinality, Relationship optionality,
2. ppt 12 0
Associative relationships, Link entity identifier,
Recursive relationships
Logical Database Design: Introduction, Relations, Keys,
Identifying relations, Resolving many-to-many
3. 15 0
relationships, Resolving one-to-many relationships with
optionality, Resolving one-to-one relationships,
307
Recursive relationships, Identification Dependency.
Normalisation: Introduction, Un-normalised form (UNF),
4. First Normal Form (1NF), Second Normal Form (2NF), 10 0
Third Normal Form (3NF), Denormalisation
Introduction to SQL: Introduction, Objectives of SQL,
5. Creating a Database, Table Operations (Create, Alter, 0 13
and Drop),
lab practice
Creating an Index, Removing an Index, Simple Queries,
6. Sorting Results (Order By), Aggregate Functions, 0 17
Join, Grouping Results (Group By).
Class room
7. PL-SQL: Introduction, Cursor, procedure, 6 14
teaching +
ppt + lab
8. function, trigger, package 6 14
practice
Total 62 58
308
DEST0432 Core Java

Theory +
DEST0432 Core Java 5 Nil 3-3-0
Practice
Course Objective:
1. Learn coding on programming In Core Java.
2. To gain experience about object oriented programming
Course Outcome:
1. To help students to understand the implementation of Java language
2. To understand various features in Java
Syllabus
Module-I(40Hrs)
Introduction to object oriented programming: object oriented concepts (Class, object, Abstraction, Encapsulation,
Inheritance, polymorphism). Introduction to Java and Java programming Environment, A sample Java Program.
Fundamental Programming Structure: Data Types, variable, Typecasting,
Module-II(40Hrs)
Arrays, Operators and their precedence. Control Flow: Java‟s Selection, Iteration and Jump statements Classes: Concept of
Objects and Classes, using methods, Local variables and Instance variables, constructor, overloading constructor,
overloading methods, Garbage collection, the finalize method, static, final & this keyword, Inheritance: Basics, the
super keyword, Method overriding, dynamic method Dispatch, Using Abstract Classes, Inner classes
Module-III(40Hrs)
String Handling: String, String Buffer, String Builder. Packages: Packages, Access Protection, Importing
package, User-defined Package Interfaces: Interface, Implementing Interfaces Excepting Handling: Fundamentals,
Checked and Unchecked exceptions, Using try & catch, Multiple catch, throw, throws, finally, Java‟s Built in
exceptions, user defined exception. Multi-Threading: Java Thread Life cycle Model, Thread Priorities, Synchronization,
Creating threads, using different Thread Methods, Wrapper Classes, clone (java.lang), Vectors (java.util), java.io: I/O
streams, Serialization,methods Event Handing: Delegation Event model, Event Classes, Event Listener Interfaces, Adapter
classes,window fundamental, component, container, panel, Window, Frame , Canvas, Creating a frame window,
working with Graphics, Control Fundamentals, Layout managers, Handling Events by Extending components.Swing
Concept.
Pedagogy
Teaching Ref /
Method Tool
No. Core Java Theory Practice
Introduction to object oriented programming: object oriented

1. concepts (Class, object, Abstraction, Encapsulation, Inheritance, 3 2
polymorphism). Class room
Introduction to Java and Java programming Environment, A sample teaching +
2. ppt + lab 2 2
Java Program.
practice
Fundamental Programming Structure: Data Types, variable,
3. 2 2
Typecasting
4. Arrays, Operators and their precedence. 4 5
309
5. Control Flow: Java‟s Selection, Iteration and Jump statements 3 3
6. Classes: Concept of Objects and Classes using methods. 2 3
Local variables and Instance variables, constructor, overloading

7. 3 5
constructor, overloading methods
Garbage collection, the finalize method, static, final & this
8. 3 2
keyword
Inheritance: Basics, the super keyword, Method overriding,
9. 3 5
dynamic method Dispatch, Using Abstract Classes, Inner classes
10. String Handling: String, String Buffer, String Builder. 3 5
Packages: Packages, Access Protection, Importing package,
11. 3 5
User-defined Package
12. Interfaces: Interface, Implementing Interfaces 2 2
Excepting Handling: Fundamentals, Checked and Unchecked
13. exceptions, Using try & catch, Multiple catch, throw, throws, 4 5
finally, Java‟s Built in exceptions, user defined exception.
Multi-Threading: Java Thread Life cycle Model, Thread Priorities,
14. Synchronization, Creating threads, using different Thread Methods, 4 2
Wrapper Classes, clone (java.lang), Vectors (java.util)
15. java.io: I/O streams 2 2
16. Serialization 4 6
Methods Event Handing: Delegation Event model, Event Classes,
17. 3 2
Event Listener Interfaces, Adapter classes.
Classes, window fundamental, component, container, panel,
Window, Frame , Canvas, Creating a frame window working
18. 8 6
with Graphics, Control Fundamentals, Layout managers,
Handling Events by Extending components.Swing Concept.
Total 56 64
DEST0433 Advance JAVA

Theory +
DEST0433 Advanced Java 5 Nil 3-3-0
Practice
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the industry oriented coding on advance Java fundamental with web application
development using Java.
Learning Outcome:
2. This will able to make candidates industry ready java programmer in strut and servlet.
Syllabus
Module-I(40Hrs)
J2EE Overview, J2EE Architecture, J2EE APIs, J2EE Containers, Java Beans API.
JDBC Drivers & Architecture.Database Programming using JDBC. Studying Javax.sql.* package, Accessing a Database
Web Servers: Tomcat web server, Web Application Basics, Architecture and challenges of Web Application.
Module-II(35Hrs)
Introduction to Servlets, Lifecycle of a Servlet, The Servlet API, The javax.servlet Package, Initializing a Servlet, Reading
Servlet parameters, Initialization parameters.Developing and Deploying Servlets Exploring Deployment Descriptor
(web.xml). The javax.servlet HTTP package Handling Http Request & Responses, Session Tracking & Management,
Dealing with cookies. Filtering Request and Response, Programming Filter, Filter Mapping, Servlet Listeners
Module-III(35Hrs)
310
Java Server Pages: Basic JSP Architecture ,Life Cycle of JSP,JSP Tags and Expressions, Role of JSP in MVC-2,JSP
with Database ,JSP Implicit Objects, Tag Libraries, JSP Expression Language (EL),Using Custom Tag. JSP Capabilities
Exception Handling, Session Management, Directives, JSP with Java Bean.
311
Pedagogy
Method Tool
No. Advanced Java Theory Practice
J2EE Overview, J2EE Architecture, J2EE APIs, J2EE

1. 8 6
Containers, Java Beans API.
JDBC Drivers & Architecture.Database Programming
2. using JDBC. Studying Javax.sql.* package, Accessing 4 6
a Database
Web Servers: Tomcat web server, Web Application
3. Basics, Architecture and challenges of Web 5 9
Application.
Introduction to Servlets, Lifecycle of a Servlet, The
Servlet API, The javax.servlet Package, Initializing a
4. Servlet, Reading Servlet parameters, Initialization 8 9
parameters.Developing and Deploying Servlets Class room
Exploring Deployment Descriptor (web.xml). teaching +
The javax.servlet HTTP package Handling Http Ppt + lab
Request & Responses, Session Tracking & practice
5. Management, Dealing with cookies. Filtering 8 9
Request and Response, Programming Filter, Filter
Mapping, Servlet Listeners
Java Server Pages: Basic JSP Architecture ,Life
6. Cycle of JSP,JSP Tags and Expressions, Role of 5 9
JSP in MVC-2
7. JSP with Database ,JSP Implicit Objects, Tag Libraries 5 5
JSP Expression Language (EL),Using Custom Tag. JSP
8. Capabilities Exception Handling, Session Management, 5 9
Directives, JSP with Java Bean.
Total 48 62
312
DEST0531 Web Services Using JAVA

Theory +
DEST0531 Web Services Using JAVA 5 Nil 3-0-3
Project
Learning Objective:
1. Learn the industry oriented coding on Java with web application development using the concept JSON, AngularJS etc.
Learning Outcome:
1. This will able to make candidates industry ready java programmer in web applications like JSON,
AngularJS etc.
2. Do live project.
Syllabus
Module-I(25Hrs)
Spring MVC Introduction, basic of Spring, IOC container, Dependency Injection, Spring JDBC
Module-II(30Hrs)
Basics of RESTful Design: What is REST? Principles of REST style, Benefits of REST style, Resource, URI
Representation Types: XML, JSON, ATOM, RSS, HTTP Request & Response, REST and MIME types, REST and
HTTP methods
AngularJS: Introduction, Single Page Application (SPA), Download AngularJS, Directive, Filters and Data Binding, Views,
Controllers and Scope.
Module-III(35Hrs)
Basic REST Annotations for RESTful service in Spring REST Binding URI to Resource using @RequestMapping,
Extracting parameters using @RequestParam, @PathVariable, @CookieValue, @RequestHeader Content Negotiation,
Building REST Response with JSON.
Pedagogy
Teaching Instructional
Sl. Topic
Method Hours
No.
Web Services Using JAVA Th Pr
Spring MVC Introduction, basic of Spring, IOC container,
1. 8 10
Dependency Injection, Spring JDBC
Basics of RESTful Design: What is REST? Principles of REST
2. 5 7
style, Benefits of REST style, Resource,
URI Representation Types: XML, JSON, ATOM, RSS, HTTP
3. Request & Response, REST and MIME types, REST and Class room 6 8
HTTP methods teaching +
AngularJS: Introduction, Single Page Application (SPA), Ppt + lab
4. Download AngularJS, Directive, Filters and Data Binding, practice 6 7
Views, Controllers and Scope:
Basic REST Annotations for RESTful service in Spring REST
5. 6 8
Binding URI to Resource using @RequestMapping,
Extracting parameters using @RequestParam, @PathVariable,
6. @CookieValue, @Request Header Content Negotiation, 6 8
Building REST Response with JSON.
Total 37 48
313
DEST0232 Python Programming
DEST0232 Python Programming Practice 4 Nil 0-4-0
Course Objective:
1. To understand why Python is a useful scripting language for developers.
2. To learn how to design and program Python applications.
3. To define the structure and components of a Python program.
Course Outcome:
1. Understand the role of a programmer in troubleshooting and learning.
Syllabus
Module-1(20Hrs)
Introduction: History ,Features ,Setting up path ,Working with Python ,Basic Syntax ,Variable and Data Types Operator,
Conditional Statements :If ,If- else ,Nested if-else.
Looping: For, While, Nested loops.Control Statements:Break ,Continue.
String Manipulation: Accessing Strings ,Basic Operations ,String slices ,Function and Methods.
Lists:Introduction ,Accessing list ,Operations ,Working with lists ,
Function and Methods.Tuple Introduction ,Accessing tuples ,Operations ,Working ,Functions and Methods.
Module-2(20Hrs)
Dictionaries: Introduction, Accessing values in dictionaries, Working with dictionaries
Properties, Functions, Date and Time.
Functions: Defining a function ,Calling a function ,Types of functions ,Function Arguments
Anonymous functions ,Global and local variables
Modules: Importing module, Math module, Random module, Packages ,Composition
Module-3(20Hrs)
Input-Output: Printing on screen ,Reading data from keyboard ,Opening and closing file
Reading and writing files ,Functions
Exception Handling:Exception ,Exception Handling ,Except clause ,Try ? finally clause
User Defined Exceptions.
Text Book:
1. Mastering python by Rick van Hattem
2. Fundamental Of Python by Martin Osborne, Kenneth Lambert
Pedagogy
Method Tool
No. Python Programming Theory Practice
Introduction to Python; installation and setting Environment

1 for python
0 2
2 Working with Python ,syntax and structures Lab practice

0 2
3 Basic syntax like identifier, reserved words, line, indentation 0 2
4 Conditional Statements :If ,If- else ,Nested if-else. 0 1
314
5 Looping: For, While, Nested loops 0 2
6 Control Statements:Break ,Continue 0 5

String Manipulation: Accessing Strings ,Basic
7 Operations ,String slices 0 7
8 Function and Methods. 0 5
Tuple Introduction ,Accessing

9 tuples ,Operations ,Working ,Functions and Methods. 0 5
Dictionaries: Introduction, Accessing values in dictionaries,

10 Working with dictionaries 0 5
Properties, Functions, Date and Time.
Functions: Defining a function ,Calling a function ,Types of

11 functions ,Function Arguments
0 6
12 Anonymous functions ,Global and local variables 0 5
Modules: Importing module, Math module, Random module,

13 Packages ,Composition
0 4
Input-Output:Printing on screen ,Reading data from

1. keyboard ,Opening and closing file 0 3
2. Reading and writing files ,Functions 0 3
Exception Handling:Exception ,Exception

3. Handling ,Exceptclause ,Try?finally clause,User Defined 0 3
Exceptions.
Total 0 60
DEST0233 Dot Net Programming

DEST0233 Dot Net Programming Practice 4 Nil 0-4-0
Course Objective:
1. Set up a programming environment for ASP.net programs.
2. Configure an asp.net application.
3. Creating ASP.Net applications using standard .net controls.
4. Develop a data driven web application.
Course Outcome:
1. Design web applications using ASP.NET
2. Create database driven ASP.NET web applications and web services
Syllabus
Module-I (20Hrs)
.Net Overview, Introduction to .Net Framework, Web Services and XML, Common Language Runtime, Base Class Library,
Common Type System , Common Language Specification, Intermediate Language, Overview of
assemblies,Namespaces,Windows Forms, ASP.Net , Languages, Tools, IDE and Visual Studio.
315
Module-II (20Hrs)
Object Oriented Programming and C#: Introduction to Object Oriented Programming, Variables & Operators, Methods
(Functions), Decision Making & Iteration Techniques, Error Handling, Classes & Objects, Type Casting, Structures,
Arrays& Collections, Inheritance, Interfaces & Abstract Classes, Garbage Collection,Introduction to ADO.Net.
Module-III (20Hrs)
ASP.Net with C# Understanding HTML, java Script and ASP.Net ,Controls in Asp.Net, Advanced Controls, Consistent
Look& Feel, Caching, Tracing & Debugging, Web Service, ADO.Net.
Text Book:
1. Pro ASP.Net 4 in C# 2010 by Matthew Macdonald
2. C# 5.0 in a Nutshell: The Definitive Reference by Joseph Albahari and Ben Albahari
Pedagogy
Method Tool
No. .Net Technologies Theory Practice
1. .Net Framework, Web Services and XML 0 2

2. Common Language Runtime, Base Class Library 0 3
CommonTypeSystem,Common Language Specification,
3. 0 2
Intermediate Language,
4. Overview of assemblies,Namespaces, 0 2
5. Windows Forms. 3 3
6. , ASP.Net , Languages, Tools, IDE and Visual Studio 0 4
Object Oriented Programming and C#: Introduction to

7. 0 3
Object Oriented Programming, Variables & Operators,
Methods (Functions), Decision Making & Iteration
8. 0 5
Techniques
9. Error Handling, Classes & Objects, Type Casting, Lab practice 0 5
10. Structures, Arrays& Collections 0 6
Inheritance, Interfaces & Abstract Classes, Garbage

11. 0 6
Collection,Introduction to ADO.Net
12. ASP.Net with C# Understanding HTML. 0 5
13. java Script and ASP.Net ,Controls in Asp.Net 0 4
14. Advanced Controls, Consistent Look& Feel, 0 5
15. Caching, Tracing & Debugging, Web Service, ADO.Net 0 5
Total 0 60
316
Domain D22 - Design, Fabrication and Repair of Transformer up to 33KV
S. Course Course
No. Code Nature
1 DETD0121 Design of transformer core Theory 3
2 DETD0122 Design of transformer winding Theory 3
3 DETD0123 Design of transformer tank & Accessories Theory 5
4 DETD0421 Testing and Commissioning Theory 5
5 DETD0422 Safety and protection + 5
6 DETD0423 Transformer Repair & Maintenance Practice 5
Total 36
DETD0121 Design of Transformer Core
Type of Credits T-P-Pr

Subject Code Prerequisite
course (hrs)
Design of Theory FCEN0106:
DETD0121 3-0-0
Transformer Core Electrical Machine-I 3
Course Objective:
Students will acquire the skill of designing of transformer core
Course Outcome:
 Perform different tests for Transformer Testing and Maintenance.
 To design an efficient transformer.
 To get the idea on name plate and specification details.
Content
 Comparing Transformer with different physical size of different Capacity

 Phase Current, Line Current and Voltage in a Delta System
 Phase Voltage, Line Voltage and Current in a Wye System
 Area Product and Core Geometry for Three-Phase Transformers
 Output Power Versus Apparent Power and Capability
 Conductor Cross-Section Calculation
 Calculation of Volts per Turn and Thickness of Core Leg
 Design Specification for a Three-phase Transformer with Core Geometry Method
Recommended Books:
1. Transformer Engineering: Design and Practice by S.V. Kulkarni, S.A. Khaparde, Marcel & Dekker Inc.
2. Operation Manuals of Devices, system and utilities
3. Transformer Design, Third Edition, Revised and Expanded by WM. T. MCLYMAN Kg Magnetics,
Inc. Idyllwild, California, U.S.A
Text Book:
Reference:
1. Design of Transformer by IndrajitDasgupta, McGraw-Hill Education (India)Private Limited
Online source:www.nptel.ac.in
317
318
Pedagogy
Teaching
Sl. Topic Reference/Tool Instructional Hours
Method
No.
Theory Pract video
www.youtube.com/watch?v=
Introduction on CRT+
yeXCIR759SA
1. Transformer related to Video 1 0 2
https://www.youtube.com/wat
design animation
ch?v=U3CubKnkO4c
PPT/Blackboard
Comparing Transformer CRT+ www.youtube.com/watch?v=
2. with different physical video+ 3Tj-LsUrYxM 3 2 2
Size practical view www.youtube.com/watch?v=
Q1_rBwuk3AE
Phase Current, Line
3 Current, and Voltage in a CRT ppt 3 0 0
Delta System
Phase Voltage, Line
4 Voltage, and Current in a CRT ppt 2 0 0
Wye System
Concept of Area Product,
CRT+
5 and Core Geometry, for 3 0 1
Video
Three-Phase Transformers
Output Power Versus
6 Apparent Power, CRT 3 0
Capability
Conductor Cross-Section CRT & Lab lab practice
7 4 1 0
Calculation Practice
Calculation of Volts per
8 Turn and Thickness of CRT 4 1 0
Core Leg
www.youtube.com/watch?v=
Design specification for a
hJsPQdAhTkQ
three-phase transformer, CRT & Lab
9 www.youtube.com/watch?v= 6 1 2
core geometry method Practice
hJsPQdAhTkQ&list=RDhJsP
QdAhTkQ#t=158
Total: 41 Hours 29 5 7
DETD0122Design of Transformer Winding

Design of transformer FCEN0106:
DETD0122 Theory 3 3-0-0
winding Electrical Machine-I
Course Objective:
 Describe how a transformer is constructed and how it works
 Design specification for a three-phase transformer, with core geometry method
Course Outcome:
 Know the different tests and their requirements in transformer.
 How to design an efficient transformer.
 Can recognize variety of transformer core and type of windings
319
Content
 Introduction on transformer related to winding design
 Winding Types, Cooling of Winding
 Layer Insulation of LV/HV Winding
 Calculation of Winding and Core Dimension
 Calculation of Core Weight and No-Load Loss
 Calculation of Inductive Part of Impedance Voltage
 Calculation of Load Loss
 Calculation of Impedance Voltage
 Calculation of Coil Length
 Calculation of Winding Gradient and Oil Gradient
Recommended Books:
3. Transformer Design, Third Edition, Revised and Expanded by WM. T. MCLYMAN Kg Magnetics, Inc.
Idyllwild, California, U.S.A
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching
Topic Reference / Tool Th Pra video
No. Method
Introduction on transformer CRT+ Video @@=yeXCIR759SA
3 0 2
related to winding design animation @@=U3CubKnkO4c
2 Winding types and cooling of CRT+video+prac PPT/Blackboard
windings tical view @@=3Tj-LsUrYxM 4 2 2
@@=Q1_rBwuk3AE
3 Layer Insulation of LV/HV CRT+ Ppt
Winding Video+practice @@=bWwlfSt9mBA 4 2 1
4 Tank cooling CRT Ppt with animation 2 0 0

5 Oil mixing in the tank CRT+Video @@=FG_n_uUejV8 2 0 1
6 Calculation of Winding and CRT
4 0 0
Core Dimension
7 Calculation of Core Weight CRT
4 0 0
and No-Load Loss
8 Calculation of Inductive Part CRT
of Impedance Voltage 4 0 0
9 Calculation of Load Loss CRT 2 0 0
10 Calculation of Impedance CRT
3 0 0
Voltage
11 Calculation of Coil Length CRT
2 0 0
12 Calculation of Winding CRT

4 0 0
Gradient and Oil Gradient
Total: 48 Hours 38 4 6
@@ -www.youtube.com/watch?v
320
DETD0123 Design of Transformer Tank and accessories

Design of transformer Theory FCEN0106: 5
DETD0123 5-0-0
tank & Accessories Electrical Machine-I
Course Objective:
 Explain how a step-up transformer designed
 Explain how a step-down transformer designed
 Comparing Transformer with different physical Size
 Phase Current, Line Current, and Voltage in a Delta System
 Phase Voltage, Line Voltage, and Current in a Wye System
 Area Product, Ap, and Core Geometry, Kg, for Three-Phase Transformers
 Output Power Versus Apparent Power, Capability
 Conductor Cross-Section Calculation Variables
Course Outcome:
 Idea on name plate and specification details.
Content
 Introduction on transformer related to tank & accessories design
 Calculation of Tank Dimension
 Calculation of Heat Transfer
 Calculation of the Weight of Insulating Materials, Weight of Duct, Weight of Oil, Weight of Sheet Steel, etc
Recommended Books:
3. Transformer Design, Third Edition, Revised and Expanded by WM. T. MCLYMAN Kg Magnetics, Inc.
321
Pedagogy
Teaching
Sl. Topic Reference/Tool Instructional Hrs
Method
No.
Theory Prac video
www.youtube.com/watc
Introduction on transformer h?v=XYkUnm_KV90
2
1 related to tank &accessories CRT+ video www.youtube.com/watc 10 0
design h?v=lyZ7nM6Fo94&t=1
634s
2 Calculation of Tank Dimension CRT PPT/Blackboard 12 3 0
PPT/Blackboard
CRT+Practic
3 Calculation of Heat Transfer www.youtube.com/watc 18 3 2
e+video
h?v=UEWMlyrVPzU
Calculation of the Weight of
PPT/Blackboard
Insulating Materials, Weight of
4 CRT+video www.youtube.com/watc 18 0 2
Duct, Weight of Oil, Weight of
h?v=ldLZ3ynObKs
Sheet Steel, etc
Total : 70 Hours 58 6 6
DETD0421Testing and Commissioning

Testing and FCEN0106:
DETD0421 Theory+Practice 3-2-0
Commissioning Electrical Machine-I 5
Course Objective:
Course Outcome:
Students will be able to
Content
 Introduction to transformer testing and commissioning
 Capacitance Test
 Transformer turns ratio Test
 Magnetizing current Test
 Magnetic balance Test
 Verification of vector group and polarity Test
 Short circuit impedance test
322
 Measurement of winding resistance test
 Winding Insulation Resistance measurement
 Core Insulation Resistance measurement
 Oil characteristic test
Recommended Books:
3. Transformer Design, Third Edition, Revised and Expanded by WM. T. MCLYMANKg Magnetics, Inc.
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Reference / Instructional Hrs

Topic
No. Method Tool Th Pra
1 Introduction to transformer testing and commissioning CRT 3 0
2 Capacitance Test CRT+ Practice 4 6
3 Transformer turns ratio Test CRT+Practice 3 3
4 Magnetizing current Test CRT+Practice 2 2
5 Magnetic balance Test CRT+Practice 4 3
Verification of vector group and polarity Test PPT/Blackb
6 CRT+Practice oard 4 9
Short circuit impedance test
7 Measurement of winding resistance test CRT+Practice 3 5
8 Winding Insulation Resistance measurement CRT+Practice 2 6
9 Core Insulation Resistance measurement CRT+Practice 2 4
10 Oil characteristic test CRT+Practice 2 6
Total 72 Hours 29 43
DETD0422Safety and Protection

Safety and protection DETD0422 Theory+Practice Electrical Machine-I 3-2-0
5
Course Objective:
Course Outcome:
 Can recognize variety of transformer core and type of windings.
323
Content
 Introduction to transformer safety and protection
 Condition‟s leading to faults
 Fault current
 Protective Relay& Schemes
 Monitors & Alarms
 Failure Statistics
Recommended Books:
Pedagogy
(Teaching method for all sessions through CRT + Practice)
Sl. No. Topic Th Pra

1 Introduction to transformer safety and protection 4 4
2 Condition‟s leading to faults 4 9
3 Fault current 4 6
4 Protective Relay& Schemes 5 6
5 Monitors & Alarms 6 6
6 Failure Statistics 6 9
DETD0423 Transformer Repair and Maintenance

Transformer Repair DETD0423 Theory+Practice Electrical Machine-I 2-3-0
& Maintenance 5
Course Objective
Course outcome
On completing this course, students will be able to:
324
Content:
 Transformer O&M Cycle
 Preventive maintenance program
 Periodicity of the Inspection
 Maintenance procedures for the insulating oil
 Maintenance and inspection of the bushings, cooling equipment, etc
 Testing for transformer Repair
 Identification of fault.
 Repair Process, On-site & off Site, Economic.
Recommended Books:
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Reference / Instructional Hrs

Topic
No. Method Tool Th Prac
Ppt with
1 Transformer O&M Cycle CRT 3 3
animation
2 Preventive maintenance program 2 6
3 Periodicity of the Inspection 2 6
4 Maintenance procedures for the insulating oil 3 6
Maintenance and inspection of the bushings, cooling
5 CRT + Practice 3 6
equipment, etc
6 Testing for transformer Repair 3 9
7 Identification of fault. 3 6
8 Repair Process, On-site & off Site, Economic. 2 9
325
Domain D23 - VLSI DESIGN AND VERIFICATION
Sl. Course Credit

Course Title Course Nature Pre-requisite
No Code s
Digital System Design using
01 DEVL0421 Theory + Practice 5 Nil
VERILOG
02 DEVL0122 FPGA Architecture and Design Theory 3 Nil
HDL Synthesis and System
Architecture
Introduction to Object Oriented
Programming Language
Verification using System
VERILOG
06 DEVL0226 VLSI Verification Methodologies Practice 2 Nil
VLSI Test Principle and Testable
07 DEVL0127 Theory 3 Nil
Design
Total 36
DEVL0421 Digital System Design Using Verilog

Digital System Design
DEVL0421 Theory + Practice 5 NIL 3-3-0
Using Verilog
Course Objective:
The objectives of this subject are
1. To make the student understand advanced digital system design.
2. To understand HDL based IC design.
3. To understand Verilog programming.
4. To understand high level synthesis.
5. To understand verification using Verilog HDL.
Course Outcomes:
Upon successful completion of this subject, students should be able to
1. Write efficient Verilog programme
2. Design advanced digital system using Verilog HDL.
3. Design FSM based system.
4. Understand STA and high-level synthesis.
5. Do VLSI project using Verilog.
6. Pursue a bright career as a RTL design and verification Engineer and Verilog Programmer in
VLSI industry.
Syllabus
Module-I
Introduction to VLSI Design: VLSI Design flow: Full Custom, ASIC and FPGA. Design Tools: CAD Tool
Taxonomy, Editors, Simulators, Simulation System, Simulation Aids, Applications of Simulation, Synthesis
Tools, Introduction to Hardware description languages (HDL).
326
Verilog HDL: Introduction to Verilog HDL, Abstraction levels, basic concepts, Verilog primitives, keywords,
data types, nets and registers, Verilog Modules and ports; Lab Practice: Xilinx tool flow: simulation and
synthesis.
Verilog Operators: Logical operators, Bitwise and reduction operators, Concatenation and conditional operators,
Relational and arithmetic, Shift and equality operators, Operator execution order.
Assignments: Types of assignments, Continuous assignment, Procedural assignments, Blocking and non-
blocking assignments, Tasks and functions.
Verilog modelling: gate type, design hierarchy, gate delay, propagation delay, logic simulation Dataflow-level
modelling: assignments, Behavioralmodeling: Always block, Flow Control, If-else, case, cases, while loop, for
loop, repeat.
Module-II
Verilog for verification: Design verification and testing, Test bench writing, Initial statement, Verilog system
tasks: $finish, $stop, $display, $monitor, $time, $realtime, $random, $save, $readmemh/$writememh, $fopen,
$fclose, Compiler directives, ifdef, Array, multi-dimensional array. Memory modelling.
Combinational Logic Circuit Design: Logic synthesis, RTL synthesis, high-level synthesis, synthesis design
flow, Design and analysis of combinational circuits, Synthesis of combinational circuits, Arithmetic circuits,
Initial design and optimization, Encoder, decoder, de-multiplexer circuits, multiplexer circuits and their
implementation using Verilog, Design of a 4-bit comparator, Design of a 32-bit ALU and a simple processor
using Verilog.
Module-III
Sequential Logic Circuit Design: Synthesis of sequential circuits, Study of synchronous and asynchronous
sequential circuits, Flip flops, Shift Registers, Counters and their design using Verilog.
State Machine: Basic Finite state machines (FSM) structures, Mealy and Moore type FSM, Mealy vs. Moore,
Common FSM coding style, Serial adder design using FSM, FSM as an Arbiter circuit, FIFO, bus interfaces,
Lab practice
Synthesis Coding Styles: Registers in Verilog, Unwanted latches, RTL coding styles.
FPGA implementation of the design.
Text Books:
1. Verilog HDL: A Guide to Digital Design and Synthesis; Samir Palnitkar; 2nd edition, Pearson
Education, 2011
2. Verilog Digital System Design; ZainalabedinNavabi; 2nd edition, TMH,2012.
3. Advanced Chip Design: Practical Examples in Verilog, Kishore Kumar Mishra, Create Space
Independent Publishing Platform, (2013).
Reference Books:
1. Verilog HDL Synthesis: A Practical Primer; J. Bhasker;, BSP Publishers, 2008.
2. FPGA-Based System Design, Wayne Wolf, 1st edition, Pearson.
3. Advanced Digital Design with the Verilog HDL; Michael D. Ciletti; 2009,1st edition, PHI,2010
327
Pedagogy
(All sessions through CRT + Practice)
Sl. Reference / Th
Topic Tool
Pra Tot
No +Tut
Introduction to VLSI Design: VLSI Design flow: Full Custom, ASIC
and FPGA, Design Tools: CAD Tool Taxonomy, Editors, Chalk &
01 Simulators, Simulation System, Simulation Aids, Applications of Talk and 4 0 4
Simulation, Synthesis Tools, Introduction to Hardware description PPT
languages (HDL)
Chalk &
Verilog HDL: Introduction to Verilog HDL, Abstraction levels,
Talk , PPT,
basic concepts, Verilog primitives, keywords, data types, nets and
02 Simulation 3 3 6
registers, Verilog MODULEs and ports;
through
Lab Practice: Xilinx tool flow: simulation and synthesis
CAD tool
Verilog Operators :Logical operators, Bitwise and reduction
03 operators, Concatenation and conditional operators, Relational and 3 3 6
arithmetic, Shift and equality operators, Operator execution order
Assignments: Types of assignments ,Continuous assignment,
3
04 Procedural assignments, Blocking and non-blocking assignments, 3 6
Tasks and functions, Lab Practice
Verilog modeling: gate type, design hierarchy, gate delay,
propagation delay, logic simulation Dataflow-level modeling:
05 4 6 10
assignments,Behaviouralmodeling: Always block ,Flow Control ,If-
else, case, cases, while loop, for loop, repeat,
Verilog for verification: Design verification and testing, Test bench
writing, Initial statement, Verilog system tasks: $finish, $stop,
$display, $monitor, $time, $realtime, $random, $save,
06 2 3 5
$readmemh/$writememh, $fopen, $fclose, Compiler directives,
ifdef, Array, multi-dimensional array. Memory modelling. Lab
practice. Chalk &
Combinational Logic Circuit Design: Logic synthesis, RTL Talk , PPT
synthesis, high-level synthesis, synthesis design flow, Design and CAD tool
analysis of combinational circuits, Synthesis of combinational
circuits, Arithmetic circuits, Initial design and optimization,
07 5 3 8
Encoder, decoder, de-multiplexer circuits, multiplexer circuits and
their implementation using Verilog, Design of a 4-bit comparator,
Design of a 32-bit ALU and a simple processor using Verilog. Lab
Practice
Sequential Logic Circuit Design: Synthesis of sequential circuits,
Study of synchronous and asynchronous sequential circuits, Flip
08 6 6 12
flops, Shift Registers, Counters and their design using Verilog. Finite
States Machine, Lab practice
State Machine: Basic Finite state machines (FSM) structures, Mealy
09 and Moore type FSM, Mealy vs Moore, Common FSM coding style, 6 6 12
Sequence detector, different system design. Lab practice
Synthesis Coding Styles: Registers in Verilog, Unwanted latches,
10 4 3 7
RTL coding styles, Lab practice
10 FPGA Implementation CAD tool 2 6 8
TOTAL 42 42 84
328
DEVL0122 FPGA Architecture and Design

(hrs)
DEVL0122 FPGA Architecture And Design Theory 3 NIL 3-0-0
Course Objective:-
1. To make the student understands FPGA architecture
2. To understand design using FPGA.
3. To understand design using FPGA.
Course Outcomes:-
1. Design digital systems using Verilog
2. Implement digital design in FPGA
3. Handle different FPGA architecture.
Module-I (14 Hrs )
PLD: Introduction to PLDS, General structure and classification: SPLD, CPLD, PAL, PLA, CPLD vs. FPGA
FPGA: Organization of FPGAs, FPGA Programming Technologies, Programmable Logic Block Architectures,
Programmable Interconnects, Programmable I/O blocks in FPGAs, Dedicated Specialized Components of
FPGAs, Applications of FPGAs.
Module-II (14 Hrs )
Xilinx FPGA Architecture: Features and architectures, Configurable Logic Blocks (CLBs), Input Output Blocks
(I/OB), Block RAM, Programming interconnects, Digital Clock Manager (DCM), Power Distribution and
configuration.
ACTEL FPGA Architecture: ACTEL family, ACTEL features and logic MODULEs, C MODULEs and S
MODULEs, I/O MODULEs, I/O Pad drivers, Clock Networks.
Intel and ALTERA FPGA Architecture
Module-III (14 Hrs )
Embedded Processor based Design: IP Cores, Hard Cores, Firm core, Soft cores, Advantages and disadvantages
of hard, firm, soft cores, FPGA Embedded processor types, picking the right core processor, Implementing a
design, DSP based design flow, FPGA DSP Design consideration, FIR Filter concept and other example.
Text Books:
1. Field Programmable Gate Array Technology - Stephen M. Trimberger, Springer International Edition.
2. FPGA-Based System Design Wayne Wolf, Prentice Hall
3. Modern VLSI Design: System-on-Chip Design (3rd Edition) Wayne Wolf, Verilog
4. “Rapid System Prototyping with FPGAs, Accelerating the Design Process” by R.C. Cofer and Ben
Harding, Elsevier
Reference Books:
1. Field Programmable Gate Arrays - John V. Oldfield, Richard C. Dorf, Wiley India.
2. Digital Design Using Field Programmable Gate Arrays - Pak K. Chan/Samiha Mourad, Pearson Low
Price Edition.
3. Digital Systems Design with FPGAs and CPLDs - Ian Grout, Elsevier, Newnes.
329
Pedagogy
S. Th
Topic Pedagogy Details
No. +Tut
PLD: Introduction to PLDS,
CRT +
01 General structure and classification: SPLD, CPLD, PAL, PLA, CPLD 5
Lab
vs. FPGA
FPGA: Organization of FPGAs Chalk &
CRT +
02 FPGA Programming Technologies Talk + 5
Lab
Programmable Logic Block Architectures PPT
Programmable Interconnects
CRT +
03 Programmable I/O blocks in FPGAs, Dedicated Specialized 5
Lab
Components of FPGAs, and Applications of FPGAs.
Xilinx FPGA Architecture
CRT&
04 Features and architectures 4
Lab
Configurable Logic Blocks (CLBs), Input Output Blocks (I/OB)
Block RAM
Programming interconnects CRT&
05 5
Digital Clock Manager (DCM) Lab
Power Distribution and configuration Chalk &
ACTEL FPGA Architecture Talk +
ACTEL family, ACTEL features and logic, MODULE. C CRT& PPT
06 CAD 2
MODULEs and S MODULEs, I/O MODULEs, I/O Pad drivers, Lab
Clock Networks tool
07 Intel and ALTERA FPGA Architecture CRT&Lab 3
Embedded Processor based Design
07 IP Cores, Hard Cores, Firm core, Soft cores, Advantages and CRT 5
disadvantages of hard, firm, soft cores, FPGA Embedded processor
types, picking the right core processor,
Implementing a design, DSP based design flow, FPGA DSP Design
08 Practice 8
consideration, FIR Filter concept and other example.
Total 42
DEVL0423 HDL Synthesis and System Architecture

(hrs)
DEVL0423 HDL Synthesis and System Theory + Practice 5 NIL 3-3-0
Architecture
Course Objective
1. To make the student understands RTL level synthesis
2. To understand system architectures.
3. To understand timing issues.
Course Outcomes:-
1. Do RTL level synthesis of digital circuits
2. Optimization of architecture‟.
3. Solve timing issues.
Module-1(30Hrs)
 Architecting speed
 Architecting area
 Architecting power
330
Module-2(27 Hrs)
 Static timing analysis
 Clock domains
 Reset circuits
Module-3(27 Hrs)
 Advanced simulations
 Coding for synthesis
 Synthesis optimization
 Floor planning & place and route optimization
Text Books:
1. Verilog HDL Synthesis: A Practical Primer, J Bhaskar
2. High Level VLSI Synthesis, Raul Camposano, and Wayne Wolf, Springer
3. High-level Synthesis: Introduction to Chip and System Design, Daniel D. Gajaski, Nikhil D. Dutt, Allen
C. –H. Wu and Steve Y. –L. Lin
4. VLSI and Computer Architecture by Ravi Sankar and Eduardo B. Fernandez.
Pedagogy
(All sessions are through CRT + Practice through Chalk & talk, PPT and CAD tool)
S. No. Topic Th +Tut Pra Tot

01 Architecting speed 6 6 12
02 Architecting area 4 3 7
03 Architecting power 5 6 11
04 Static Timing Analysis 5 6 11
05 Clock domains 4 6 10
06 Reset circuits 3 3 6
07 Advanced simulations 3 3 6
08 Coding for synthesis 3 3 6
09 Synthesis optimization 4 3 7
10 Floor planning & Place and Route optimization 5 3 8
Total 42 42 84
DEVL0424 Introduction to Object Oriented Programming Language

DEVL0424 Introduction to Object Oriented Theory + 3 NIL 1-3-0
Programming Language Practice
Course Objective
1. To make the student understands object oriented programming concept.
2. To understand programming using C++.
3. To understand different exceptions, input and output in C++ .
Course Outcomes:-
1. write C++ programming
2. Handle large C++ programme and debugging
Module-I (17 Hrs)

C++ Overview: C++Characteristics, Object-Oriented Terminology, Polymorphism, Object-Oriented Paradigm,
Abstract Data Types, I/O Services, Standard Template Library, Standards Compliance.
Functions and Variables: Functions: Declaration and Definition, Variables: Definition, Declaration, and Scope ,
Variables: Dynamic Creation and Derived Data , Arrays and Strings in C++ , Qualifiers.
331
Classes in C++: Defining Classes in C++ , Classes and Encapsulation, Member Functions , Instantiating and
Using Classes , Using Constructors , Multiple Constructors and Initialization Lists , Using Destructors to
Destroy Instances , Friendship .
Module-II (20 Hrs)
Operator Overloading: Operator Overloading, Working with Overloaded Operator Methods.
Initialization and Assignment: Initialization vs. Assignment,the Copy Constructor, Assigning Values,
Specialized Constructors and Methods, Constant and Static Class Members.
Storage Management: Memory Allocation, Dynamic Allocation: new and delete.
Inheritance: Overview of Inheritance, Defining Base and Derived Classes, Constructor and Destructor Calls.
Module-III (19 Hrs)
Polymorphism: Overview of Polymorphism.
Input and Output in C++ Programs: Standard Streams, Manipulators, Unformatted Input and Output, File Input
and Output.
Exceptions: Exceptions, Inheritance and Exceptions, Exception Hierarchies, Inside an Exception, Handler.
Template: Template Overview, Customizing a Template Method, Standard Template Library, Containers.
Text Book:
1. Object Oriented Programming with C++, E. Balagurusamy
2. Object-oriented programming in Microsoft C++, Robert Lafore
Pedagogy
(All sessions are through CRT + Practice through Chalk & talk, PPT and lab practice)
Sl. Topic Th Pra Tot

No.
01 C++:Overview: C++Characteristic, Object-oriented Terminology, 1 3 4
Polymorphism, Object-Oriented Paradigm, Abstract Data Types, I/O
Services, Standard Template Library, Standards Compliance.
02 Functions and Variables: Functions: Declaration and Definition ,Variables: 1 3 4
Definition, Declaration, and Scope , Variables: Dynamic Creation and
Derived Data , Arrays and Strings in C++ , Qualifiers
03 Classes in C++:Defining Classes in C++ , Classes and Encapsulation, 2 3 5
Member Functions, Instantiating and Using Classes, Using Constructors
04 Multiple Constructors and Initialization Lists, Using Destructors to Destroy 1 3 4
Instances, Friendship.
05 Operator Overloading: Operator Overloading , Working with Overloaded 2 6 8
Operator Methods
06 Initialization and Assignment: Initialization vs. Assignment, The Copy 2 6 8
Constructor, Assigning Values, Specialized Constructors and Methods,
Constant and Static Class Members
07 Inheritance: Overview of Inheritance, Defining Base and Derived 1 3 4
Classes,Constructor and Destructor Calls.
06 Polymorphism: Overview of Polymorphism 1 3 4
07 Input and Output in C++ Programs: Standard Streams, Manipulators, 1 6 7
Unformatted Input and Output, File Input and Output
08 Exceptions: Exceptions, Inheritance and Exceptions, Exception Hierarchies, 1 3 4
Inside an Exception, Handler
09 Template: Template Overview, Customizing a Template Method, Standard 1 3 4
Template Library, Containers.
Total 14 42 56
DEVL0425 Verification Using System Verilog

Verification Using
DEVL0425 Theory + Practice 5 NIL 3-3-0
System Verilog
332
Course Objective:-
1. To make the student understands how to verify digital design.
2. To understand System Verilog based digital design.
3. To understand System Verilog programming and verification using System Verilog.
Course Outcomes:-
1. Write efficient programme using System Verilog.
2. Verification of RTL design.
3. Do VLSI verification project using Verilog.
4. Pursue a bright career as a RTL Verification Engineer.
Syllabus
Module-I
Introduction to System Verilog: New Data types, Tasks and Functions, Interfaces, Clocking blocks: Different
data types, User-Defined and Enumerated Types: string data types, event data types, User-defined types,
Enumerated types, Nets, reg, logic, Type casting, Constants, attributes, operators and expressions.
Tasks, functions, Enhancements to tasks and functions, Task and function argument passing, Import and export
functions, System Tasks and System Functions, VCD data.
Interface concepts, Interface declarations, Using interfaces as MODULE ports, Instantiating and connecting
interfaces, Referencing signals within an interface, Interface modports, Using tasks and functions in interfaces,
parameterized interfaces, virtual interfaces, Using procedural blocks in interfaces, Reconfigurable interfaces,
Verification with interfaces. LAB Practice
Module-II
Object Oriented Programming: OOP basics, Classes- Object and handles, Polymorphism, Inheritance,
composition, creating new object, object deallocation, static variables vs. Global variables, class routines,
defining routines outside of the class, using one class inside another, dynamic objects, public vs. Private.
Randomization, Constraints: randomization in SystemVerilog, constraint details, controlling multiple constraints,
common randomization problems, iterative and array constraints, random controls, random generators, random
device configuration.
Module-III
Fork Join (Join, Join_any, Join_none), Event controls, semaphores, Mailboxes, virtual interfaces, transactors,
System Verilog for verification: Building verification environment, Test cases.
Functional Coverage: Coverage models, cover points and bins, cross coverage, regression testing.
Text Books:
1. System Verilog for Design, A Guide to Using SystemVerilog for Hardware Design and Modeling
Sutherland, Stuart, Davidmann, Simon, Flake, Peter2nd ed., 2006
2. System Verilog for Verification, CHoursis Spears, Synopsis Inc.
3. System Verilog for Verification: A Guide to Learning the Testbench Language Features by CHoursis
Spear & Greg Tumbush (3rd Edition)
Reference Books:
1. System Verilog, 3.1a, Language reference manual.
2. “A Practical Guide for SystemVerilog Assertions” Meyyappan Ramanathan
3. “Writing Testbenches using SystemVerilog” Bergeron, Janick 2006,
333
Pedagogy
SL. Topic Teaching References/to Instructional Hours

No. Methods ols
The+ Pra Tot
Tut
01 New Data types, Tasks and Functions, CRT Chalk & Talk 4 5 9
Interfaces, Clocking blocks, Different and PPT
data types, User-Defined and Simulation
Enumerated Types: string data types, tool
event data types, User-defined types,
Enumerated types, Nets, reg, logic, Type
casting, Constants, attributes, operators
and expressions.
02 Tasks, functions, Enhancements to tasks CRT and Chalk &Talk , 4 4 9
and functions, Task and function Lab PPT,
argument passing, Import and export Simulation
functions, System Tasks and System through CAD
Functions, VCD data tool
03 Interface concepts, Interface declarations, CRT and Chalk & Talk 6 5 9
Using interfaces as MODULE ports, Lab , PPT
Instantiating and connecting interfaces, CAD tool
Referencing signals within an interface,
Interface modports, Using tasks and
functions in interfaces, parameterized
interfaces, virtual interfaces, Using
procedural blocks in interfaces,
Reconfigurable interfaces, Verification
with interfaces
04 Object Oriented Programming: OOP CRT& Lab Chalk & Talk 7 7 14
basics, Classes- Object and handles, , PPT
Polymorphism, Inheritance, composition, CAD tool
creating new object, object deallocation,
static variables vs. Global variables, class
routines, defining routines outside of the
class, using one class inside another,
dynamic objects, public vs. Private.
05 Randomization, Constraints: CRT& Lab Chalk & Talk 7 7 14
randomization in System Verilog, , PPT
constraint details, controlling multiple CAD tool
constraints, common randomization
problems, iterative and array constraints,
random controls, random generators,
random device configuration
08 Fork Join (Join, Join_any, Join_none), CRT& Lab Chalk & Talk 7 7 14
Event controls, semaphores, Mailboxes, , PPT
virtual interfaces, transactors, CAD tool
09 System Verilog for verification: Building CRT Chalk & Talk, 7 7 14
verification environment, Testcases PPT
CAD tool
Total 42 42 84
334
DEVL0226 VLSI Verification Methodologies
DEVL0226 VLSI Verification Methodologies Practice 2 NIL 0-3-0
Course Objective:-
1. To make the student understands different verification methodologies.
2. To understand UVM.
3. To understand verification using UVM, OVM etc.
Course Outcomes:-
1. Do verification using UVM.
2. Verification of RTL design.
3. Do VLSI verification project using Verilog.
4. Pursue a bright career as a RTL Verification Engineer.
Syllabus
Introduction to Open Verification Methodology (OVM).
Introduction to UVM: UVM Basics: UVM TB Architecture, Creating UVCs and Environment, UVM
simulation phases, Test Flow.
Creating and Using UVM Testbench: Configuring UVM environment: UVM Sequences, UVM sequencers,
Connecting DUT -Virtual Interfaces, Virtual sequences and sequencers.
Creating and Using UVM Testbench: Creating UVM environment: Building a Scoreboard, Building reusable
environments, connecting multiple UVCs.
Test Plan and Coverage: Creating test plan from specification Coverage: Code coverage and Functional
Coverage
Assertion Based Methodology: Immediate assertion, simple assertions, sequences, sequence composition,
assertion coverage.
Project: Design and Verification
Text Books:
1. The UVM Primer: A Step-by-Step Introduction to the Universal Verification Methodology, Ray Salemi
2. Getting Started with UVM: A Beginner‟s Guide by Vanessa R. Copper
2. A Practical Guide to Adopting Universal Verification Methodology (UVM) by Sharon Rosenberg & Kathleen
A Meade (2nd Edition)
3. SystemVerilog for Verification: A Guide to Learning the Testbench Language Features by CHoursis Spear &
Greg Tumbush (3rd Edition)
335
Pedagogy
SL. Teaching Instructional

Topic Reference/ Tools
No. Method Hours
Practice
Chalk & Talk ,
Introduction to Open Verification Methodology
01 CRT PPT 3
(OVM)
CAD tool
Introduction to UVM
UVM Basics: UVM TB Architecture, Creating CRT + Chalk & Talk and
02 7
UVCs and Environment, UVM simulation phases Practice PPT, CAD tool
Test Flow
Creating and Using UVM Testbench
Chalk & Talk ,
Configuring UVM environment: UVM Sequences, CRT +
03 PPT 7
UVM sequencers, Connecting DUT -Virtual Practice
CAD tool
Interfaces, Virtual sequences and sequencers
Creating UVM environment: Building a Chalk & Talk ,
CRT +
04 Scoreboard, Building reusable environments, PPT 7
Practice
Connecting multiple UVCs. CAD tool
Test Plan and Coverage
Chalk & Talk ,
Creating test plan from specification
05 CRT& Lab PPT 7
Coverage: Code coverage and Functional
CAD tool
Coverage
Chalk & Talk ,
Introduction to Open Verification Methodology
06 CRT PPT 3
(OVM)
CAD tool
Assertion Based Methodology Chalk &Talk ,
07 Immediate assertion, simple assertions, sequences, CRT&Lab PPT 3
sequence composition, assertion coverage CAD tool
08 Practice CAD tool 8
Total 42
DEVL0127 VLSI Test Principle and Testable Design
Code Course Title Course Type Credits Pre- T-P-Pr

requisite (hrs)
DEVL0127 VLSI Test Principle and Testable Design Theory 3 NIL 3-0-0
Course Objective:
1. To make the student understands defects and faults in VLSI chips
2. To understand different test pattern generation techniques.
3. To understand design-for-testability.
Course Outcomes:
1. Develop test pattern generation algorithm
2. Develop different DFT techniques.
3. Do memory testing.
4. Develop boundary scan.
5. Pursue career as VLSI test engineer.
Module-I (14 Hrs )
336
Introduction to VLSI Design, VLSI testing, ATE and test process, test economics and product quality. Faults
and fault modeling, Fault equivalence and Fault dominance and fault collapsing. Fault simulation: parallel,
deductive and concurrent.
Module-II (14 Hrs )
Controllability and observability analysis. ATPG algorithms for combinational circuits: Boolean difference,
D-algorithm, PODEM, etc. Aliasing.ATPG for sequential circuits.
Design-for-Testability
Module-III (14 Hrs )
BIST: BIST Architecture, BIST Techniques. BIST response compression and signature analysis, MISR,
BILBO.Memory Testing, Boundary scan. Other advanced topics in testing: Delay test, IDDQ
Text Books
1. M. L. Bushnell and V. D. Agrawal, Essentials of Electronic Testing, Kluwer Academic Publishers.
2. M. Abramovici, M. A. Breuer and A. D. Friedman, Digital Systems Testing and Testable Design, Wiley-
IEEE Press.
Reference Books
1. N. K. Jha and S. Gupta, Testing of Digital Systems, Cambridge University Press.
2. VLSI Test Principles and Architectures; Wang, Wu and Wen; Elsevier.
3. P. H. Bardell, W. H. McAnney and J. Savir, Built-in Test for VLSI: Pseudorandom Techniques, Wiley
Interscience.
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Teaching Reference/ Tool Instructional
No. Method Hours
Theory
+Tutorial
01 Introduction to VLSI Design, VLSI testing, CRT Chalk & Talk 4
ATE and test process, test economics and and PPT
product quality
02 Faults and fault modeling, Fault equivalence CRT Chalk & Talk 4
and Fault dominance and fault collapsing. and PPT
03 Fault simulation: parallel, deductive and CRT Chalk & Talk 6
concurrent and PPT
04 Controllability and observability analysis CRT Chalk & Talk , 5
PPT
05 ATPG algorithms for combinational circuits: CRT Chalk & Talk , 6

Boolean difference, D-algorithm, PODEM, etc. PPT
Aliasing
06 ATPG for sequential circuits. CRT Chalk &Talk , 3
PPT
07 Design-for-Testability CRT 2
08 BIST: BIST Architecture, , BIST Techniques CRT Chalk & Talk , 3
PPT
09 BIST response compression and signature CRT Chalk & Talk , 4

analysis, MISR, BILBO. PPT
10 Memory Testing, Boundary scan. CRT Chalk & Talk , 3

PPT
11 Other advanced topics in testing: Delay test, CRT Chalk and Talk 2
IDDQ
Total 42
337
Domain D24 - Welding
Sl. Course Course

No. Code Nature
Theory +
1 DEWD0401 Joining Processes & Technology 5
Practice
Arc Welding, Gas Welding &
2 DEWD0201 Practice 3
Brazing
Metal Transfer & Weld Theory +
3 DEWD0402 5
Metallurgy Practice
4 DEWD0101 Design of Welded Joints Theory 3
Practice +
5 DEWD0601 Aluminium, Copper, Cast Iron 5
Project
and Hard Surfacing
Testing of Welded Joints (DT, Practice +
6 DEWD0602 5
NDT & Microstructure) Project
DEET0800 Internship Practice 4
Total 36
Domain Objectives:
1. To develop skill & knowledge of B Tech students for seamless induction into the production
organisations.
2. Additionally students pursuing this domain will be better prepared for higher education and research in
Welding Engineering.
Importance:
Welding has tremendous potential for further development. The challenges emerging in this field are joining of
new alloys, tiny components and process automation. Many industrial sectors like high pressure boilers
manufacture, ship building, automobile, space engineering and cross country pipelines require welding skill for
successful manufacture. Hazardous materials handling systems, high pressure equipment rely on welded joints
for safe functioning. Thus quality and reliability too are important criteria to be met by welded joints. Thus it is
apparent that Welding Technology is destined to play substantial role in future. More specifically, this domain
will expose students on technological and institutional aspects of welding, both in theory and practice.
338
1. Welding certification will make the candidate recognised in national and international levels in
industry.
2. He/she can be self employed by opening a small scale welding shop to a medium scale industry.
Courses covered:
The students will be taught the basics of Joining Processes and Welding Technology. They will learn different
welding techniques along with metal transfer technology and weld metallurgy. Students will be taught Design
for Welded Joints using CATIA and Welded joint testing as per ASME standard. They will learn by doing the
welding of Stainless Steel structural joints, Aluminium, Copper, Cast Iron parts and Hard Surfacing methods.
Students will be trained as certified welder in Destructive Testing (DT) and Non-Destructive Testing (NDT).
Approach of Delivery:
All the papers will be taught either in (Theory + Practice), (Practice + Project) or pure practice mode. One
certification course also has been added to the curriculum. A student will be undergoing rigorous practice session
to gain hands on skill experience after learning related theory of it. This domain is intended to create good
opportunities for employability in welding industries.
DEWD0401 Joining Processes & Technology

Joining Processes & Theory + 5
DEWD0401 -Nil- 3-2-0
Technology Practice
 To learn about basic welding processes such as Arc Welding, Solid Phase Welding, High Energy Density
Welding
 To learn about welding power source
Learning Outcomes:
 Understand the basics of welding and can suggest suitable welding processes and techniques for a given
component.
 Propose suitable power source for given material
Module-I (29 Hours)
Welding classification, advantages, disadvantages and applications of various welding processes, Gas Welding
& Cutting: Oxy-acetylene welding, flux and filler, types of gas flames, Gas welding techniques, Arc welding:
Physics of arc welding, SMAW Principle and equipment, types of electrodes, functions of coatings, TIG
(GTAW), MIG (GMAW) & flux-cored arc welding, submerged arc welding, weld cladding & surfacing, plasma
cutting and spraying, atomic hydrogen welding.
Practice:
1. Identification and working of gas welding equipment
2. Identification and working of gas cutting equipment
3. Identification and working of arc welding equipment
4. Identification and working of TIG welding equipment
5. Identification and working of MIG welding equipment

Resistance Welding: Spot and seam welding parameter, flash butt welding, friction welding, explosive welding,
thermit welding of rails, electro-slag welding, electro-gas welding, stud welding, projection welding.
Other Welding Methods like plasma arc, laser beam, electron beam, ultrasonic, explosive welding, under water
welding, high frequency induction welding.
339
Practice:
1. Identification and working of spot welding machine parts
MODULE-III (26 Hours)

Welding Power Source: Electricity in welding, power source and equipment used for AC, DC welding, AWS
classification and coding, Welding positions, types of joints, Residual stress, Identifying defects and remedial
measures for welded joints.
Practice:
1. Identification and working of power source for welding equipment in AC and DC
2. Practice in different welding positions
3. Practice for producing different types of welded joints
Text Books:
1. Welding & Welding Technology by R.L.Little.1976. Tata McGraw Hill Education Privet Limited
2. Welding Technology by R. S. Parmar, 3rd Edition, Reprint 2011, Khanna Publishers,
3. AWS Hand Book, Volume- 1, 2 and 3 , 9th Edition, American welding society
Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology by Serape. K. Kalpak Jain, Pearson Edition
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Reference/ Instructional Hours
Topic
No. Method Tool
MODULE-I Th Pra video Tot
Arc Welding: **=TeBX6cKKHWY ,
Welding classification **=kFYmBV6l_f8
advantages, disadvantages CRT +
and applications of various Video +
1 welding processes, Gas 3 8 1 12
Lab
welding & cutting: oxy- Practice
acetylene welding, flux and
filler, types of Gas Flames,
Gas welding techniques.
Arc welding: Physics of
arc welding, SMAW
Principle and equipment,
types of electrodes, **=3_K9-kB6HRk,
functions of coatings, TIG CRT +
**=FD7fcdFESos
(GTAW), MIG (GMAW) Video +
2 **=wPeHA9Szhhg, 4 12 1 17
& flux-cored arc welding, Lab
Submerged Arc Welding, **=H6QGLGJ-BOE
Practice
Weld Cladding & **=058mJ0liaM
Surfacing, Plasma Cutting
and Spraying, Atomic
Hydrogen Welding
340
Sl. Teaching Reference/ Instructional Hours
Topic
No. Method Tool
Module- II Th Pra video Tot
Resistance welding: Spot
**=AwL1CAg43PU,
and Seam welding
parameter, Flash Butt **=0bJzCqLVj2Q,
CRT + **=ZpGfjg6BI5o,
Welding, Friction Welding,
Video + **=gXp3aRKO4Yc, 6 9 2 17
3 Explosive Welding Thermit
Lab
welding of Rails, Electro- **=nKeSsauWQ98,
Practice
slag welding, Electro gas **=IfkVKP7YSdk,
Welding, Stud Welding, **=SkkYpNG0iAg
Projection Welding
Other Welding Methods **=588EJInHLsc,
like Plasma Arc, Laser **=B-2nzWfJE-k,
Beam, Electron Beam, CRT + **=dP2m7-WAdos,
4 Ultrasonic, Explosive 9 0 2 11
Video **=_Zdg2CC6Z2o,
Welding, Under Water
Welding, high Frequency **=XN5TR_Vssj0,
Induction Welding **=_v5Hg2zfLjs
MODULE-III
Electricity in Welding, CRT +
Power Source and Video +
5 equipment used for AC, ** =YkIQD6BEklA + ppt 6 6 1 13
Lab
DC welding
Practice
AWS Classification and
Coding, Welding positions, CRT +
** =IWVPbib_HwI,
types of joints,, Residual Video +
6 **=QLlSN_iHP6E, 2 14
Stress, Identifying defects Lab 6 6
and remedial measures for **=shFzEy9xAJ0
Practice
welded joints
TOTAL 33 41 9 84
**-Video link:https://www.youtube.com/watch?v
DEWD0201 Arc Welding, Gas Welding & Brazing

Arc Welding, Gas 3
DEWD0201 Practice -Nil- 0-2-0
Welding & Brazing
 To know about welding safety
 To practice basic welding processes such gas welding & Brazing, SMAW, GTAW and GMAW to obtain
hands on experience
Learning Outcomes:
 Suggest suitable welding parameters
 Perform simple welding.
341
Practices:
Expt. 1. Welding Safety Practice: Welding fumes, Eye protection, Personal Protective Equipment, electrical
safety
Expt. 2. Brazing Practice: Types and equipment required, preparation of joints for brazing, cleaning, making of
two types of brazed parts- Cu and brass, A/C tubes
Expt. 3. Soldering Practice: Types of solders, equipment details, preparation for different joints, making of two
components through soldering, viz. electrical elements, electronics
Expt. 4. Gas welding Practice: Gas Welding Equipment- torch, gas cylinder, hose, three types of flames,
Welding of M.S. Sheet and Pipe by Gas Welding process
Expt. 5. Gas Cutting Practice: Oxy-acetylene cutting process straight, bevel & circular cutting on MS. Plate
Expt. 6. Shielded Metal Arc Welding–Manual Metal Arc Practice: Welding of M.S. Plate in all position by
SMAW process, Repair & Maintenance works
Expt. 7. GTAW Welding Practice: GTAW Welding of M.S, SS & Aluminium plate & pipes.
Expt. 8. GMAW Practice: welding torch, electrode, Shielding Gas, GMAW welding on M.S Sheet & M.S plate.
Expt. 9. Resistance Welding Practice: Operating skills of SPOT Welding machine, Resistance Welding
machine Operation and parameters.
Expt. 10. AC, DC welding, Joint configuration and edge preparations for AC, DC welding.
Expt. 11. Identifying defects and remedial measures for welded joints
Expt. 12. PUG cutting machine, SAW and PAW demonstration,
Text Books:
1. Welding Technology by R. S. Parmar, 3rd Edition, Reprint 2011, Khanna Publishers,
2. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology by Serape, K. Kalpak Jain, Pearson Edition
3. Welding Science and Technology, AWS Hand Book, Volume- I, 9th Edition, American Welding Society,
USA
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching
Topic Reference/Tool Th Pra video Tot
No. Method
1 Welding fumes, Eye protection, Video link:
Personal Protective Equipment, **=KMKoHI4y
Electrical Safety, FN8,
CRT +
Brazing, soldering and adhesive **=Vl7-
Video +
bonding, Brazing- Types and qDuizNA + ppt 2 7 1 10
Lab
equipment required, preparation
Practice
joints of brazing, cleaning, making
of two types of brazed parts- Cu
and brass, A/C tubes
2 Soldering: - Types of solders, ppt + lab
equipment details, preparation for practice
CRT + Lab
different joints. Making of two 2 6 0 08
Practice
components through soldering,
viz. electrical elements, electronics
342
Sl. Teaching
Topic Reference/Tool Th Pra video Tot
No. Method
3 Gas Welding Equipment- torch, gas
cylinder, hose, three types of **=1OLppHw6
flames, Welding of M.S. Sheet and GRE + lab
Video +
Pipe by Gas Welding process, Oxy- practice 0 6 1 07
Lab
acetylene cutting process straight,
Practice
bevel & circular cutting on MS.
Plate
4 Welding of M.S. Plate in all Video + **=Xw5CMM_
position by SMAW process, Lab P-kM 0 6 1 07
Repair & Maintenance works Practice
5 AC, DC welding, GTAW, GMAW **=0IkpAsNDb
Practice- welding torch, electrode, Oo,
Shielding Gas, GMAW welding **=27aprYcEpt
Video +
on M.S Sheet & M.S plate. 0,
Lab 0 6 1 07
GTAW Welding of M.S, SS & **=lVVQMrzNx
Practice
Aluminium plate & pipes. 4c
Operating skills of SPOT Welding
machine, PUG cutting machine.
6 SAW and PAW demonstration, **
Joint configuration and edge =WyX0hZO4Jz4
preparations for AC, DC welding, Video + ,
Identifying defects and remedial Lab **=akvv4ApYM 0 5 1 06
measures for welded joints, Practice VE,
Resistance Welding machine **=PJDv7Y6dU
Operation and parameters i0
TOTAL 04 36 05 45
DEWD0402 Metal Transfer and Weld Metallurgy

Metal Transfer and Weld Theory +
DEWD0402 5 -Nil- 3-2-0
Metallurgy Practice
 To learn the basic welding processes and related bead geometry
 To learn the effect of metal transfer on bead appearance
Learning Outcomes:
 Suggest suitable welding parameter like current, voltage and welding speed for a weld bead
 Identify welding defects and rectify
Module-I (27 Hours)

Metal transfer - Metal transfer in AC and DC arc welding, metal transfer in TIG, MIG and MAG welding,
Study of different modes of metal transfer in MIG welding (Practice), Welding defects due to improper metal
transfer and improper filler material, Diffusion in Soldering and Brazing.
343
Practice:
1. Metal transfer in TIG welding
2. Different modes of Metal transfer in MIG welding
3. Welding defects in TIG welding
4. Welding defects in MIG welding
Weld Metallurgy - Fe-C equilibrium diagram, Cooling curve, HAZ, Microstructure, Preheat & post heat
treatment, Stress relieving and normalizing, Weld-ability: concept and significance, Percentage equivalence of
carbon in weld-ability.
Practice:
1. Practice on stress relieving and normalising in welding
2. Experiments for demonstrating weld-ability
Weld ability of other metals - Defects in welded joints- hot cracks and cold cracks, porosity, embrittlement,
lamellar tearing, distortion etc. weld ability of low carbon steels, HCS.
Weld ability of stainless steels, weld ability of titanium and alloys, weld-ability of high strength low alloy steels.
Heat treatment of welded structures, shot pinning, stress reliving through vibration. Ultra-sonic welding for
dissimilar metals
Practice:
1. Identification of general welding defects
2. Heat treatment of welded structures
Text Books:
1. Welding Technology by R. S. Parmar. 3rd Edition, Reprint 2011, Khanna Publishers,
2. Welding Metallurgy by J.F. Lancaster, 6th Edition, WOODHEAD Publishing Limited
Reference Books:
1. Manufacturing Engineering and Technology, Serape. K. Kalpak Jain Pearson Edison
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Teaching Reference/ Instructional Hours

No. MODULE-I Method Tool Th Pra video Tot
Metal transfer in AC and DC CRT +
**=w_znOqL8a98,
1 arc welding, metal transfer in Video + 4 7 1 12
**=F_xr7rTVYSU
TIG, MIG and MAG welding Practice
Study of different modes of
CRT + ppt
2 metal transfer in MIG welding 2 6 0 8
Practice + lab practice
(Practice),
Welding defects due to
improper metal transfer and CRT +
**=zahoiabO30s,
3 improper filler material, Video + 2 4 1 7
**=i5Dek3G9yTM
Diffusion in Soldering and Practice
Brazing.
Module II
Fe-C equilibrium Diagram,
**=2xI-3Ep7M64,
Cooling Curve, HAZ,
4 **=G5z9KknF_s8, 6 6 1 13
microstructure, Pre heat & Post
CRT + **=aP3vVFECSiY
Heat treatment
Video +
Stress Relieving and
Practice
Normalizing, weld-ability: **=zc-wq95Clso,
5 concept and significance, **=mZsBWKb6mE8, 8 6 1 15
Percentage equivalence of **=-IbfFjDu3U8
carbon in weld-ability.
344
Teaching Reference/ Instructional Hours
Sl. Topic
Method Tool
No.
MODULE-III Th Pra video Tot
Defects in welded joints, hot
cracks and cold cracks,
CRT +
porosity, embrittlement,
6 Lab ppt +lab practice 4 9 0 13
lamellar tearing, distortion etc.
Practice
weld ability of low carbon
steels, HCS.
Weld ability of stainless steels,
weld ability of titanium and
alloys, weld-ability of high
CRT +
strength low alloy steels. Heat
7 Lab ppt +lab practice 9 6 0 15
treatment of welded structures,
Practice
shot pinning, stress reliving
through vibration. Ultra-sonic
welding for dissimilar metals
TOTAL 35 44 4 83
DEWD0101 Design of Welded Joints

Subject Code Type of course credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr (hrs)
Design of Welded Joints
DEWD0101 Theory 3 -Nil- 3-0-0
 To learn about design of welded joint according to strength
 To know the use of welding module in CATIA
Learning Outcomes:
 Suggest suitable welds based on strength, failure and reliability
 Can produce welding design as per requirement
Module-I (16 Hours)
Design of weld joints - Introduction to design; engineering properties of steels; Type of welds and weld joints;
description of welds: terminology, definitions and weld symbols; sizing of welds in structure, welding symbols
and definition.
Weld Calculations - Design for Static loading, Weld Calculations in lap, butt and fillet welds; design for fatigue
loading, Introduction to Fatigue; nature of the fatigue process; fatigue strength; factors affecting fatigue life;
improvement methods for fatigue strength; reliability analysis and safety factors applied to fatigue design.
Practice:
1. Design of lap joint
2. Design of butt joint
Mechanisms of Failure - Failure mechanisms in welded joints, How to design various kinds of welding joints.
Design of a butt joint, the main failure mechanism of welded butt joint, tensile failure of weld, Design of
transverse fillet joint, Shear mechanism in fillet weld, Design stresses of welds.
Use of CATIA Weld Design Module
345
Practice:
1. Tensile testing of welded joints
2. Bend test of welded joints
Text Books:
1. Lecture Notes
2. ASME section IX, IBR
Software Used: CATIA
Pedagogy
Sl. Teaching Reference Instructional Hours

Topic
No. Method / Tool
Module-I Th Pra video Tot
Introduction to design; engineering
CRT + Lab Lab
1 properties of steels; Type of welds 4 4 0 8
Practice practice
and weld joints
Description of welds: Terminology, **=VBufs
CRT + Video +
2 definitions and weld symbols; sizing kAVzmk + 3 4 1 8
Lab Practice
of welds in structure ppt
Module-II
Design for Static loading, Weld
3 Calculations in lap, butt and fillet CRT ppt 6 0 0 6
welds; design for fatigue loading.
Introduction to Fatigue; nature of the
fatigue process; fatigue strength;
factors affecting fatigue life;
4 improvement methods for fatigue CRT ppt 6 0 0 6
strength; reliability analysis and
safety factors applied to fatigue
design.
Module - III
Failure mechanisms in welded joints,
How to design various kinds of
welding joints. Design of a butt joint, CRT + Lab
5 ppt 4 6 0 10
the main failure mechanism of Practice
welded butt joint, tensile failure of
weld
Design of transverse fillet joint,
Shear Mechanism in fillet weld,
CRT + Lab Lab
6 Design stresses of welds 2 6 0 8
Practice practice
Use of CATIA Weld Design Module
TOTAL 25 20 01 46
346
DEWD0601 Welding of Stainless Steel, Aluminium, Copper, Cast Iron and Hard Surfacing

Practice +
Aluminium, Copper, Cast Iron DEWD0601 5 -Nil- 0-2-2
Project
and Hard Surfacing
 Learn to weld different materials and to study its parameters and procedure
 Welding fault and cure
Learning Outcomes:
 Can suggest suitable procedure and technique to weld given material.
 Can suggest methods to identify and troubleshoot faults
Module-I (29 Hrs)

Stainless Steel Welding - Types, properties of stainless steels; Use in industry, Type of welds and weld joints;
Austenite promoter, Dilution, Weldability of stainless steel- δ-ferrite Schaeffler diagram, Delong diagram,
Ferritic stainless steels, Martensitic stainless steels, Austenitic stainless steels, Sensitization, Hot cracking,
Precipitation hardening stainlesssSteels, Duplex stainless steels, Physical properties ,Mechanical properties.
Selection of a stainless steel, design for welding stainless steels, selection of filler metals, selection of a welding
process, shielded metal arc welding, gas metal arc welding, flux cored arc welding, gas tungsten arc welding
procedures for welding stainless steels.
Practice:
1. Weldability of stainless steel
2. Practice for hot cracking
Module-II (26 Hrs)
Aluminium Welding - Properties of Aluminum, GTAW (TIG) theory fundamentals on Aluminum, AC welding
machine fundamentals, Shielding gases (Purging), Filler wire/electrode Selection, Material preparation, Weld
faults (Causes and cures), GTAW (TIG) welding techniques on Aluminum, SMAW electrode for aluminum,
Welding procedure.
Practice:
1. Demonstration of purging and its effect on joint quality
2. Selection of electrode and its effect
3. Faults in welding and methods to solve them
MODULE-III (31 Hrs)
Hard Facing, Cast Iron Crack Repair - Surface coating, use of SMAW electrode in hard facing, flux cored
wire surfacing, welding of cast iron, methods to repair cast iron cracks.
Practice:
1. Repair methods for cast iron welded parts
2. Surface coating procedure
Text Books:
1. AWS Hand Book, Volume- 4 and 5 , 9th Edition, American welding society
2. Lecture Notes
3. ASME section IX, IBR
347
Pedagogy

Topic Instructional Hours
No Method Tool
Module-I Th Pra video Pro Tot
Stainless Steel-Types, properties of
Stainless steels; Use in industry, Type of
welds and weld joints; Austenite Promoter, CRT + Lab Lab
1 3 6 0 0 9
Dilution, Weldability of Stainless Steel- δ- Practice practice
ferrite Schaeffler Diagram, Delong
Diagram.
Ferritic Stainless Steels, Martensitic
Stainless Steels, Austenitic Stainless Steels CRT + Video Link:
, Sensitization, Hot Cracking, Precipitation Video + @@=zAqC
2 3 6 1 0 10
Hardening Stainless Steels, Duplex Stainless Lab 48sGOZM
Steels, Physical Properties, Mechanical Practice + ppt
Properties
Selection of a Stainless Steel, Design for
Welding Stainless Steels, Selection of Filler
Metals, Selection of a Welding Process,
+ Lab Lab
3 Shielded Metal Arc Welding, Gas Metal Arc 0 10 0 0 10
Practice practice
Welding, Flux Cored Arc Welding, Gas
Tungsten Arc Welding Procedures for
Welding Stainless Steels
Module-II
Properties of Aluminum, GTAW (TIG)
Video link:
Theory Fundamentals on Aluminum, AC
@@=B4Ju
Welding Machine Fundamentals, Shielding CRT +
gJTgji4,
Gases (Purging), Filler Wire/Electrode Video +
4 @@=QHF 7 18 1 0 26
Selection, Material Preparation, Weld Faults Lab
0sNHnttw,
(Causes and Cures), GTAW (TIG) Welding Practice
@@=oXte
Techniques on Aluminum, SMAW
Q-D59lc
electrode for aluminum, Welding Procedure
Module-III
Hard facing, Cast Iron Crack Repair Video links:
Lab
Surface Coating, Use of SMAW electrode in @@=ttZ6g
Practice +
5 hard facing, Flux Cored Wire Surfacing, 0upuZc, 0 15 1 15 31
Video +
Welding of Cast Iron, Methods to repair @@=No9h
Project
Cast Iron Cracks. Ed2RZA0
TOTAL 13 55 3 15 86
348
DEWD0602 Testing of Welded Joints (DT, NDT & Microstructure)

Testing of Welded Joints (DT, Project +
DEWD0602 -Nil- 0-4-0
NDT & Microstructure) Practice 5
 To enable students to understand the mechanical strength and metallurgical properties of welded
structure
 Knowledge about international welding standards
Learning Outcome:
 Perform destructive and Non-destructive test procedures as prescribed by AWS and ASNT standards
Destructive Tests:
Expt. 1-3: Tensile, Flexural, Impact and Bend tests using standard equipment.
Expt. 4-5: Hardness test using standard equipment.
Non Destructive Tests:
Expt. 6: Visual inspection
Expt. 7: Liquid penetrant test.
Job 8: Magnetic particle Inspection.
Microstructure:
Expt. 9: Analysis of microstructure by Image Analyser
Expt. 10: Analysis of microstructure by SEM
Pedagogy (All sessions through Laboratory Practice)
Sl. No. Topic Instructional Hours

The Practic Total
ory e
Tensile, Flexural, Impact and Bend tests using
1 3 20 23
standard equipment
2 Hardness test using standard equipment 3 18 21
3 Visual inspection 2 6 8
4 Liquid penetrant test 2 6 8
5 Magnetic particle Inspection 1 6 7
6 Analysis of microstructure by Image Analyser 1 10 11
7 Analysis of microstructure by SEM 1 12 13
TOTAL 13 78 91
349
Domain 25: AR VR Domain Using Unity Game Engine
Sl. Pre-
Course Code Course Title Course Nature Credits Assessment
No. requisite
Introduction to Unity Game IPR : 50
1 DEAR0241 NIL Practice 4
Engine EPR: 50
IPR : 50, IPRO :
Practice + 50
2 DEAR0641 Game Assets & Object NIL 5
Project EPR: 50, EPRO :
50
IPR : 50, IPRO :
Practice + 50
3 DEAR0642 Game Animation & Scripting NIL 5
50
IPR : 50, IPRO :
Practice + 50
4 DEAR0643 Building Game Environment NIL 5
50
IPR : 50, IPRO :
Practice + 50
5 DEAR0644 Design & Deployments NIL 5
50
IPRO : 50
6 DEET0300 Project PROJECT Project 6
EPRO: 50
7 DEET0800 Internship Internship Internship 4
Total 34
Course Structure
Chapters Course Title

Chapter 01: Welcome to Unity Introduction to Unity Game Engine
Chapter 02: The Unity User Interface
Chapter 03: Using Game Objects and Assets
Chapter 04: Managing Projects and Assets
Chapter 05: Preparing Assets for Implementation Game Assets & Objects
Chapter 06: Assembling the Game Level
Chapter 07: Lighting in Games
Chapter 08: Baking Lighting in Game Production
Chapter 09: Animating Game Objects in the Unity Editor Game Animation & Scripting
Chapter 10: Bringing Animations into the Game
Chapter 11: Scripting in Game Development
Chapter 12: Implementing Navigation and Path Finding
Chapter 13: Building the Player and Allies Building Game Environment
Chapter 14: Building the Enemies
Chapter 15: Creating Particle Systems
Chapter 16: Adding Audio to Game Levels
Chapter 17: Building the Camera and Player Selection System Game Design & Deployments
Chapter 18: Designing User Interfaces for Games
Chapter 19: Building and Deploying the Game
Chapter 20: Preparing for Mobile Deployment
350
Syllabus
Subject Code Type of Couse Credits Pre-requisite T+P+P
Introduction to DEAR0241 Practice 4 NIL 0-4-0

Unity Game
Engine
•To understand the Unity 3D User Interface.
•To learn the Unity Software interface and uses.
Learning Outcomes:
• User-friendly interface to design games, animations.
• Making game application, animation and more.

Welcome to Unity: Certified Developer Courseware Introduction, Exploring the Zombie Toys Game Project, Introduction
to the Certified Developer Courseware, Navigating the Certified Developer Courseware, The Economics of Game
Development, Assessing Game Markets and Platforms, Marketing Methods for Games, Monetizing Games and Upgrades,
Introduction to Game Production, Video Game Platforms and Genres, Describing the Game Production Pipeline, Game
Development Jobs and Roles, The Game Design Document, The Technical Design Document, Getting Started in Unity,
Creating a New Unity Project, Using the Unity Asset Store, Source Control for Working in Team.
MODULE -II (10 hours)
The Unity User Interface: Introduction to the Unity Editor Interface, Analysing the Unity Editor User Interface, Utilizing
the Unity Editor User Interface, Navigating the Scene View Window, Utilizing the Game View Window, Navigating the
Hierarchy Window, Using the Inspector Window, Managing Assets in the Project Window, Searching and Filtering in the
Project Window, Organizing the Scene with Layers.
MODULE -III (20 hours)

Using Game objects and assets: Creating and Modifying Game Objects, Defining Unity Editor Units, Describing Assets in
the Production Pipeline, Review: Defining an Asset, Organizing Assets in the Unity Editor, Defining a Game Object,
Review: Defining a Game Object, Creating Unity-native Game Objects, Manipulating Game Objects in the Unity Editor,
Describing What is a Unity-native Game Object, The Role of Components in the Unity Editor, Defining Prefabs and Scene
Structure, Defining the Role of the Prefab in Unity, Creating and Saving a Scene, The Hierarchy of Scenes within a Game,
Importing Assets into a Project, Importing and Configuring a 3D Model, Importing Textures for Use in Materials, Importing
FBX Files with Animation, Working with Sprites, Introduction to Sprites in Game Development.
MODULE -IV (20 hours)

Managing Projects and Assets: Project Management in Unity, Introduction to Game Project Management, Managing
Assets, Using the Unity Asset Store (Reprise), Importing Offline Content, Creating Project Structure Based on Assets,
Sorting the Zombie Toys Prop Model Assets, Setting Resolution and Type of Texture Files.
Pedagogy
Sl. No. Topic Teaching Method Instructional Hours

Teaching Practice
MODULE -I
1 Welcome to Unity Projector + Video 5 5
MODULE-II
2 The Unity User Interface Projector + Video 5 5
351
MODULE-III
3 Using Game Objects and Assets Projector + Video 10 10
MODULE-IV
4 Managing Projects and Assets Projector + Video 10 10
Total 60 Hrs
Syllabus
Game Assets DEAR0641 Practice + 5 NIL 0-3-2

and Objects Project
•To understand the Unity 3D Assets.
•To learn the Unity Assets and Objects to implement in Game.
Learning Outcomes:
• Use Different Type of Assets to put in their project.
• Creation and Managing of Assets.

Preparing Assets for implementation: Best Practices in 3D Content Creation, Modelling for Games, Animating for
Games, UV Mapping and Texturing Techniques, Exporting to Unity, Importing into Unity, Materials in Unity, The
Interaction of Lighting and Materials, Discovering the Standard Shader in Unity, Exploring other Material Types, Analysing
the Benefits of Customer Shaders, Creating the Materials for Zombie Toys Props, Duplicating and Modifying Materials,
Case Studies in Material Creation, Managing and Using Textures in the Unity Editor, Texturing for Game Development,
Optimization and Reuse of Textures .
Assembling the Game Level: Branching and Hierarchies, Creating Hierarchies in Unity, Using Empty Game Objects as
Pivots, Introduction to Physics in Unity, Understanding the Physics System in Unity, Introduction to the Rigid body
Component, Introduction to Colliders, Creating the Colliders for Zombie Toys Props, Introduction to Game Level Design,
Introduction to Game Level Design, The Level Design in Zombie Toys, Placing Objects in a Scene, Importing the Prop
Prefabs into the Scene, Cloning the Stars, Creating the Level Boundaries.
Lighting in Games: Introduction to Game Lighting, Introduction to Game Lighting, Differences in Lighting for Games and
for Film, Placing and Adjusting Lights in a Scene, Analysing the Different Lights and Properties, Light Types and
Behaviours, Using Layers to Exclude Objects from Lighting, Casting and Modifying Shadows, Mesh Renderer Attributes
for Shadows, Differentiating Shadow Types, Creating Cookies to Shape Lights, Faking Shadows for Better Performance,
Benefits of Faking Shadows in Games, Utilizing Painted Shadows, Using Projectors to Project Shadow Cookies, Lighting
the Zombie Toys Game, Lighting the Zombie Toys Scene, Lighting Variations for Changing the Mood.
352
Baking Lighting in Game Production: Light Baking in Video Games, Introduction to Light Baking in Video Games,
Setting Objects to Participate in Light Baking, Marking Objects as Static for Light Baking, Creating UV Coordinates for
Light Baking, Baking Lighting, Continuous and Manual Light Baking, Placing Light Probes for Moving Objects, Creating
Reflection Probes, Baking the Lighting in Zombie Toys, Creating the Light Probes in Zombie Toys.
Pedagogy
Teaching Practice Project
1 MODULE -I
Preparing Assets for Projector + Video 5 5 10
Implementation
2 MODULE-II
Assembling The Game Level Projector + Video 5 5 10
3 MODULE-III
Lighting In Games Projector + Video 5 5 10
4 MODULE-IV
Baking Lighting in Game Projector + Video 5 5 10
Production
Total 80 Hrs
Syllabus
Game DEAR0642 Practice + 5 NIL 0-3-2

Animation and Project
Scripting
•To understand concept of Animation.
•To learn the Unity Scripting.
Learning Outcomes:
• Use and Create Animations.
• Script the project by using C# or Java Script.

Animating Game Objects in the Unity Editor: Introduction to Animation in Game Development, Introduction to
Animation in Game Development, Animating in the Unity Editor, Creating Animation in the Unity Editor, Refining
Animation in the Unity Editor.
Bringing Animation into the Game: Importing Animated Characters, Introduction to Rigging and Imported Animation,
Recognizing Asset Data when Importing, Differentiating Available Rig Animation Types, Creating and Naming Animation
353
Clips, Creating an Animator Controller, Introduction to the Animator Controller, Creating and Modifying Animation States,
Creating Parameters to Control Transitions, Creating an Animator Override Controller.
Scripting in Game Development: Intro to Scripting in Game Development, Intro to Scripting in Game Development,
Creating Scripts in Unity, Creating and Saving a Script in Unity, Analysing the Default, Script Methods, Scripting Primer
and Best Practices, Attaching a Script to a Game Object, Declaring Variables, List of Variable Types, Creating Conditions
in Scripting, Introduction to Conditions, The “if” Condition, The “if else” Condition, Complex Conditions, Looping,
Introduction to Looping, The “while” Loop, The “for” Loop, Creating Custom Methods, The Benefits of Using Custom
Methods, Utilizing Arguments, Utilizing Method Return Types, Coroutines, Introduction to Coroutines, Accessing
Components via Script, Utilizing the GetComponent() Function, Common Code Cases, Common Pieces of Zombie Toys
Code.
Implementing Navigation and Path Finding: Introduction to Navigation and Path Finding, Introduction to Navigation in
Unity, Describing a NavMesh, Defining a NavMesh Agent, Describing a NavMesh Obstacle.
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Teaching Method Instructional Hours
No.
1 MODULE -I
Animating Game Objects Projector + Video 5 5 10
2 MODULE-II
Bringing Animation into Game Projector + Video 5 5 10
3 MODULE-III
Scripting in Game Development Projector + Video 5 5 10
4 MODULE-IV
Implementing Navigation and Projector + Video 5 5 10
Path Finding
Total 80 Hrs
Syllabus
Building Game DEAR0643 Practice + 5 NIL 0-3-2

Environment Project
•To understand concept of Game Environment.
354
•To learn the Mechanics used behind every project.
Learning Outcomes:
• Create Game Environment Scene.
• Create Game Mechanics.

Building the Player and Allies: Creating a Player Controller, Examining Why to Use a Custom Controller, Creating the
Player Controller Game Object, Adding a Game Manager, Explaining the, Purpose of the Game Manager, Making the
Controller Functional, Adding Scripts for Behaviour, Configuring the Camera, Creating the Sheep Ally, Building the Sheep
Ally From a Model, Creating the Dog Ally, Building the Dog Ally From a Model.
Building the Enemies: Creating an Enemy, Designing the Enemy Behaviours, Creating the First Enemy Character,
Creating the Enemy Animator Controller, Creating Additional Enemies, Creating the Zombear Enemy, Creating the Zombie
Duck Enemy, Creating the Other Enemies, Integrating Enemies into the Game, Placing the Spawn Points, Spawning the
Enemies.
Creating Particle Systems: Intro to the Particle Systems in the Unity Editor, Examples of Unity Particles in Video Games,
The Role of the Effects Artist in Video Games, Comparing Game Effects with Other Media, Production Best Practices for
Particle Systems, Introduction to Unity‟s Particle System, Analysing Existing Particle Effects, Setting Up the Interface for
Effects, Case Study: Developing the Lightning Attack, Overview of the Lightning Attack, Building the Lightning Attack
Hit, Building the Lightning, Attack Emitter, Building the Lightning Bolt, Integrating the Lightning Attack into the Game,
Case Study:, Developing the Frost Attack, Introduction to the Frost Attack, Building the Frost Debuff, Building the, Frost
Attack Emitter, Building the Frost Cone Effect, Integrating the Frost Attack into the Game, Case, Study: Developing the
Stink Bomb Attack, Introduction to the Stink Bomb Attack, Creating the Stink Bomb Hit Effect, Creating the Stink Bomb
Attack Reticle, Building the Stink Bomb Attack Emitter, Building the Stink Projectile, Integrating the Stink Bomb into the
Game, Case Study: Developing the Slime Attack, Introduction to the Slime Attack, Creating the Slime Hit Effect, Creating
the Slime Debuff, Creating the Slime Attack Reticle, Building the Slime Attack Emitter, Building the Slime Projectile,
Integrating the Slime Attack into the Game, Finalizing Player Attacks, Adding the Ally Manager.

Adding Audio to Game Levels: Introduction to Audio in Game Development, Introduction to Audio in Game
Development, Importing Audio into Unity, Introduction to Importing Audio in Unity, Supported Audio Formats in Unity,
Playing Audio in the Unity Editor, Audio Listeners and Audio Sources, Testing Audio Sources in the Scene, Mixing Audio
in Unity, Using Audio Mixers and Audio Mixer Groups, Setting up the Zombie Toys Audio Mixers, Creating Audio Effects,
Introduction to Audio Effects, Adding Audio to the Zombie Toys Characters, Implementing Audio Ducking.
Pedagogy
1 MODULE -I
Building The Player and Allies Projector + Video 5 5 10
2 MODULE-II
Building The Enemies Projector + Video 5 5 10
3 MODULE-III
Creating Particle Systems Projector + Video 5 5 10
4 MODULE-IV
Adding Audio to Game Levels Projector + Video 5 5 10
Total 80 Hrs
355
Syllabus
Design and DEAR0644 Practice + 5 NIL 0-3-2

Deployments Project
•To understand concept of Game Design.
•To understand the concept of building camera and deployment.
Learning Outcomes:
• Create Player UI and Camera.
• Publish Their Games or Project to any Platform.

Building the Camera and Player Selection System: Intro to the Camera and Player Selection Behaviours, Analysing the
Player Selection System, Creating Another Player Option, Making the Player Selectable, Adding Another Player, Finalizing
the Camera, Adding Camera Animations, Configuring the Camera Animator Controller, Applying Behaviour to the Camera,
Adding Character Selection Spotlights.
Designing User Interfaces for Games: Introduction to Designing the User Interface, Assessing User Interface Design
Needs, Examining the UI Tools in the Unity Editor, Creating a User Interface, Investigating the Canvas Functionality,
Utilizing the Power of the Rect Transform, Creating a UI Button, Creating a UI Image, Creating UI Text, Creating
Interaction in the UI with Events.
Building and Deploying the Game: Building the Game, Introduction to the Build Process, Adjusting the Player Settings,
Building the Game, Protecting Your Creation, Legal Considerations for Your Game, Unity Services, Unlocking the Unity
Platform Potential, Surveying Unity Services.
Preparing for Mobile Deployment: Modifying Zombie Toys for Mobile, Introduction to Mobile Development in Unity,
Changing the Build Platform to Mobile, Adding the Mobile Interface UI, Implementing Mobile Input Behaviours.
Pedagogy
Sl. Topic Teaching Method Instructional Hours
No.
1 MODULE -I
Building The Camera and Player Projector + Video 5 5 10
Selection System
2 MODULE-II
Designing User Interface for Games Projector + Video 5 5 10
3 MODULE-III
Building and Deploying The Games Projector + Video 3 3 4
356
4 MODULE-IV
Preparing for Mobile Deployment Projector + Video 3 3 4
Total 60 Hrs
357

Basket 5 Engg Domain Courses - 2 PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Basket 5 Engg Domain Courses - 2 PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

CENTURION UNIVERSITY OF TECHNOLOGY & MANAGEMENT:: PARALAKHEMUNDI

CHOICE BASED CREDIT SYSTEM

BASKET V - Engineering & Technology

School of Engineering & Technology

Domain D2 - Automotive Product Design

Domain D5 - Construction Planning & Project Management

Sl. Course Course

Domain D9 - Entrepreneurship Development

[Refer to ED Domain with Practicum]

Domain D11 - Industrial Automation

4 DEIA0413 Allen Bradley SLC 500 Theory + Practice 5

5 DEIA0414 Siemens S7-300 Theory + Practice 5

9 DEET0300 Project Project 6

10 DEET0800 Internship Practice 4

Sl. Course Pre-

S. Course Course Pre-requisite

Domain D15 - Operation and Maintenance of Transmission and Distribution Systems

6 DEET0300 Project Project 6 Not before Semester 4

Domain D18 - Refrigeration and Air Conditioning (RAC)

Domain D20 - Smart City Planning

Domain D21 - Software Technology

Sl. Course Course Credit

Sl. Course Credit

Domain D24 - Welding

Sl. Course Course

DEAE0101 Introduction to Automobile Engineering

Subject Code Type of course Credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

**-Video link https://www.youtube.com/watch?v

Subject Code Type of course Credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

S. Topic Teaching Reference / Instructional Hrs

**-Video link https://www.youtube.com/watch?v

DEAE0402 Design and Maintenance of Electric Vehicles

Subject Code Type of course Credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

**-Video link https://www.youtube.com/watch?v

DEAE0102 Entrepreneurship Opportunities in Automobile Trade

Subject Code Type of course credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

Long Term Fund - Land, Building, Furniture & Fixtures,

Subject Code Type of course credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

DEAE0202 Maintenance of Two Wheeler

Subject Code Type of course Credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

List of Practice Sessions as given in Pedagogy

DEAE0203 Operation and Maintenance of Diesel Forklift and Hydraulic Equipment

Subject Code Type of course credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

List of Practice Sessions as given in Pedagogy

Subject Code Type of course Credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

S. Topic Instructional Hrs

DEAP0602 Automotive Chassis System’s Design

Subject Code Type of course credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

MODULE - II (30 hrs)

MODULE - III (30hrs)

Sl. Topic Instructional Hrs

Module -2: Chassis Design Fundamentals: Chassis parts, Chassis Design

DEAP0603 Automotive Power Train Design

Subject Code Type of course credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

MODULE - II (20 hrs)

MODULE - III (16 hrs)

Sl. Topic Instructional Hrs

1. Design engine and component for considered loading conditions.

DEAP0604 Introduction to Automotive Body in White Design Process

Subject Code Type of course credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr

MODULE - I (20 hours)

MODULE - III (35 hours)

Subject Code Type of course credits Prerequisite T-P-Pr